TW588158B - Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media - Google Patents

Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW588158B
TW588158B TW90119152A TW90119152A TW588158B TW 588158 B TW588158 B TW 588158B TW 90119152 A TW90119152 A TW 90119152A TW 90119152 A TW90119152 A TW 90119152A TW 588158 B TW588158 B TW 588158B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
detector
waveform
wave source
wave
scope
Prior art date
Application number
TW90119152A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Xuefeng Cheng
Xiaorong Xu
Shuoming Zhou
Lai Wang
Ming Wang
Original Assignee
Photonify Technologies Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/664,972 external-priority patent/US6597931B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/778,613 external-priority patent/US20020035317A1/en
Priority claimed from US09/778,614 external-priority patent/US6801648B2/en
Application filed by Photonify Technologies Inc filed Critical Photonify Technologies Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW588158B publication Critical patent/TW588158B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Investigating Or Analysing Materials By Optical Means (AREA)
  • Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention generally relates to systems and methods for providing information about chromophores in physiological media. More particularly, the invention relates to non-invasive systems and methods for determining absolute values of oxygenated and/or deoxygenated hemoglobins and their ratios in a physiological medium. The system in a preferred embodiment generally includes a portable probe having a source module for irradiating into the medium electromagnetic radiation, a detector module detecting radiation from a target area in the medium, and a processing module determining the absolute values of the chromophore concentrations and their ratios thereof based on input and output parameters of the source and detector modules. In one aspect, the invention provides a solution for unknown parameters of the chromophores in a medium using a novel processing algorithm. In another aspect, the invention concerns a portable unit for performing the requisite measurements, which unit includes a movable member having one or more radiation sources and one or more radiation detectors, and an actuator designed to cause the member to move along predetermined curvilinear paths. Properties of the chromophores are measured for individual voxels defined along each motion path, and/or cross-voxels defined at the intersection of voxels along different motion paths. These measured values are then used in a preferred embodiment to generate two- or three-dimensional images of the distribution of chromophores or their properties. In other aspects, the invention includes various patterns for the optimal distribution of sources and detectors for the optical probe, and self-calibrating operation of the probe substantially in real-time.

Description

588158588158

發明範疇 本發明大致係有關下列之系統及方法:(i)提供關於在各 種不同生理學媒體中的發色團或其性質空間及/或時間分 佈的負訊’及/或(ii)決定各種不同生理學媒體的各種不同 性質絕對値,例如氧及去氧紅血球素(及其比率)的濃度。 更明確而言,本發明係有關非侵入性自我校準光學影像系 統、及具備可動感測器組件的光學探棒、與即時影像結構 演算法及其方法。感測器組件包括對稱配置的光學感測 器,例如波源及/或偵測器。本發明可應用於根據波形方 程式操作的光學影像系統及/或光學探棒,例如Beer· Lambert方程式、修改的Beer-Lambert方程式、光子擴散方 程式、及其相關。本發明亦有關於透過解決先前所述波形 方程式而獲得上述絕對値的裝置及方法。 發明背景 數學基礎 近紅外光譜已用於非侵入性測量在動物與人類中的各種 不同生理學性質。在近紅外光譜下的基本原理是例如組織 的一生理學媒體,而且細胞包括多種光吸收及/或光擴教 發色團,而能與在其傳送及行進的電磁波相互作用。生理 學組織包括具相當低吸收的近紅外波的各種不同高度擴散 發色團。一生理學媒體的許多物質可與傳遞的近紅外光波 相互作用或干擾。例如,人類組織與細胞包括例如水、細 胞色素、油脂、等的許多發色團,去氧與氧紅血球素是在 600 nm至900 nm光譜範圍中最佔優勢的發色團。因此,近Scope of the invention The present invention is generally related to the following systems and methods: (i) providing negative information about chromophores or their properties in space and / or time distribution in various physiological media 'and / or (ii) determining various The various properties of different physiological media are absolutely rampant, such as the concentration of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin (and their ratios). More specifically, the present invention relates to a non-invasive self-calibrating optical imaging system, an optical probe with a movable sensor component, and a real-time image structure algorithm and method. The sensor assembly includes symmetrically configured optical sensors, such as a wave source and / or a detector. The present invention can be applied to optical imaging systems and / or optical probes that operate according to a wave equation, such as the Beer · Lambert equation, the modified Beer-Lambert equation, the photon diffusion equation, and their correlations. The present invention also relates to a device and method for obtaining the above-mentioned absolute chirp by solving the aforementioned waveform equation. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Mathematical basis Near-infrared spectroscopy has been used for non-invasive measurement of various physiological properties in animals and humans. The basic principle in near-infrared spectroscopy is, for example, a physiological medium for tissues, and cells include a variety of light-absorbing and / or light-expanding chromophores that can interact with the electromagnetic waves transmitted and traveled by them. Physiological tissues include various highly diffuse chromophores of near-infrared waves with relatively low absorption. Many substances in a physiological medium can interact or interfere with the transmitted near-infrared light waves. For example, human tissues and cells include many chromophores such as water, cytochromes, lipids, etc. Deoxy and oxyhemoglobin are the most dominant chromophores in the 600 nm to 900 nm spectral range. So nearly

V 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2 ) 紅外分光器從組織紅血球素氧飽和(以下稱爲”氧飽和”)觀 點可應用測量生理學媒體的氧位準。近紅外光譜與擴散光 學影像已在1987年於Adv. Exp· Med. Biol.第220册,第135-144 頁,由 Neuman, M. R.發表的名稱"Pulse Oximetry: Physical Principles, Technical Realization 與 Present Limitations",及在 1993 年於 Scan· J Clin·與 Lab. Investigations 第 53册,第 105-111 頁的名稱’’History 與 Recent Developments in Pulse Oximetry"中討論。有關爲近紅外線 光譜學的各種不同技術已發展,例如時間決定光譜 (TRS)、相位調變光譜光譜學(PMS)、及連續波光譜 (CWS)。V 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (2) The infrared spectroscope can be used to measure the oxygen level of physiological media from the viewpoint of tissue hemoglobin oxygen saturation (hereinafter referred to as "oxygen saturation"). Near-infrared spectroscopy and diffusion optical images have been published in Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. Vol. 220, pp. 135-144 in 1987, published by Neuman, MR under the name " Pulse Oximetry: Physical Principles, Technical Realization and Present Limitations " And was discussed in 1993 by Scan. J Clin. And Lab. Investigations, Volume 53, pages 105-111 under the name `` History and Recent Developments in Pulse Oximetry ". Various technologies related to near infrared spectroscopy have been developed, such as time-determined spectroscopy (TRS), phase modulation spectroscopy (PMS), and continuous wave spectroscopy (CWS).

TRS TRS技術是根據例如脈衝時間測量及脈衝碼調變的操作 原理。特別是,它可測量來回於生理學媒體電磁波的登錄 與離開之間的一延遲時間。典型上,TRS可將具有數微微 秒持續時間的電磁波脈動或脈衝序列應用於媒體間。光子 不僅可編碼在一偵測器接收的延遲脈衝時序中的組織特 性,而且可編碼在接收強度時間輪廓的中的組織特性。因 此,傳回信號是在蜂間上擴散,而不是接收傳輸脈衝的一 "純"複製,而且可明顯減少振幅' 因此,TRS可在有限時 間週期上測量傳回的信號強度,並且該有限時間週期有足 夠長而可偵測延遲傳回信號的整個部分。根據輸入脈動或 脈衝的形狀變化與振幅降低,在光(或波)源與偵測器之間 的光子到達的不同時間與平均時間延遲可藉由例如傳回信 -5 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家棣準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7 _B7______ 五、發明説明(3 ) 號的解除迴旋而用來獲得組織吸收與組織散佈。在橫越組 織(例如光學路徑長度及其變化)上的資訊然後可獲得。 TRS技術的細節是例如在 D.A. Boas et al·,Proc. Natl· Acad, Sci.,第 91 册,第 4887 頁(1994 年);R.P· Spencer 和 G. Weber,Ann. (N.Y.)Acad,Sci.,第 158册,第 3631 頁(1996 年);及 J. Sipior et al·,Rev· Sci. Instnxm.,第 68册,第 2666 頁(1997)中提供,其僅在此列出供參考。 ·TRS TRS technology is based on operating principles such as pulse time measurement and pulse code modulation. In particular, it measures a delay time between the entry and departure of electromagnetic waves back and forth from the physiological media. Typically, TRS applies an electromagnetic wave pulsation or pulse sequence with a duration of a few picoseconds to the media. Photons can encode not only tissue characteristics in the timing of the delayed pulses received by a detector, but also tissue characteristics in the time profile of the received intensity. Therefore, the returned signal is spread across the bees, rather than a "pure" copy of the received transmission pulse, and the amplitude can be significantly reduced. Therefore, TRS can measure the strength of the returned signal over a limited time period, and the The finite time period is long enough to detect the entire portion of the delayed return signal. Depending on the input pulse or pulse shape change and amplitude reduction, the different time and average time delay of the photon arrival between the light (or wave) source and the detector can be returned, for example, by a letter-5-This paper is for China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 588158 A7 _B7______ V. The unwinding of invention note (3) is used to obtain tissue absorption and tissue distribution. Information on traversing tissues (such as optical path lengths and their variations) is then available. The details of the TRS technique are, for example, in DA Boas et al., Proc. ., Vol. 158, p. 3631 (1996); and J. Sipior et al., Rev. Sci. Instnxm., Vol. 68, p. 2666 (1997), which are listed here for reference only . ·

PMS PMS技術係採用透過波源照射及藉由生理學媒體傳輸的 相位調變電磁波。PMS的典型範例包括零差式系統、外差 式系統、單端頻帶系統、及根據發射器·接收器跨耦的其 他系統與相位修正演算法。類似TRS,PMS系統可監督衰 減電磁波的強度。此外,PMS系統測量頻域參數是需要 的,例如與波強度無關的電磁波相位移。根據此時域與頻 域資訊,PMS系統可決定媒體發色團的吸收係數及/或散 佈係數的光譜,及計算紅血球素濃度的絕對値。PMS技術 的細節是例如在美國專利案號5,820,558與B. Chance等人在 Rev· Sci· Instmm的第69册,第3457頁(1998)的技術文獻中 提供,其在此僅列ST供參考。PMS PMS technology uses phase-modulated electromagnetic waves irradiated through a wave source and transmitted through a physiological medium. Typical examples of PMS include homodyne systems, heterodyne systems, single-ended band systems, and other systems and phase correction algorithms based on transmitter-receiver cross coupling. Like TRS, the PMS system monitors the strength of the attenuated electromagnetic waves. In addition, PMS systems are required to measure frequency domain parameters, such as phase shifts of electromagnetic waves that are independent of wave intensity. Based on the time domain and frequency domain information, the PMS system can determine the spectrum of the absorption coefficient and / or dispersion coefficient of the chromophore in the media, and calculate the absolute chirp of the heme concentration. Details of the PMS technique are provided, for example, in US Patent No. 5,820,558 and B. Chance et al. In the technical literature of Rev. Sci. Instmm, Vol. 69, p. 3457 (1998), which is listed here for reference only.

CWS 對照下,CWS系統採用非脈動及非脈衝調變的電磁波。 即是,CWS系統可在測量的時間週期上應用於實質具有至 少相同振幅的媒體電磁波。在偵測端上,CWS系統只測量 照射與偵測電磁波的強度,而且不評估其任何頻域參數。 -6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家襟準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 ) 在一同質、半無限模型中,TRS和PMS通常可透過解決 一光子擴散方程式而用來獲得生理學媒體的吸收係數與減 少散佈係數的光譜,及氧與去氧紅血球素濃度與組織的氧 飽和。相反地,CWS通常用來解決修改的Beer-Lambert方 程式,及計算氧與去氧紅血球素濃度變化的相對値。 儘管他們可提供紅血球素濃度、以及氧飽的能力,TRS 和PMS的主要缺點是設備必須體積龐大,ST此筇貴,例 如,TRS設備需要一脈衝產生器與偵測器,而PMS需要額 外硬體與信號處理能力,以決定頻域參數。CWS能以較低 成本製造,因爲全部它需要做是執行強度測量,但是它的 效用通常受限制,它只能可評估紅血球素濃度的變化,但 是不能評估它的絕對値,亦不能評估紅血球素濃度變化的 組織氧飽和。因此,CWS不能提供氧飽和。先前技藝技術 在臨床應用之前亦需透過例如測量一參考媒體或一測試主 題媒體的同質區域中的基線而將光學探棒校準。此外,所 有先前技藝技術需要複雜的影像重建演算法,以產生發色 團性質的二度或三度分配影像。 因此,存在著對於可更有效率、可靠、小型化、及相當 便宜的光學影像系^的一需要,可自我校準而不依賴外部 測量或資料,可結合更有效影像建造演算法,而在一實質 即時基礎上提供發色團及/或其性質分佈的二度及/或三維 影像。此外,存在著一需要是光學探棒可測量發色團及/ 或其性質的絕對値,及可在單一測量中沒體的一較大目標 區域。對於測量生理學媒體的紅血球素濃度與氧飽和絕對 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 裝 訂In contrast to CWS, the CWS system uses non-pulsating and non-pulsing modulated electromagnetic waves. That is, the CWS system can be applied to media electromagnetic waves with substantially at least the same amplitude over the measured time period. On the detection side, the CWS system only measures the intensity of the irradiated and detected electromagnetic waves, and does not evaluate any frequency domain parameters. -6- This paper size applies to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (4) In homogeneous, semi-infinite models, TRS and PMS can usually The photon diffusion equation is used to obtain a spectrum of absorption coefficients and reduced dispersion coefficients of physiological media, and oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations and tissue oxygen saturation. Conversely, CWS is often used to solve the modified Beer-Lambert equation and to calculate the relative magnitude of changes in oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations. Although they can provide erythropoietin concentration and oxygen saturation capacity, the main disadvantage of TRS and PMS is that the equipment must be bulky and ST is expensive. For example, TRS equipment requires a pulse generator and detector, and PMS requires additional hardware. And signal processing capabilities to determine frequency domain parameters. CWS can be manufactured at a lower cost because all it needs to do is to perform intensity measurement, but its utility is usually limited. It can only evaluate changes in the concentration of erythropoietin, but it cannot evaluate its absolute 値, nor can it evaluate Oxygen saturation in tissues with varying concentrations. Therefore, CWS cannot provide oxygen saturation. Prior art techniques also required calibration of optical probes by, for example, measuring the baseline in a homogeneous area of a reference medium or a test subject medium. In addition, all prior art techniques required sophisticated image reconstruction algorithms to produce chromophore-like second or third degree distribution images. Therefore, there is a need for an optical imaging system that can be more efficient, reliable, miniaturized, and relatively inexpensive. It can be self-calibrated without relying on external measurements or data, and can be combined with more effective image construction algorithms. Provide second-degree and / or three-dimensional images of the chromophore and / or its property distribution on a substantially instant basis. In addition, there is a need for an absolute probe that the optical probe can measure the chromophore and / or its properties, and a larger target area that can be devoid of body in a single measurement. For measuring the hemoglobin concentration and absolute oxygen saturation of physiological media. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm).

線 588158 A7Line 588158 A7

Lambert方程式、修改的Beer-Lambert方程式、光子擴散方 私式、及其相關波形方程式的光學影像系統及/或光學探 棒。本發明亦有關透過解決前述的波形方程式而獲得上述 絕對値的裝置及方法。 値的新CWS系統及方法是需要的。 本發明通常係有關下列之系統及方法:⑴提供關於 種不同生理學媒體中的發色團或其性質空間及/或時間t 佈的資訊,及/或(ii)決定各種不同生理學媒體的各種二二 性質絕對値,例如氧及去氧紅血球素(及其比率)的濃度: 更明確而言,本發明係有關非侵入性自我校準光學影ς系 統、及具備可動感測器組件的光學探棒、與即時影像結構 演算法及其方法。本發明可應用於操作是根據例如Bee卜 在本發明的一觀點中’ 一系統可決定一生理學媒體的發 色團濃度。此一系統可包括一波源模組,用以將具有不同 波特性的至少兩組電磁輻射照射到媒體;一偵測器模組, 用以偵測藉由媒體傳輸的電磁輻射;及一處理模組,用以 決定來自於波源模組所照射及偵測器模組所偵測電磁輻射 發色團濃度之中至一者的絕對値,其中該決定是根據來 自於波源模組的連續波電磁輻射的_強度測量。 本發明亦提供給系統可產生表示在一生理學媒體目標區 域中的一或多個發色團分配及其性質的影像。此一系統包 括具有至少一波源及至少一波形偵測器的光學探棒,其中 波源的配置可將電磁輻射照射到生理學媒體的一第一目標 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)Lambert equations, modified Beer-Lambert equations, photon diffusion equations, and their associated waveform equations for optical imaging systems and / or optical probes. The present invention also relates to a device and method for obtaining the above-mentioned absolute chirp by solving the aforementioned waveform equation. A new CWS system and method are needed. The present invention is generally related to the following systems and methods: (1) providing information about chromophores or their properties in space and / or time t in different physiological media, and / or (ii) determining the Absolute properties of various binary properties, such as the concentration of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin (and their ratios): More specifically, the present invention relates to non-invasive self-calibrating optical imaging systems, and Probe and real-time image structure algorithms and methods. The present invention can be applied to operations based on, for example, Bee. In an aspect of the present invention 'a system can determine the chromophore concentration of a physiological medium. The system may include a wave source module for irradiating at least two sets of electromagnetic radiation with different wave characteristics to the medium; a detector module for detecting electromagnetic radiation transmitted through the medium; and a processing Module for determining the absolute radon from one of the chromophore concentrations of electromagnetic radiation irradiated by the wave source module and detected by the detector module, where the decision is based on the continuous wave from the wave source module _ Intensity measurement of electromagnetic radiation. The invention also provides the system with the ability to generate images representing the distribution of one or more chromophores and their properties in a target area of a physiological media. This system includes an optical probe with at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector. The configuration of the wave source can irradiate electromagnetic radiation to a first target of physiological media. The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X 297 mm)

Order

線 A7Line A7

區域,而且波形偵測器的配置可偵測來自媒體第一目標區 域的電磁輕射,及響應該電磁輻射而產生一第一輸出。該 系統亦包括一信號分析器,其配置可接收及取樣第一輸出 信號,以獲得複數個振幅値。該等振幅値的分析可決定實 質具有類似振幅的第一輸出信號的至少一組取樣。系統可 進一步包括一信號處理器,其配置可計算來自第一輸出的 一第一基線,其中該第一基線是表示實質由分析器所決定 的類似振幅。信號處理器亦可透過處理第一輸出信號及其 第一基線而提供資自我校準的第一輸出信號,其中該第一 基線疋表示類似振幅的振幅。 本發明亦提供用以決定一生理學媒體的發色團濃度之方 法。 在本發明的另一觀點中,一系統可在生理學媒體的目標 區域中提供有關紅血球素及其性質分配的資訊。此一系統 包括具有至少一波源及至少一波形偵測器的可動組件,其 中孩至少一波源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到目標 區域,而且至少一波形偵測器的配置可偵測來自目標區域 的近紅外輕射,及響應其而產生一輸出信號。系統進一步 匕括激勵器’該灰勵器是與至少一可動組件轉合,其可 使該可動組件沿著至少一曲線路徑而隨著目標區域移動; 及一處理器,其可根據透過沿著至少一條曲線路徑的至少 一波動偵測器所產生的輸出信號而決定發色團或性質的分 佈。 在本發明的另一觀點中,供在一生理學媒體的目標區域 -9 -And the configuration of the waveform detector can detect the electromagnetic light emission from the first target area of the media and generate a first output in response to the electromagnetic radiation. The system also includes a signal analyzer configured to receive and sample the first output signal to obtain a plurality of amplitude chirps. The analysis of such amplitude chirps may determine at least one set of samples of the first output signal having substantially similar amplitudes. The system may further include a signal processor configured to calculate a first baseline from the first output, where the first baseline is representative of a similar amplitude substantially determined by the analyzer. The signal processor may also provide a self-calibrated first output signal by processing the first output signal and its first baseline, where the first baseline 疋 represents an amplitude similar to the amplitude. The invention also provides a method for determining the chromophore concentration of a physiological medium. In another aspect of the present invention, a system can provide information on red blood cells and their property distribution in a target area of a physiological medium. This system includes a movable component having at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector. The configuration of the at least one wave source can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the target area, and the configuration of at least one waveform detector can detect the target The near-infrared light emission of the area, and an output signal is generated in response thereto. The system further includes an exciter. The gray exciter is turned with at least one movable component, which can move the movable component along the target area along at least one curved path; and a processor, which can be moved along the path according to the transmission. The output signal from at least one wave detector of at least one curved path determines the distribution of chromophores or properties. In another aspect of the present invention, a target area for a physiological medium is provided.

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 中提供有關發色團與性質分佈資訊的系統包括一光學探 棒,其具有一波源及一波形偵測器,其中該波源的配置可 將近紅外線電磁輕射照射到生理學媒體的一第一目標區 域,而且波形偵測器的配置可偵測來自媒體的近紅外輻 射,及響應其而產生一第一輸出信號。系統亦進一步包括 一分析器,用以接收及取樣第一輸出信號,以獲得複數個 振幅値。振幅値的分析可決定實質具有類似振幅的第一輸 出仏號的至少一組取樣。系統可進一步包括一信號處理 器,其配置可從第一輸出信號計算一第一基線,其中該第 一基線是表示實質由分析器決定的類似振幅。信號處理器 亦可透過處理第一輸出信號及其第一基線而提供一自我校 準的第一輸出信號。 在仍然疋本發明的另一觀點中,提供的方法可從具有一 光學探棒的光學影像系統獲得一校準的輸出信號,該方法 具有至少一波源,其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到一 生理學媒體的目標區域·,及至少一波形偵測器,其可響應 產生偵測的近紅外線電磁輻射而產生輸出信號。 本發明的另一觀點包括一光學探棒,其可產生表示在一 生理學媒體目標區遂中的紅血球素或其性質分配的影像。 該光學探棒包括複數個波源與波形-偵測器。該等波源的配 置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到媒體,而且波形偵測器的 配置可偵測近紅外線電磁輻射,及響應此此偵測而產生輸 出信號。 ^ 本發明的具體實施例包括一或多個下列特徵。 -10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention The system providing information about chromophore and property distribution includes an optical probe with a wave source and a waveform detector. The configuration of the wave source can illuminate near-infrared electromagnetic light. A first target area of physiological media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect the near-infrared radiation from the media and generate a first output signal in response to it. The system further includes an analyzer for receiving and Sampling the first output signal to obtain a plurality of amplitudes. Analysis of the amplitudes may determine at least one set of samples having substantially similar first output numbers of amplitude. The system may further include a signal processor, the configuration of which may be The output signal calculates a first baseline, where the first baseline represents a similar amplitude substantially determined by the analyzer. The signal processor can also provide a self-calibrated first output signal by processing the first output signal and its first baseline. In still another aspect of the present invention, the provided method is obtainable from an optical imaging system having an optical probe. A calibrated output signal. The method has at least one wave source configured to irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to a target area of a physiological medium, and at least one waveform detector that can be generated in response to generating the detected near-infrared electromagnetic radiation. Output signal. Another aspect of the present invention includes an optical probe that can produce an image representing the distribution of erythroglobin or its properties in a target area of a physiological media. The optical probe includes a plurality of wave sources and waveform-detection The configuration of these wave sources can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and generate an output signal in response to this detection. ^ Specific embodiments of the invention include One or more of the following characteristics: -10- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 588158Line 588158

複數個對稱配置理掃描單元,其每個具有一第一波源、 一第二波源、一第一波形偵測器、及一第二波形偵測器。 第一波源的配置是比第二波形偵測器更接近第一波形偵測 器。第二波源的配置是比第一波形偵測器更接近第二波形 偵測器。在第一波源與第一波形偵測器之間的第一接近距 離是實質類似在第二波源與第二波形偵測器之間的第二接 近距離。在第一波源與第二波形偵測器之間的第一遠距離 是實質類似在該第二波源與第一波形偵測器之間的第二遠 距離。第一及第二波源的配置可響應第一及第二波源之中 至少一者所照射的近紅外線電磁輻射的偵測而產生輸出信 號。輸出k號係表不在媒體目標區域的近紅外線電磁輻射 與紅血球素的相互作用。 訂The plurality of symmetrically arranged physical scanning units each have a first wave source, a second wave source, a first waveform detector, and a second waveform detector. The configuration of the first wave source is closer to the first waveform detector than the second waveform detector. The configuration of the second wave source is closer to the second waveform detector than the first waveform detector. The first proximity distance between the first wave source and the first waveform detector is substantially similar to the second proximity distance between the second wave source and the second waveform detector. The first long distance between the first wave source and the second waveform detector is substantially similar to the second long distance between the second wave source and the first waveform detector. The first and second wave sources are configured to generate an output signal in response to detection of near-infrared electromagnetic radiation irradiated by at least one of the first and second wave sources. The output k is the interaction between near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and erythropoietin that is not in the target area of the media. Order

線 在額外的具體實施例中,光學探棒包括4個對稱掃描單 元’其中一第一掃描單元是與一第四掃描單元相同,而且 其中一罘二掃描單元是與一第三掃描單元相同。每個掃描 單元具有一第一波源、一第二波源、一第一波形偵測器、 及一第二波形偵測器。第一及第二波源的配置能與第一及 第二波形偵測器同步,以產生表示在媒體目標區域中該近 紅外線電磁輻射與虻血球素相互作用的輸出信號。 在額外的具體實施例中,光學探·棒包括至少一第一波源 及至少一第一波形偵測器係定義一第一掃描元件,而且至 少一第二波源及至少一第二波形偵測器係定義一第二掃描 元件。第一及第二掃描元件係定義一掃描單元,其中該等 第一及第二波源是與一對稱線與一對稱點之中一者對稱配 -11 -In an additional embodiment, the optical probe includes 4 symmetrical scanning units', wherein a first scanning unit is the same as a fourth scanning unit, and a second scanning unit is the same as a third scanning unit. Each scanning unit has a first wave source, a second wave source, a first waveform detector, and a second waveform detector. The configuration of the first and second wave sources can be synchronized with the first and second waveform detectors to generate an output signal indicative of the interaction between the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and the hemagglutinin in the media target area. In an additional specific embodiment, the optical probe includes at least a first wave source and at least a first waveform detector defining a first scanning element, and at least a second wave source and at least a second waveform detector A second scanning element is defined. The first and second scanning elements define a scanning unit, wherein the first and second wave sources are symmetrically matched with one of a symmetrical line and a symmetrical point. -11-

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(9 ) 置。在該等掃描元件之中的每一者,該等第一及第二波形 偵測器亦與對稱線及對稱點相對稱配置。 本發明亦包括透過具有一光學探棒的光學影像系統而產 生一生理學媒體目標區域的二度或三維影像的方法。該等 影像表示在媒體的紅血球素或其性質的空間或時間分配。 该光學探棒包括複數個波源及複數個波形偵測器,該等波 源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到媒體,·而且波形偵 測器的配置可響應近紅外線電磁輻射的偵測而產生輸出信 號。該方法包含下列步驟:提供複數個掃描元件,其每個 包括孩等掃描元件之中至少兩者,及使用一或多個掃描單 元而掃描目標區域。該方法進一步包含下列步驟;將透過 該等掃描元件之中每一著所產生的輸出信號聚集,及獲得 運用於掃描單元的輸入與輸出參數的一組波形方程式的解 決。該方法進一步包括下列步驟··從解決的組中決定紅血 球素及其性質的之中至少一者的分佈,及提供該分配的一 或多個影像。 在本發明的另一觀點中,用以在一生理學媒體目標區域 中產生表示一或多個紅血球素性質影像的一系統包括與一 激勵器耦合的至少二T動支撑,而且其配置可沿著至少;;_ 條曲線路徑而隨著目標區域將支撑移動。該系統進一步包 括在支撑上安裝的一或多個波源、及一或多個波形偵測 器,以形成具有一縱軸配致的掃描單元、一掃描區域、及 一掃描體積。該等波源配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到 該媒體的目標區域,而且波形偵測器的配置可偵測來自目 ____ -12- 本纸張尺度適财S g家標準(CNS) A4規格(2l〇x 297公爱)588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (9). In each of the scanning elements, the first and second waveform detectors are also arranged symmetrically with respect to a line of symmetry and a point of symmetry. The present invention also includes a method of generating a two-dimensional or three-dimensional image of a target area of a physiological medium through an optical imaging system having an optical probe. These images represent the spatial or temporal distribution of erythroglobin or its properties in the media. The optical probe includes a plurality of wave sources and a plurality of waveform detectors. The configuration of these wave sources can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can generate output in response to the detection of near-infrared electromagnetic radiation signal. The method includes the steps of providing a plurality of scanning elements, each of which includes at least two of the child scanning elements, and scanning the target area using one or more scanning units. The method further includes the steps of: aggregating the output signals generated by each of the scanning elements, and obtaining a set of waveform equation solutions for the input and output parameters of the scanning unit. The method further comprises the steps of: deciding the distribution of at least one of erythroglobin and its properties from the solved group, and providing one or more images of the distribution. In another aspect of the present invention, a system for generating an image representing one or more erythropoietin properties in a target area of a physiological media includes at least two T-movement supports coupled to an exciter, and the configuration can be along the At least; _ curved paths and support moves with the target area. The system further includes one or more wave sources and one or more waveform detectors mounted on the support to form a scanning unit with a vertical axis matching, a scanning area, and a scanning volume. These wave source configurations can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the target area of the media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect from the target ____ -12- This paper is suitable for standard SCN Standard (CNS) A4 ( 2l〇x 297 public love)

標區域的近紅外線電磁輻射,及響應此偵測而產生一輸出 信號。孩系統進一步包括一處理器,用以接收輸出信號及 定義在目標區域的複數個體素。複數個體素具有一特徵大 小及一體素軸。處理器可根據在複數個體素的輸出信號而 決定發色性質,及產生影像。 在本發明的額外具體實施例中,用以在一生理學媒體目 ‘區域中產生表示至少一紅血球素性質分佈影像之一系統 包含具有至少一波源及至少一波形偵測器的感測器組件。 孩系統進一步包括一處理器,用以接收來自感測器組件的 輸出信號,而且處理器的配置是定義在目標區域的複數個 體素。若要決定紅血球素性質,處理器可解決運用於來自 至少一波源的輸入輻射及透過至少一偵測器所偵測輻射複 數個波形方程式。處理器可在目標區域中進一步產生該紅 血球素性質分配的影像。 本發明的額外具體實施例包括一系統,用以在一生理學 目標區域中產生表示至少一發色團的至少一性質分佈影 像,其中該系統包含至少一波源、至少一波形偵測器、具 有·至少一可動組件及至少一激勵器的可攜式探棒。該至 少一可動組件具有皇少一波源、及至少一偵測器,而且該 至少一激勵器元件的配置是與至少一可動組件耦合,以便 將它沿著一或多個曲線路徑移動。 本發明的另一觀點是用以在一生理學目標區域中產生有 關至少一發色團的至少一性質分佈的資訊之系統包含至少 一波源、至少一波形偵測器、包括至少一可動組件:光學The near-infrared electromagnetic radiation of the target area and an output signal are generated in response to the detection. The system further includes a processor for receiving an output signal and a plurality of voxels defined in the target area. Plural individual vowels have a characteristic size and an integral prime axis. The processor can determine the color development properties and generate images based on the output signals of the plurality of voxels. In an additional embodiment of the present invention, a system for generating an image representing the distribution of at least one hemoglobin property in a physiological media target region includes a sensor component having at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector. The system further includes a processor for receiving an output signal from the sensor component, and the processor is configured with a plurality of voxels defined in the target area. To determine the properties of red blood cells, the processor can solve a plurality of waveform equations applied to the input radiation from at least one wave source and the radiation detected by at least one detector. The processor may further generate an image of the hematocrit-based distribution in the target area. An additional specific embodiment of the present invention includes a system for generating at least one property distribution image representing at least one chromophore in a physiological target region, wherein the system includes at least one wave source, at least one waveform detector, and has: A portable probe with at least one movable component and at least one actuator. The at least one movable component has a primary wave source and at least one detector, and the at least one actuator element is configured to be coupled to the at least one movable component so as to move it along one or more curved paths. Another aspect of the present invention is a system for generating information on at least one property distribution of at least one chromophore in a physiological target area including at least one wave source, at least one waveform detector, and at least one movable component: optical

11盥其中配置該至少一波源與波形測器。系統可進一步 G。人光學探棒耦合的一監控器·及包括一處理器,以接 J〖出k號。系統可進一步包含一激勵器,其配置是與至 ^可動組件耦合,以便將它沿著至少一曲線路徑移動; 及連接器,用以在光學探棒、監控器、與激勵器元件之 中至少兩者之間提供電通訊、光學通訊、電力傳輸、機械 力傳輸、與資料傳輸之中至少一者β . 額外具體實施例包括用一系統,用以產生有關在一生理 予媒m的目標區域中至少一發色團的至少一性質分佈的資 訊,琢系統包含處理器、至少兩波源、及至少兩波行偵測 备。孩等波源的至少兩者及該等波形偵測器的至少兩者是 實質沿著一條線配置。 本發明的另一觀點包括用以在一生理學目標區域中透過 一可攜式測量系統而產生表示紅血球素分佈影像的一方 法。該系統包括一可動組件,其具有至少一波源及至少一 波形偵測器,以定義具有一縱軸的掃描單元,一掃描區域 是小於目標區域及掃描體積,該至少一波源可將近紅外線 電磁輻射照射到該目標區域,該至少一波形偵測器的配置 可偵測在目標區域的ϋ紅外線電磁輻射,其響應其而產生 輸出信號,該系統進一步包含與該可動組件耦合的一激勵 器元件,以便沿著至少一曲線路徑而將它移動,以掃描目 標區域。該方法包含下列步驟:將可動組件放置在媒體的 目標區域上’及將該知描早元定位在目標的一第一區域 該方法進一步包括透過照射近紅外線電磁輻射而掃描目標 -14- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 58815811. The at least one wave source and a waveform detector are arranged therein. The system can be further G. A monitor coupled with a human optical probe, and includes a processor for accessing the number K. The system may further include an actuator configured to be coupled to the movable component so as to move it along at least one curved path; and a connector for at least one of the optical probe, the monitor, and the actuator element. At least one of electrical communication, optical communication, power transmission, mechanical force transmission, and data transmission is provided between the two. Additional specific embodiments include using a system to generate a target area related to a physiological medium m. The at least one property distribution information of at least one chromophore in the system includes a processor, at least two wave sources, and at least two wave detection devices. At least two of the child wave sources and at least two of the waveform detectors are arranged substantially along a line. Another aspect of the present invention includes a method for generating an image representing the distribution of red blood cells through a portable measurement system in a physiological target area. The system includes a movable component having at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector to define a scanning unit having a vertical axis. A scanning area is smaller than a target area and a scanning volume. The at least one wave source can direct near-infrared electromagnetic radiation. When the target area is irradiated, the configuration of the at least one waveform detector can detect radon infrared electromagnetic radiation in the target area, which generates an output signal in response to the target area. The system further includes an exciter element coupled to the movable component. So as to move it along at least one curved path to scan the target area. The method includes the following steps: placing a movable component on a target area of the media 'and positioning the imaging element in a first area of the target. The method further includes scanning the target by irradiating near-infrared electromagnetic radiation. Zhang scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158

A7 B7 五、發明説明(12 ) 區域的第一區域,及透過波形偵測器而獲得輸出信號。該 方法可進一步包含下列步驟:處理激勵器元件,以便移動 該可動組件,而且掃描單元可沿著一曲線路徑而從第一區 域朝向目標區域的另一區域。該方法進一步包含下列步 驟:在該目標區域的該等區域的至少一者中定義來自該輸 出信號的一第一組體素,及決定對應該組體素的體素値, 每個體素値是在一體素上的性質平均。該方法進一步包含 用以從第一組體素値產生表示該等紅血球素分配影像的步 驟。 本發明的額外觀點包括一方法,用以在一生理學媒體目 標區域中透過一可攜式系統而產生表示至少一發色團的至 少一性質分佈影像。該系統包括至少一波源,其配置可將 電磁輻射照射到該媒體;及至少一波形偵測器,其配置可 偵測電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出信號。該方法包含下 列步驟··定位在該目標區域中的波源與偵測器,從該等輸 出信號定義一第二組體素,決定該等第二體素的一連串體 素値,及建構定義成至少兩相交體素的相交部分的一第二 組相交體素,其是分別屬於該等第一及第二組體素之中的 一者。該方法進一#包含下列步驟:從相交體素的體素値 計算第一組相交體素的相交體素値;及從第一序列的第一 相交體素値而產生發色團性質分佈影像。 本發明的額外觀點包括一方法,用以在一生理學媒體的 目標區域中透過一測量系統而產生表示至少一發色團的至 少一性質分佈影像。該系統包括至少一波源、至少一波形 -15- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)A7 B7 5. Description of the Invention (12) The first area of the area, and the output signal is obtained through the waveform detector. The method may further include the steps of processing the exciter element to move the movable component, and the scanning unit may follow a curved path from the first region toward another region of the target region. The method further includes the steps of defining a first set of voxels from the output signal in at least one of the regions of the target region, and determining a voxel 値 corresponding to the group of voxels, each voxel 値 being The properties on Integrins are average. The method further comprises the step of generating, from the first set of voxels, a representation of the red blood cell distribution images. An additional aspect of the present invention includes a method for generating at least one property distribution image representing at least one chromophore through a portable system in a target area of a physiological medium. The system includes at least one wave source configured to irradiate electromagnetic radiation to the medium; and at least one waveform detector configured to detect electromagnetic radiation and generate an output signal in response thereto. The method includes the following steps: positioning a wave source and a detector in the target area, defining a second set of voxels from the output signals, determining a series of voxels 该等 of the second voxels, and constructing a definition as A second group of intersecting voxels of the at least two intersecting voxels, which belong to one of the first and second groups of voxels, respectively. The method further includes the following steps: calculating the intersecting voxels 第一 of the first group of intersecting voxels from the voxels 値 of the intersecting voxels; and generating a chromophore property distribution image from the first intersecting voxels 第一 of the first sequence. An additional aspect of the present invention includes a method for generating an image of at least one property distribution representing at least one chromophore through a measurement system in a target area of a physiological medium. The system includes at least one wave source and at least one waveform. -15- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)

Order

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(13 ) 偵測器、一可動組件、及一激勵器元件。該可動組件的配 置包括該波源與偵測器、及與該可動組件韓合的一激勵器 元件之中的一者。該等波源與偵測器的配置可形成一可動 掃描單元,其包括用以連接波源與偵測器的一縱軸,及定 義一掃描區域及掃描體積之中至少一者。該激勵器元件的 配置可沿著至少一曲線路徑而產生可動組件與掃描單元之 中至少一者的至少一移動。該方法包含下列步·驟:將可動 組件放置在媒體的目標區域上’將掃描單元定位在目標區 域的第一區域,及處理該激勵器元件,以便沿著一第一曲 線路徑,從該目標區域的第一區域到一第二區域而產生該 可動組件與掃描單元之中一者的一第一移動。該方法進一 步包含下列步驟:在至少一部分該目標區域中定義來自該 等輸出信號的第一體素的一第一組,決定該等第一體素的 第一體素値的一第一序列’每個第一體素値表示在該第一 體素上平均該性質的一第一平均値。該方法進一步包含下 列步驟:在該目標區域的至少一部分中定義來自該等輸出 信號的第二體素的一第二組,及決定該等第二體素的第二 體素値的一第二序列,每個第二體素値是表示在該第二體 素上所平均該性質¥ —第二平均値。該方法進一步包含下 列步驟··建構一組相交體素,其每個是定義成分別屬於該 等第一及第二體素的該等第一及第二組之中一者的至少兩 相交體素之一相交部分。該方法進一步包含計算直接來自 該等相交體素的該等體素値的該等相交體素的一連串相交 體素値,及直接從該序列的該等相交體素値產生該性質的 -16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (13) Detector, a movable assembly, and an actuator element. The configuration of the movable component includes one of the wave source and the detector, and an exciter element with the movable component. The configuration of the wave source and the detector can form a movable scanning unit, which includes a vertical axis for connecting the wave source and the detector, and defines at least one of a scanning area and a scanning volume. The configuration of the exciter element can cause at least one movement of at least one of the movable component and the scanning unit along at least one curved path. The method includes the following steps: placing a movable component on a target area of the media, 'positioning the scanning unit in a first area of the target area, and processing the exciter element to follow a first curved path from the target A first area of the area to a second area generates a first movement of one of the movable component and the scanning unit. The method further includes the steps of defining a first group of first voxels from the output signals in at least a portion of the target region, determining a first sequence of first voxels 値 of the first voxels' Each first voxel 値 represents a first average 値 of the property averaged over the first voxel. The method further includes the steps of defining a second set of second voxels from the output signals in at least a portion of the target region, and determining a second set of second voxels 値 of the second voxels. Sequence, each second voxel 値 represents the average value of the property ¥ —the second average 値 on the second voxel. The method further comprises the steps of constructing a set of intersected voxels, each of which is at least two intersected bodies defined as one of the first and second groups belonging to the first and second voxels, respectively. Intersecting one of the primes. The method further comprises calculating a series of intersecting voxels 値 of the intersecting voxels 来自 directly from the intersecting voxels 値, and generating the property -16- directly from the intersecting voxels 该 of the sequence. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

Order

線 588158 A7Line 588158 A7

該分佈的該等影像。 本發明的其他特徵與優點可從下列詳細描述及申請專利 範圍而更顯然。 圖式之簡軍説明 圖1係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖; 圖2 A係據本發明而定義多重掃描單元的一光學影像系統 的光學探棒圖,· . 圖2B係根據本發明而定義多重掃描單元的一光學影像系 統的光學探棒圖,該等多重掃描單元具有與圖2A相反的 一波源-偵測器配置。 圖3A係根據本發明而具有兩波源的一取樣光學系統及具 有相同近距離與遠距離的兩波形偵測器圖; 圖3B係根據本發明的另一取樣光學系統圖,其具有近距 離與遠距離的兩波源及兩波形偵測器; 圖3C係根據本發明的仍然是另一取樣光學系統圖,其具 有兩波源及兩波形偵測器; 圖4係根據本發明的一掃描單元截面上視圖。 圖5係根據本發明的另一掃描單元截面上視圖。 圖6 A係根據本發确的一線性掃描單元圖; 圖6B係根據本發明具有與圖6A相反的一波源_偵測器配 置的另一線性掃描單元圖; 圖6C係根據本發明的一正方形掃描單元圖; 圖6D係根據本發明而具有與圖6C相反的一波源·偵測器 配置的另一正方形掃描單元; ____ -17· 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公嫠) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(15 ) 圖6E係根據本發明本發明的一矩形掃描單元; 圖6F係根據本發明的一梯形掃描單元圖; 圖6G係根據本發明而具有與圖6F相反的一波源-偵測器 配置的另一梯形掃描單元圖; 圖6H係根據本發明而具有一相反波源-偵測器配置的另 一梯形掃描單元圖; 圖7 A係根據本發明的一準線性掃描單元圖〆 圖7B係根據本發明的一矩形掃描單元圖; 圖7C係根據本發明的一平行四邊形掃描單元圖; 圖8A係根據本發明的圖2A的一第一組光學探棒掃描單 元圖; 圖8B係根據本發明而由圖8A的掃描單元所產生的體素與 相交體素、及結果體素値與相交體素値圖式; 圖9A係根據本發明的圖2A之一第二組光學探棒掃描單 元圖; 圖9B係根據本發明而透過圖9A的掃描單元所產生的體素 與相交體素圖; 圖9C係根據本發明的圖9B的結果體素値與相交體素値圖 式; 圖10A係根據本發明的圖2的一策三組光學探棒掃描單元 圖; 圖10B係根據本發明而透過圖10A的掃描單元所產生的體 素與相交體素圖; 圖10C係根據本發明的圖10B的體素値與相交體素値圖 -18- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 16 的體 的 五、發明説明( 圖11A係根據本發 元圖; 的圖2八的一弟四組光學探棒掃描單 素圖與發明而透過圖11A的掃描單元所產生 圖11C係根據本發同 式; 々圖11B的體素値與相交體素値圖 圖12係根據本發明 單元圖; 月而透過圖8至11的體素與相交體素 單1圖A係根據本發明而可滿足對稱需求的—非對稱掃描 描^元圖係根據本發明而可滿足對稱需求的另-非對稱掃 :圖13C係根據本發明而可滿足對稱需求的仍然另一非對 稱掃描單元圖; 圖14八係根據本發明的_光學影像系統的圓形 圖;及 圖14B係根據本發明的一光學影像系統的三角形光學探 棒圖; 圖15係根據本發明而在不同波長上當作一氧飽功能g (亦即,卩1與卩2比率)模擬値圖式; 圖16係根據本發明而在不同波長上當作〆氧飽功能g模 擬値的另一圖式; 圖17係仍則艮據本發明而在不同波長上當作—氧飽功能 -19- 本紙張尺度適財S S家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公爱)— 裝 訂 線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(17 G模擬値的另一圖式; 圖1 8係根據本發明而在具不同背景擴散係數與總紅血球 濃度媒體中的計算氧濃度與實際氧飽和比較的另一圖式; 圖19係根據本發明的總紅血球(HbT)濃度、氧紅血球素 (HbO)濃度、與去氧紅血球素(Hb)濃度的時間過程圖; 圖20係根據本發明的氧飽和的時間過程圖; 圖21係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖;· 圖22A和22B係根據本發明而透過圖21的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常胸部血量影像;及 圖23A和23B係根據本發明而透過圖21的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常胸部的氧飽和影像; 圖24A係根據本發明的具有2個波形偵測器的一取樣光學 系統及具有相同近距離與遠距離的2個波源偵測器圖; 圖24B係根據本發明的具有2個波形偵測器的另一取樣光 學系統及具有相同近距離與遠距離的2個波源偵測器圖; 圖24C係根據本發明的具有2個波源與4個波形偵測器的 仍然另一取樣光學系統圖; 圖25係根據本發明在如同氧飽和功能的不同波長上的〇 (即是F#F2比率)模値圖式; 圖26係根據本發明在如同氧飽和功能的不同波長上的另 一 G模擬値圖式; 圖27係根據本發明在如同氧飽和功能的不同波長上的仍 然另一 G模擬値圖式; 圖28係根據本發明而在具不同背景擴散係數與總紅血球 •20- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(18 濃度媒體中的計算氧濃度與實際氧飽和比較的另一圖式; 圖29係根據本發明的總紅血球(HbT)濃度、氧紅血球素 (HbO)濃度、與去氧紅血球素(Hb)濃度的時間過程圖; 圖30係根據本發明的氧飽和時間過程圖; 圖31係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖; 圖32A和32B係根據本發明而透過圖31的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常胸部血量影像;及 圖33A和33B係根據本發明而透過圖31的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常氧飽和影像; 圖34係根據本發明供線性轉換而配置的一掃描單元圖; 圖3 5係根據本發明供旋轉或迴轉而配置的另一掃描單元 圖; 圖36係根據本發明供同時X轉換與Y往復運動而配置的 另一掃描單元圖; 圖37係根據本發明供產生相交體素或交叉測量元件而配 置的另一掃描單元圖; 圖38係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖; 圖39係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖; 圖40A和40B係根i未發明而透過圖39的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常胸部血量影·像;及 圖41A和41B係根據本發明而透過圖39的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常氧飽和影像' 圖42A至42D係根據本發明的一光學影像系統波源與偵測 器配置範例; -21 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)The images of the distribution. Other features and advantages of the present invention will be apparent from the following detailed description and the scope of patent applications. Brief description of the drawings FIG. 1 is a diagram of an optical imaging system according to the present invention; FIG. 2A is an optical probe diagram of an optical imaging system defining a multiple scanning unit according to the present invention, and FIG. 2B is according to the present invention An optical probe diagram of an optical imaging system defining multiple scanning units having a wave source-detector configuration opposite to that of FIG. 2A. FIG. 3A is a diagram of a sampling optical system with two wave sources and two waveform detectors having the same near and long distances according to the present invention; FIG. 3B is a diagram of another sampling optical system according to the present invention, which has a short distance and Long-distance two-wave source and two-waveform detector; FIG. 3C is still another sampling optical system diagram according to the present invention, which has two-wave source and two-waveform detector; FIG. 4 is a cross-section of a scanning unit according to the present invention Top view. 5 is a cross-sectional top view of another scanning unit according to the present invention. FIG. 6A is a linear scanning unit diagram according to the present invention; FIG. 6B is another linear scanning unit diagram having a wave source_detector configuration opposite to FIG. 6A according to the present invention; FIG. 6C is a diagram of a linear scanning unit according to the present invention; Figure of a square scanning unit; Figure 6D is another square scanning unit with a wave source · detector configuration opposite to that of Figure 6C according to the present invention; ____ -17 · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210X297 public address) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (15) Figure 6E is a rectangular scanning unit according to the present invention; Figure 6F is a trapezoidal scanning unit according to the present invention; and Figure 6G is according to the present invention. 6F is another trapezoidal scanning unit diagram of an opposite wave source-detector configuration; FIG. 6H is another trapezoidal scanning unit diagram having an opposite wave source-detector configuration according to the present invention; and FIG. 7A is a diagram according to the present invention Fig. 7B is a diagram of a rectangular scanning unit according to the present invention; Fig. 7C is a diagram of a parallelogram scanning unit according to the present invention; and Fig. 8A is a first group of optics according to Fig. 2A of the present invention Explore Scanning unit diagram; FIG. 8B is a voxel and intersected voxel generated by the scanning unit of FIG. 8A, and the resulting voxel and intersected voxel diagrams according to the present invention; FIG. 9A is a diagram of FIG. 2A A second group of optical probe scanning unit diagrams; FIG. 9B is a voxel and intersected voxel diagram generated by the scanning unit of FIG. 9A according to the present invention; FIG. 9C is a result voxel 値 and FIG. Figure of intersecting voxels; Figure 10A is a diagram of a unit of three sets of optical probe scanning units of Figure 2 according to the present invention; Figure 10B is a voxel and intersected voxels generated by the scanning unit of Figure 10A according to the present invention Fig. 10C is the voxel and intersecting voxel of Fig. 10B according to the present invention. Fig. 18- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). Explanation (Figure 11A is based on the present invention; Figure 2A is a group of four optical probes scanning single element maps and inventions generated through the scanning unit of Figure 11A. Figure 11C is based on the same formula according to the present invention; 々Figure 11B Fig. 12 is a unit diagram according to the present invention Through the voxels and intersecting voxels of Figs. 8 to 11 in Fig. 1, Fig. A is an asymmetric scanning scan according to the present invention, which can satisfy the symmetrical demand. Scanning: FIG. 13C is still another asymmetric scanning unit diagram that can satisfy the symmetrical requirements according to the present invention; FIG. 14 is a circular diagram of the optical imaging system according to the present invention; and FIG. 14B is an optical diagram according to the present invention. Fig. 15 is a triangular optical probe diagram of an imaging system; Fig. 15 is a simulation diagram of an oxygen saturation function g (that is, the ratio of 卩 1 to 卩 2) at different wavelengths according to the present invention; Fig. 17 is still based on the present invention and is used at different wavelengths-oxygen saturation function-19-SS Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297 public love)-binding line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (another diagram of the 17 G simulation 图; Figure 18 is according to the present invention in media with different background diffusion coefficients and total red blood cell concentration Comparison of calculated oxygen concentration with actual oxygen saturation A diagram; FIG. 19 is a time course diagram of total red blood cell (HbT) concentration, oxyhemoglobin (HbO) concentration, and deoxyhemoglobin (Hb) concentration according to the present invention; FIG. 20 is an oxygen-saturated Time course diagram; Figure 21 is a diagram of an optical imaging system according to the present invention; Figures 22A and 22B are normal and abnormal chest blood volume images respectively measured through the optical imaging system of Figure 21 according to the present invention; and Figures 23A and 23B is an oxygen saturation image of a normal and abnormal chest measured respectively through the optical imaging system of FIG. 21 according to the present invention; FIG. 24A is a sampling optical system having two waveform detectors according to the present invention and has the same close range Fig. 24B is a diagram of another sampling optical system with two waveform detectors and two wave source detectors having the same close and long distances according to the present invention; 24C is still another sampling optical system diagram with 2 wave sources and 4 waveform detectors according to the present invention; FIG. 25 is 0 (that is, the F # F2 ratio) at different wavelengths as oxygen saturation function according to the present invention ) Mode diagram; Figure 26 is another G simulation diagram at different wavelengths as oxygen saturation function according to the present invention; Figure 27 is still another G at different wavelengths as oxygen saturation function according to the present invention Figure 値 diagram; Figure 28 is based on the present invention with different background diffusion coefficients and total red blood cells • 20- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention ( 18 Another graph comparing the calculated oxygen concentration with the actual oxygen saturation in the concentration medium; Figure 29 shows the total red blood cell (HbT) concentration, oxyhemoglobin (HbO) concentration, and deoxyhemoglobin (Hb) concentration according to the present invention Fig. 30 is a time chart of oxygen saturation according to the present invention; Fig. 31 is a diagram of an optical imaging system according to the present invention; and Figs. 32A and 32B are respectively measured through the optical imaging system of Fig. 31 according to the present invention. Normal and abnormal chest blood volume images; and Figs. 33A and 33B are normal and abnormal oxygen saturation images respectively measured through the optical imaging system of Fig. 31 according to the present invention; and Fig. 34 is a linear image according to the present invention. A scanning unit diagram configured instead; FIG. 35 is another scanning unit diagram configured for rotation or rotation according to the present invention; FIG. 36 is another scanning unit arranged for simultaneous X conversion and Y reciprocating motion according to the present invention Figure 37 is a diagram of another scanning unit configured for generating intersected voxels or cross-measurement elements according to the present invention; Figure 38 is a diagram of an optical imaging system according to the present invention; Figure 39 is an optical imaging system according to the present invention FIGS. 40A and 40B are normal and abnormal chest blood volume images and images measured through the optical imaging system of FIG. 39 without being invented; and FIGS. 41A and 41B are optical imaging systems through FIG. 39 according to the present invention. The normal and abnormal oxygen saturation images measured respectively 'Fig. 42A to 42D are examples of wave source and detector configuration of an optical imaging system according to the present invention; -21-This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297) (Centimeter)

Order

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(19 ) 圖43A和43B係根據本發明透過波形偵測器所產生的輸出 信號; 圖44係根據本發明的一典型自我校準光學影像系統圖; 圖45A至45C係根據本發明而透過波形偵測器所產生的進 一步輸出信號,; 圖46係根據本發明的另一光學影像系統圖; 圖47A和47B係根據本發明而透過圖46的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常胸部血量變化影像;及 圖48A和48B係根據本發明而透過圖46的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常氧飽和影像; 圖49係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖; 圖50係根據本發明的一掃描單元截面上視圖; 圖51係根據本發明的另一掃描單元截面上視圖; 圖52係根據本發明供線性轉換而配置的圖5丨掃描單元 圖; 圖53係根據本發明而透過圖52的掃描單元所獲得的影像 [21 · 圃, 圖54係根據本發明而透過圖52的一波形偵測器所產生一 輸出信號的二維分床範例圖; 圖55係根據本發明用以旋轉而配置的圖51掃描單元的另 一圖式; 圖56A係根據本發明供沿著X軸線性轉換而配置的圖51择 描單元圖; 圖56B係根據本發明供旋轉而配置的圖51掃描單元圖;Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (19) Figures 43A and 43B are output signals generated by a waveform detector according to the present invention; Figure 44 is a diagram of a typical self-calibrating optical imaging system according to the present invention; Figures 45A to 45C Is a further output signal generated by a waveform detector according to the present invention; FIG. 46 is a diagram of another optical imaging system according to the present invention; and FIGS. 47A and 47B are respectively transmitted through the optical imaging system of FIG. 46 according to the present invention. Measured images of normal and abnormal chest blood volume changes; and FIGS. 48A and 48B are normal and abnormal oxygen saturation images respectively measured by the optical imaging system of FIG. 46 according to the present invention; and FIG. 49 is an optical imaging system according to the present invention Fig. 50 is a cross-sectional top view of a scanning unit according to the present invention; Fig. 51 is a cross-sectional top view of another scanning unit according to the present invention; Fig. 52 is a scanning unit view of Fig. 5 configured for linear conversion according to the present invention; Fig. 53 is an image obtained by the scanning unit of Fig. 52 according to the present invention [21, garden, Fig. 54 is produced by a waveform detector of Fig. 52 according to the present invention An example diagram of a two-dimensional splitting bed of output signals; Fig. 55 is another diagram of the scanning unit of Fig. 51 configured for rotation according to the present invention; Fig. 56A is a diagram of the arrangement for linear transformation along the X axis according to the present invention 51 tracing unit diagram; FIG. 56B is a scanning unit diagram of FIG. 51 configured for rotation according to the present invention;

Order

綠 -22-Green -22-

也一係根據本發明供沿著Y軸線性轉換而配置的圖51掃 描早7L圖; 圖57係根據本發明 π k π你 取月而透過圖56Α至圖56C的掃描單元所獲 1于的影像圖; 圖5 8係根據本發明 ^ ^ 贫月供同時X轉換與Y往復運動而配置的 圖51掃描單元的另_無式; 圖9係根據本發明的&然是另—掃描單元截面上視圖; 圖60係根據本發明的—移動光學影像系統圖; 圖61係根據本發明的—光學影像系統圖; 圖62A和62B係根據本發明而透過_的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常胸部血量影像;及 圖63A和63B係根據本發明而透過圖61的光學影像系統所 分別測量的正常與異常氧飽和影像。 發明之詳細説明 下列描述提供各種不同光學影像系統配置,以便在一生 理學媒體中提供發色困性質的二度或三維或時間分佈影 像更明確而5 ’下列描述係提供光學影像系統具可移 動掃描單元的光學探棒、移動波源_偵測器組件、供校準 輸出信號的自我校準凑算法、與即時影像建構演算法與方 法的較佳觀點與具體實施例。 I· 一般性裝置 A. —般性結構 、 在本發明的-觀點中,-光學影像系統的提供可透過使 用具有小於目彳示區域的一掃描區域的掃描單元,而在一生 -23 -Fig. 51 is a scan of 7L according to the present invention, which is configured for linear conversion along the Y axis. Fig. 57 is obtained from the scanning unit of Figs. 56A to 56C according to the present invention. Image view; Fig. 5 is an additional form of the scanning unit of Fig. 51 which is configured for simultaneous X conversion and Y reciprocating motion at the same time according to the present invention; Fig. 9 is an & scanning unit according to the present invention. Fig. 60 is a diagram of a moving optical imaging system according to the present invention; Fig. 61 is a diagram of an optical imaging system according to the present invention; and Figs. 62A and 62B are respectively measured by an optical imaging system transmitted through the present invention Normal and abnormal chest blood volume images; and Figs. 63A and 63B are normal and abnormal oxygen saturation images respectively measured by the optical imaging system of Fig. 61 according to the present invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The following description provides various configurations of optical imaging systems to provide a more specific two-dimensional or three-dimensional or time-distributed image of dystrophic properties in a physiological medium. 5 'The following description provides optical imaging systems with movable scanning. The unit's optical probe, mobile wave source_detector component, self-calibration algorithm for calibrating output signals, and real-time image construction algorithms and methods are preferred viewpoints and specific embodiments. I. General device A. General structure In the viewpoint of the present invention, the provision of an optical imaging system can be achieved in a lifetime by using a scanning unit having a scanning area smaller than the visual area.

本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 _____ B7五、發明説明^ - 理學媒體目標區域中產生發色團的一或多個性質空間分佈 與暫時變化的影像。 圖1係根據本發明的一光學影像系統圖。一光學影像系 統100包括一主體11〇 ;可動組件12〇,其具有2個波源122 與2個波形偵測器124 ;激勵器元件13〇,其配置可沿著箭 號所示方向的一或多個曲線路徑而隨著主體110將該可動 組件120移動;及影像元件14〇,其配置可從感測器(即是 波源122與偵測器124)接收信號,及產生發色團及/或其性 質的空間或時間分佈影像。透過配置一預定數量的波源 122與偵測器124,它們可定義一掃描單元125,以形成供 掃描媒體而配置的一基本波源-偵測器。 主體110通常是由例如塑膠的堅硬或半硬材料製成。如 下述,主體110的形狀與大小可根據各種不同設計標準而 決定,其包括例如掃描及檢查的一媒體區域(亦即,一 ••目 標區域")、可動組件120的形狀與大小、透過激勵器元件 130所產生的可動組件12〇移動特徵、與可動組件1的曲 線路徑建構。This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention ^-One or more properties of chromophores in the target area of Physics Media are spatially distributed and temporarily changed image. FIG. 1 is a diagram of an optical imaging system according to the present invention. An optical imaging system 100 includes a main body 110, a movable unit 120, which has two wave sources 122 and two waveform detectors 124, and an exciter element 13, which can be arranged along one or Multiple curved paths to move the movable component 120 with the main body 110; and an image element 14 configured to receive signals from the sensors (ie, the wave source 122 and the detector 124), and generate chromophores and / Or a spatial or temporal distribution of its nature. By arranging a predetermined number of wave sources 122 and detectors 124, they can define a scanning unit 125 to form a basic wave source-detector for scanning media configuration. The body 110 is typically made of a hard or semi-rigid material such as plastic. As described below, the shape and size of the main body 110 may be determined according to various design standards, including, for example, a media area (ie, a target area) for scanning and inspection, the shape and size of the movable component 120, and transmission The moving characteristics of the movable component 120 generated by the exciter element 130 and the curved path of the movable component 1 are constructed.

裝 irIr

主體110包括實質矩形的一包裝l12,而且其配置可接收 可動組件120。大致〜上…,包裝112的形狀與大小實質是大於 可動組件120,所以可動組件120可沿著包裝112的不同部 分而移動。如下述,包裝112的區域通常是對應到透過在 可動主體(或感測器組件)120上放置的感測器122、124所 掃描媒體的一 ”目標區域"。主體110的建構通常是根據各 種不同設計標準而決定,例如掃描媒體區域的形狀與大 -24-The main body 110 includes a substantially rectangular package 112, and is configured to receive the movable assembly 120. Generally, the shape and size of the package 112 is substantially larger than the movable component 120, so the movable component 120 can move along different parts of the package 112. As described below, the area of the package 112 is generally a "target area" corresponding to the media scanned through the sensors 122, 124 placed on the movable body (or sensor assembly) 120. The body 110 is usually constructed according Various design criteria, such as the shape of the scanned media area

588158 A7588158 A7

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(23 特性的電磁波,例如大約68〇毫微米到7〇0亳微米及大約 820毫微米到84〇毫微米的波長。 >王意’在可動組件中包括的波源正確數量在此描述的本 發明中不是決定性的。例如,可動組件只包括可照射多重 組私磁波的單一波源,而該等電磁波具有不同波形特性、 相同或不同信號波形、或不同或相同載波等。此波源的配 置可連續、週期、或間歇性照射電磁波。同樣地,可動組 件只包括單一波形偵測器,以便連續、週期、或間歇性偵 測先前的電磁波。 波形偵測器需求 可動組件包括至少一波形偵測器,其配置最好可偵測電 磁波,並且響應其而產生輸出信號。只要波形偵測器呈現 對於在前述範圍波長的電磁波具有適當的靈敏度,任何波 形偵測器便可使在本發明。波形偵測器或多重波形偵測器 的配置可偵測多重組的電磁波,其每組具有前述不同波形 特性。波形偵測器或多重波形偵測器的配置亦可偵測透過 多重波源照射的多重組電磁波,因此可產生多重組的輸出 信號。或者’可動組件亦包括單一波形偵測器,其配置可 偵測透過多重波源魚射的多重組電磁波。 圖2A係根據本發明而具有多重掃描單元的一光學影像系 統的光學探棒圖。一光學影像系統包括一光學探棒 120A,其包括 8個波源 122 (例如 Sad、Sbb、Sbc、Scb、588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (23 characteristics of electromagnetic waves, such as wavelengths of approximately 68 nm to 700 μm and approximately 820 nm to 84 nm. ≫ Wang Yi'wave source included in the movable component The correct number is not decisive in the invention described here. For example, the movable component includes only a single wave source that can illuminate multiple recombined private magnetic waves, and these electromagnetic waves have different waveform characteristics, the same or different signal waveforms, or different or identical carrier waves, etc. The configuration of this wave source can irradiate electromagnetic waves continuously, periodically, or intermittently. Similarly, the movable component only includes a single waveform detector for continuous, periodic, or intermittent detection of previous electromagnetic waves. The waveform detector requires movable components It includes at least one waveform detector, which is preferably configured to detect electromagnetic waves and generate an output signal in response to it. As long as the waveform detector exhibits appropriate sensitivity to electromagnetic waves in the aforementioned range of wavelengths, any waveform detector can In the present invention, the configuration of the waveform detector or the multiple waveform detector can detect multiple recombined electromagnetic waves, Each group has the aforementioned different waveform characteristics. The configuration of the waveform detector or multiple waveform detector can also detect multiple recombined electromagnetic waves illuminated by multiple wave sources, so it can generate multiple recombined output signals. Or the 'movable component also includes a single The waveform detector is configured to detect multiple recombined electromagnetic waves emitted by a multi-wave source fish. FIG. 2A is an optical probe diagram of an optical imaging system having multiple scanning units according to the present invention. An optical imaging system includes an optical detector Stick 120A, which includes 8 wave sources 122 (e.g., Sad, Sbb, Sbc, Scb,

Scc、Sda和Sdd);及8個波動偵測器124 (例如Dab、、Scc, Sda, and Sdd); and eight fluctuation detectors 124 (e.g. Dab,

Dba、Dbd、Dca、Ddb、Dcb和Ddc),其中光學感測器(即是波 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)Dba, Dbd, Dca, Ddb, Dcb, and Ddc), among which optical sensors (that is, Wave -26- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 588158Line 588158

源122與偵測器124)是放置在一掃描表面上。大體上,每 對波源122與波形偵測器124可形成一掃描元件,該掃描元 件是構成光學探棒12〇A的一基本功能單元。在每個掃描 元件中,波源122可將電磁波照射到媒體的目標區域,而 且波形偵測器124可偵測從媒體目標區域照射(例如吸收及 /或擴散)及放射的電磁波,然後產生代表在掃描元件上藉 此偵測電磁波振幅的一輸出値。 · 或多個波源122及/或偵測器124的組成可進一步定義 一••感測器組件"、,,感測器陣列”、或”掃描單元"125,其中 每個掃描單元的一或多個波形偵測器丨24的配置可透過相 同掃描單元125的一或多個波源122所照射的電磁波,所以 一媒體區域(以下稱爲"目標區域")可透過掃描單元125掃 描。因此’每個掃描單元125可產生多重輸出値的一輸出 仏號’其每個輸出#號可透過相同掃描單元的多重掃描元 件產生。 每個掃描單元125通常是在它的光學感測器122、124的 附近定義,而且其配置可形成一中斷的掃描區域,所以一 特殊目標區域的光學性質可透過光學探棒12〇八而藉由媒 體的單一掃描獲得Ί意,在圖中,掃描單元125的末端 部分是用於説明而延伸。掃描單元125及其掃描區域的配 置通常可透過波源·偵測器的配置決定,例如,每個掃描 早元125的波源122與偵測器124數量、每個掃描元件的波 源122與偵測器124群或對、每個掃描單元ι25的每個掃描 元件群或對、在感測器122、124之間的幾何配置、在每個 -27-The source 122 and the detector 124) are placed on a scanning surface. Generally, each pair of the wave source 122 and the waveform detector 124 can form a scanning element, which is a basic functional unit constituting the optical probe 120A. In each scanning element, the wave source 122 can irradiate electromagnetic waves to the target area of the media, and the waveform detector 124 can detect the electromagnetic waves irradiated (eg, absorbed and / or diffused) and radiated from the target area of the media, and then generate a representative An output signal of the amplitude of the electromagnetic wave is detected on the scanning element. · The composition of one or more wave sources 122 and / or detectors 124 may further define a sensor component ",,, sensor array", or "scanning unit" 125, where each of the scanning units The configuration of one or more waveform detectors 24 can pass the electromagnetic waves irradiated by one or more wave sources 122 of the same scanning unit 125, so a media area (hereinafter referred to as " target area ") can pass through the scanning unit 125 scanning. Therefore, 'each scanning unit 125 can generate an output number of multiple outputs', and each of its output # numbers can be generated by multiple scanning elements of the same scanning unit. Each scanning unit 125 is usually defined near its optical sensors 122, 124, and its configuration can form an interrupted scanning area, so the optical properties of a special target area can be borrowed through the optical probe 1208. The intention is obtained by a single scan of the media. In the figure, the end portion of the scanning unit 125 is extended for illustration. The configuration of the scanning unit 125 and its scanning area can usually be determined by the configuration of the wave source and detector, for example, the number of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 per scanning early element 125, the wave source 122 and the detector of each scanning element 124 groups or pairs, each scanning element group or pair of each scanning unit ι25, geometric configuration between sensors 122, 124,

588158 A7588158 A7

掃描單7L 125的掃描元件之間、在光學探棒的掃描單元i25 之間、波源122的照射能力或發射功率、波形偵測器124的 偵測靈敏度等。The scanning unit 7L 125 is between the scanning elements, between the scanning unit i25 of the optical probe, the irradiation ability or transmitting power of the wave source 122, the detection sensitivity of the waveform detector 124, and the like.

訂 請即參考圖1,可動組件120通常可延長,而且包括一縱 軸127。可動組件120亦包括光學感測器,例如波源122與 偵測器124,其每個是沿著縱軸127對齊。波源122的配置 通常是在相互等距插入的可動組件12〇與偵測·器124的每一 端’所以透過波源122發射的電磁波可通過媒體,而與媒 體相互作用,並且可透過波形偵測器124偵測。因此,波 源122與偵測器124的功能可在沿著可動組件12〇的縱轴127 形成在波源122與偵測器124附近延伸的一掃描單元125(即 疋波源-偵測器配置),並且定義一度應掃描區域(或掃描體 積)。可動組件120亦可由半堅硬或彈性材料製成,所以感 測器122、124可形成光耦合,而符合目標區域的表面輪 廓0 可動組件120亦包括沿著縱軸127延伸的一掃描單元 125。掃描單元125通常視爲一功能單元,其中電磁波可照 射到媒體,而且與媒體相互作用的電磁波可偵測。因此, 掃描單元I25的結構其掃描區域可透過感測器組件及/或 波源-偵測器配置的對應結構而決_定,其接著可透過波源 或偵測器數量、其間的幾何配置、波源的召射能力或發射 功率、波形偵測器的偵測靈敏度等·、決定。在圖1顯示的具 體實施例中,波源122與偵測器124是實質定義延伸的掃描 單元125,其中波形偵測器124是沿著縱軸127而在2個波源 ____-28- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) A7 --------- B7 五、發明説明(26 ) 122之間m然㈣單元125具有各種不同纟小(例如 長度、寬度、或高度)特徵’但是掃描單元125的—特徵大 小通常是與縱轴127 (掃描單元125與可動組件12()過激勵器 凡件130移動的一方向)正交的__者。因此,如稍後的詳 述,圖1的掃描單元125的特徵大小是它的寬度。可了解 ,,掃描單元125可構成一部分可動組件12〇,而且此掃描 單元125最好可透過激勵器元件13〇而與可動組件12〇移 動。因此,除非特別指定,用語"掃描單元"、"可動組件,· 在此可互換使用。 可了解到,掃描單元最好定義可連續掃描單元整個部分 的掃描區域,所以透過掃描單元的單一測量可產生涵蓋整 個掃描區域的輸出信號,而不會中斷未掃描區域。對於此 目的而言,波源與偵測器最好是以不大於一臨界距離的位 置上放置。在波源與偵測器之間的一最佳間隔通常是由在 技藝中熟請此技者所選取,並且可透過(但是未侷限於)下 列數個因素決定:生理學媒體(例如,吸收係數、擴散係 數等)的光學性質,波源的照射能力、波形偵測器的偵測 能力、波源及/或波形偵測器的數量、其間的幾何配置、 及/或稍後描述的激勵器元件之操作特徵。 請即仍參考圖2A,先前光學感測器122、124的配置可在 光學探棒120A的掃描表面上形成4 X 4感測器陣列。感測 器陣列的每列典型包括至少兩波源.122及至少兩波形偵測 器124,並且形成一水平延伸的掃描單元(例如,Ha、Hb、 Hc、和Hd)。同樣地,測器陣列的每欄包括兩波源122及兩 -29- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) ______B7 五、發明説明(27 ) 波形偵測器124,並且定義一垂直延伸的掃描單元(例如, Va、Vb、V。、和Vd)。例如,在第一及第四水平線掃描單 元(Ha、仏)中,兩波形偵測器Dab-Dac^ Ddb-Dd。是分別在兩 波源8^-3以與Sda-Sddi間插入。然而,在第二及第三水平 線掃描單元(Hb、Η。)中,兩波源Sbb-Sb。與Seb_s。。是分別在兩 波形偵測器Dba-Dbd與Dca-Dcdi間插入。此外,在第一及第 四垂直掃描單元(va、vd)中,兩波形偵測器^^。“與Dbd_ Dcd是分別在兩波源Saa-Sda與Sda-Sdd之間插入。然而,在第 二及第三垂直掃描單元(Vb、Vc)中,兩波源Sbb-Scl^ Sbc-Scc 是分別在兩波形偵測器Dab_Ddb與Dae-Dde之間插入。 本發明光學探棒可提供不同於圖2A顯示的波源·偵測器 配置。例如,圖2B係根據本發明的一光學影像系統的另 一光學探棒圖。類似圖2A,此光學探棒130A亦包括8個波 源 122 (例如 sab、Sac、Sba、Sbd、Sca、Scd、Sdb、和 Sdc)與 8 個波形偵測器 124(例如,Daa、Dad、Dbb、Dbc、Dcb、ο。。、 Dda、與Ddd),用以形成另一 4 x 4感測器陣列。然而,光學 感測器122、124是以完全與圖2A相反的一配置提供。即 是’圖2A的波源是由圖2B的波形偵測器所取代,而圖2A 的波形波偵測器是忐圖2B的波形波偵測器取代。如下的 詳述,兩光學探棒120A、130A可提供相同、或至少實質 相容的性能特徵。 在光學探棒120A、130A的每個掃描單元125中,最好是 一第一波源的配置是比一第二波形偵測器更接近一第一波 形偵測器,而且一第二波源的配置是比一第一波形偵測器 _ -30- 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) B7 五、發明説明(28 更接近一第二波形偵測器。此外,此波源與偵測器的最妤 配置是在第一波源與第一波形偵測器之間的一第一近距離 是相同或實質類似在第二波源與第二波形偵測器之間的一 第二近距離,而且在第一波源與第二波形偵測器之間的一 遠距離是相同或實質類似在第二波源與第一波形偵測器之 間的一遠距離。在第二水平掃描單元中,例如第一波源 (Sbb)的Hb的配置是較接近第一波形偵測器(Dba·),而且第二 波源(sbc)的配置是較接近第二波形偵測器(Dbd)。此外,在 第一波源(sbb)與第一波形偵測器(Dba)之間的第一近距離的 配置可相同於在第二波源(Sbc)與第二波形债測器(Dbd)之間 的第二近距離。此外,在第一波源(Sbb)與第二波形偵測器 (Dbd)之間的第一遠距離配置亦可相同於在第二波源(s^)與 第一波形偵測器(Dba)之間的第二遠距離。 D.激勵器元件 請即參考圖1,激勵器元件13〇是以至少一曲線方向而沿 著至少一曲線路耦合及產生波源122及/或偵測器124的移 動。在一特殊具體實施例中,激勵器元件13()的操作是與 可動組件120糕合,並且以可動組件12〇的縱轴127方向而 將該可動組件(連同波源I22與偵測器1;24)從主體11〇的一端 線性轉換到到另一端。 在此具體實施例中,可動組件120的寬度實質是類似包 裝112的寬度。因此,當在目標區域上線性轉換時,掃描 卓元125可知描目標區域的至少一實質部分。 任何激勵裝置可結合於光學影像系統,供產生先前的移 -31 - 588158 五、發明説明(29 ) 動。例如,一馬達齒輪組件可在一預先選取角度附近用來 產生旋轉中心附近的轉動、或產生一預定旋轉次數的迴 轉。或者,一階梯馬達可沿著選擇性導軌而使用,以產生 曲線轉換、往復運動、及其組合,其中此曲線轉換的範例 是沿著線性路徑的線性移置、或沿著曲線的非線性轉換。 激勵器7L件亦可透過產生例如脈衝(亦即,d⑴的函數)、 階梯(即是U(t)的函數)、·脈衝、脈衝序列、正·弦曲線、及 其組合而將各種不同時間特性加到此移動。此外,激勵器 兀件可產生連續、週期、及/或間歇性移動。 激勵器元件能以至少兩曲線方向而沿著至少兩曲線路徑 循序或同時產生波源及/或偵測器的至少兩移動。此移動 可如Cartesian的正交軸、球體座標系統的圓柱範例而沿 與實質彼此正交對齊的曲線路徑。或者,前述移運可可如 往復移運的範例,而以相反方向沿著相同或平行曲線路徑 發生。 可二解到、可動主體、掃描單元、與激勵器元件的配置 可在掃描單元的縱軸與可動主體的曲線路徑之間提供各種 不同幾何ge·置。例如,掃描單元能以掃描單元沿著與掃描 單π的縱軸正交的^轴移動的方式而與激勵器元件對齊, 用以提供實質與掃描單元的軸正交的掃描單元及/或可動 組件的曲線路徑。同樣地,激勵器元件可沿著與掃描單元 的縱實質平行路徑、或沿著與掃描單元的形成一預先選取 角的另路钇而移動掃描單元及/或可動組件。較者選擇 疋在可動組件的移動期間,後者具體實施例可使掃描單元 -32·For reference, referring to FIG. 1, the movable assembly 120 is generally extendable and includes a longitudinal axis 127. The movable component 120 also includes optical sensors, such as a wave source 122 and a detector 124, each of which is aligned along a longitudinal axis 127. The configuration of the wave source 122 is usually at each end of the movable component 12 and the detector 124 which are inserted at equal distances from each other. 124 detections. Therefore, the functions of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 can be formed along a longitudinal axis 127 of the movable component 120 to form a scanning unit 125 (ie, a wave source-detector configuration) extending near the wave source 122 and the detector 124. And define the area (or scan volume) that should be scanned once. The movable component 120 can also be made of semi-rigid or elastic material, so the sensors 122, 124 can form optical coupling, and the surface contour 0 conforming to the target area. The movable component 120 also includes a scanning unit 125 extending along the longitudinal axis 127. The scanning unit 125 is generally regarded as a functional unit in which electromagnetic waves can be irradiated to the medium, and electromagnetic waves interacting with the medium can be detected. Therefore, the scanning area of the scanning unit I25 structure can be determined by the corresponding structure of the sensor component and / or the wave source-detector configuration, which can then be determined by the number of wave sources or detectors, the geometric configuration therebetween, and the wave source. · Calling ability or transmitting power, detection sensitivity of the waveform detector, etc. In the specific embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the wave source 122 and the detector 124 are scanning units 125 that substantially define extensions. The wave detector 124 is along the vertical axis 127 at two wave sources ____- 28.-This paper The dimensions are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) A7 --------- B7 V. Description of the invention (26) The units between 122 and 125 have various different sizes (such as length, Width, or height) feature ', but the size of the scanning unit 125 is usually orthogonal to the vertical axis 127 (the direction in which the scanning unit 125 and the movable component 12 () move over the exciter element 130). Therefore, as described later, the characteristic size of the scanning unit 125 of FIG. 1 is its width. It can be understood that the scanning unit 125 may constitute a part of the movable unit 120, and the scanning unit 125 is preferably movable with the movable unit 12o through the actuator element 13o. Therefore, unless otherwise specified, the terms " scanning unit ", " movable components " are used interchangeably herein. It can be understood that the scanning unit preferably defines the scanning area that can continuously scan the entire part of the unit, so a single measurement through the scanning unit can generate an output signal that covers the entire scanning area without interrupting the unscanned area. For this purpose, the wave source and the detector are preferably placed at a position not greater than a critical distance. An optimal separation between the source and the detector is usually chosen by the skilled person in the art and can be determined by (but not limited to) several factors: physiological media (for example, absorption coefficient , Diffusion coefficient, etc.), the optical source's irradiation capability, the detection capability of the waveform detector, the number of wave sources and / or waveform detectors, the geometric configuration therebetween, and / or the exciter elements described later Operating characteristics. Still referring to FIG. 2A, the previous configuration of the optical sensors 122, 124 can form a 4 × 4 sensor array on the scanning surface of the optical probe 120A. Each column of the sensor array typically includes at least two wave sources. 122 and at least two waveform detectors 124, and forms a horizontally extending scanning unit (e.g., Ha, Hb, Hc, and Hd). Similarly, each column of the detector array includes two wave sources 122 and two -29- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) ______B7 V. Description of the invention (27) Waveform detector 124, and Define a vertically extending scanning unit (eg, Va, Vb, V., and Vd). For example, in the first and fourth horizontal scanning units (Ha, 仏), two waveform detectors Dab-Dac ^ Ddb-Dd. It is inserted between the two wave sources 8 ^ -3 and Sda-Sddi. However, in the second and third horizontal scanning units (Hb, Η.), The two wave sources Sbb-Sb. With Seb_s. . It is inserted between the two waveform detectors Dba-Dbd and Dca-Dcdi. In addition, in the first and fourth vertical scanning units (va, vd), two waveform detectors ^^. "And Dbd_ Dcd are inserted between the two wave sources Saa-Sda and Sda-Sdd. However, in the second and third vertical scanning units (Vb, Vc), the two wave sources Sbb-Scl ^ Sbc-Scc are The two waveform detectors Dab_Ddb and Dae-Dde are inserted. The optical probe of the present invention can provide a wave source · detector configuration different from that shown in FIG. 2A. For example, FIG. 2B is another optical imaging system according to the present invention. Optical probe diagram. Similar to Figure 2A, this optical probe 130A also includes eight wave sources 122 (such as sab, Sac, Sba, Sbd, Sca, Scd, Sdb, and Sdc) and eight waveform detectors 124 (such as, Daa, Dad, Dbb, Dbc, Dcb, ο ..., Dda, and Ddd) to form another 4 x 4 sensor array. However, the optical sensors 122, 124 are completely opposite to FIG. 2A A configuration is provided. That is, the waveform source of FIG. 2A is replaced by the waveform detector of FIG. 2B, and the waveform detector of FIG. 2A is replaced by the waveform detector of FIG. 2B. As detailed below, two The optical probes 120A, 130A can provide the same, or at least substantially compatible performance characteristics. Each scan of the optical probes 120A, 130A In element 125, it is preferable that the configuration of a first wave source is closer to a first waveform detector than a second waveform detector, and the configuration of a second wave source is closer than a first waveform detector. 30- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) B7 V. Description of the invention (28 is closer to a second waveform detector. In addition, the best configuration of this wave source and detector is A first close distance between the first wave source and the first waveform detector is the same or substantially similar to a second close distance between the second wave source and the second waveform detector, and A long distance between the second waveform detectors is the same or substantially similar to a long distance between the second wave source and the first waveform detector. In the second horizontal scanning unit, for example, the first wave source (Sbb) The configuration of Hb is closer to the first waveform detector (Dba ·), and the configuration of the second wave source (sbc) is closer to the second waveform detector (Dbd). In addition, the first wave source (sbb) and the The first close-range configuration between the first waveform detector (Dba) may be the same as that at the second wave source Sbc) and the second close distance between the second waveform debt detector (Dbd). In addition, the first long-distance configuration between the first wave source (Sbb) and the second waveform detector (Dbd) may be the same For the second long distance between the second wave source (s ^) and the first waveform detector (Dba). D. Exciter element Please refer to FIG. 1. The exciter element 13 is oriented in at least one curve. The movement of the wave source 122 and / or the detector 124 is coupled and generated along at least one curved path. In a specific embodiment, the operation of the exciter element 13 () is to match the movable component 120, and move the movable component (together with the wave source I22 and the detector 1 in the direction of the longitudinal axis 127 of the movable component 120); 24) Linearly transition from one end of the main body 110 to the other end. In this embodiment, the width of the movable component 120 is substantially similar to the width of the package 112. Therefore, when the linear transformation is performed on the target area, the scanning element 125 can know to trace at least a substantial part of the target area. Any excitation device can be combined with the optical imaging system for generating the previous movement. For example, a motor gear assembly may be used to generate rotations near the center of rotation at a preselected angle, or to generate a predetermined number of rotations. Alternatively, a stepped motor can be used along selective guides to produce curve transformations, reciprocating motions, and combinations thereof, where examples of such curve transformations are linear displacements along a linear path, or non-linear transformations along a curve . The 7L exciter can also generate various pulses by generating pulses (ie, functions of d⑴), steps (ie, functions of U (t)), pulses, pulse sequences, sine curves, and combinations thereof. Features are added to this move. In addition, the exciter element can produce continuous, periodic, and / or intermittent movements. The exciter element can sequentially or simultaneously generate at least two movements of the wave source and / or the detector along at least two curved paths in at least two curved directions. This movement may follow a curved path aligned substantially orthogonal to each other, as in the Cartesian orthogonal axis, cylindrical example of a sphere coordinate system. Alternatively, the aforementioned movement may be an example of a reciprocating movement, and may occur along the same or parallel curved path in opposite directions. Arrangement of the movable body, the scanning unit, and the exciter element can provide a variety of different geometries between the longitudinal axis of the scanning unit and the curved path of the movable body. For example, the scanning unit can be aligned with the exciter element in such a way that the scanning unit moves along the ^ axis orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the scanning unit π to provide the scanning unit and / or the movable unit substantially orthogonal to the axis of the scanning unit The curvilinear path of the component. Similarly, the exciter element may move the scanning unit and / or the movable component along a substantially parallel path with the longitudinal direction of the scanning unit, or along another yttrium forming a preselected angle with the scanning unit. The latter option 具体 During the movement of the movable component, the latter embodiment enables the scanning unit -32 ·

A7 B7 五、發明説明(3〇 ) 的有效掃描區域最大化。 此外,激勵器元件能以固定速度或隨時間或位置的變化 速度(例如,連續、週期、及/或間歇性)而產生先前移 動一選擇性運動控制器可提供,所以此移動速度可根據 —預先選取的模式而正確受控制。或者,此移動亦可受控 制,而可適合各種不同參數,例如媒體的光學特徵、及/ 或,過例如傳送電磁波的異常高或低吸收或擴散目標區域 中是否出現不正常區域。此外,激勵器元件的細節是在下 面連同圖52至60所述掃描單元的具體實施例提供。 E·影像元件 如圖1所示,影像元件14〇的操作是與波源122及/或偵測 器124耦合,而且其配置可在媒體中產生代表發色團或其 性質的空間或時間分佈的二度或三維影像。如圖所述,影 像το件140典型包括一資料取得單元142 (亦即,信號取得 單疋或信號處理器)、演算法單元144、與影像結構或影像 產生單το 146 (亦即,影像處理器)。資料取得單元142的配 置可取樣光學或電資料或信號,而這些是與波源122所照 射及波形偵測器124所偵測的電磁波強度、大小、振幅、 或其他特性有關。資料取得單元142亦可監督與激勵器元 件及用以控制學影像系統1〇〇每個元件操作有關的其他系 統變數或參數。演算法單元144可從資料取得單元142接收 各種不同信號或資料,並且獲得運用於波源122及/或偵測 器124的多重波形方程式解決。傳統分析或數値方法可使 用在演算法單元144 ,以解決一組波形方程式,例如光子 -33-A7 B7 V. Invention description (30) The effective scanning area is maximized. In addition, the exciter element can produce a previous movement at a fixed speed or a rate of change over time or position (eg, continuous, periodic, and / or intermittent). A selective motion controller can provide this, so this movement speed can be based on— Pre-selected modes are properly controlled. Alternatively, the movement can be controlled and can be adapted to various parameters, such as the optical characteristics of the media, and / or, for example, whether abnormal areas appear in the target area with abnormally high or low absorption or diffusion of transmitted electromagnetic waves. In addition, details of the exciter elements are provided below in conjunction with specific embodiments of the scanning unit described in Figs. 52 to 60. E · Image element is shown in Figure 1. The operation of the image element 14 is coupled with the wave source 122 and / or the detector 124, and its configuration can generate a spatial or temporal distribution in the medium that represents the chromophore or its properties. Two- or three-dimensional images. As shown, the image το 140 typically includes a data acquisition unit 142 (ie, a signal acquisition unit or signal processor), an algorithm unit 144, and an image structure or image generation unit το 146 (i.e., image processing Device). The configuration of the data acquisition unit 142 can sample optical or electrical data or signals, and these are related to the intensity, magnitude, amplitude, or other characteristics of the electromagnetic wave irradiated by the wave source 122 and detected by the waveform detector 124. The data acquisition unit 142 may also monitor other system variables or parameters related to the operation of the actuator elements and each element used to control the imaging system 100. The algorithm unit 144 may receive various signals or data from the data acquisition unit 142, and obtain multiple waveform equation solutions for the wave source 122 and / or the detector 124. Traditional analysis or mathematical methods can be used in the algorithm unit 144 to solve a set of waveform equations, such as photon -33-

588158 A7 ________B7 ____ 五、發明説明(31 ) 擴散方程式、Beer-Lambert方程式、修改的Beer-Lambert方 程式 '及其相關。演算法單元144然後可從此解決、或透 過進一步數學處理或信號處理而決定發色團或其性質的絕 對或相對値。影像建構單元146可處理發色團或其性質的 先前絕對或相對値,並且在空間及/或時間領域中提供發 色團或其性質的二度或三維分佈圖案的影像。 F.本發明的利益 · 本發明的光學影像系統可提供比先前技藝的技術更多的 數個優點,例如傳統近紅外分光器、擴散光學分光器等。 傳統光學感測器通常是定義掃描單元,其每個只允許每個 測量位置有單一測量。因此,當目標區域大於此掃描單元 的掃描區域時,感測器探棒便必須手動移到目標區域的不 同區域,而且多重測量必須達成。此此程序會增加較長的 檢查週時間,而不是提及由於媒體不同測量位置的感測器 探棒不正確及/或不一致位置、或在不同測量位置上形成 不一致光耦合而造成不良解析度的非可靠影像。爲了要修 正此不足,具大量波源與偵測器的較大感測器組件可發 展,所以他們可於每次測量中涵蓋較大目標區域。然而, 此感測器組件通常i大且昴貴。此外,在感測器之中的奇 特變化會危害到光學及/或電輸出信號的品質,藉使而降 低結果影像品質。此外,傳統光學影像技術在掃描媒體目 才示區域之前需要輸出信號的一基線評估。實際上,基線評 估是構成測量錯誤的主要來源,傳統光學影像系統不能可 靠用來獲得相對大目標區域的高解析度像。 -34 - 本紙張尺度適財㈣家標準(CNS) Μ規格(⑽x撕公爱) ---- 588158588158 A7 ________B7 ____ 5. Description of the invention (31) Diffusion equation, Beer-Lambert equation, modified Beer-Lambert equation 'and related. The algorithmic unit 144 may then resolve from this, or through further mathematical processing or signal processing, to determine the absolute or relative unity of the chromophore or its properties. The image constructing unit 146 can process a previous absolute or relative tadpole of a chromophore or its properties, and provide an image of a second-degree or three-dimensional distribution pattern of the chromophore or its properties in the space and / or time domain. F. Benefits of the Invention · The optical imaging system of the present invention can provide several advantages over previous technologies, such as traditional near-infrared beam splitters, diffused optical beam splitters, and the like. Traditional optical sensors usually define scanning units, each of which allows only a single measurement at each measurement location. Therefore, when the target area is larger than the scanning area of the scanning unit, the sensor probe must be manually moved to a different area of the target area, and multiple measurements must be achieved. This procedure will increase the length of the inspection cycle, rather than mentioning poor resolution due to incorrect and / or inconsistent sensor probes at different measurement positions in the media, or inconsistent optical coupling at different measurement positions Unreliable images. To correct this, larger sensor assemblies with a large number of wave sources and detectors can be developed, so they can cover a larger target area in each measurement. However, this sensor assembly is usually large and expensive. In addition, peculiar changes in the sensor can compromise the quality of the optical and / or electrical output signals, thereby reducing the quality of the resulting image. In addition, traditional optical imaging technology requires a baseline evaluation of the output signal before scanning the target area of the media. In fact, baseline assessment is the main source of measurement errors, and traditional optical imaging systems cannot be reliably used to obtain high-resolution images of relatively large target areas. -34-This paper is suitable for financial standards (CNS) M specifications (规格 x tear public love) ---- 588158

本發明的光學影像系統可透過只使用少量波源與偵測器 的可動掃描單元而克服先前技藝缺陷,這些波源與偵測器 是放置在目標區域的一區域(例如一邊緣),並且可掃描較 大目標區域的不同區域,而不必將系統(例如影像系統的 可動組件及/或光學探棒)的其他元件移動及重新放置在目 標區域的另一區域。因此,先前光學影像系統比傳統光學 影像系統需要更少感測器(較少波源或偵測器)。因此,本 發明的光學探棒能以重量輕的小型物體構成。此外,結合 較少的感測器,在該等波源與偵測器之中每一者的特別元 件變化的雜訊亦可減少,藉此改善輸出信號的信號雜訊 比,並且提供品質與高解析度影像。本發明的光學影像系 統的進一步配置能確保實質相同光耦合可在可動組件移動 期間於媒體與可動波源及/或偵測器之間形成。如下述, 此具體實施例允許先前光學影像系系統可建立單一基線, 並且將相同基線運用於整個媒體不同目標區域所測量的多 重輸出信號。此具體實施例可進一步允許使用更簡單及更 有效率的使用影像建構方,以便當掃描測試物體的目標區 域時’可提供媒體發色團性質的即時影像。 雖然任何分析或氣儘方法可由影像元件的演算法單元或 影像建構單元使用’但是本發明的演算法或影像建構單元 最好採用在下述方法揭露及在專利案號·972中討論的解決 方法。 π.方法 A.數學基礎 -35· I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)-- 人The optical imaging system of the present invention can overcome the defects of the prior art by using only a small number of wave sources and detectors of a movable scanning unit. These wave sources and detectors are placed in an area (such as an edge) of a target area and can scan relatively Large areas of different target areas without having to move and relocate other components of the system (such as moving components of the imaging system and / or optical probes) to another area of the target area. Therefore, previous optical imaging systems required fewer sensors (less wave sources or detectors) than traditional optical imaging systems. Therefore, the optical probe of the present invention can be constituted by a small and lightweight object. In addition, with fewer sensors, the noise of special component changes in each of these wave sources and detectors can also be reduced, thereby improving the signal-to-noise ratio of the output signal and providing high quality and high quality. Resolution image. The further configuration of the optical imaging system of the present invention can ensure that substantially the same optical coupling can be formed between the medium and the movable wave source and / or the detector during the movement of the movable component. As described below, this specific embodiment allows the previous optical imaging system to establish a single baseline and apply the same baseline to multiple output signals measured at different target areas throughout the media. This specific embodiment can further allow the use of a simpler and more efficient use of the image builder, so that when scanning the target area of the test object ', a real-time image of the chromophore nature of the media can be provided. Although any analysis or exhaustion method can be used by the algorithm unit or image construction unit of the image element ', the algorithm or image construction unit of the present invention preferably adopts the solution disclosed in the following method and discussed in Patent No. · 972. π. Method A. Mathematical basis -35. I paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm)-person

訂 气 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(33 ) 測量絕對氧飽和的系統與方法的詳細描述 本發明係有關於用以決定一生理學媒體性質及/或情況 絕對値的光學系統及方法。特別是,下面描述可提供光學 系統及/或方法的各種不同具體實施例,用以決定在一生 理學媒體的紅血球素濃(去氧紅血球素與氧紅血球素)與氧 飽和(氧紅血球素濃度及去氧紅血球素與氧紅血球素濃度 總和的比率)。對於這些目的而言,下列描述·可提供用以 解決Beer-Lambert方程式、擴散方程式、及/或修改版本的 新方法。此外,描述是揭露結合此方法的光學影像系統的 各種不同具體實施例。可了解到,根據這些的下列方法及 系統可運用,以決定生理學媒體組織與細胞的其他發色團 濃度、比率、及/或量的絕對値。 在本發明的一觀點中,一新方法的提供可解決運用於包 括一波源模組及一偵測器模組的光學系統之修改Beer-Lambert方 程式及 / 或光 子擴散 方程式 。波源 模組與 偵測器 模組通常分別包括至少一波源及至少一波形偵測器。然 而,波源與偵測器模組最好分別包括至少兩波源及兩波形 偵測器。 如上述,方程式(Γ)是一般控制方程式,其用以描述在一 媒體中的光子的漂移或電磁波的像遞·· 可了解到系統參數"r ’’和’’ β ”具有1 · 〇値,而且"ο*"是 〇·〇。當參數” r ”和"β ”近似1時,方程式(1)的一修改版本 •36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 裝 訂Reservation 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (33) Detailed description of the system and method for measuring absolute oxygen saturation The present invention relates to an optical system and method for determining the properties and / or conditions of a physiological medium. In particular, the following describes various specific embodiments that can provide optical systems and / or methods for determining the concentration of erythropoietin (deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin) and oxygen saturation (oxyhemoglobin concentration and The ratio of phenylhemoglobin to the sum of oxyhemoglobin concentrations). For these purposes, the following description may provide new methods for solving Beer-Lambert equations, diffusion equations, and / or modified versions. In addition, the description discloses various specific embodiments of an optical imaging system incorporating this method. It will be appreciated that the following methods and systems based on these can be used to determine the absolute concentration of other chromophore concentrations, ratios, and / or amounts of physiological media tissue and cells. In an aspect of the present invention, the provision of a new method can solve a modified Beer-Lambert equation and / or a photon diffusion equation applied to an optical system including a wave source module and a detector module. Wave source module and detector Module usually includes at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector. However, the wave source and detector modules preferably include at least two wave sources and two waveform detectors, respectively. As mentioned above, equation (Γ) is a general control equation, which is used to describe the drift of photons in a medium or the image transfer of electromagnetic waves. It can be understood that the system parameters " r '' and `` β '' have 1 · 〇値, and " ο * " is 〇 · 〇. When the parameters "r" and "quote" are approximately 1, a modified version of equation (1) • 36- This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) Staple

線 588158 五、發明説明(34 便可獲得 :(¾) 同的式 傳統的”光子擴散方程式"具有與方程式(3a)相 子: • * /= ^25·/0·βι J J · 其中"S是對應方程式(3a)的"從",而且通常是説明例如輻 射功率與幾何結構、波源與媒體之間的光耦合、及/或其 間相關光编合損失的波源特性,”D"是對應方程式的 •’0”,而且通常是説明例如偵測靈敏感與範圍、波形偵測 器與媒體之間的光耦合模式、及/或相關光耦合損失的波 形偵測器特性,而且”A"是對應方程式(3a)的,,y,,而且可 以是與波源、波形偵測器、及/或媒體有關的一成比例常 數或一參數。再者注意”1。"和"I”只是時間函數,而且最好 是與例如此波形的頻率與相位角的頻域參數無關。一般亦 可了解到波源與偵測器最好是在CWS模式操作,亦即,波 源可在一測量週期上照射具有至少實質相同振幅的非脈衝 電磁波。因此透過灰源照射的電磁波最佳輪廓是階梯函數 (即是1。11(〇),其特徵是只透過其強度(即是〗。)決定,而不 是透過頻域參數。然而,只要輻射波不是脈衝,此波形便 可採用單階梯(例如,I。u(t)_ I〇 u…t〇))形式,其中是表示 大於波形偵測器的一暫時靈敏度臨界値的持續時間。= 者’輻射波可以是由具有至少實質上相同振幅的一連串^ (3b) 裝 訂 線 -37 本紙張尺度適用中S S豕標準(CNS) A4規格(21()><297公爱) 588158 訂Line 588158 5. Description of the invention (34 can be obtained: (¾) The same type of traditional "photon diffusion equation" has the same phase as equation (3a): • * / = ^ 25 · / 0 · βι JJ · where " S is the "from" of equation (3a), and usually describes the characteristics of the wave source such as radiated power and geometry, optical coupling between the wave source and the medium, and / or the associated optical coupling loss between them, "D " Is the corresponding equation of “'0”, and usually describes the characteristics of the waveform detector, such as detecting the sensitivity and range, the optical coupling mode between the waveform detector and the medium, and / or the associated optical coupling loss, and "A " corresponds to equation (3a) ,, y, and can be a proportional constant or a parameter related to the wave source, the waveform detector, and / or the media. Note also" 1. "and" ; I ”is only a function of time, and preferably has nothing to do with, for example, the frequency domain parameters of the frequency and phase angle of this waveform. It can also be generally understood that the wave source and the detector are preferably operated in CWS mode, that is, the wave source Irradiation over a measurement period has Less non-pulsed electromagnetic waves with substantially the same amplitude. Therefore, the optimal profile of the electromagnetic wave irradiated through the gray source is a step function (that is, 1.11 (〇), which is characterized by only its intensity (that is,).), Rather than through Frequency domain parameters. However, as long as the radiating wave is not a pulse, this waveform can take the form of a single step (for example, I.u (t) _ I〇u ... t〇)), where it represents a temporary The duration of the critical threshold =. = The radiation wave can be a series of ^ (3b) gutters with at least substantially the same amplitude-37 SS 豕 standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 () > < 297 public love) 588158 order

線 A7 B7 五、發明説明(35 ) · 梯所組成的階梯序列。 爲了説明目的,光學系統可能包括例如兩波源⑶和 SO ’其每個可發射波長λ!的電磁波,及兩波形偵測器(Di 和DO,其配置可偵測此電磁波的至少一部分 散方程式(3b)運用於光學系統的每對波源與偵 下列方程式組合: — * • 1 Oil Σ e|J|^ 1 ^ .^ci^^iSAe L, : 。將光子擴 測器可產生 (4a) *4*ιλ2| 2 = I^D.e 匕, (4b) <4c) SL· = I^D.e J 砍S2Dte U J .· :! · ; 其中上標λι表7F在波長λι上決定的各種不同變數與參數。 一簡化數學運算可從方程式(4a)到(4d)免除至少一系統 參數。例如8!和S2的波源_合因素可透過採用方程式(4a) 到(4b)的第一比率及辑用方程式(4d)到(4c)的第四比率而刪 除。第一及第二比率的對數然後可採用,以產生傳統稱爲 ••光學密度"(亦即OD/1是定義成IMS1D1/IX1S1D2 是定義成IUS2D2/IX1S2D1的一對數): ’而且〇D2~2 QDli =ln^SL = 131^-+ (^;μΑιμ-^ι4ιρ»)Σ • : · :(5a) ·.·.·: · 1 ::.. 1 ' »s t -38- 裝 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7五、發明説明(36 ) 可了解到光學密度通常不受在波源與生理學媒體之間的 光耦合的正確模式影響。進一步可了解到此光學密度只因 偵測的電磁波強度而定。因此,光學密度只是時間函數, 而且通常是與頻域參數無關或至少實質不受影響。 其他系統參數亦可藉由再形成上述方程式(5a)和(5b)而 免除。例如,包括偵測器隸合因素Di和D2的項目可透過增 加方程式(5a)到(5b)而取消: ·:〇Dh = ODlxXJtOD^ = : (6a) 其中jpS⑻咖⑽-邱舰)+ (地功上卿-地!⑽)· ....(你) .- · ' 在方程式(6b)很顯然,FX1主要是透過波源與偵測器(亦 即”L’s”主要是與"幾何有關"及説明在每對的一波源與一偵 測器之間的距離)的結構、及路徑長度因素(亦即,"BV主 要是與”媒體有關",並且可透過生理學媒體及/或電磁波 的光學性質決定)而定。 方程式(6A)和(6b)是運用於生理學媒體,爲了要獲得例 如發色團及/或其比率濃度的定量生理學資訊。在媒體包 含或暫時的多數物質能與撞擊或傳遞的光子或電磁波相互 作用或干擾。然而,在許多生理學媒體中,例如去氧與氧 紅血球素(Hb)與氧或氧紅血球素(HbO)的紅血球素是大部 分生理學想要的發色團。將方程式(6a)和(6b)運用於此生 理學媒體可產生: ..=Σ β <[ϋΒ]+ 丨(7a) .·· i -39 -Line A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (35) · The ladder sequence composed of ladders. For the purpose of illustration, the optical system may include, for example, two wave sources ⑶ and SO ′ each of which can emit electromagnetic waves of a wavelength λ !, and two waveform detectors (Di and DO, which are configured to detect at least a part of the scattering equation of this electromagnetic wave ( 3b) Each pair of wave source applied to the optical system is combined with the following equations: — * • 1 Oil Σ e | J | ^ 1 ^. ^ Ci ^^ iSAe L,:. The photon expander can generate (4a) * 4 * ιλ2 | 2 = I ^ De dagger, (4b) < 4c) SL · = I ^ De J cut S2Dte UJ. ·:! ·; Where the superscript λι table 7F determines the various variables and parameter. A simplified mathematical operation can eliminate at least one system parameter from equations (4a) to (4d). For example, the source and combination factors of 8! And S2 can be deleted by using the first ratio of equations (4a) to (4b) and the fourth ratio of equations (4d) to (4c). The logarithm of the first and second ratios can then be used to produce what is traditionally called "Optical Density" (that is, OD / 1 is a pair defined as IMS1D1 / IX1S1D2 is a pair defined as IUS2D2 / IX1S2D1): 'And 〇D2 ~ 2 QDli = ln ^ SL = 131 ^-+ (^; μΑιμ- ^ ι4ιρ ») Σ •:: (5a) ·. ·. ·: · 1 :: .. 1 '» st -38- Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (36) It can be understood that the optical density is generally not affected by the correct mode of optical coupling between the wave source and the physiological medium influences. It is further understood that the optical density is only determined by the intensity of the detected electromagnetic waves. Therefore, optical density is only a function of time and is generally independent of, or at least substantially unaffected by, frequency-domain parameters. Other system parameters can also be eliminated by reformulating equations (5a) and (5b) above. For example, items including the detector attachment factors Di and D2 can be canceled by adding equations (5a) to (5b): ·: 〇Dh = ODlxXJtOD ^ =: (6a) where jpS⑻ Coffee 邱-Qiu Jian) + ( Gong Shangqing-Ground! ⑽ ... · (你) .- · 'In equation (6b) it is clear that FX1 mainly passes through the wave source and the detector (that is, "L's" is mainly related to " geometry The structure of " and the distance between a wave source and a detector in each pair, and the path length factor (i.e., " BV is mainly "media related", and can be transmitted through physiological media And / or the optical properties of electromagnetic waves). Equations (6A) and (6b) are applied to physiological media in order to obtain quantitative physiological information such as chromophore and / or its ratio concentration. The media contains or Most substances temporarily interact or interfere with photons or electromagnetic waves that strike or pass. However, in many physiological media, such as deoxy and oxyhemoglobin (Hb) and oxygen or oxyhemoglobin (HbO), erythropoietin is Most physiologically desired chromophores. Equations (6a) and (6 b) Applied to this physiological media can produce: .. = Σ β < [ϋΒ] + 丨 (7a). ·· i -39-

裝 訂Binding

線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 訂Line This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm) 588158

線 A7 B7 五、發明説明(37 ) 其中[Hb]和[HbO]分別代表Hb和HbO的濃度。 透過配置波源Si* s2、或例如s3和s4的額外波源 ,以照 射具有不同於波長的波長λ2的一第二組電磁波, 方程式 (7a)的一補償方程式便可如下式獲得: 1 j(7b) :; 1 因此,兩系統變數[Hb]耘[HbO]的數學表示可杈方程式(7a) 和(7b)的一代數系統導出出,這些數學表示是如下所示: u ODli , ODh SHbO ~ SHbO ph .[Hb].- 11, .!' · 丨(8a) Ί 乂::; ' . · 1 j . \m , ! * ί •i · i ^: ; 其中户* =(万念贝 AiDi 一 Bs1diAsidi)+ i .* · m ; :l(8d) 1 i 其他生理學性質或指標的表示可從上述方程式導出出。 例如,氧飽和(so2)是時常用於局部貧血症狀的診斷指 標,而且通常定義成氧紅血球素濃度與總紅血球素濃度的 比率(亦即,[HbT]=[Hb]+[HbO]): - 〔S〇=_=剛! 2 [HbT] [HbMHbO]丨 4 ’; 〜 、㈣ :·· . 將方程式(8a)和(8b)合併到方程式(9a)可產生下列如同消 散係數(s’s)、光學密度(0D4)、與媒體/幾何有關因素FX1和 -40- 裝 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(38 ) F 2函數的氧飽和式子:逆£1 : 这〇ι· f \ODi2 Flt ( 5 \ ⑼) :· . 、 :; · 在不同胚長λ!和λ2上測量的氧與去氧紅血球素的消散係 數可從文獻或從一個別讲!量獲得。如稍後的詳細描述,媒 體/幾何有關因素Fu* FX2亦可憑經驗、部分經驗、或理論 獲得。因此,去氧與氧紅血球素的[Hb]、[HbO]濃度的絕 對値可分別透過下列獲得:將消散係數(s,s)的已知値加入 方程式;憑實驗測量的光學密度(〇D,s);及媒體/幾何有關 因素Fu* FX2的獲得値。此外,組織氧飽和(s〇2)的絕對値 亦可直接從[Hb]和[HbO]的絕對値決定。總而言之,本發 明的光學系統與方法透過測量由波源照射的電磁波強度、 及透過波形偵測器所偵測的電磁波強度而允許決定紅血球 素(及其他發色團)濃度及/或其性質的絕對値。 注意,FX1和FX2的評估是簡單的,因爲包括此項的路徑 長度因素經常是由生理學媒體的特殊類型、及電磁波或光 子的光學或能量特性而定。評估或取近似FX2値的一 方法是假設Fu、FX2、或其比率只涸背景光學性質、及波 源與偵測器的結構而定。一般相信這些假設是在生理學媒 體的例如電磁波的光子或傳遞漂移的線性光學處理中是完 全正確。 只要與氧飽和有關的Fu到FX2比例透過只測量光學性質 -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Line A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (37) where [Hb] and [HbO] represent the concentrations of Hb and HbO, respectively. By configuring the wave source Si * s2, or additional wave sources such as s3 and s4 to irradiate a second set of electromagnetic waves having a wavelength λ2 different from the wavelength, a compensation equation of equation (7a) can be obtained as follows: 1 j (7b ) :; 1 Therefore, the mathematical representation of the two system variables [Hb] yun [HbO] can be derived from the algebraic systems of equations (7a) and (7b). These mathematical representations are as follows: u ODli, ODh SHbO ~ SHbO ph. [Hb] .- 11,.! '· 丨 (8a) Ί 乂 ::;'. · 1 j. \ M,! * Ί • i · i ^:; where household * = (万 念 贝AiDi-Bs1diAsidi) + i. * · M;: l (8d) 1 i Other physiological properties or indicators can be derived from the above equation. For example, oxygen saturation (so2) is a diagnostic indicator often used for the symptoms of local anemia, and is usually defined as the ratio of the concentration of oxygen hemoglobin to the total hemoglobin concentration (ie, [HbT] = [Hb] + [HbO]): -[S〇 = _ = just! 2 [HbT] [HbMHbO] 丨 4 '; ~, ㈣: ··. Combining equations (8a) and (8b) into equation (9a) can produce the following as the dissipation coefficient (s's ), Optical density (0D4), media / geometry-related factors FX1 and -40- The paper size of this paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (38) F The oxygen saturation formula of the function 2: inverse £ 1: this 〇 · f \ ODi2 Flt (5 \ ⑼): ·.,:; · The oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin measured at different embryo lengths λ! And λ2 Dissipation coefficients can be obtained from the literature or from a separate source! As described in detail later, media / geometry-related factors Fu * FX2 can also be obtained from experience, part of experience, or theory. Therefore, the absolute 値 of the [Hb] and [HbO] concentrations of deoxygen and oxyhemoglobin can be obtained by: adding the known 値 of the dissipation factor (s, s) to the equation; the optical density (OD) measured experimentally , S); and the media / geometry-related factors Fu * FX2 obtained 値. In addition, the absolute 値 of tissue oxygen saturation (s02) can also be determined directly from the absolute 値 of [Hb] and [HbO]. All in all, the optical system and method of the present invention allows the absolute value of the concentration of red blood cells (and other chromophores) and / or its properties to be determined by measuring the intensity of electromagnetic waves irradiated by the wave source and the intensity of the electromagnetic waves detected by the waveform detector value. Note that the evaluation of FX1 and FX2 is simple because the path length factor including this term is often determined by the particular type of physiological media and the optical or energy characteristics of electromagnetic waves or photons. One way to evaluate or take an approximation to FX2 is to assume that Fu, FX2, or its ratio depends only on the optical properties of the background and the structure of the source and detector. It is generally believed that these assumptions are completely correct in linear optical processing of physiological media such as photons of electromagnetic waves or transfer drift. As long as the ratio of Fu to FX2 related to oxygen saturation is only measured through optical properties -41-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention

而於不同生理學媒體獲得,此關係便可結合於方程式 (8a)、(8b)、和(9b),而且[Hb]、[HbO]的絕對値、及/或氧 飽和可獲得《特別是,:到比例可近似如下示的氧飽 和多項式: m G = IhSOi = + a'soja,SC^ 十 aiS〇3十… :(J(j〇)Obtained from different physiological media, this relationship can be combined with equations (8a), (8b), and (9b), and the absolute 値 of [Hb], [HbO], and / or oxygen saturation can be obtained in particular : The ratio can be approximated by the oxygen saturation polynomial shown below: m G = IhSOi = + a'soja, SC ^ ten aiS〇3 ten ...: (J (j〇)

其中每項(亦即,a〇、ai、k、as、…)的係數可·透過例如理 論導出、半理論判斷、或在G値與氧飽値之間獲得的數値 方法最適宜實驗資料而獲得。透過將方程式(1〇)的合併於 方程式(9b),氧飽和的絕對値便可從消散係數(亦即, 裝 ·· si*sn)及憑實驗測量光學密度(亦即,"〇D,s")的已知値獲 得,其如下式所示:The coefficients of each of them (that is, a0, ai, k, as, ...) can be optimally experimentally obtained through, for example, theoretical derivation, semi-theoretical judgment, or numerical methods obtained between G 値 and oxygen saturation. And get. By merging equation (10) with equation (9b), the absolute value of oxygen saturation can be measured from the dissipation factor (ie, si * sn) and the optical density (ie, " 〇D) measured experimentally. , S ") is obtained as follows:

Order

線 fa - ^ - ^;) :) - : ; ..V; 透過將消散係數(s's)的値、例如方程式(1〇)的相關性係 數、與實驗測量的光學密度(〇D,s)加入方程式(u),方程 *-— 一 式(11)通常便可數値解決。然而,當只有一些第一項的多 項式可適用,以致於可取?^與1^2比率的近似G値時,氧 飽和的分析式便亦可獲得。其他方法亦可運用於取G的近 似値。例如’雖然注意到此評估的、正確性是因在G與[Hb] 及/或[HbO]之間的一對一對應而定,但是g的評估是如同 [Hb]及/或[HbO]的函數。或者,〇亦可進一步如同一固定 -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公董1- 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(40 ) 的近似値。根據[Hb]、[HbO]的不同値、及/或氧飽和,當 FX2是相當固定、或彼此依比例變化時,此近似値便 可合理假設。或者,"Lmm"値可透過處理波源與偵測器的 幾何結構而變化,如此能以一預定方式提供G保持固定或 變化。 同樣地,的每一者可近似[Hb]、[HbO]的函數、 及/或氧飽和。或者,FX1*FX2亦可指定特殊金,而最適於 想要的光學系統及/或生理學媒體。透過Fu* FX2近似1的 簡單方法,[Hb]、[HbO]、與氧飽和的絕對値可如下式獲 得: 1 ·· ^Hb^HbO 。Hb。HbO .·> •Ί ·· :f e • · .·: · J {HbO} ir ; - s^OD^ i1·· ·· * I .· f : · ::&2b) Ί :、 . · • ·· • ! · .S02^ . .· SHh QjyXi " Sfib «.· * ' I* * * ^#. i : ::(12c) ;J ; • 1 • · · • • 5 : {^Hb " auto] qjt^s + {£mo ^ fwi) 在此具體實施例中,氧飽和(S02)只可透過消散係數O's)及 實驗測量光學密度(OD's)的已知値決定。 注意,從方程式(12a)到(12c)(及/或上述的近似値方法) 所獲得[Hb]、[HbO]、與氧飽和是低於從方程式(8a)、 (8b)、和(9b)獲得的正確性。儘管如此,只要先前假設保 持有效,一對一關係便可預期是在[Hb]、[HbO]的實際 -43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 _____ B7 五、發明説明(41 ) 値、及氧飽和與從近似値方程式(12a)到(12c)獲得的這些 之間。只要生理學媒體的光學性質是已知,此關係便可決 定。例如,消散係數、吸收係數、及/或生理學媒體(或發 色團的性質)的擴散係數可於[HbT]與氧飽和決定。隨著已 知的光學性質,氧飽和便可在藉由擴散方程式的模擬及/ 或藉由實驗的不同位準上評估。方程式G2a)和(12b)然後 可用來計算[HbT],而且一更正功能可計算,·其是與具有 员際[HbT]的計算[HbT]有關聯。類似或相同方法可運用於 計算[Hb]及/或[HbO]的更正功能。注意,這些方法可運用 於不同生理學媒體(例如,不同人體或動物),以評估不同 光學特性,因此,可獲得不同更正功能。 可了解到先前方法可運用於任何光學系統與生理學媒 體,其中光子的漂移或電磁波的傳遞可透過一般控制方程 式(1)而合理描述。注意,免除先前方法步驟的參數可應 用,而與指定給參數"r "和"β "的特殊數値無關。例如, r可透過採用方程式(4a)到(4b)的比率而免除,而且Θ可 透過採用FX2的比率而免除。此外,前述方法亦可應 用於控制方程式(1)的任何修改版本,其中媒體的光學相 互作用或干擾可透過^色團、及/或媒體的吸收係數、擴 散係數、及/或減少的擴散係數而描述。例如,透過將一 適當値與單位指定給參數"γ。",此修改方程式可轉換成實 質類似或相同於控制方程式(1)的〜方程式。因此,很顯 然,先前方法可視爲解決發色團濃度及/或其比率的控制 方程式(1)的一般性。 -44- 本紙張尺度適用巾S S家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公爱) ' - A7 B7 五、發明説明(42 ) 可進一步了解到發色團濃度(或其比率)的絕對値可透過 先前不同方法獲得。例如,偵測器耦合因素Di和D2可透過 採用方程式(4a)到(4c)的第三比率及方程式(4d)到(4b)的第 四比率而先從方程式(4a)到(4d),如下所示: 〇Dlx = In/:也=十In了 + (々“km*" (5c) — : · · 02¾1 = lir^+ lnf+ ⑻⑽!⑽-5,加: (5d) 類似方程式(5a)和(5b),此不同方法可產生光學密度0Du3 和0Du4,其實質不受在波形偵測器與媒體之間的耦合模 式影響。透過增加方程式(5c)到(5d),對數比率(亦即,透 過波源照射的電磁波強度的一比率、及波源耦合因素Si* S2的另一比率)亦可彼此取消,用以產生: 〇D^ = OD^ + ODx^ = ^{C(: (6c) 其中 Α 5“。:)+ (卸022^11>2 - · (6d) • · · 透過將方程式(6c)和(6d)應用到包括氧及去氧紅血球色素 的生理學媒體,下列方程式(7c)可獲得: * I = si[Hb]^ sUp〇) .(7c) 同樣地,方程式(7c)的一相關方程式可透過應用具有一波 長入2的第二組電磁波而獲得: 警=$ 4岡十 4〇[序 :(7d) -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇x 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(43 ) 因此,透過解決方程式(7c)和(7d),兩系統變數[Hb]和 [HbO]的數學表示可依下列獲得: .也笋-也学 [描]= :(8e). :· ι;;(3〇 :· · (8h) 氧飽和然後可如下式表示 S〇t fei-· o^L^L \〇A; K: ^ OD^ F^ [ε^〇- είί) (9c) 前述方法之其他變數推導出之方程式(9b)及(9c)可用於設 出減少系統參數,而且最後可表示[Hb]、[HbO]、及從例 如實驗測量光學密度的已知或測量系統變數、或參數觀點 的氧飽和、消散係數的已知値、及/或透過波源-偵測器配 置的實際幾何所決定的其他與幾何有關參數。 進一步可了解到本發明的先前方法允許波源可由不同具 體實施例而照射具有不同波形特性的多重組電磁波。最簡 單的配置可提供兩波源(例如Si和S2),其中每個波源可照 46Line fa-^-^;) :)-:; ..V; By dissipating 値 of the dissipation coefficient (s's), such as the correlation coefficient of equation (10), and the experimentally measured optical density (〇D, s) Equation (u) is added, and the equation *--Equation (11) can usually be solved by counting. However, when only some polynomials of the first term are applicable, is it desirable? When the ratio of ^ to 1 ^ 2 is approximately G 値, the analytical formula for oxygen saturation can also be obtained. Other methods can also be used to get the approximate 値 of G. For example 'Although it is noted that the correctness of this evaluation is due to the one-to-one correspondence between G and [Hb] and / or [HbO], the evaluation of g is like [Hb] and / or [HbO] The function. Alternatively, 〇 can be further fixed as the same -42- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 Public Manager 1- 588158 A7 B7 V. Approximation of the invention description (40). According to [Hb], [HbO] different 値, and / or oxygen saturation, when FX2 is quite fixed, or changes in proportion to each other, this approximation 合理 can be reasonably assumed. Or, " Lmm " 値 can be processed by processing the source and detector The geometry changes, so that G can be fixed or changed in a predetermined way. Similarly, each can approximate the function of [Hb], [HbO], and / or oxygen saturation. Alternatively, FX1 * FX2 can also Special gold is specified, which is most suitable for the desired optical system and / or physiological media. By the simple method of Fu * FX2 approximation 1, [Hb], [HbO], and absolute 値 saturated with oxygen can be obtained as follows: 1 · · ^ Hb ^ HbO .Hb.HbO. · ≫ • Ί ··: fe • ·. ·: · J {HbO} ir;-s ^ OD ^ i1 ··· * I. · F: · :: & 2b) Ί:,. · • ·· •! · .S02 ^.. · SHh QjyXi " Sfib «. · * 'I * * * ^ #. i:: :( 12c); J; • 1 • · · • • 5 : {^ Hb " auto] qjt ^ s + {£ mo ^ fwi) In this specific embodiment, the oxygen saturation (S02) can only be determined by the known 値 of the dissipation factor O's and experimentally measured optical density (OD's). . Note that the [Hb], [HbO], and oxygen saturation obtained from equations (12a) to (12c) (and / or the approximate martingale method described above) are lower than from equations (8a), (8b), and (9b ) The correctness obtained. Nonetheless, as long as the previous assumptions remain valid, the one-to-one relationship can be expected to be actual in [Hb], [HbO] -43- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention (41) 値, and oxygen saturation and those obtained from approximate 値 equations (12a) to (12c). This relationship can be determined as long as the optical properties of the physiological media are known. For example, the dissipation coefficient, absorption coefficient, and / or the diffusion coefficient of the physiological medium (or the nature of the chromophore) can be determined by [HbT] and oxygen saturation. With known optical properties, oxygen saturation can be evaluated at different levels through simulations of diffusion equations and / or through experiments. Equations G2a) and (12b) can then be used to calculate [HbT], and a correction function can be calculated, which is related to the calculation [HbT] with inter-member [HbT]. Similar or identical methods can be used to calculate the correction function of [Hb] and / or [HbO]. Note that these methods can be applied to different physiological media (for example, different humans or animals) to evaluate different optical characteristics, so different correction functions can be obtained. It can be understood that the previous method can be applied to any optical system and physiological media, in which the drift of photons or the transmission of electromagnetic waves can be reasonably described by the general control equation (1). Note that parameters exempting previous method steps are applied regardless of the special numbers assigned to parameters " r " and " β ". For example, r can be eliminated by using the ratio of equations (4a) to (4b), and Θ can be eliminated by using the ratio of FX2. In addition, the aforementioned method can also be applied to any modified version of control equation (1), in which the optical interaction or interference of the media can pass through the chromophore, and / or the absorption coefficient, diffusion coefficient, and / or reduced diffusion coefficient of the medium And description. For example, by assigning an appropriate unit to the parameter " γ. " This modified equation can be converted into a ~ equation that is substantially similar or identical to the governing equation (1). Therefore, it is clear that the previous method can be regarded as the generality of the control equation (1) for solving the chromophore concentration and / or its ratio. -44- This paper size applies to SS Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) '-A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (42) You can further understand the absolute chromophore concentration (or its ratio) 値It can be obtained through different previous methods. For example, the detector coupling factors Di and D2 can be first shifted from equations (4a) to (4d) by using a third ratio of equations (4a) to (4c) and a fourth ratio of equations (4d) to (4b), It is as follows: 〇Dlx = In /: also = ten In ++ (々 “km * " (5c) —: · · 02¾1 = lir ^ + lnf + ⑻⑽! ⑽-5, plus: (5d) Similar equations ( 5a) and (5b), this different method can produce optical densities 0Du3 and 0Du4, which are not substantially affected by the coupling mode between the waveform detector and the medium. By increasing equations (5c) to (5d), the logarithmic ratio ( That is, a ratio of the intensity of the electromagnetic wave irradiated through the wave source and another ratio of the wave source coupling factor Si * S2) can also be cancelled each other to generate: 〇D ^ = OD ^ + ODx ^ = ^ {C (: ( 6c) where A 5 ". :) + (Unload 022 ^ 11 > 2-· (6d) · · · By applying equations (6c) and (6d) to physiological media including oxygen and deoxyred hemoglobin, the following Equation (7c) can be obtained: * I = si [Hb] ^ sUp〇). (7c) Similarly, a correlation equation of equation (7c) can be applied by applying a second set of electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 2 Obtained: Police = $ 4 Gang Shi 4〇 [Procedure: (7d) -45- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (43) Therefore By solving equations (7c) and (7d), the mathematical representations of the two system variables [Hb] and [HbO] can be obtained as follows:. Also shoot-also learn [Desc] =: (8e).: · Ι ;; (30: · (8h) oxygen saturation can then be expressed by the following formula: Sot fei- · o ^ L ^ L \ 〇A; K: ^ OD ^ F ^ [ε ^ 〇- είί) (9c) The aforementioned method Equations (9b) and (9c) derived from other variables can be used to set parameters to reduce the system, and can finally represent [Hb], [HbO], and known or measured system variables from, for example, experimental measurement of optical density, or Parametric viewpoints of oxygen saturation, known 値 of the dissipation factor, and / or other geometry-related parameters determined by the actual geometry of the wave source-detector configuration. It is further understood that the previous method of the present invention allows the wave source to be implemented in different specific ways For example, irradiate multiple recombined electromagnetic waves with different waveform characteristics. The simplest configuration can provide two wave sources (such as Si and S2), each of which Source 46 can shine

射具有不同波長、相位角、與諧波的電磁波。 例如,在CWS模式操作的光學監督及/或影像系統最好 包括波源,其可在最小測量週期照射具有至少實質相同振 幅的非衝動與非相位調變電磁波。同樣地,cws系統的波 形偵測器只能以連續方式執行電磁波的強度測量。可了解 到只要波形偵測器可於足夠的時間週期偵測波形,此強度 ’則量亦能以間歇性方式執行,以便偵測其強·度。因此, cws系統的波源不必照射連續電磁波。 或者,每個波源的配置亦可照射實質相同信號波,然 而,這些相同信號波可在不同載波上重疊。在仍然另一具 體實施例中,只要不同組電磁波可透過一或多個波形偵測 詻識別,單一或每個波源的配置便能以間歇、連續、或同 時照射多重組電磁波。類似配置亦可運用於波形偵測器, 例如’兩波形偵測器(01和D2)的提供可使每個偵測器只可 偵測單一組的電磁波。或者,單一或每個波形偵測器可在 一間歇、連續、或同時模式上偵測具有不同波形特性的多 重組電磁波。因爲本發明的先前系統及方法允許這些各種 不同變數,所以他們可結合在例如TRS、PMS、和CWS的 任何傳統光譜。 \ 在本發明的另一觀點中,一過於·武斷數値方法的提供可 解決修改的Beer-Lambert方程式及/或光子擴散方程式,這 些方程式是運用於包括一波源模組及一偵測器模組的光學 系統,其中波源模組與偵測器模組之中至少一者的配置可 照射或偵測超過兩組的電磁波。透過配置光學系統而提供 -47- 本紙張尺度適用巾S g家標準(CNS) M規格(21GX297公复) 588158 A7 _______ B7 ^______ 五、發明説明(45 ) "' -- 比"系統變數量""更多方程式,,,結果額外的方程式可用於 其他目的,例如,(1)提高系統變數(例如,發色團濃度或 其比率)的評估値正確性;(ii)決定系統參數(例如,"以/ 、/? η、 、"Bmn”、"Lmn”、" d 口"、或例如媒 體及/或發色團的吸收係數及擴散係數的其他參數)·或(hi) 提供在方私式(1)或(3b)的媒體及/或幾何有關參數與系統 變數及/或其他系統參數·之間的關係。 · 在第一具體實施例中,額外方程式可用來獲得發色團濃 度(及/或其比率)的多重値。可預期到不一致至少在某程 度可於濃度(及/或其比率)的評估値之中發生。此不一致 是每對波源與偵測器的本質。或者,不逼致亦可在光學性 質中從具有區域變化的一非同種媒體發生。利用發色團 (及/或其比率)濃度不同値的一方法可將此變數平均而獲 得一算術、幾何、或對數平均,以減少任意或系統錯誤, 並且改善正確性。或者,每個測量値可透過一適當加權功 月匕而做加推平均,該加權功能是説明例如波源與偵測器模 組的幾何結構。 在第二具體實施例,在媒體及/或方程式(1)或(31))的媒 體及/或幾何有關參數與發色團濃度(或其比率)之間的關 係可仗額外方程式獲得。例如,當G (亦即,Ρλ1和ρλ2的比 率)是近似根據方程式(1〇)的氧飽和多項式,多項式的每個 係數是指定一初始値,該初始値然後可透過採用一傳統數 値適於方法的反覆技術而改善。此外,額外方程式亦可用 來找到在氧飽和[Hb]及/或[HbO]的近似與實際値之間的關 __ -48- ΐ紙張尺度適财@ s家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公爱) "一 --- 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(46 )It emits electromagnetic waves with different wavelengths, phase angles, and harmonics. For example, an optical surveillance and / or imaging system operating in CWS mode preferably includes a wave source that can irradiate non-impulsive and non-phase-modulated electromagnetic waves with at least substantially the same amplitude at a minimum measurement period. Similarly, the wave detector of the cws system can only perform electromagnetic wave intensity measurements in a continuous manner. It can be understood that as long as the waveform detector can detect the waveform in a sufficient period of time, this intensity ′ can also be performed intermittently in order to detect its strength. Therefore, the wave source of the cws system need not irradiate continuous electromagnetic waves. Alternatively, the configuration of each wave source may irradiate substantially the same signal wave, however, these same signal waves may overlap on different carriers. In still another specific embodiment, as long as different sets of electromagnetic waves can be identified by one or more waveform detections, the configuration of a single or each wave source can illuminate multiple reconstituted electromagnetic waves intermittently, continuously, or simultaneously. Similar configurations can also be applied to waveform detectors. For example, the two waveform detectors (01 and D2) are provided so that each detector can detect only a single set of electromagnetic waves. Alternatively, a single or each waveform detector can detect multiple recombined electromagnetic waves with different waveform characteristics in an intermittent, continuous, or simultaneous mode. Because the previous systems and methods of the present invention allow these various variables, they can be combined in any conventional spectrum such as TRS, PMS, and CWS. In another aspect of the present invention, the provision of an excessively arbitrary number method can solve the modified Beer-Lambert equation and / or photon diffusion equation. These equations are applied to include a wave source module and a detector module. The optical system of the group, wherein the configuration of at least one of the wave source module and the detector module can irradiate or detect more than two groups of electromagnetic waves. Provided through the configuration of the optical system -47- This paper size is suitable for domestic standards (CNS) M specifications (21GX297 public copy) 588158 A7 _______ B7 ^ ______ 5. Description of the invention (45) " '-比 " System Variables " " More equations, and, as a result, additional equations can be used for other purposes, for example, (1) improve the accuracy of the evaluation of the system variables (such as chromophore concentration or its ratio); (ii) determine System parameters (for example, " with /, /? Η,, " Bmn ", " Lmn", " dport ", or other parameters such as the absorption coefficient and diffusion coefficient of the media and / or chromophore ) Or (hi) Provide the relationship between the media and / or geometric related parameters and system variables and / or other system parameters in the private mode (1) or (3b). • In the first embodiment, additional equations can be used to obtain multiple chirps of chromophore concentration (and / or its ratio). Inconsistencies can be expected to occur at least to some extent in the assessment of concentration (and / or its ratio). This inconsistency is the essence of each pair of source and detector. Alternatively, the non-coercion can also occur in a non-homogeneous medium with regional variation in optical properties. A method using different concentrations of chromophores (and / or their ratios) can average this variable to obtain an arithmetic, geometric, or logarithmic average to reduce any or systematic errors and improve correctness. Alternatively, each measurement frame can be averaged by an appropriate weighting function, such as the geometry of the wave source and detector module. In a second embodiment, the relationship between the media and / or geometrically related parameters of the media and / or equations (1) or (31)) and the chromophore concentration (or ratio thereof) can be obtained by an additional equation. For example, when G (that is, the ratio of Pλ1 and ρλ2) is approximately an oxygen saturation polynomial according to equation (10), each coefficient of the polynomial is specified by an initial value, which can then be adapted by using a conventional number. Improved by iterative techniques. In addition, additional equations can also be used to find the relationship between the approximate oxygen saturation [Hb] and / or [HbO] and the actual _ __ -48- ΐ paper size suitable financial @ s 家 标准 (CNS) A4 specifications (21GX297 (Public love) " I --- 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (46)

係功能。 此外’額外方程式亦可用來評估系統參數(例如,”,,以‘, 、、’.Bmn"、’’Lmn"、" 、"Si"、” σ""、或例如媒 體及/或發色團的吸收係數及擴散係數的其他參數)。例 如,一向前數値方法可用來評估生理學媒體的吸收與減少 的擴散係數。如上述,媒體的光子漂移與電磁波傳遞可透 過擴散或傳輸方程式描述。假設,媒體是半·無限與同類 的’下列方程式是描述透過一第j偵測器所偵測的電磁 波: ’卜 (13) 其中Si通常表示説明一弟i波源特性的一波源镇合參數,輻 射功率與結構、在第i波源與媒體之間的光耦合模式、及/ 或其間的韓合損失,而且其中Dj是通常用以説明一第j波 形偵測器特性的偵測器耦合因素、在第j波形偵測器與媒 體之間的光核合模式、與其間的相關光糕合損失。 一付號π φ"表示一對波源與偵測器的前向數値模型模擬 測。參數"μ3"和""分別表示一吸收係數與(減少)擴散係 數。當光學系統包括例如總數量的Ns源與ND波形偵測器 時,方程式(13)便能以下列矩陣形式表示:Department function. In addition, 'extra equations can also be used to evaluate system parameters (e.g.,', ',,'. Or the absorption and diffusion coefficients of the chromophore). For example, a forward counting method can be used to evaluate the absorption and reduced diffusion coefficients of physiological media. As mentioned above, media photon drift and electromagnetic wave transmission can be described by diffusion or transmission equations. Assume that the media is semi-infinite and homogeneous. 'The following equation describes the electromagnetic waves detected by a j-th detector:' Bu (13) where Si usually represents a wave source consolidation parameter that describes the characteristics of a wave source. Radiated power and structure, optical coupling mode between the i-th source and the medium, and / or the Korean loss between them, and Dj is a detector coupling factor commonly used to describe the characteristics of a j-th waveform detector, The optical nucleation mode between the j-th waveform detector and the medium, and the associated optical loss between them. A pair of numbers π φ " indicates the forward simulation of a pair of wave source and detector. The parameters " μ3 " and " " represent an absorption coefficient and (reduced) diffusion coefficient, respectively. When the optical system includes, for example, the total number of Ns sources and ND waveform detectors, equation (13) can be expressed in the following matrix form:

:··执.永〜。,/^;)·. (14) • · · • * …、skDk·μ,為 可了解到所有系統變數Iij (i=l、…队且J=l,.· 、Ns)是時間 -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) —_丨丨丨 588158: ·· Persistent. Yong ~. , / ^;) ·. (14) • · · • *…, skDk · μ, in order to understand all system variables Iij (i = l,… team and J = 1, ..., Ns) is time -49 -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) —_ 丨 丨 丨 588158

函數,而且最好是與頻域參數無關或至少實質不受其影 響。方程式(14)的每一端是除以每個矩陣的第一攔: · «. 1 … ~— _ 1 · 詹· 骞 ·· 镰· * ZS ; 娜十,μ» L j -1*1Function, and preferably independent of, or at least substantially unaffected by, frequency domain parameters. Each end of equation (14) is divided by the first block of each matrix: · «. 1… ~ — _ 1 · Zhan · 骞 · · Sickle * ZS; Na ten, μ» L j -1 * 1

方程式(15)矩陣的每一列然後除以每個矩陣的第一列,以 產生矩陣A和B : : Λ =5 :: 鷗 1 1… 1 • · 9 % · · • · t 1 7〜 1 Μ J S3 ;.!: 1 · _ ·.丨 1 : ί *· · | ; 1 φ[η ^ >μα9μ) -万::(16) :... L J^s.\ J . φ{νηΜΛ>μ]}φ(^19μβ9μ^ * . 」 :··. _ * a 訂 如方私式(16)的表示,矩陣a和B是吸收與減少擴散係數的 函數,而且不因例如&和Dj的波源與偵測器耦合參數而 定。因此’透過減少在A和B之間的差(亦即,丨| A-B || ), 吸收係數與(減少)擴散係數的最佳評估可透過習慣性曲線 適合方法而以數値獲得。在評估之·後,吸收與減少擴散係 數[Hb]、[HbO]與氧飽和可透過下列公式獲得: [册]- K 乂4 ; •. ; •1 i (17a) \HbO\ L:: 1 «〇«0 ·:··. _* « (17b) :· . -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7Each column of the matrix of equation (15) is then divided by the first column of each matrix to produce the matrices A and B:: Λ = 5 :: gull 1 1… 1 • · 9% · · • · t 1 7 ~ 1 Μ J S3;.!: 1 · _ ·. 丨 1: ί * · · |; 1 φ [η ^ > μα9μ) -10,000: :( 16): ... LJ ^ s. \ J. Φ { νηΜΛ > μ]} φ (^ 19μβ9μ ^ *. '': ··. _ * a According to the expression of formula (16), the matrices a and B are functions of absorption and reduction of diffusion coefficients, and are not affected by, for example, & And Dj depend on the coupling parameters of the source and the detector. Therefore, 'By reducing the difference between A and B (ie, || AB ||), the best estimate of the absorption coefficient and (reduction) diffusion coefficient can be transmitted through The habitual curve is obtained from several figures as appropriate to the method. After evaluation, the absorption and reduction diffusion coefficients [Hb], [HbO], and oxygen saturation can be obtained by the following formula: [册]-K 乂 4; •.; • 1 i (17a) \ HbO \ L :: 1 «〇« 0 ·: ··. _ * «(17b): ·. -50- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) 588158 A7

_+[m〇] 心心:,) :(i7c) 注意,先前過於武斷決定的方法可用於的光學系統,該 的光學系統可具有至少2個波源與3個波形偵測器、至少3 個波源與2波源、或3個波源與3個波形偵測器。或者,過 於武斷決定的方法可分別照射或偵測多重組的電磁波。 可了解到先前過於武蚣決定的方法可合併於·任何傳統數 値方法。例如,一前向、後向、或混合模型的運用可決定 例如生理學媒體(或包括發色團)的例如消散係數、吸收係 數、或擴散係數。此模型亦可用來評估發色團(及/或其比 率)/辰度的絕對値。然而,透過此數値模型獲得的結果會 匕括與其有關的錯誤。此本質錯誤可透過採用具有第二或 最高階錯誤項的數値模型而減少。然而,此模型具有需要 嚴格數値计算的一主要缺點。因此,每個數値模型的正確 與效率必須在選擇適當模型中考慮。 在仍然是本發明的另一觀點中,一光學系統的提供可解 決一組波形方程式,並且決定在生理學媒體中包含或暫時 停止的-發色團(及/或其比率)濃度的絕對値。一光學系統 可包括一王體、包含至少一波源的波源模組、具有至少_ 波形偵測器的偵測器模組、與一處·理模組。波源模組是透 過王體支撑,而與生理學媒體光耦合,並且將具有不同波 特性的至少兩組電磁波有照射到媒體。偵測器模組亦透過 主a 支撑,而與媒體光镇合,並且可偵測藉由媒體傳輸的 電磁波。處理模組的操作是與偵測器模組耦合,而可解決 -51 -_ + [m〇] Xinxin :,): (i7c) Note that the previously too arbitrary method can be used for the optical system, which can have at least 2 wave sources, 3 wave detectors, and at least 3 wave sources With 2 wave sources, or 3 wave sources and 3 waveform detectors. Alternatively, an overly arbitrary method can irradiate or detect multiple recombined electromagnetic waves separately. It can be understood that the methods previously decided too much by martial arts can be combined with any traditional mathematical method. For example, the use of a forward, backward, or hybrid model may determine, for example, the coefficient of dissipation, the coefficient of absorption, or the coefficient of diffusion of, for example, a physiological medium (or including a chromophore). This model can also be used to evaluate the absolute value of chromophore (and / or its ratio) / degree. However, the results obtained through this mathematical model can only erode the errors associated with it. This essential error can be reduced by using a mathematical model with a second or highest order error term. However, this model has one major disadvantage that requires strict mathematical calculations. Therefore, the correctness and efficiency of each mathematical model must be considered in selecting the appropriate model. In still another aspect of the present invention, the provision of an optical system can solve a set of waveform equations and determine the absolute chromophore (and / or its ratio) concentration contained or temporarily discontinued in physiological media. . An optical system may include a royal body, a wave source module including at least one wave source, a detector module having at least a waveform detector, and a processing module. The wave source module is supported by the royal body, is optically coupled to the physiological medium, and irradiates at least two sets of electromagnetic waves with different wave characteristics to the medium. The detector module is also supported by the main a and is light-settled with the media, and can detect electromagnetic waves transmitted through the media. The operation of the processing module is coupled with the detector module, which can solve the problem -51-

裝 訂Binding

線 588158 A7 B7Line 588158 A7 B7

一組多重波形方程式,並且決定發色團濃度及/或其比率 的絕對値。 大體上,處模理組包括可解決先前方程式(1)或(313)、或 其修改版本的一演算法。例如,一或多個先前方法可合併 於硬體或軟體、或在微處理器實施。因此,發色團濃戶 (及/或其比率)的絕對値可從例如透過波源照射的電磁坡 測量強度、波形偵測器辦偵測的電磁波實驗鉑量強度、與 説明在電磁波與媒體之間的一光學相互作用或干擾的至少 一系統參數而計算。處模理組的演算法包括一或多個功能 或關聯性,用以表示如同發色團濃度(及/或其比率)函^ 的先前波形方程式的媒體及/或幾何有關的項目。處模裡 組可執行上述過於武斷決定的方法。此外,處理模組與演 算法的修改可在TRS和PMS模式操作。 、 波源模組包括至少一波源,而且偵測器模組包括至少兩 波形偵測器。或者,波源模組可包括至少兩波源,而偵測 器模組可包括至少一波形偵測器。然而,最好是波源與偵 測器模組分別包括至少兩波源與至少兩波形偵測器。 使用上述方法的具體實施例 如上述,本發明的〜先前方法是不受波源與偵測器的實際 結構的影響。因此。本發明的光舉監督與影像係統包括只 在專利案號’972 ”對稱需要"的任何結構物體上配置的任何 波源及偵測者數量。然而,一些波源_偵測器結構可獲得 具有較佳正確性、可信度、與可再生的發色團濃度(及^或 其比率)絕對値。A set of multiple waveform equations that determine the absolute chirp of the chromophore concentration and / or its ratio. In general, processing groups include an algorithm that solves the previous equations (1) or (313), or a modified version thereof. For example, one or more of the previous methods may be incorporated in hardware or software, or implemented in a microprocessor. Therefore, the absolute concentration of chromophores (and / or their ratios) can be measured from, for example, the electromagnetic slope radiated through the wave source, the intensity of the platinum test by the wave detector, and the description in the electromagnetic wave and media. Between at least one system parameter of an optical interaction or interference. The algorithm of the processing module includes one or more functions or correlations to represent the media and / or geometry related items of the previous waveform equation as a function of the chromophore concentration (and / or its ratio) function ^. The team can perform the above-mentioned overly arbitrary method. In addition, processing modules and algorithms can be modified to operate in TRS and PMS modes. The wave source module includes at least one wave source, and the detector module includes at least two waveform detectors. Alternatively, the wave source module may include at least two wave sources, and the detector module may include at least one waveform detector. However, it is preferable that the wave source and the detector module include at least two wave sources and at least two wave detectors, respectively. Specific embodiments using the above method As described above, the previous method of the present invention is not affected by the actual structure of the wave source and the detector. therefore. The light lift monitoring and imaging system of the present invention includes any wave source and the number of detectors that are arranged only on any structured object with patent case number '972 "Symmetry needs". However, some wave source_detector structures can be The accuracy, reliability, and concentration of renewable chromophores (and ^ or its ratio) are absolutely unacceptable.

Order

線 -52-Line -52-

B7 五、發明説明(5〇 ) 在一具體實施例中,多重波源與波形偵測器可配置,所 以在每對波源與偵測器之間的近距離是至少實質相同。例 如對於包括一第一及一第二波源的波源模組、及包括一 第及第一波形偵測器的 貞測器模組而言,在第一波源 與第一波形偵測器之間的第一近距離配置可實質類似在第 二波源與第二波形偵測器之間的第二近距離。此外,在第 波源與第二波形偵測器之間的一第一遠距離配置可實質 類似在第二波源與第一波形偵測器之間的一第二遠距離。 可了解到此一具體實施例於每個單獨對的波源與偵測器不 是必需的。例如,當波源模組具有Μ個波源,而且偵測器 模組具有Ν個波形偵測器(“和ν是大於1的整數),μ個波源 之中至少兩者與Ν個波形偵測器之中兩者可配置,所以在 一第⑷波源與一第Nl偵測器之間的距離是實質類似在一 第M2波源與一第N2波形偵測器之間的距離,而且在第% 波源與A波形偵測器之間的距離是實質類似在第m2波源 與第队波形偵測器之間的距離,其中Ml* m2是在1和“之 間的兩整數,而且其中^和N2是在1和N之間的兩整數。 此一具體實施例典型可例如沿著一直線而實質線性對稱 配置的波源與偵測_赛實施。圖3A是一取樣光學系統圖, 該光學系統根據本發明具有相同近距離與遠距離的兩波源 與兩波形偵測器。最先可了解到圖3A的波源-偵測器配置 可滿足相同的近距離及遠距離結構^例如,在波源Si與偵 測器Di之間的第一近距離是相同或實質類似在波源s2與偵 測器D2之間的第二近距離。此外,在波源31與偵測器〇2之 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(51 ) 間的苐一遠距離是相同或實質類似在波源S2與偵測器D!之 間的弟一返距離。滿足此結構限制的優點可觀察到電磁波 疋在媒體(參照圖中電磁波的香莲形路徑)整個目標區域或 目標體積上實質一致性傳送、吸收或擴散。因此,光子或 電磁波輻射可一致性涵蓋媒體目標區域的所有區域,因此 可提高波形偵測器所產生輸出信號(例如,一改良的信號_ 雜訊比)的正確性與可信度。如下列範例的說明,波源與 偵測器的先前線性配置可提供具有較高正確性的氧與去氧 紅血球素濃度與氧飽和的絕對値。同樣可了解到不是所有 波源及/或偵測器必須線性配置。例如,波源與波形偵測 器不僅可線性配置,而且能以實質對稱線、及/或對稱點 配置。只要此對稱結構透過波源與波形偵測器維護,相同 近距離與遠距離需求便可自動符合。 在另一具體實施例中,多重波源與偵測器能以不滿足近 距離與遠距離需求的一非對稱結構配置。圖3]8是另一取 樣光學系統圖,該光學系統根據本發明而可具有不同近距 離與遠距離的2個波源與2個波形偵測器。如圖所示,波源 -偵測器對的近距離與遠距離是不同。此外,電磁波(參考 圖)的香蕉形路徑是顯示每個波源-偵測器對涵蓋在不同深 度中目標區域的不同部》。如此"匕波源·偵測器的配置 允許偵測在不同深度中藉由目標區域的不同部分所吸收或 擴散的電磁波。 在仍然另-具體實施例中,先前對稱與非對稱具體實施 例能以單一波源-偵測器配置實施。圖扣仍然是另一取樣 本紙張尺度適財g g家標準(CNS) •54 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(52 ) 光學系統圖,該光學系統根據本發明而可具有2個波源與4 波形偵測器。可了解到不是每個波源-偵測器對可滿足圖 3 A的相同近與遠距離結構。例如,雖然第一及第四波形 偵測器印!和DO與第二及第三波形偵測器(〇2和〇3)具有來 自波源(Si和SO的相同近與遠距離,但是此近與遠距離於 與波源(3!和SO有關的第一及第三波形偵測器(〇1和d3)或 第二及第四波形偵測器(1)2和D4)是不同的。因·此,透過選 擇性耦合波源與波形偵測器及透過照射與偵測電磁波,對 稱或非對稱波源-偵測器配置可達成。此一具體實施例的 另一優點是此一波源-偵測器配置允許媒體的一特定目標 區域的多重掃描。例如,在第二波形偵測器(d2)下放置的 區域可透過例如 Si-DrDySa、、Si-Di-DrSs、 Si-DyDrS〕、Si-DyDcSs、和 Si-DrD^rSs 的 6個不同波源-偵測器對掃描。因此,發色團濃度(及比率)的結果絕對値 正確性可改善。 可了解到波源·偵測器組件的實際結構不會影響用以決 定發色團濃度及其比率的先前方法。例如,在所有先前 的方程式中,因波源-偵測器組件的實際結構而定的項目 疋’L"或’’LsiDj”,其是代表在第i波源(Si)與一匹配第j波形偵 測器(Dj)之間的一線性距離,該第j波形偵測器的操作是與 第1波源耦合,如此可偵測藉此照射的電磁波。因爲L値是 透過波源-偵測器組件的設計決定,、而且因爲其他系統變 數或參數不是因L値而定,所以本發明的先前方法可使 用’而不管在波源與波形偵測器之間是否對稱。 _ -55- 本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(53 ) 先前對稱波形-彳貞測器結構的運用可建構cws光學監督 與影像系統的二維光學探棒。在一具體實施例中,圖3A 的對稱波源-偵測器配置能以另一方式疊置,以形成逼4 x 4方形或矩形光學探棒,例如第一及第四列具有在兩波源 之間插入的兩波形偵測器,而第二及第三列具有在兩波形 偵測器之間插入的兩波源。在另一具體實施例中,此光學 探棒的構成在水平與垂直方向具有不同數量的波源及/或 偵測器。例如,圖3A的配置可重複兩次而形成一 4x 2探 棒、可重複6次而形成一 4 X 6探棒等。在仍然另一具體實 施例中,此對稱波源-偵測器配置亦能以一有角方式重 複’以形成圓形或弓形光學探棒。此外,波形與波形偵測 器的重複列(或攔)可延伸形成梯形光學探棒,或堆疊以形 成具有平行四邊形的光學探棒。此對稱波形-偵測器結構 與具有各種不同幾何光學探棒的進一步具體實施例是在 2〇〇1年2月6日所申請的美國專利案號op/778,。4,名稱 "Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical Probe"中提 供,其在此僅列出供參考。 可進一步了解到CWS光學監督與影像系統的二維光學探 棒亦可根據先前非對稱波源·偵、測器構成。例如,非對稱 波源-偵測器配置能以任何距離及/或任何順序或圖案重 複,以形成正方形、矩形、弓形、或圓形光學探棒。注 意,此非對稱波源偵測器配置能以-預定距離重複(例如, 在其他上面堆疊的列),所以重複的波源與偵測器(例如, 一攔的波源與偵測器)可滿足先前近與遠距離需求。 -56· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158B7 V. Description of the Invention (50) In a specific embodiment, the multiple wave source and the waveform detector can be configured, so the close distance between each pair of wave source and the detector is at least substantially the same. For example, for a wave source module including a first and a second wave source, and a detector module including a first and a first waveform detector, The first close range configuration may be substantially similar to the second close range between the second wave source and the second waveform detector. In addition, a first long-distance configuration between the second wave source and the second waveform detector may be substantially similar to a second long-distance between the second wave source and the first waveform detector. It can be understood that this specific embodiment is not necessary for each individual pair of wave source and detector. For example, when the wave source module has M wave sources and the detector module has N waveform detectors ("and ν are integers greater than 1), at least two of the μ wave sources and N waveform detectors The two are configurable, so the distance between a first wave source and an Nl detector is substantially similar to the distance between an M2 wave source and an N2 wave detector, and at the% wave source The distance from the A waveform detector is substantially similar to the distance between the m2 wave source and the second wave detector, where Ml * m2 is a two integer between 1 and ", and where ^ and N2 are Two integers between 1 and N. Such a specific embodiment can typically be implemented, for example, by arranging the wave sources and detections substantially linearly symmetrically along a straight line. FIG. 3A is a diagram of a sampling optical system having two wave sources and two waveform detectors with the same near and long distances according to the present invention. It can be understood first that the wave source-detector configuration of FIG. 3A can satisfy the same near-distance and long-distance structure. The second short distance from the detector D2. In addition, the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 between the wave source 31 and the detector 02-53- 5. The long distance between the invention description (51) It is the same or substantially similar distance between the source S2 and the detector D !. The advantage of meeting this structural limitation can be observed that electromagnetic waves 实质 are transmitted, absorbed, or diffused substantially uniformly over the entire target area or target volume of the medium (refer to the caraway path of the electromagnetic wave in the figure). Therefore, photon or electromagnetic wave radiation can uniformly cover all areas of the target area of the media, thereby improving the accuracy and credibility of the output signal (eg, an improved signal-to-noise ratio) produced by the waveform detector. As illustrated in the following example, the previous linear configuration of the wave source and detector provides absolute accuracy of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentration and oxygen saturation with higher accuracy. It is also understood that not all wave sources and / or detectors must be configured linearly. For example, the wave source and the waveform detector can be configured not only linearly, but also with substantially symmetrical lines and / or symmetrical points. As long as this symmetrical structure is maintained by the wave source and the waveform detector, the same close and long distance requirements can be automatically met. In another specific embodiment, the multiple wave source and the detector can be configured in an asymmetric structure that does not meet the requirements of near and long distances. Fig. 3] 8 is a diagram of another sampling optical system which can have two wave sources and two waveform detectors with different near and far distances according to the present invention. As shown, the near and long distances of the wave source-detector pair are different. In addition, the banana-shaped path of the electromagnetic wave (reference picture) shows each wave source-detector pair covering different parts of the target area at different depths. The configuration of the " dagger wave source detector " allows detection of electromagnetic waves absorbed or diffused by different parts of the target area at different depths. In still other embodiments, the previous symmetric and asymmetric embodiments can be implemented in a single wave source-detector configuration. Figure buckle is still another sample of this paper. Standards for Financial Standards (CNS) • 54 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (52) Optical system diagram, which can have 2 wave sources and 4 waveform detection according to the present invention. Tester. It can be understood that not every wave source-detector pair can satisfy the same near and long distance structure of Fig. 3A. For example, although the first and fourth waveform detectors are printed! And DO and the second and third waveform detectors (〇2 and 〇3) have the same near and long distances from the wave sources (Si and SO, but this near and long distance is related to the The first and third waveform detectors (〇1 and d3) or the second and fourth waveform detectors (1), 2 and D4) are different. Therefore, by selectively coupling the wave source with the waveform detector and By irradiating and detecting electromagnetic waves, a symmetrical or asymmetric wave source-detector configuration can be achieved. Another advantage of this specific embodiment is that this wave source-detector configuration allows multiple scans of a specific target area of the media. For example The area placed under the second waveform detector (d2) can pass through 6 different wave sources such as Si-DrDySa, Si-Di-DrSs, Si-DyDrS], Si-DyDcSs, and Si-DrD ^ rSs- Detector pair scan. Therefore, the result of chromophore concentration (and ratio) can definitely be improved. It can be understood that the actual structure of the wave source and detector assembly will not affect the chromophore concentration and its ratio. For example, in all previous equations, the Structure-dependent item L'L " or `` LsiDj '', which represents a linear distance between the i-th source (Si) and a matching j-th waveform detector (Dj). The j-th waveform is detected. The operation of the detector is coupled with the first wave source, so that the electromagnetic waves irradiated by it can be detected. Because L 値 is determined by the design of the wave source-detector assembly, and because other system variables or parameters are not determined by L 値, Therefore, the previous method of the present invention can be used regardless of the symmetry between the wave source and the waveform detector. _ -55- This paper size is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation (53) The previous application of the symmetric waveform-sacral detector structure can construct a two-dimensional optical probe of the cws optical monitoring and imaging system. In a specific embodiment, the symmetrical wave source-detector configuration of FIG. Stacked in a way to form a 4 x 4 square or rectangular optical probe. For example, the first and fourth columns have two waveform detectors inserted between the two wave sources, and the second and third columns have two waveform detectors. Two wave sources inserted between detectors. In a specific embodiment, the configuration of the optical probe has different numbers of wave sources and / or detectors in the horizontal and vertical directions. For example, the configuration of FIG. 3A can be repeated twice to form a 4x 2 probe, which can be repeated 6 Then a 4 X 6 probe is formed, etc. In still another specific embodiment, this symmetrical wave source-detector configuration can also be repeated in an angular manner to form a circular or arcuate optical probe. In addition, the waveform The repeating rows (or bars) with the waveform detector can be extended to form trapezoidal optical probes, or stacked to form optical probes with parallelograms. This symmetrical waveform-detector structure and the further development of optical probes with various geometries A specific example is US Patent Application No. op / 778, filed February 6, 2001. 4. Provided in the name " Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical Probe ", which is only listed here for reference. It can be further understood that the two-dimensional optical probe of the CWS optical surveillance and imaging system can also be constructed based on the previous asymmetric wave source, detector, and detector. For example, asymmetric wave source-detector configurations can be repeated at any distance and / or in any order or pattern to form a square, rectangular, bow, or circular optical probe. Note that this asymmetric wave source detector configuration can be repeated at a predetermined distance (for example, stacked on top of other columns), so repeated wave sources and detectors (for example, a block source and detector) can satisfy the previous Near and long distance requirements. -56 · This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 588158

藉此構成的先前波源-偵測器結構與光學探棒亦能以線 性取代達成,及/或旋轉一或多個感測器(亦即,波源與偵 測器),而在此感測器與媒體之間維持光耦合。此一具體 實施例允許超過一次掃描一特殊目標區域,及例如透過波 源與偵測器而以多重速度沿著不同掃描路徑及/或以不同 掃描角度等而提供更多測量資料。使用移動感測器元件的 此光學探棒可透過使用較少波源與偵測器而允許測量發色 團的絕對値及/或景> 像結構,而不管波源_偵測器的實際結 構。此外,有關移動感測器的光學探棒及從其直接獲得影 像的此光學探棒疋在在2001年2月6日所申請的美國專利案 號 09/778,617,名稱"Optical Imaging System for DirectThe previous wave source-detector structure and optical probe thus constructed can also be achieved by linear substitution, and / or rotating one or more sensors (ie, wave source and detector), and here the sensor Maintain optical coupling with the media. This specific embodiment allows more than one scan of a particular target area, and provides more measurement data along multiple scan paths and / or different scan angles at multiple speeds, such as through a source and detector. This optical probe using a moving sensor element allows the measurement of absolute chromophore and / or scene > image structure by using fewer wave sources and detectors, regardless of the actual structure of the wave source_detector. In addition, the optical probe of the mobile sensor and the optical probe from which the image is directly obtained are filed in U.S. Patent No. 09 / 778,617, entitled " Optical Imaging System for Direct,

Image Construction”中提供,其在此僅列出供參考。 在實施上’具至少一波源的波源模組及具至少一波形债 測器的偵測器模組可提供給光學探棒的掃描表面,其操作 是連接到一光學系統的主體。或者,波源及/或偵測器模 組可配置在主體’而且光纖的提供是將波源與偵測器模組 連接到在光學探棒择描表面上提供的開口。任何傳統波源 與偵測器可用於光學探棒。然而,最好是波源可照射到 500毫微米與1,200姜微米之間、或特別是在6〇0毫微米與 900耄微米之間近紅外線範圍的電磁波,而且波形偵測器 對於先前的電磁波具有適當的靈敏度。光學探棒是放置在 生理學媒體的一目標區域,而且它的掃描表面是在目標區 域,以便在其間形成一光學耦合。波源模組可被激勵,所 以具有不同波形特性的至少兩組電磁波可照射到媒體。偵 •57· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 _ A7 ______B7 五、發明説明(55 ) " -- 測器模組然後可取得由波源照射、藉由媒體傳遞、及導向 波形偵測器的電磁波。波形偵測器可產生電信號,以便傳 遞給光學系統主體的處模理組。根據電磁波的實驗測量強 度、及例如發色團的消散或擴散係數的至少一系統參數, 處模理組可計算氧與去氧紅血球素或氧飽和濃度的絕對 値。 注意,根據本發明的光學系統包括一方程式,用以解決 從處模理組分開的模組。解決模組的此一方程式包括各種 不同的數値模型,而可執行本發明的一或多個前述方法。 雖然先前揭露是針對獲得氧與去氧紅血球素(及/或其比 率)濃度絕對値,但是先前光學系統及方法的應用可獲得 在媒體或性質的其他物質的絕對値。例如,本發明的系統 及方法可直接應用或修改,以決定例如油脂、細胞色素、 水等的其他發色團濃度(或其比率)的絕對値。電磁波的波 長可調整成較驕的解析度,其是因吸收或擴散係數而定。 此外,化學成分可加到媒體,以提高在媒體中的光學相互 作用或發色團干擾,或將媒體的一非染色物質轉換成一發 色團。 如前述,本發明69先前光學系統及方法最號合併於連續 波分光鏡的技術。然而,此系統及方法亦可結合於時間解 決與相位調變分光鏡技術。 根據本發明的光學系統及方法可發現各種醫學應用。如 上述,此光學監督及/或影像及方法的運用可測量氧與去 氧紅血球素、及/或其比率濃度的絕對値。此光學系統的 -58- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7Image Construction ", which is listed here for reference only. In practice, a wave source module with at least one wave source and a detector module with at least one wave debt detector can be provided to the scanning surface of the optical probe , Its operation is connected to the main body of an optical system. Or, the wave source and / or the detector module can be arranged on the main body 'and the optical fiber is provided to connect the wave source and the detector module to the surface of the optical probe. Any conventional wave source and detector can be used with the optical probe. However, it is preferred that the wave source can be irradiated between 500 nm and 1,200 μm, or especially between 600 nm and 900 nm. Electromagnetic waves in the near-infrared range between 耄 micrometers, and the waveform detector has appropriate sensitivity to previous electromagnetic waves. The optical probe is placed in a target area of physiological media, and its scanning surface is in the target area so that there is An optical coupling is formed. The wave source module can be excited, so at least two sets of electromagnetic waves with different waveform characteristics can be irradiated to the media. Detective • 57 · This paper standard is applicable to China Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 _ A7 ______B7 V. Description of the invention (55) "-The detector module can then obtain illumination from the wave source, transmission through the media, and guided waveform detection The electromagnetic wave of the detector. The waveform detector can generate an electrical signal for transmission to the processing module of the main body of the optical system. Experimentally measure the intensity based on electromagnetic waves and at least one system parameter such as the dissipation or diffusion coefficient of the chromophore. The management group can calculate the absolute 値 of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin or oxygen saturation concentration. Note that the optical system according to the present invention includes a formula for solving the module opened from the processing component. This formula of the module is solved. Various mathematical models are included to perform one or more of the foregoing methods of the present invention. Although the previous disclosure is directed to obtaining absolute concentrations of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin (and / or its ratio), previous optical systems and methods The application can obtain the absolute content of other substances in the media or properties. For example, the system and method of the present invention can be directly applied or modified to determine, for example, lipids, cells Absolute 値 of other chromophore concentrations (or ratios) of pigments, water, etc. The wavelength of electromagnetic waves can be adjusted to a higher resolution, which is determined by the absorption or diffusion coefficient. In addition, chemical components can be added to the media, In order to improve the optical interaction or chromophore interference in the media, or to convert a non-staining substance of the media into a chromophore. As mentioned above, the previous optical system and method of the present invention 69 is the most incorporated technology in a continuous wave dichroic mirror. However, this system and method can also be combined with time resolution and phase modulation spectroscopy technology. The optical system and method according to the present invention can find various medical applications. As mentioned above, the use of this optical monitoring and / or image and method can be Measure the absolute radon of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin, and / or its ratio concentration. -58- of this optical system This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7

好處是在局部貧血情況及/或各種器官與組織的局部貧血 的非杈略性診斷,這些器官與組織可以是例如腦(中風)、 〜(局邵貧血)、或起源於不正常低氧紅血球素濃度特徵的 其他生理學異常。此外,在各種不同内部組織、胸部、與 皮膚出現的腫瘤癌亦可容易偵測。在包括組織、皮膚、及 例如心、肺、肝臟、與腎等器官移植的外科手術期間或之 後’此光學及方法亦可運用於診斷脈管閉塞。· 將先前任何解決方法結合於具有本發明的先前對稱波源 -偵測器配置的光學探棒可在先前技藝技術上提供進一步 利盈ϋ相較於允許測量紅血球素濃度變化的CWS技術,在 此描述的對稱波源-偵測器配置可提供直接裝置,用以評 生理學媒體的各種不同發色團性質"絕對値,,的空間及,或 時間分佈’包括紅血球素。此亦允許醫師在動物及/或人 體的組織、細胞、器官、肌肉或血液中直接評估氧濃度與 氧飽和。先前對稱波源-偵測器配置亦允許醫師製造直接 測試的診斷服從的關於根據媒體的發色團性質的"絕對値,·。 本發明的光學探棒择描單元可採用滿足專利,972稱稱需 求的各種不同波源偵測器配置。圖4和5是此對稱掃描單元 的範例,其中波源爯嶺測器在圖6八到6Η的對稱配置是與 一對稱線127有關,然而這些的對稱配置是與圖7Α到7C的 對稱點128有關。在先前的圖中可了解到波源與偵測器的 形狀與大小可簡化,而且容易説明而未依比例繪製。 圖7Α和7Β是根據本發明的線性掃描單元圖。圖6Α和6Β 的掃描單元(1和Hf)是相同或類似圖2Α和2Β,因此,可自 -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4规格(210X297公釐)The benefit is a non-trivial diagnosis of local anemia and / or local anemia in various organs and tissues. These organs and tissues can be, for example, brain (stroke), ~ (local anemia), or originated from abnormal hypoxic red blood cells. Other physiological abnormalities characteristic of vegetative concentration. In addition, tumors can be easily detected in various internal tissues, chest, and skin. This optical and method can also be used to diagnose vascular occlusion during or after a surgical procedure involving tissue, skin, and organ transplants such as heart, lung, liver, and kidney. · Combining any previous solution with an optical probe with a previous symmetrical wave source-detector configuration of the present invention can provide further benefits over previous techniques compared to CWS technology that allows measuring changes in red blood cell concentration, here The described symmetrical wave source-detector configuration can provide a direct device to evaluate the various chromophore properties of physiological media " absolutely, spatially, or temporally, including 'hemoglobin. This also allows physicians to assess oxygen concentration and oxygen saturation directly in the tissues, cells, organs, muscles or blood of animals and / or humans. The previous symmetrical wave source-detector configuration also allows physicians to make direct-tested diagnostic compliances based on the chromophore properties of the media "absolutely,". The optical probe selection unit of the present invention can adopt various wave source detector configurations satisfying the patent, 972 claim requirements. Figures 4 and 5 are examples of this symmetrical scanning unit. The symmetrical configuration of the wave source ridge detector in Figures 6 to 6 is related to a symmetrical line 127. However, these symmetrical configurations are related to the symmetrical points 128 of Figures 7A to 7C. related. It can be seen in the previous figure that the shape and size of the wave source and detector can be simplified and easy to explain without drawing to scale. 7A and 7B are linear scanning unit diagrams according to the present invention. The scanning units (1 and Hf) in Figures 6A and 6B are the same or similar to Figures 2A and 2B, so they can be used from -59- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 五、發明説明(57 ) 動滿足在波源122與偵測器124之間相同近與遠距離的對稱 需求。可了解每個掃描單元⑻和出)可修改,而不會達 背專利*972的先前對應需求。例如,在掃描單元迅中,只 要此距離不超過例如數公分到丨〇公分的波形偵測器臨界値 靈敏範圍,特別是於人體及/或動物組織大約5公分,在相 鄰波源與偵測器之的距離便可加長或縮短。此外,只要與 對稱線127有關的對稱可:維持,在波形偵測器與仏。之間 的距離亦可調整成相同或不同於在例如心<1_£^與的 相鄰波源與偵測器對之間的近距離。 圖6C和6D是根據本發明的正方形掃描單元圖。在該等 正万形掃描單元之中每一者中,兩波源與兩波形偵測器是 在正方形的4個頂點上配置。特別是,如掃描單元心所 示,兩波源Saa和Sab是配置在正方形的上面頂點,兩波形 後測器Dba和Dbb是配置在下面的頂 垂直通過正方形的中央。因此,在相鄭波源與二t 的近距離是對應在波源Saa (或Sab)與偵測器Dba (或Da)之間 的垂直距離’而遠距離是連接波源s“(或D㈣測器、 (或Dab)的對角線長度。相同可運用於圖6D具有與6c相反 的波源-偵測器配置的掃描單元心。如上述,只要上述敏 感限制可符合波形偵測器D a a和D a b,在相鄰感測器之間的 近或遠距離亦可調整。 圖6E是根據本發明的一矩形掃描單元圖,其中兩波源與 兩波形偵測器疋在矩形掃描單元&的4個頂點上配置。類 似先前掃描單元,先前掃描單元的波源_偵測器配置亦可Line 5. The invention description (57) can satisfy the symmetrical requirement of the same near and long distance between the wave source 122 and the detector 124. It can be understood that each scanning unit can be modified without meeting the previous corresponding requirements of patent * 972. For example, in the scanning unit, as long as the distance does not exceed the critical range of the wave detector's critical range, such as a few centimeters to 0 centimeters, especially about 5 centimeters in human and / or animal tissues, the detection and detection in adjacent wave sources The distance of the device can be lengthened or shortened. In addition, as long as the symmetry related to the symmetry line 127 can be maintained, the waveform detector and the chirp. The distance between them can also be adjusted to be the same or different from the close distance between the adjacent wave source and the detector pair, for example, < 1_ £ ^ and. 6C and 6D are diagrams of a square scanning unit according to the present invention. In each of these regular gimbal scanning units, two wave sources and two waveform detectors are arranged on the four vertices of a square. In particular, as shown by the center of the scanning unit, the two wave sources Saa and Sab are arranged on the top apex of the square, and the two waveform back-testers Dba and Dbb are arranged on the bottom and pass vertically through the center of the square. Therefore, the close distance between the Zheng wave source and the two t corresponds to the vertical distance between the wave source Saa (or Sab) and the detector Dba (or Da), and the long distance is connected to the wave source s "(or D detector, (Or Dab) diagonal length. The same can be applied to the scanning unit core of FIG. 6D with a wave source-detector configuration opposite to 6c. As mentioned above, as long as the above-mentioned sensitivity limit can meet the waveform detectors D aa and D ab The near or long distance between adjacent sensors can also be adjusted. Figure 6E is a diagram of a rectangular scanning unit according to the present invention, in which two wave sources and two waveform detectors are placed in four of the rectangular scanning unit & Vertex configuration. Similar to the previous scanning unit, the wave source_detector configuration of the previous scanning unit is also available.

本紙張尺度適財S S家標準(CNS) A4規格(2ΐ〇ί 297公釐) 五、發明説明(58 ) 相反,以致於波源可配置在長方形的上面頂點;然而,波 形偵測器可配置在下面頂點。只要波形偵測器的先前敏感 限制符合’在相鄰光學感測器之間的水平肖垂直距離便可 進一步增加或減少。 圖6F和6G係根據本發明而顯示梯形掃描單元圖。在圖好 的梯形掃描單元Ta中,兩波源Saa和Sab是配置在梯形的上 面頂點,而兩波形偵測器Dba和Dbb是配置在下面頂點,所 以對稱線127可通過梯形中央。更明確而言,梯形的兩相 對端的配置最好具有相同長度,以滿足專利,972的先前對 稱需球。因此,近距離是在波源Saa (或Sab)與偵測器D心 (或Dbb)l間的距離,而遠距離是在波源3^(或I。與偵測 器Dbb (或Dba)之間的距離。除了感測器是相反配置之外, 同樣可適用於圖6G的掃描單元丁b。 圖6H是仍然根據本發明而顯示另一梯形掃描單元,其中 除了梯形的上面頂點是由大於下面頂點的距離分開之外, 知描單元Tc疋實質類似於圖好和6G。如上述,只要梯形 的兩相對端具有相同長度,而且先前敏感限制可符合波形 偵測器’在相鄰感應器之間的距離亦可調整。 圖7 A是根據本發明的一類似線性掃描單元圖,其中掃描 單元Pa包括兩波形偵測器Dba和Dbb,而且是配置在中央部 分’其中第一波源Saa是配置在掃描單元的右上角,而且 其中第二波源sca係配置於左下角。特別地,波源sca及Saa 是分別配置與波形偵測器Dba和Dbb的相同角度,而且他們 能以相同距離隔開配置,所以波源與偵測器的對稱配置是 -61· 本纸張尺度適财國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7The paper size is suitable for SS Home Standard (CNS) A4 (2ΐ〇ί 297 mm) 5. Description of the invention (58) Conversely, the wave source can be arranged on the top vertex of the rectangle; however, the waveform detector can be arranged on Vertex below. As long as the previous sensitivity limit of the waveform detector meets the 'horizontal and vertical distance between adjacent optical sensors, it can be further increased or decreased. 6F and 6G are diagrams showing a trapezoidal scanning unit according to the present invention. In the trapezoidal scanning unit Ta shown in the figure, the two wave sources Saa and Sab are arranged on the upper vertex of the trapezoid, and the two waveform detectors Dba and Dbb are arranged on the lower vertex, so the symmetry line 127 can pass through the center of the trapezoid. More specifically, the configuration of the two opposite ends of the trapezoid is preferably the same length to meet the previously symmetrical needs of the patent, 972. Therefore, the short distance is the distance between the wave source Saa (or Sab) and the detector D heart (or Dbb) l, and the long distance is between the wave source 3 ^ (or I. and the detector Dbb (or Dba)). 6G is the same as the scanning unit Db of FIG. 6G except that the sensor is the opposite configuration. FIG. 6H is still another trapezoidal scanning unit according to the present invention, wherein the top vertex of the trapezoid is larger than the bottom Except for the separation of the vertices, the tracing unit Tc 疋 is substantially similar to Tuhao and 6G. As mentioned above, as long as the two opposite ends of the trapezoid have the same length, and the previous sensitivity limit can meet the waveform detector 'in the adjacent sensor The distance between them can also be adjusted. Fig. 7A is a diagram of a similar linear scanning unit according to the present invention, in which the scanning unit Pa includes two waveform detectors Dba and Dbb, and is arranged in the central portion, where the first wave source Saa is configured In the upper right corner of the scanning unit, and the second wave source sca is arranged in the lower left corner. In particular, the wave sources sca and Saa are arranged at the same angle as the waveform detectors Dba and Dbb, respectively, and they can be arranged at the same distance. , Symmetrical wave source and detector configuration is -61 Ben paper scale applicable national standards Choi States (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 588158 A7

Order

線 A7Line A7

發明説明 B7 形债測器Dab之間的水平距離可以是一近距離(例如,當外 觀比小於1·〇)或一遠距離(例如,當外觀比大於1〇)。當此 掃描單元的外觀比近似1.0時,在一波源與兩相鄰波形偵 測器之間的距離會變成相同,而且專利,972的對稱需求不 能符合。此與圖6(:和的波源-偵測器配置相反,其中先 前對稱需求符合正方形掃描單元1和Sb。 由於波源與偵測器的照射及/或敏感限制,·該等先前掃 描單元之中每一者只涵蓋一小掃描區域。如此,如圖2A 和2B所示,本發明的光學影像系統的光學探棒120A典型 包括在掃描表面上的多重掃描單元,所以關於光學探棒 120A可掃描目標區域,該目標區域通常是大於個別掃描 單元的掃描區域。雖然此掃描單元能以一對稱或非對稱方 式、及以任何組合及/或交換方式配置,但是多重掃描單 元配置最好可共用一或多個波源及/或偵測器,爲了要增 加利用有限掃描區域的效率、及提高結果影像的解析度。 換句話説,當將一些或所有波源及/或偵測器結合於超過 一掃描元件及/或掃描單元時,光學探棒或光學影像系統 便包括一影像元件,該影像元件是定義多重掃描元件與多 重掃描單元。本發B月的此觀點現將使用如具體實施例的 2A的光學探棒120A討論。 圖8A是圖2A的光學探棒的一第一組掃描單元圖,而且 圖8B是由圖8A的掃描單元所產生的體素與相交體素圖, 及根據本發明的結果體素値與相交體素値。光學探棒 120A包括4個水平掃描單元(Ha、Hb、He、和Hd)與4個垂直 •63-DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The horizontal distance between the B7-shaped debt detectors Dab may be a short distance (for example, when the appearance ratio is less than 1.0) or a long distance (for example, when the appearance ratio is greater than 10). When the appearance ratio of this scanning unit is approximately 1.0, the distance between a wave source and two adjacent waveform detectors becomes the same, and the patented, 972 symmetry requirement cannot be met. This is in contrast to the wave source-detector configuration of FIG. 6 (: and, where the previous symmetrical requirements meet the square scanning units 1 and Sb. Due to the irradiation and / or sensitivity limitations of the wave source and the detector, among the previous scanning units Each one covers only a small scanning area. Thus, as shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B, the optical probe 120A of the optical imaging system of the present invention typically includes multiple scanning units on the scanning surface, so that the optical probe 120A can scan Target area, which is usually larger than the scanning area of individual scanning units. Although this scanning unit can be configured in a symmetrical or asymmetrical manner, and in any combination and / or exchange manner, the configuration of multiple scanning units may preferably share one Or multiple wave sources and / or detectors, in order to increase the efficiency of using a limited scanning area and improve the resolution of the resulting image. In other words, when combining some or all wave sources and / or detectors in more than one scan When the component and / or the scanning unit, the optical probe or optical imaging system includes an image component, the image component defines a multi-scan component and a multi-component This view of the present month will be discussed using the optical probe 120A of 2A as a specific embodiment. Fig. 8A is a first set of scanning unit diagrams of the optical probe of Fig. 2A, and Fig. 8B is a diagram of The voxel and intersected voxel maps generated by the scanning unit of 8A, and the resulting voxel 値 and intersected voxel 値 according to the present invention. The optical probe 120A includes 4 horizontal scanning units (Ha, Hb, He, and Hd) With 4 verticals

娜158 五 、發明説明(61 :描早兀(va、vb、Vc、和Vd),其中每個掃描單元125可 生-或多個輸出信號,該等輸出信號是對應每個掃描單 :125所掃描媒體目標區域中的發色團或其性質的代表 "/π圖8B所tf,每個掃描單元125是定義一影像領域2〇〇的 ’·體素’’,其在影像領域200的每個體素是對應媒體目標區 域的-小區域’其中一或多個波源122可將電·磁波照射到 此一區域,而且一或多個波形偵測器124可偵測此電磁 波,而且響應其而產生輸出信號。隨後,光學探棒ι2〇α 的影像元件或光學影像系統可取樣由波形偵測器ΐ24所產 生的輸出信號,解決運用於相同掃描單元125的波源122與 偵測器124的一組波形方程式,並且決定發色團或其性質 的一代表値。即是,影像元件是根據預定組成的波源122 與偵測=124而定義掃描元件,空間組成兩或多個重疊或 非交疊掃描元件,如此可構成掃描單元125,取樣由每個 掃描單元的波形偵測器124所產生的輸出信號,從波形方 程式獲得先前組的解決,及計算每個體素的一體素値。每 個體素値通常是發色團或其性質的一區域或體積平均値, 其平均通常是與掃挺單元125的每個掃描區域或體積有 關、或與在影像領域200構成的每個體素區域或體積有 關。可了解到當波偵測器124具有涵蓋整個目標區域的媒 體實質相同厚度或深度的敏感範圍時,區域平均體素値是 實質類似或相同於體積平均體素値。 在圖8Α顯示的具體實施例中,影像領域2〇a的水平掃描 裝 訂 64- 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(62 ) 單元Ha、Hb、H。和Hd是定義4個平行水平體素2〇4a,其每 個是以X方向延伸,而且以一連續模式彼此堆疊。根據該 等水平掃描單元Ha、Hb、Hc和Hd之中每一者所產生的輸出 信號14,影像元件可分別解決運用於每個水平掃描單元的 波形方程式,及決定每個水平體素204a的體素値ha、、 hc、和hd。爲了簡化,圖8B只顯示具體素値hc的一水平體 素204a (從頂端的第三者)。同樣地,4個垂·直掃描單元 Va、Vb、Vc、和Vd是定義連續與側面並排而以γ方向延伸 的4個垂直體素204b,而且分別具有Va、Vb、Vc、和Vd的體 素値。爲了簡化’圖8B是再次只顯示具有體素値Vd的一垂 直體素204b。 如圖所示,每個水平掃描單元可與該等掃描單元之中一 者共用一普通光學感測器,藉此將相交體素定義成交叉水 平與垂直體素的重疊區域。因此,圖8A的光學探棒i2〇A 可在影像領域200中定義行成一 4 X 4矩陣的16個相交體 素’其每個具有可透過相交體素的兩通常不同體素値所決 定的一分開相交體素値。例如,雖然兩相交體素214a、 214b是普遍定義在頂端水平體素Ha,而具有ha的體素値, 但是相交體素214ag細交體素値可從^和ha計算,然而相 交體素214b的相交體素値可從v。和]^獲得。大體上,相交 體素値可透過例如將相交體素的個別體素値做算術平均、 幾何平均、加權平均而計算。或者〜,此組成體素値之中一 者亦可如同相交體素値而選取。注意,同樣地,發色團及 /或其性質的評估値正確性及分佈影像解析度是因體素的 ------65· 本紙張尺跳用中S ® _準規格(21G X 297公釐)---Na 158 V. Description of the invention (61: Tracing early (va, vb, Vc, and Vd), where each scanning unit 125 can generate-or multiple output signals, these output signals are corresponding to each scanning order: 125 Representatives of chromophores or their properties in the target area of the scanned media. "/ Π Figure 8B tf, each scanning unit 125 is a" · voxel "that defines an image field 200, which is 200 in the image field Each voxel is a small area corresponding to the target area of the media. One or more of the wave sources 122 can radiate electric and magnetic waves to this area, and one or more waveform detectors 124 can detect this electromagnetic wave and respond to The output signal is then generated. Subsequently, the image element or optical image system of the optical probe ιαα can sample the output signal generated by the waveform detector ΐ24, and solve the wave source 122 and the detector 124 applied to the same scanning unit 125 A set of waveform equations, and a representative of the chromophore or its properties. That is, the image element defines a scanning element based on a predetermined composition of the wave source 122 and detection = 124, and the space consists of two or more overlapping or non- Overlapping scanning element This can constitute the scanning unit 125, sample the output signal generated by the waveform detector 124 of each scanning unit, obtain the previous set of solutions from the waveform equation, and calculate the integral voxel 每个 for each voxel. Each voxel 値 is usually A region or volume average of the chromophore or its properties, the average is usually related to each scanning region or volume of the sweep unit 125 or to each voxel region or volume formed in the imaging field 200. It can be understood By the time the wave detector 124 has a sensitive range of substantially the same thickness or depth of the media covering the entire target area, the area average voxel 値 is substantially similar or the same as the volume average voxel 値. In the specific embodiment shown in FIG. 8A The horizontal scanning and binding of the image field 20a 64-588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (62) The units Ha, Hb, H. and Hd define four parallel horizontal voxels 204a, each of which is in the X direction Extended, and stacked on top of each other in a continuous pattern. According to the output signal 14 produced by each of the horizontal scanning units Ha, Hb, Hc and Hd, the image elements can be solved separately. The waveform equation of each horizontal scanning unit and the voxels 値 ha, hc, and hd that determine each horizontal voxel 204a. For simplicity, FIG. 8B shows only one horizontal voxel 204a (from the top Third person.) Similarly, the four vertical and straight scanning units Va, Vb, Vc, and Vd are four vertical voxels 204b that define continuous and side-by-side extensions in the γ direction, and have Va, Vb, and Vc, respectively. , And Vd voxels 値. For simplicity, FIG. 8B shows again only a vertical voxel 204b with voxels 値 Vd. As shown, each horizontal scanning unit can be shared with one of the scanning units An ordinary optical sensor, by which the intersecting voxels are defined as the overlapping areas where horizontal and vertical voxels cross. Therefore, the optical probe i20A of FIG. 8A can define 16 intersecting voxels in a 4 X 4 matrix in the imaging field 200, each of which has two intersecting voxels that are permeable to intersecting voxels. One separates the intersecting voxels. For example, although two intersecting voxels 214a, 214b are voxels Ha that are generally defined at the top level and have a voxel 値 of ha, the intersecting voxels 214ag and fine voxels 値 can be calculated from ^ and ha. The intersecting voxels 値 can be obtained from v. And] ^ obtained. Generally, the intersecting voxels 値 can be calculated by, for example, arithmetically, geometrically, and weighting the individual voxels 相 of the intersected voxels. Or ~, one of the constituent voxels 値 can also be selected as an intersected voxel 値. Note that, similarly, the evaluation of the chromophore and / or its properties, the correctness and the resolution of the distribution image are due to voxels --- 65. This paper ruler is in use S _ quasi-specification (21G X (297 mm) ---

Order

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(63 ) 大小、相交體素的大小、及分別用來計算體素値或相交體 素値的輸出信號或體素値的數量而定。在此觀點中,圖 8B的該等正方形相交體素之中每一者在整個影像領域2〇〇 具有實質相同解析度。. 具先前具體實施例的本發明光學探棒可提供數個優點。 透過配置掃描單元共用一或多個普通光學感測器,光學探 棒需要較少數量的波源與偵測器❶因此,先前光學探棒能 以小型重量輕物件提供。此外,屬於該等光學感測器之中 一者元件變化的本質相差可減少,藉此改善正確性、提高 印質與結果影像的解析度。此外,本發明的光學探棒不需 要基線測量,此在前技藝光學系統通常是需要的。因此, 本發明的光學探棒可有效建構影像,並且在測試物體目標 區域掃描期間能以一實質即時方式提供發色團或其性質分 佈的即時像性質。 在實施方面,光學探棒120A是與形成適當光學耦合的光 學感測器之中每一者的一媒體目標區域放置。波源122可 被激勵,以便將電磁波照射到媒體,而且波形偵測器124 亦啓動’以彳貞測藉由媒體而傳送的電磁波。爲了要干擾與 雜訊’波源I24最好〜同步,以致於只有一波源可於其他波 源關閉期間的一預選週期照射具有預選波形特徵的電磁 波。波形偵測器124亦可同步,以致於只有使用激發波源 形成掃描元件的這些波形偵測器可偵測電磁波,及響應其 而產生輸出信號。在選取的波源完成照射後,相同或另一 波源然後可開始照射具有相同或不同波形特性的電磁波。 -66- 本紙張尺度適用中國g家標準(CNS) M規格_Χ297公爱) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(64 ) 在光學探棒120A的第一掃描單元的所有來源-偵測器對完 成電磁波的前述照射與偵測後,類似或相同操作可於光學 探棒120A的下一掃描單元重複。此照射及/或偵測的序列 通常不會影響光學探棒120A的操作特性、及表示發色團 或其性質分佈的最後影像。一最佳序列選擇通常是技藝中 熟請此技者的選擇問題。光學探棒或光學影像系統的影像 元件可在每個掃描單元的每個元件的一預先選擇率及/或 持續時間取樣及獲得此輸出信號。影像元件然後可處理輸 出信號,及解決波形方程式組,而該等波形方程式是運用 於光學探棒120A的掃描單元的每個掃描元件的波源in與 偵測器124。結果的解決是反映在影像領域2〇〇的每個體素 中的發色團或其性質的絕對或相對値。影像元件然後可透 過例如識別兩或多個先前體素的交叉及/或重疊部、構成 對應此交叉或重疊體素的相交體素、在刻成相交體素後構 成對應體素其餘部分的殘餘體素、及獲得每個相交體素的 相交體素値而應用另一群的此體素値。先前體素値與相交 體素値可重組,以致於發色團或其性質分佈影像可透過體 素値與相交體素値表示。或者,體素的輸出信號可平均, 以產生每個相交體的輸出信號,然後透過影像元件處理 以產生相交體素値,而不是計算·體素値而然後將此平均 以獲得每個相交體素的相交體素値。 大體上,體素的結構可透過各種不同因素決定,例如定 義每個掃描元件及/或掃描單元的波源與偵測器數量、每 個掃描元件及/或掃描單元的波源與偵測器的一般配置、 _ -67- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (63) The size, the size of the intersected voxels, and the output signals or the number of voxels 用来 used to calculate the voxels 値 or intersected voxels 分别, respectively. In this perspective, each of the square-intersecting voxels of FIG. 8B has substantially the same resolution in the entire imaging field of 2000. The optical probe of the present invention with previous embodiments provides several advantages. By configuring the scanning unit to share one or more common optical sensors, the optical probe requires a smaller number of wave sources and detectors. Therefore, previous optical probes can be provided as small and lightweight objects. In addition, the nature of the variation of the components belonging to one of these optical sensors can be reduced, thereby improving accuracy, improving print quality and resolution of the resulting image. In addition, the optical probe of the present invention does not require baseline measurement, which is usually required in prior art optical systems. Therefore, the optical probe of the present invention can effectively construct an image, and can provide a real-time image property of the chromophore or its property distribution in a substantially real-time manner during the scanning of the target area of the test object. In implementation terms, the optical probe 120A is placed in a media target area of each of the optical sensors forming the appropriate optical coupling. The wave source 122 can be excited to irradiate the electromagnetic wave to the medium, and the waveform detector 124 is also activated to measure the electromagnetic wave transmitted through the medium. In order to interfere with the noise 'wave source I24, it is best to synchronize so that only one wave source can irradiate electromagnetic waves with a preselected waveform characteristic in a preselected period during which other wave sources are turned off. The waveform detector 124 can also be synchronized so that only these waveform detectors that form a scanning element using an excitation wave source can detect electromagnetic waves and generate an output signal in response thereto. After the selected wave source is irradiated, the same or another wave source can then start to radiate electromagnetic waves having the same or different waveform characteristics. -66- This paper size is applicable to China Standards (CNS) M specifications _297297 A5. 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (64) All sources in the first scanning unit of the optical probe 120A-detector pair are completed After the aforementioned electromagnetic wave is irradiated and detected, similar or identical operations can be repeated in the next scanning unit of the optical probe 120A. This sequence of illumination and / or detection usually does not affect the operating characteristics of the optical probe 120A and the final image representing the chromophore or its property distribution. An optimal sequence selection is usually a matter of choice in the art. The imaging element of the optical probe or optical imaging system can sample and obtain this output signal at a preselection rate and / or duration of each element of each scanning unit. The image element can then process the output signal and solve a set of waveform equations that are applied to the wave source in and detector 124 of each scanning element of the scanning unit of the optical probe 120A. The solution of the result is the absolute or relative chromophore or its properties reflected in each voxel of the imaging field 2000. The image element may then, by identifying, for example, the intersection and / or overlap of two or more previous voxels, the intersecting voxels corresponding to this intersecting or overlapping voxel, and the remnants of the remainder of the corresponding voxel after being carved into the intersecting voxels Voxels, and the intersecting voxels 每个 of each intersected voxel, and another group of voxels 应用 are applied. Previously voxels 値 and intersected voxels 値 could be recombined so that chromophores or their property distribution images could be represented by voxels 値 and intersected voxels 値. Alternatively, the output signals of voxels can be averaged to produce the output signal of each intersecting body, and then processed by the image element to generate intersecting voxels 値, instead of calculating · voxels 値 and then averaging this to obtain each intersecting body Intersecting voxels of voxels. In general, the structure of a voxel can be determined by various factors, such as the number of wave sources and detectors defining each scanning element and / or scanning unit, and the generality of the wave source and detector of each scanning element and / or scanning unit. Configuration, _ -67- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 588158 五 、發明説明(65 在每個掃描波源的掃描疋件的幾何配置、波源的發射功率 或’、、' 射牝力、波形偵測器的偵測靈敏度等。因此,當波源 具有相同發射功率,及波㈣測器可提供相同靈敏度時, 圖8Α的等距來源·偵測器配置是定義水平與垂直體素,复 在影像領域上具有實質相同結構與相同相交體素。同樣亦 適於王要透過例如體素的結構、配置、與方向、他們重叠 部分的形狀與大小所決定的相交體素結構。. 訂 雖然先前體素的實際結構是有固定的波源與债測器的形 狀大’】與操作特性與幾何配置,但是相交體素的結 構可透過波源與偵測器(亦即,定義掃描元件及,或單元) 群及掃描元件(亦即,定義掃描單元)群處理。換句話説, 相交體素的形狀與大小可調整,而且結果影像解析度可透 過根據帛選圖案的輸出信號群、及透過解決運用於此掃 描元件及/或掃描單元的波形方程式處理,而無需改變波 源與偵測器的實際配置。因&,光學探棒可定義主要掃描 單70與輔助掃描單元,並且從相同目標區域產生主要與輔 助輸出k號,而無需實施額外光學感測器到光學探棒,及 無需實際改變已存在的來源-偵測器配置。圖9至n係顯示 在圖2A的光學探棒120A範例中額外定義的各種不同掃描 單元,而且圖12係由圖8至11描述的體素値所獲得的結果 體素、相交體素、與相交體素値。 圖9A係根據本發明而顯示圖2八的一第二組光學探棒掃 描單元圖。圖9B係表示由此掃描單元所產生的體素與相 交體素,而圖9C係根據本發明而顯示體素値與相交體素 -68- 本紙張尺度適财S @家標準(CNS) A4規格(2ι〇χ 297公董) 588158Line 588158 V. Description of the invention (65 The geometric configuration of the scanning file in each scanning wave source, the transmission power of the wave source or the ',', the shooting force, the detection sensitivity of the waveform detector, etc. Therefore, when the wave sources have the same When the transmission power and the wave detector can provide the same sensitivity, the equidistant source and detector configuration of Fig. 8A defines horizontal and vertical voxels, and has substantially the same structure and the same intersected voxels in the imaging field. It is suitable for Wang to pass the voxel structure determined by, for example, the structure, configuration, and direction of the voxels, and the shape and size of their overlapping parts. Although the actual structure of the previous voxels has a fixed wave source and debt detector Large shape '] and operating characteristics and geometric configuration, but the structure of intersecting voxels can be processed by groups of wave sources and detectors (ie, defining scanning elements and / or units) and groups of scanning elements (ie, defining scanning units) In other words, the shape and size of the intersecting voxels can be adjusted, and the resulting image resolution can be applied to the output signal group according to the selected pattern, and applied to the solution. Scanning element and / or scanning unit waveform equation processing without changing the actual configuration of the wave source and detector. Because & the optical probe can define the main scanning unit 70 and the auxiliary scanning unit, and generate the main and Auxiliary output of k number without the need to implement additional optical sensors to optical probes, and without actually changing the existing source-detector configuration. Figures 9 to n show additional definitions in the optical probe 120A example of Figure 2A Different scanning units, and FIG. 12 shows the result voxels, intersected voxels, and intersected voxels 获得 obtained from the voxels 値 described in FIGS. 8 to 11. FIG. Scanning unit diagram of the second group of optical probes. Fig. 9B shows the voxels and intersected voxels generated by the scanning unit, and Fig. 9C shows the voxels and intersected voxels according to the present invention. Shicai S @ 家 standard (CNS) A4 specification (2ι〇χ 297 public director) 588158

値。在此具體實施例中,在光學探棒中間區域配置的光學 感測器可重新組群,以形成4個矩形或正方形掃描單元 la、Ib、I。、和Id。類似在圖6C至6E的顯示,這些中間掃描 單元ia、ib、ic*id之中每一者的光學感測器可滿足,9?2應 用的先前對稱需求。因此,矩形或正方形體素2〇5a_2〇5d 可在影像領域200定義,其每個分別具有込、、、“、和l的 體素値。因爲先前中間體素205a-205d是在影像領域200中 間部分彼此交叉,所以影像元件亦可定義多重矩形或正方 形相交體素215a,而留下殘餘截除的體素215b。例如,每 跨體素215a是矩形或正方形體素2〇5a-205d的四分之一大 小’而殘餘截除的體素215b具有一半大小。此外,類似在 圖8A和8B顯示的具體實施例,矩形或正方形相交體素215 的相交體素値可透過兩體素値決定,亦即,他們的原始體 素値與一相鄰體素値。因此,圖9A的光學探棒120A可在 於像領域200的中間部分提供較高解析度的影像。可了解 到影像領域200的4個角落215c不能傳遞體素値或相交體素 値,因爲掃描單元204d_205d未涵蓋此區域。 圖10A係根據本發明的圖2A的一第三組光學探棒掃描單 元圖。圖10B透過圖l〇A掃描單元所產生的體素和相交體 素値圖式,而圖10C係根據本發明而顯示圖10B的體素與 相交體素結果値的另一圖式。在此具體實施例中,光學探 棒120A (或它的影像元件)能與波源與偵測器同步,並且定 義4個菱形單元Ca、Cb、C。、和Cd。注意,這些菱形掃描 單元是對應圖6C至6E的傾斜45。的矩形或正方形掃描單 ___-69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 A7 ____ _B7 五、發明説明(67 ) 元。雖然每個菱形掃描單元只包括在鑽石區域的4個角落 配置的光學感測器,而且它中間部分不包括任何波源或偵 測器,但是對應影像領域2〇〇的此中間部分的媒體目標區 域依然可透過波源122照射,及透過每個菱形掃描單:的 每個掃描元件掃描。因此,菱形掃描單元Ca、G、和 Cd可定義一交叉形體素206a-206d,其每個具有連接到一 中央區域的4個尖部,而·且每個可分別傳遞Ca·、%、h、和 Cd的體素値。該等菱形掃描單元之中每一者是近一步交又 兩相鄰掃描單元,藉此形成相交體素216a,而如圖i〇b和 10C所述留下原始體素216b的殘餘、非交叉尖部。可了解 到,相對於圖8和9的那些,此具體實施例的所有相交體素 216a的相交體素値可透過3個交叉十字形體素的體素値決 足,亦即他本身體素値加上相鄰十字形體素的兩另外體素 値。結果,圖10C的相交體素216a可提供高於圖8〇和9(:解 析度的影像。此外,類似圖9 A的矩形或正方形掃描單元 Ia、lb、Ic、和Id,菱形掃描單元ca、Cb、Cc、和Cd不會掃 描影像領域200的4個角落216c,因此,不提供此區域的體 素値或相交體素値。在此本文中,菱形掃描單元匕、4、 cc、和cd是定義與-中間掃描單元Ia、Ib、Ic、和14所定義相 同的相交體素216a ,但是相交體素値可透過3個相交體素 値決定,而不是2個相交體素値。 圖11A係根據本發明而顯不圖2 A 0¾ —第四組光學探棒掃 描單元圖。圖11B係表示透過圖ha的掃描單元所產生的 體素與相交體素圖式’而圖11C是根據本發明的圖的 ____ -70- 本紙張尺度適财S S家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(68 ) 結果値與相交體素値的另一圖式。在此具體實施例中,波 源與偵測器可重新組群,以定義與圖10A的Ca、Cb、Cc、 和Cd相同的4個其他菱形掃描單元Da、Db、Dc、和Dd。然 而,光學探棒120A或光學影像系統的影像元件的配置是 定義菱形體素207a-207d,其各與其他三個掃描單元相 交。因此,菱形掃描單元Da、Db、Dc及Dd定義在影像領域 200中間部分的9個較小菱形相交體素217a-217c,而在如圖 11B和11C所示在影像領域200角落附近留下4個截除體素 216d。一般而言,所有相交體素217a-217c具有相同形狀與 大小。然而,可了解到中間相交體素217c的相交體素値可 從所有4個菱形體素207a-207d的體素値計算,而角落相交 體素217a與中間相交體素217b的相交體素値可分別透過相 鄰體素的2與3個體素値決定。如此,圖11A的光學探棒 120A可提供從外部到中間部分同心逐漸增加解析度的影 像。類似圖9A和10A的掃描單元,菱形掃描單元Da、Db、 Dc、和Dd不會掃描影像領域200的4個三角形角落217c。 如上面討論,在每個掃描單元與一般配置中包括的波源 與偵測器的數量不需要體素與相交體素的形狀與大小配 置、以及結果影像解析度。相反地,發色團性質的估計値 準確性與影像解析度可透過處理輸出信號的組群圖案而改 善。例如,本發明的光學探棒或光學影像系統的影像元件 可使用圖8A的主要掃描單元而組合成圖9至11的一或多個 先前輔助掃描單元。當想要獲得具下面將詳細討論的較高 解析度時,此具體實施例通常是最好。圖12是根據本發明 -71 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 裝 訂value. In this specific embodiment, the optical sensors arranged in the middle area of the optical probe can be regrouped to form four rectangular or square scanning units la, Ib, and I. , And Id. Similar to the display of Figs. 6C to 6E, the optical sensors of each of these intermediate scanning units ia, ib, ic * id can satisfy the previous symmetrical requirements of 9-2 applications. Therefore, rectangular or square voxels 205a_205d can be defined in the imaging field 200, each of which has voxels 値, ,, ", and l respectively. Because the previous intermediate voxels 205a-205d were in the imaging field 200 The middle parts intersect each other, so the image element can also define multiple rectangular or square intersected voxels 215a, leaving behind the residual truncated voxels 215b. For example, each span voxel 215a is a rectangular or square voxel 205a-205d A quarter size 'and the residual truncated voxel 215b has a half size. In addition, similar to the specific embodiment shown in Figs. 8A and 8B, the intersecting voxels 矩形 of a rectangular or square intersecting voxel 215 are permeable to both voxels. Decided, that is, their original voxel 値 and an adjacent voxel 値. Therefore, the optical probe 120A of FIG. 9A can provide a higher-resolution image in the middle part of the image field 200. It can be understood that the image field 200 The four corners 215c cannot pass voxels 値 or intersected voxels 値, because the scanning units 204d_205d do not cover this area. Fig. 10A is a third group of optical probe scanning unit diagrams of Fig. 2A according to the present invention. Fig. 10B is a perspective view l〇 The voxel and intersected voxel 値 schema generated by the A scanning unit, and FIG. 10C is another diagram showing the voxel and intersected voxel results 图 of FIG. 10B according to the present invention. In this specific embodiment, optical Probe 120A (or its imaging element) can be synchronized with the wave source and detector, and defines 4 diamond-shaped units Ca, Cb, C., and Cd. Note that these diamond-shaped scanning units are tilted 45 corresponding to Figures 6C to 6E 。Rectangle or square scan sheet ___- 69- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 588158 A7 ____ _B7 V. Description of the invention (67) yuan. Although each diamond scan unit only Including optical sensors arranged in the four corners of the diamond area, and its middle part does not include any wave source or detector, but the media target area of this middle part corresponding to the image area 200 can still be illuminated by the wave source 122, And scan through each scan element of each rhombus: Therefore, the rhombus scan units Ca, G, and Cd can define a cross-shaped voxel 206a-206d, each of which has 4 tips connected to a central area ,and· Each voxel 値 that can pass Ca ·,%, h, and Cd, respectively. Each of these rhombic scanning units is a step closer and two adjacent scanning units, thereby forming an intersected voxel 216a, and as Figures 10b and 10C leave the residual, non-intersecting tip of the original voxel 216b. It can be understood that, compared to those of Figures 8 and 9, the intersecting voxels 216a of all intersecting voxels 216a of this embodiment 値It can be determined by the voxels of three crossed cross-shaped voxels, that is, his own body voxel plus two additional voxels of adjacent cross-shaped voxels. As a result, the intersected voxel 216a of FIG. 10C can provide higher than the figure 80 and 9 (: resolution images. In addition, similar to the rectangular or square scanning units Ia, lb, Ic, and Id of FIG. 9A, the diamond scanning units ca, Cb, Cc, and Cd will not scan the four corners 216c of the image area 200, so this area is not provided Voxels 値 or intersected voxels 値. In this article, the diamond scan units Dk, 4, cc, and cd are defined as intersecting voxels 216a with the same definition as the -intermediate scanning units Ia, Ib, Ic, and 14, but the intersecting voxels 値 can pass through three intersecting Voxel 値 decides instead of 2 intersected voxels 値. Fig. 11A shows the scanning unit diagram of the fourth group of optical probes according to the present invention, and Fig. 2 A 0¾-the fourth group. FIG. 11B shows the voxel and intersected voxel patterns generated by the scanning unit of FIG. Ha, and FIG. 11C is a graph according to the present invention. ____ -70- This paper is a standard SS Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (68) Another diagram of the result 値 and intersected voxels 値. In this specific embodiment, the wave source and the detector can be regrouped to define four other diamond-shaped scanning units Da, Db, Dc, and Dd which are the same as Ca, Cb, Cc, and Cd in FIG. 10A. However, the configuration of the imaging element of the optical probe 120A or the optical imaging system is to define diamond voxels 207a-207d, each of which intersects the other three scanning units. Therefore, the diamond scanning units Da, Db, Dc, and Dd define 9 smaller diamond-shaped intersecting voxels 217a-217c in the middle part of the image field 200, and leave 4 near the corner of the image field 200 as shown in FIGS. 11B and 11C. A truncated voxel of 216d. In general, all intersected voxels 217a-217c have the same shape and size. However, it can be understood that the intersecting voxel 値 of the intersecting voxel 217c can be calculated from the voxels 所有 of all four diamond voxels 207a-207d, and the intersecting voxel of the intersecting voxel 217a and the intersecting voxel 217b can be calculated. Determined by 2 and 3 voxels of neighboring voxels, respectively. As such, the optical probe 120A of FIG. 11A can provide an image in which the resolution is gradually increased concentrically from the outside to the middle portion. Like the scanning units of FIGS. 9A and 10A, the diamond scanning units Da, Db, Dc, and Dd do not scan the four triangular corners 217c of the image field 200. As discussed above, the number of wave sources and detectors included in each scanning unit and general configuration does not require the shape and size configuration of the voxels and intersected voxels, and the resulting image resolution. In contrast, the estimation, accuracy, and image resolution of the chromophore properties can be improved by processing the group patterns of the output signal. For example, the imaging element of the optical probe or optical imaging system of the present invention may be combined into one or more of the previous auxiliary scanning units of FIGS. 9 to 11 using the main scanning unit of FIG. 8A. This specific embodiment is usually best when it is desired to obtain a higher resolution which will be discussed in detail below. Figure 12 shows the paper size according to the present invention. -71-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm).

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 透過將圖9至11的輔助掃描單元實施成圖8的這些而獲得的 結果體素與相交體素圖式。如圖U所示,影像領域2〇〇的 每個象限包括15個相交體素及/或殘餘體素。因爲所有先 前體素與相交體素的對稱構成是與影像領域2〇〇的中間有 關’所以只有在影像領域2〇〇第一象限2〇1的這些影像可分 析成在整個影像領域200的影像代表範例。爲了説明目 的’第一象限201可進一步分成4個子象限201ae-;201d,其中 一第一子象限201a具有5個相交體素(A至E); —第二子象 限201b包括4個相交體素(ρ、j、η和L); 一第三子象限 201c具有另外4個相交體素(G、I、Κ、和Μ);及一第四子 象限201d包括1個相交體素(n),以及一截除背景體素 (0)。 % 因爲所有4個子象限201a-201d在影像領域200具有相同面 積,所以每個子象限2〇la-2〇ld的影像解析度可預期是與 提供的相交體素數量及用來決定相交體素値的體素値數量 成比例。因此,子象限201a具有最高的解析度,而子象限 201d具有最低的解析度。此結果是在表!列出,而且列舉 的每個體素値可用來計算第一象限201的每個相交體素。 表1 相交體素 編號 11 10 體素値, A vc、hb、ia、“、ca、cb ' cc、da、db、dc、dd B vc、hb、ia、“、ca、cb、cc、da、db、dc C vc、hb、ia、“、ca、cb、cc、da、db D vc、hb、ia、ib、ca、cb、cc、db、dcLine 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (69) The result voxel and intersected voxel patterns obtained by implementing the auxiliary scanning units of FIGS. 9 to 11 into those of FIG. 8. As shown in Figure U, each quadrant of the image field 200 includes 15 intersected voxels and / or residual voxels. Because the symmetrical composition of all previous voxels and intersected voxels is related to the middle of the imaging field 2000, only these images in the imaging field 2000 first quadrant 201 can be analyzed into 200 images in the entire imaging field 200 Representative example. For the purpose of illustration, the first quadrant 201 can be further divided into 4 sub-quadrants 201ae-; 201d, of which a first sub-quadrant 201a has 5 intersecting voxels (A to E);-the second sub-quadrant 201b includes 4 intersecting voxels (Ρ, j, η, and L); a third sub-quadrant 201c has another 4 intersecting voxels (G, I, K, and M); and a fourth sub-quadrant 201d includes 1 intersecting voxel (n) , And a truncated background voxel (0). % Because all 4 sub-quadrants 201a-201d have the same area in the imaging area 200, the image resolution of 20a-20d in each sub-quadrant is expected to be related to the number of intersected voxels and used to determine the intersected voxels. The number of voxels 値 is proportional. Therefore, the sub-quadrant 201a has the highest resolution, and the sub-quadrant 201d has the lowest resolution. This result is on the table! Each of the listed voxels 値 can be used to calculate each intersected voxel of the first quadrant 201. Table 1 Intersecting voxels number 11 10 Voxels 値, A vc, hb, ia, ", ca, cb 'cc, da, db, dc, dd B vc, hb, ia,", ca, cb, cc, da , Db, dc C vc, hb, ia, ", ca, cb, cc, da, db D vc, hb, ia, ib, ca, cb, cc, db, dc

588158 A7 _______B7 五、發明説明(7〇 ) " "" --— E vc、hb、ia、ib、Ca、&、^& 8 F vc、ha、ia、Cb、da、db 6 G Vd、hb、ib、Cb、db、^ 6 Η vc、ha、ia、Cb、db 5 I Vd、hb、“、cb、db 5 J vc、、ia、Cb 4 K Vd、hb、“、cb 4 L Vd、ha、ia、cb 4 Μ Vd、hb、ib、cb 4 N Vd、ha、db 3 0 Vd、ha 如表1所列,每個相交體素値可透過乘上從2個體素(對 於五角形而言,角落相交體素·,〇")、3個體素(對於相鄰三 角形角落相交體素” N·,)、及多達1〇個體素(對於菱形相交 體素’’B")、與11個體素(對於中間三角形相交體素"a")。結 果表示估計的發色團性質準確性與影像解析度可透過處理 波源與㈣器的組群圖案及透過此波形偵測器所產生的组 群圖案而調整。 、同樣地,估計的^色團性質準確性與影像解析度可透過 控制結合於主要掃描單元的輔助掃描單元數量而調整。例 如/、有預選組的輔助掃描軍元能與圖8的主要掃描單 元、、且口。此選擇可編碼,所以一操作員可選取該等預定組 合之中的一者,以產生各種不同影像解析度及/或調整在 目標區域的-特殊區域附近的影像解析度。可了解到,在 -73- 本紙張尺度適财8 S家料(CNS) M規格(膨297公爱y 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(71 ) 第一子象限201a的所有相交體素a至e可透過相同數量的 體素値(即是7個體素)估計,而不是圖n]B和11C的菱形體 素的體素値(da、db、dc及dd),藉此產生相同解析度。 本發明的光學探棒與光學影像系統的先前掃描元件與掃 描單元可修改,以提供具有不同來源-偵測器配置及/或建 構的光學探棒,而不致於達背本發明的範圍。 如上面的簡短描述,單一波源可包括兩或多個波形產生 器,所以包括多重波形產生器(此後稱爲"混合波源可照 射具有例如兩不同波長的不同波形特性的電磁波。此混合 波源可運用於先前來源·偵測器配置之中任一者。例如, 在圖6B中,掃描單元H (的波源Sab和k可配置來照射具 690毫微米與830毫微米波長近紅外電磁波,藉此允許單一 掃描單元可產生至少兩輸出信號,以表示具此不同電磁波 的發色團的不同光學照射。 此合成波源亦可用來提供仍然可滿足專利,972對稱需求 的掃描單元。圖13A至13C是此掃描單元的一些具體實施 例。 、 圖13A是根據本發明而可滿足專利,972對稱需求的一 對稱掃,單元具體實施例…非對稱掃描單认包括兩波 形偵測盗Daa、和Dac,而且一合成波源Sab是在其間插入。 :皮形:=a:Da。是配置在掃描單元乂的兩端,而波源 ab疋配置在中央,但是运離掃描單元\的中心部分, 致於在波形偵測器Daa與合成波源s:b之間的距離是對 一第—波形產生器與波形偵測器Daa之間一第—近距離 及在一第二波產生器與波形摘測器之間的一第二遠距 -74- 本紙張尺度通财S S家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公爱) 五、發明説明(72 ) 二地二波㈣測器Dac及合成波形源Sab之間之距離 =相s於一弟一波形產生器與波形偵測器Dac間之一第一 ,距以及—第二波形產生器與波形偵測器〜間之一 :二,離。如此,非對稱掃描單元Aa可滿足專利.972的 非描=是t據本發明而可滿足對稱需求的另- ’其中—第二非對稱掃描單元〜包括兩 'ac,而且一合成波形偵測器Dab是在其間插入。 具體實施例,波形偵測器〜可偵測從兩波源 Saa和ja。發射的電磁波,而可滿足對稱需求。588158 A7 _______B7 V. Description of the invention (70) " " " --- E vc, hb, ia, ib, Ca, &, ^ & 8 F vc, ha, ia, Cb, da, db 6 G Vd, hb, ib, Cb, db, ^ 6 Η vc, ha, ia, Cb, db 5 I Vd, hb, ", cb, db 5 J vc ,, ia, Cb 4 K Vd, hb," , Cb 4 L Vd, ha, ia, cb 4 Μ Vd, hb, ib, cb 4 N Vd, ha, db 3 0 Vd, ha As listed in Table 1, each intersected voxel 値 can be multiplied from 2 Voxels (for pentagons, corner-intersecting voxels, 〇 "), 3 voxels (for adjacent triangle corner-intersecting voxels "N,"), and up to 10 voxels (for diamond-intersecting voxels ”B "), with 11 voxels (for the intersecting voxels of the middle triangle " a "). The results indicate that the estimated accuracy of the chromophore properties and the image resolution can be processed by processing the group pattern of the wave source and the filter and The group pattern generated by this waveform detector is adjusted. Similarly, the estimated accuracy of the chromophore properties and the image resolution can be controlled by controlling the number of auxiliary scanning units combined with the main scanning unit. For example, the auxiliary scanning army element with a preselected group can be compared with the main scanning unit of FIG. 8 and the mouth. This selection can be coded, so an operator can choose one of these predetermined combinations to Generates various image resolutions and / or adjusts the image resolution near the special area of the target area. It can be understood that at -73- this paper size is suitable for 8 S household materials (CNS) M specifications (inflated 297 public love y 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (71) All intersecting voxels a to e in the first sub-quadrant 201a can be estimated by the same number of voxels 値 (ie, 7 voxels), instead of the figure n] B and 11C. The voxels 値 (da, db, dc, and dd) of the diamond voxel, thereby producing the same resolution. The previous scanning elements and scanning units of the optical probe and optical imaging system of the present invention can be modified to provide different sources- Detector configuration and / or construction of the optical probe without departing from the scope of the present invention. As briefly described above, a single wave source may include two or more waveform generators, and therefore includes multiple waveform generators (hereinafter referred to as &Quot; Mixed wave source can be irradiated There are, for example, electromagnetic waves with different waveform characteristics at two different wavelengths. This mixed wave source can be applied to any of the previous source-detector configurations. For example, in FIG. 6B, the wave sources Sab and k of the scanning unit H (can be configured to The irradiator has near-infrared electromagnetic waves with wavelengths of 690 nm and 830 nm, thereby allowing a single scanning unit to generate at least two output signals to represent different optical exposures of chromophores with different electromagnetic waves. This synthetic wave source can also be used to provide a scanning unit that still meets the patented, 972 symmetrical requirements. 13A to 13C are specific embodiments of this scanning unit. Fig. 13A is a symmetrical scan according to the present invention that can satisfy the patent, 972 symmetrical requirements, a specific embodiment of the unit ... Asymmetric scanning single recognition includes two waveform detections Daa, and Dac, and a synthetic wave source Sab is inserted in between . : Skin shape: = a: Da. It is arranged at both ends of the scanning unit ,, and the wave source ab 疋 is arranged at the center, but it is moved away from the central part of the scanning unit \, so that the distance between the waveform detector Daa and the synthetic wave source s: b is one-to-one. —The first distance between the waveform generator and the waveform detector Daa—the short distance and the second distance between a second wave generator and the waveform picker -74- CNS) A4 specification (21GX297 public love) V. Description of the invention (72) The distance between the two-ground two-wave detector Dac and the synthetic waveform source Sab = phase s between the one-waveform generator and the waveform detector Dac One of the first, the distance and-the second between the second waveform generator and the waveform detector ~: two, away. In this way, the asymmetric scanning unit Aa can satisfy the non-description of the patent. 972 = it is another that according to the present invention can meet the needs of symmetry-'where-the second asymmetric scanning unit ~ includes two'ac, and a synthetic waveform detection The Dab is inserted in between. In a specific embodiment, the waveform detector ~ can detect Saa and ja from two wave sources. The emitted electromagnetic waves can meet the needs of symmetry.

,、广在圖13A和13B顯不的先冑3個感測$配置並不如 上述4,感測器配置有效。例如’ 3個感測器配置的掃描單 元可掃描目“區域,而無需重叠任何區域。因此,此單一 可在發色團性質的不正確評估俊及最後較低解析 ^像產生。然而,透過將波源與偵測器組成以形成3及/ 或4個感測器波源-偵測器配置,此缺點便可避免。圖13C 明而由各種不同3及,或4個感測器波源-偵測器 所^的掃描單元圖。光學探棒⑽包括2個波源Sab !: i個波形偵測器Daa、〜、和、,並且定義2個非 ··’ %知描早7L Ac和Ad,其中兩個3個感應器掃描單元可丑 波形偵測器Dac。可了解到波源^和^與波㈣ d态Daa和Dae的組成亦可定義一對稱掃描單元。如上述, 本發明的光學探棒與光學影像系统-可多用途’以定義對稱 或非對稱主要與輔助的掃描單元。 在圖6A至6H、圖7八至7(:、與圖似至⑼中描述的先前 掃描單元的配置亦可產生具有各種不同形狀與大小的光學 探棒。圖14A是根據本發明的一光學影像系統的圓形光學 -75- 本紙張尺奴Μ B g冢料(CNS) A4“(2iq χ撕公爱) 588158 A7 —_________B7 五、發明説明(73 ) 探棒圖,纟中波源與偵測器是配置在—圓形掃描表面,然 而圖14以根據本發明的—光學影㈣統的另—三角形光 學探棒圖,其中感測器是配置在—三角形掃描表面。 圖14A的-圓形%學探棒14G在圓形掃職面上包括$個 波源A至S9)及20個波形偵、測器⑼至Di6)。—影像元件可 ,廷些感應器組成,並且定義各種不同掃描單元,其是因 需要的解析度而$。例如料元件&定義線·性掃描單元 (例如 SrDrDA、S5-D9-D10-S6、Sl-D3-D14-S9、Sl-D5-D12· 心、S^Du-D^-S7等),長方形及/或梯形掃描單元(例如, S2-D3.S5.D7 > S2.S3.D10.D7 > S^D.-D^s, > S^D^-Ss > Sl-D2-D13-S8、SrDu-DwSg、SrDrDu-S#)等。此外,非對 稱掃描單元亦可進一步定義跨在掃描表面。同樣地,一三 角行光學探棒150包括6個波源⑸至心)及9個波形偵測器 (h至D0,而除了非對稱掃描單元之外,可組成線性、類 似,、泉性、長方形、正方形、梯形、或平行四邊形掃描單 元。透過主要掃描單元與輔助掃描單元的組合、及透過處 理由此掃描單元的波形產生器所產生的輸出信號,光學探 棒或光學影像系統可提供符合必要影像解析度的發色團及 /或其性質的二維及/或三維分佈。從圖14A和14B很明顯可 看出額外波源與偵測器是配置在掃描單元的内部,其中額 外波源不照射電磁波,而且其中波形偵測器不會產生任何 輸出信號。 雖然本發明的先前揭露主要是針對發色團性質空間分佈 影像’但是本發明的光學探棒與光學影像系統的運用可產 •76· 本紙張尺度適財Η國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公爱) 588158 A7 ----—__B7 五、發明説明(74 ) 生時間分佈影像。例如,光學探棒的配置可在某一時間間 隔上掃描媒體的-實質相同目標區域。在相同目標區域中 獲得以不同時間間隔偵測的輸出信號差,影像元件可計算 在目標區域的發色團性質暫時變化,並旦產生此性質時間 分佈影像。或者,發色團性質的暫時變化可決定,而且他 們的影像可從在不同時間框獲得的此發色團性質的空間分 佈。例如,鮮探棒的掃描^可重複目標區域的掃描, 並且計算發色團性質的時間分佈圖案。注意,暫時變化及 其分簿通常是與發色團性質的相對變化有關。然而,只要 此發色團性質的絕對値能以任何參考時間框決定,此性質 的先前或隨後變化可轉換成絕對値,反之亦然。 ’/王意,本發明的先前光學探棒與光學影像系統的配置亦 可k供在媒體目標區域的血或水量的暫時變化値。在計算 一人體目標區域血量暫時變化値的具體實施中,氧紅血球 素[HbO];辰度與去氧紅血球素[Hb]濃度可透過一組方程式 (la)和(lb)或透過另一組方程式(2a)和(2b)計算。只要獲得 [Hb]和[HbO] ’加總(亦即,總釭血球素濃度[HbT】,其是 [Hb]和[HbO]的總和)可獲得。透過從位在相同目標區域的 波形偵測器獲得輸出信號,總紅血球素濃度便可獲得。透 過假設在目標區域流入及流出的血球容積器(亦即,在血 液的紅血細胞量百分比)是維持在一固定位準,在目標區 域的血量暫時變化可從目標區域的1HbT]暫時變化的觀點 而直接計算。或者,[Hb]和[HbO]的暫時變化可從方程式 (6a)和(6b)計算,而且[HbT]的暫時變化然後可如同在目標 -77- i紙張尺度適财S S家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) ' 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(75 區域的[Hb]和[HbO]變化的總和獲得。 可了解到,本發明的光學探棒與光學影像系統可運用來 獲得在媒體目標區域的發色團性質的三維分侔影像。如上 述,電磁波可透過波源照射到媒體,並且可藉由一目標區 域及一預定厚度(或深度)所定義的媒體目標體積傳輸。一 組波形方程式可於此三維目標體積形成公式,而且透過波 形偵測器所產生的輸出信號可提供給影像元件,其然後可 使用相關初始及/或邊界條件解決波形方程式,其中來自 波形方程式的此解決是代表媒體目標體積的發色團濃度的 二維分佈。方要維持影像的預先選擇解析度,光學影像探 棒及/或系統最好包括大量的波源與偵測器,以定義在媒 體目標區域的大量體素。假設,一光學探棒與光學影像系 統包括2個波源與4個波形偵測器,並且能以一預先選擇的 解析度產生一目標區域的二維影像。當一目標體積的定義 具有相同目標區域及包括彼此堆疊的N個二維層的一預先 選擇厚度時,此一光學影像系統便需要包括大約2N個波 源與4N個波形偵測器,爲了要維持每個二維層的相同解 析度。然而,此波源與偵測器數量可透過在目標區域產生 足夠的輔助掃描單龙S減少,最好是彼此重疊。如此, 光學探棒與光學影像系統透過配置·影像元件定義及合併足 夠數量的輔助掃描單元,而可需要少量的波源與偵測器。 注意,然而,來自任何光學影像系統的影像解析度本質合 受到典型大約1毫米生理學媒體的平均光子"自由行走距& "的限制。此外,由於在幾乎任何光學影像系統存在的靈 -78- 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公爱)As shown in Figures 13A and 13B, the first three sensor $ configurations are not as good as the above 4, and the sensor configuration is valid. For example, a scanning unit configured with 3 sensors can scan the target area without overlapping any areas. Therefore, this unit can be generated in the incorrect evaluation of the chromophore properties and finally a lower resolution image. However, through By combining the wave source and the detector to form a 3 and / or 4 sensor wave source-detector configuration, this disadvantage can be avoided. Figure 13C shows that a variety of different 3 and or 4 sensor wave source-detection can be used. Scanning unit diagram of the detector. The optical probe ⑽ includes 2 wave sources Sab !: i waveform detectors Daa, ~, and, and defines 2 non -... '% early 7L Ac and Ad, Two of the three sensor scanning units can be the ugly waveform detector Dac. It can be understood that the composition of the wave sources ^ and ^ and the wave ㈣ d states Daa and Dae can also define a symmetrical scanning unit. As described above, the optical detection of the present invention Rod and Optical Imaging System-Multipurpose 'to define symmetric or asymmetric primary and secondary scanning units. Configurations of previous scanning units described in Figures 6A to 6H, Figures 7 to 7 (:, and Figures to 2) Optical probes with various shapes and sizes can also be produced. Figure 14A is the root The circular optics of an optical imaging system of the present invention-75- The paper ruler M B g mound material (CNS) A4 "(2iq χ tear public love) 588158 A7 —_________ B7 V. Description of the invention (73) The wave source and the detector are arranged on a circular scanning surface. However, FIG. 14 is another triangular optical probe diagram of the optical imaging system according to the present invention, in which the sensor is disposed on the triangular scanning surface. 14A-the circular% detection probe 14G includes $ wave sources A to S9) and 20 waveform detectors and detectors D1 to Di6) on a circular sweep surface. — The image element can be composed of these sensors, and various scanning units are defined, which are due to the required resolution. For example, the material element & defines a linear scanning unit (such as SrDrDA, S5-D9-D10-S6, Sl-D3-D14-S9, Sl-D5-D12, heart, S ^ Du-D ^ -S7, etc.), Rectangular and / or trapezoidal scanning unit (e.g., S2-D3.S5.D7 > S2.S3.D10.D7 > S ^ D.-D ^ s, > S ^ D ^ -Ss > Sl-D2 -D13-S8, SrDu-DwSg, SrDrDu-S #), etc. In addition, the asymmetric scanning unit can further define the scanning surface. Similarly, a triangular-row optical probe 150 includes 6 wave sources ⑸ to the heart) and 9 waveform detectors (h to D0, except for asymmetric scanning units, which can be composed of linear, similar, spring, rectangular , Square, trapezoid, or parallelogram scanning unit. Through the combination of the main scanning unit and the auxiliary scanning unit, and by processing the output signal generated by the waveform generator of this scanning unit, an optical probe or optical imaging system can provide the necessary 2D and / or 3D distribution of chromophores and / or properties of image resolution. It is clear from Figures 14A and 14B that the additional wave source and detector are arranged inside the scanning unit, where the additional wave source is not illuminated Electromagnetic waves, and the waveform detector does not generate any output signals. Although the previous disclosure of the present invention is mainly directed to the spatial distribution image of chromophore properties, the application of the optical probe and optical imaging system of the present invention can produce • 76 · This paper is compliant with the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX297 public love) 588158 A7 ----—__ B7 V. Description of the invention (74) Time distribution image For example, the configuration of the optical probe can scan the media for substantially the same target area at a certain time interval. In the same target area, the output signal difference detected at different time intervals is obtained, and the image element can calculate the Chromophore properties change temporarily and produce a time-distributed image of this property. Alternatively, temporary changes in chromophore properties can be determined, and their images can be obtained from the spatial distribution of this chromophore property in different time frames. For example, The scan of the fresh probe ^ can repeat the scan of the target area and calculate the time distribution pattern of the chromophore properties. Note that temporary changes and their sub-books are usually related to relative changes in the chromophore properties. However, as long as this chromophore The absolute value of a property can be determined in any reference time frame, and previous or subsequent changes in this property can be converted into an absolute value, and vice versa. '/ Wang Yi, the configuration of the previous optical probe and optical imaging system of the present invention can also be Temporary changes in blood or water volume in the target area of the media. Calculate the specific changes in blood volume in a human target area. In the case of oxyhemoglobin [HbO]; the degree of concentration and deoxyhemoglobin [Hb] can be calculated through one set of equations (la) and (lb) or through another set of equations (2a) and (2b). Hb] and [HbO] 'total (that is, the total haematocrit concentration [HbT], which is the sum of [Hb] and [HbO]) can be obtained. Obtained from a waveform detector located in the same target area By outputting the signal, the total erythropoietin concentration can be obtained. By assuming that the hematocrit inflow and outflow in the target area (ie, the percentage of red blood cells in the blood) is maintained at a fixed level, the blood volume in the target area is temporarily The change can be calculated directly from the viewpoint of 1HbT] temporary change in the target area. Alternatively, the temporary change of [Hb] and [HbO] can be calculated from equations (6a) and (6b), and the temporary change of [HbT] can then be as In the target-77-i paper scale SS Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public love) '588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (obtained from the sum of [Hb] and [HbO] changes in 75 areas. It can be understood that the optical probe and optical imaging system of the present invention can be used to obtain a three-dimensionally divided image of the chromophore properties in the target area of the media. As mentioned above, the electromagnetic wave can be irradiated to the media through the wave source, and can be transmitted through a target volume defined by a target area and a predetermined thickness (or depth). A set of waveform equations can be formulated in this three-dimensional target volume, and the output signal generated by the waveform detector can be provided to the image element, which can then use the relevant initial and / or boundary conditions to solve the waveform equation. This solution is a two-dimensional distribution of chromophore concentrations representing the target volume of the media. To maintain the pre-selected resolution of the image, the optical image probe and / or system preferably includes a large number of wave sources and detectors to define a large number of voxels in the target area of the media. It is assumed that an optical probe and an optical imaging system include two wave sources and four waveform detectors, and can generate a two-dimensional image of a target area with a preselected resolution. When the definition of a target volume has the same target area and a preselected thickness including N two-dimensional layers stacked on each other, the optical imaging system needs to include about 2N wave sources and 4N waveform detectors. The same resolution for each two-dimensional layer. However, the number of this wave source and detector can be reduced by generating sufficient auxiliary scans in the target area, and it is better to overlap each other. In this way, the optical probe and the optical imaging system define and combine a sufficient number of auxiliary scanning units through configuration and image elements, and a small number of wave sources and detectors may be required. Note, however, that the image resolution from any optical imaging system is essentially limited by the average photon " free walking distance " of a typical physiological medium of about 1 mm. In addition, due to the existence of spirit in almost any optical imaging system -78- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love)

Order

綠 588158 五、發明説明(76 ) 敏度限制、或電與機械雜訊,影像的最佳解析度可以是在 數公釐或大約1¾米到5¾米的範圍。如此,先前體素與相 交體素便具有小於1毫米到5亳米的大小,更明確而言,大 約1毫米不需要最後影像提高解析度。 本發明的先前光學影像系統與光學探棒可用來決定發色 團的強度性質,例如濃度、濃度總和、及/或此濃度比 率。先前光學影像系統與光學探棒亦可用來估計發色團性 質,例如體積、質量、重量、容積測定流率、與質量流率 等。 可了解到,先前光學影像系統、光學探棒、及方法的調 整可提供不同發色團或性質的分佈影像。因爲不同發色團 通常是響應具有不同波長的電磁波,所以此光學影像系統 與探棒的波源處理可照射能與預先選擇發色團相互作用的 電磁波。例如,具有600毫微米與1〇〇〇毫微米之間波長的 近紅外線波,例如大約690毫微米與83〇亳微米可適於測量 紅血球素及其性質的分佈圖案。然而,具有8〇〇毫微米與 1,〇〇〇毫微米之間波長的近紅外線波,例如大約9〇〇毫微米 亦可用來測量媒體的水份的分佈圖案。用以偵測一特殊發 U色團的一理想波長遠擇通常是因發色團及波源及/或偵測 器的工作特性等的光學吸收及/或擴散性質而定。 本發明的先前光學影像系統、光學探棒、及方法可臨 床運用來偵測人體胸部、腦部、與人體任何其他部位的腫 瘤與脈動情況,其中例如擴散光學局部χ射線檢查法的先 前光學影像方法可應用。先前光學影像系統及方法亦可運Green 588158 5. Description of the invention (76) Sensitivity limitation, or electrical and mechanical noise, the best resolution of the image can be in the range of several millimeters or about 1¾ to 5¾ meters. In this way, the previous voxel and the intersected voxel have a size of less than 1 mm to 5 mm, and more specifically, about 1 mm does not require a final image to improve the resolution. The prior optical imaging system and optical probe of the present invention can be used to determine the intensity properties of the chromophore, such as the concentration, the sum of the concentrations, and / or the concentration ratio. Previous optical imaging systems and optical probes can also be used to estimate chromophore properties, such as volume, mass, weight, volumetric flow rate, and mass flow rate. It can be understood that the adjustment of previous optical imaging systems, optical probes, and methods can provide distribution images of different chromophores or properties. Because different chromophores usually respond to electromagnetic waves with different wavelengths, the wave source processing of this optical imaging system and probe can radiate electromagnetic waves that can interact with a preselected chromophore. For example, a near-infrared wave having a wavelength between 600 nm and 1,000 nm, such as about 690 nm and 8300 μm, may be suitable for measuring the distribution pattern of heme and its properties. However, a near-infrared wave having a wavelength between 800 nm and 1,000 nm, such as about 900 nm, can also be used to measure the moisture distribution pattern of a medium. An ideal wavelength selection for detecting a particular chromophore is usually determined by the optical absorption and / or diffusion properties of the chromophore and the source and / or detector operating characteristics. The previous optical imaging system, optical probe, and method of the present invention can be used clinically to detect tumors and pulsations in the human chest, brain, and any other part of the human body, such as the previous optical images of diffuse optical local x-ray examination The method is applicable. Previous optical imaging systems and methods can also be applied

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(77 ) 用到評估進出轉換器官或四肢、及/或自動記錄或同種異 體移植身體部位或組織的血流量。先前光學影像系統及方 法的配置可取代例如超聲波、X射線、EEG、與雷射聲音 診斷。此外,此光學影像系統及方法的修改可適於具複雜 光子擴散現象及或具非平坦外表面的生理學媒體。 範例 下列範例是根據本發明而描述透過光學系统及方法所獲 得模擬與十驗結果。所有模擬與實驗結果表示光學系統及 方法可提供紅血球素濃度與氧飽和的正確預測及/或測 量。 範例1 擴散方程式(3b)可數値解決具各種不同結構配置的多重 波源與偵測器的光學證明。該等方程式可運用於一取樣生 理學的媒體,例如具不同背景光學性質的半無限、同質擴 散媒體。擴散反射係數可根據由R.C· Haskell等人在1994年 於 Journal of Optical Society of America 第 11 册第 2727-2741 頁的名稱"Boundary conditions for the diffusion equation in radiative transfer”中揭露的一影像來源方法而計算。G(亦 即,在不同波長上森挺的?^與[~2比)的値是在氧飽和(S02) 的不同位準上評估,而且符合多項·式。 圖15至17是氧飽和(S02)函數的G繪圖。如圖所示,所有 模擬結果顯示是在G與氧飽和(S02)之間的一對一關係。此 外,所有圖式表示只要氧飽和實質對於模擬的波源-偵測 器結構與背景光學性質不敏感的G關係。 -80· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇χ 297公釐)588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (77) It is used to evaluate the blood flow in or out of the converted organ or limb, and / or automatically recorded or allografted body part or tissue. The configuration of previous optical imaging systems and methods can replace, for example, ultrasound, X-ray, EEG, and laser sound diagnostics. In addition, the modification of this optical imaging system and method can be adapted to physiological media with complex photon diffusion phenomena and / or non-flat outer surfaces. Examples The following examples describe the simulation and ten-point results obtained through optical systems and methods according to the present invention. All simulation and experimental results indicate that the optical system and method can provide correct prediction and / or measurement of heme concentration and oxygen saturation. Example 1 The diffusion equation (3b) can count the optical proof of multiple wave sources and detectors with various configurations. These equations can be applied to a sample of physiological media, such as semi-infinite, homogeneous diffusion media with different background optical properties. The diffuse reflection coefficient can be based on an image source method disclosed by RC Haskell et al. In the name of the Journal of Optical Society of America, Vol. 11, page 2727-2741, 1994 " Boundary conditions for the diffusion equation in radiative transfer " And the calculation. G (that is, sturdy at different wavelengths? ^ And [~ 2 ratio) of 値 are evaluated at different levels of oxygen saturation (S02) and conform to polynomials. G plot of the oxygen saturation (S02) function. As shown in the figure, all simulation results show a one-to-one relationship between G and oxygen saturation (S02). In addition, all the diagrams show that as long as the oxygen saturation is substantially the same for the simulated wave source -G relationship between the detector structure and the background optical properties is not sensitive. -80 · This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇 × 297 mm)

Order

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(78 ) 例如最小平方根方法的傳統曲線適合方法可用來數値評 估多項式方程式(1〇)(亦即a〇、q、α3 ·)的係數。例 如,在獲得多項式方程式之後,一系統可透過具有波長 780毫微米與830毫微米的電磁波照射具有10 cm·1的背景減 少散佈係數與每公升10-4莫耳的總紅血球濃度,而且發現 可滿足近似在G與氧飽和(S〇2)之間的關係: ph \ ; G - = °·728+· S02 + 0.Q64 · SO^ + 〇.〇67 ^ S〇l ; (18) A .j • i 範例2 ! 進一步模擬可在具有7 cm·1的背景散佈係數與每公升2 χ 10 4莫耳的總紅血球濃度的一系統中執行。在模擬中,氧 飽和(S〇2)可從0改變成1〇〇%。圖18是計算的氧飽和與實際 氧飽和的比較圖。雖然用來找出在G與氧飽和之間關係的 背景性質是相當不同,但是評估的氧濃度是具有大約數個 百分比系統誤差的正確性。 範例3 一光學系統可準,而且在一人體四肢動脈閉塞之前與之 後,紅血球濃度與氧飽和可受監督。在此範例是使用圖 3A的光學系統,包·择以線性方式配置的兩波源與兩波形 偵測器°兩波形偵測器是線性配置,而且隔開6毫米。兩 波源是配置在每個波形偵測器的外部,所以左波源是以9 毫米距離配置在左波形偵測器的左‘,而且右波源是以9 毫米距離配置在右波形偵測器的右邊。因此,每對波源與 偵測器具有相同近距離與遠距離。 _ -81 - ^紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公釐) — --- 588158 A7 B7 [Hb] 五、發明説明(79 ) 波源具有2毫米的一外部直徑,而且包括雷射二極體(模 型 HL6738MG與 HL8325G,兩者可從 Thorlabs Inc·,Newton, NJ獲得),用以照射分別具波長690毫微米與830毫微米的 電磁波。光偵測器(模型OPT202,可從Barr-Brown,Tucson, AZ獲得)可當作波形偵測使用。 一反摺部分是放置在上手臂附近,而且光學探棒是放置 在前臂。在物體穩定後/反摺部分壓力會在大_約35秒增加 到大約160 mmHg,而且保持相同位準大約40秒,然後回 到大氣壓力位準。總紅血球素、氧紅血球素、與去氧紅血 球素的絕對濃度可受監督,而且氧飽和可計算出。 圖19是根據本發明的總紅血球素[HbT]濃度、氧紅血球 素[HbO]濃度、與去氧紅血球素[Hb]濃度的時間曲線圖, 而且圖20是根據本發明的氧飽和的時間區曲線圖。如圖所 示,紅血球素濃度與氧飽和會在閉塞開始階段期間逐漸減 少後而明顯降低。在解除之後,濃度與氧飽和會顯示急速 增加。這些結果表示根據本發明的光學系統與方法可提供 紅血球素濃度與氧飽和的正確預測。這些結果亦顯示持有 適當的反應特性。 使用上述解決方法的進一步具體實施例 例如,在上述方法之後,去氧紅·血球素[Hb]濃度、氧紅 血球素[HbO]濃度、與氧飽和S02可透過下列方程式(8a)至 (8d)及9(b)獲得: 〜 • (8a) -82- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 裝 訂Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (78) The traditional curve fitting method such as the least square root method can be used to evaluate the coefficients of the polynomial equation (10) (that is, a0, q, α3 ·). For example, after obtaining the polynomial equation, a system can reduce the spreading coefficient and the total red blood cell concentration of 10-4 mol per liter by irradiating electromagnetic waves with wavelengths of 780 nm and 830 nm with a background of 10 cm · 1. Satisfy the relationship between G and oxygen saturation (S〇2): ph \; G-= ° · 728 + · S02 + 0.Q64 · SO ^ + 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 〇 S〇l; (18) A .j • i Example 2! Further simulations can be performed in a system with a background dispersion coefficient of 7 cm · 1 and a total red blood cell concentration of 2 x 10 4 mol per liter. In the simulation, the oxygen saturation (S02) can be changed from 0 to 100%. Fig. 18 is a graph comparing the calculated oxygen saturation with the actual oxygen saturation. Although the background properties used to find the relationship between G and oxygen saturation are quite different, the estimated oxygen concentration is correct with a few percent systematic errors. Example 3 An optical system can be calibrated, and red blood cell concentration and oxygen saturation can be monitored before and after occlusion of a human limb artery. In this example, the optical system of FIG. 3A is used. The two-wave source and two-waveform detectors arranged in a linear manner are used. The two-waveform detectors are linearly arranged and spaced 6 mm apart. The two wave sources are arranged outside each waveform detector, so the left wave source is arranged to the left of the left waveform detector at a distance of 9 mm, and the right wave source is arranged to the right of the right waveform detector at a distance of 9 mm. . Therefore, each pair of wave source and detector have the same close and long distances. _ -81-^ The paper size applies the Zhongguanjia Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297 mm) — --- 588158 A7 B7 [Hb] 5. Description of the invention (79) The wave source has an external diameter of 2 mm, and Includes laser diodes (models HL6738MG and HL8325G, both available from Thorlabs Inc., Newton, NJ) for irradiating electromagnetic waves with wavelengths of 690 nm and 830 nm, respectively. The light detector (model OPT202, available from Barr-Brown, Tucson, AZ) can be used as waveform detection. A reversed part is placed near the upper arm, and the optical probe is placed on the forearm. After the object stabilizes, the pressure in the reflex section will increase to about 160 mmHg in about 35 seconds, and maintain the same level for about 40 seconds, and then return to the atmospheric pressure level. The absolute concentrations of total heme, oxyhemoglobin, and deoxyhemoglobin can be monitored, and oxygen saturation can be calculated. FIG. 19 is a time curve diagram of total hemoglobin [HbT] concentration, oxyhemoglobin [HbO] concentration, and deoxyhemoglobin [Hb] concentration according to the present invention, and FIG. 20 is a time zone of oxygen saturation according to the present invention Graph. As shown in the figure, erythropoietin concentration and oxygen saturation decrease significantly during the occlusion initiation phase. After release, the concentration and oxygen saturation show a rapid increase. These results indicate that the optical system and method according to the present invention can provide a correct prediction of erythrocyte concentration and oxygen saturation. These results also show that proper response characteristics are held. Further specific embodiments using the above solution method. For example, after the above method, the concentration of deoxyred · hemoglobin [Hb], the concentration of oxyhemoglobin [HbO], and oxygen saturation S02 can be transmitted through the following equations (8a) to (8d) And 9 (b) obtained: ~ • (8a) -82- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) binding

A7 B7 五、發明説明(8〇 ) 0Dh 二A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (80) 0Dh II

^ ODM iHb0> = (5j'lZ)jiiljW - ^s\d\^sid\ ~ Fk = {Bl^DlL^Dl - ^l^l^sipr)^ (^ΙϋΐΑνίΙ»! ^ ^s\Dl^SlD2) s〇2 h OD^ FM εια QDXi pM^ (^/Λ - €Hb〇) 0Dh F^ 〇DXi ~ Gui) :_ : (8c): (8d) (9b) 其中參數”sHb”和"sHb。"分別表示去氧與氧紅血球素濃度的 消散係數,變數n〇D”是定義成透過一波形偵測器所偵測 光強度(亦即,電磁波的大小與振幅)對數比的一光學密 度,參數"B"是傳統已知爲一路徑長度因素,參數"LsiDj”是 在第i波源與第j波形偵測器間的一距離,而且上標"和 πλ2”是表示透過分別具有波長λ2的電磁波照射所獲得 的一系統參數或變數。 或者,影像單元的對數單元或影像建構單元可採用例如 先前專利472中所揭露的過於武斷決定的反覆方法,其中 [Hb]、[HbO]、和S02的絕對値可透過下列方程式(17a)至 (17c)決定,其每個是分別對應專利W72的方程式(17a)至 (17c): [肋1: (17a) Γ rrun] — ^ « (17b) SO, [HbO] (17c) ㈣十[剩吟心‘¥:)十卜>卜如) •83· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(81 其中參數"μ/表示媒體的一吸收係數。注意,本發明的影 像元件配置可接收透過波形偵測器所產生的輸出信號,並 且計算光學密度,以提供給演算法單元或影像建構單元。 只要紅血球素濃度的絕對値或其變化是可決定,影像元件 便可透過採用下面詳細討論(亦在2001年2月5日所申請的 美國專利案號(不詳)名稱’’Optical Imaging Systems for Direct Image Construction··中討論,其在此僅列出供參考) 的一即時影像建構技術而產生代表紅血球素的二維或三維 空間及/或時間分佈影像。 或者,紅血球素分佈變化可透過媒體目標區域的光學特 性變化評估而決定。例如,氧與去氧紅血球素濃度變化可 從透過具有兩不同波長的電磁波所測量的明顯係數差而計 算,在一數値方法中,光子擴散方程式可透過運用在例如 Keijer 等人户斤發表名稱"Optical Diffusion in Layered Media··,Applied Optics,第 27册、第 1820-1824 頁(1988)與 Haskell 等人所發表名稱"Boundary Conditions for Diffusion Equation in Radiative Transfer’·,Journal of Optical Society of America,A,第 11册,第 2727-2741 頁(1994)中揭露的擴 散近似値而修改及解'決。 裝 訂^ ODM iHb0 > = (5j'lZ) jiiljW-^ s \ d \ ^ sid \ ~ Fk = (Bl ^ DlL ^ Dl-^ l ^ l ^ sipr) ^ (^ ΙϋΐΑνίΙ »! ^ ^ S \ Dl ^ SlD2 ) 〇〇2 h OD ^ FM εια QDXi pM ^ (^ / Λ-€ Hb〇) 0Dh F ^ 〇DXi ~ Gui): _: (8c): (8d) (9b) where the parameters "sHb" and " sHb. " Represents the dissipation coefficients of deoxygenated and oxyhemoglobin concentrations, respectively, and the variable “NOD” is an optical density defined as the logarithmic ratio of the light intensity (ie, the magnitude and amplitude of the electromagnetic wave) detected by a waveform detector. The parameter "B" is traditionally known as a path length factor. The parameter "LsiDj" is a distance between the i-th wave source and the j-th waveform detector, and the superscripts "quote and πλ2" are A system parameter or variable obtained by irradiation with an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of λ2. Alternatively, the logarithmic unit or image construction unit of the image unit may use an iterative method such as the one disclosed in the previous patent 472, where [Hb], [HbO ], And S02's absolute 値 can be determined by the following equations (17a) to (17c), each of which is the corresponding equation (17a) to (17c) of the patent W72: [Rib 1: (17a) Γ rrun] — ^ «(17b) SO, [HbO] (17c) ㈣ 十 [Remaining Yin '¥:) Shibu > Buru) • 83 · This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (81 where parameter & qu ot; μ / represents an absorption coefficient of the media. Note that the image element configuration of the present invention can receive the output signal generated by the waveform detector and calculate the optical density to provide the algorithm unit or the image construction unit. As long as the red blood cells The absolute concentration of the element concentration or its change is determinable, and the image element can be discussed in detail by using the following (also applied for US Patent No. (unknown) name of "Optical Imaging Systems for Direct Image Construction" on February 5, 2001) ··, which is only listed here for reference), a real-time image construction technique to generate a two-dimensional or three-dimensional spatial and / or temporal distribution image representing red blood cells. Alternatively, changes in red blood cell distribution can be transmitted through the target area of the media. It is determined by the evaluation of changes in optical properties. For example, the changes in oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations can be calculated from the apparent coefficient difference measured through electromagnetic waves with two different wavelengths. In a numerical method, the photon diffusion equation can be applied by, for example, applying Keijer and others published the name " Optical Diffusion in Layered Media ··, App Lied Optics, Book 27, pages 1820-1824 (1988) and the names published by Haskell et al. " Boundary Conditions for Diffusion Equation in Radiative Transfer ', Journal of Optical Society of America, A, Book 11, Book 2727 The diffusion approximation disclosed in -2741 (1994) was modified and resolved. Binding

k 中纪(Γ议,rov)k Zhong Ji (Γ, rov)

从·, Μ,Η -Δ〜· .;(19) 其中符號”〇SC(Isi,Idj)"代表響應一第i波源而透過一第j -84- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 观158 、發明説明( ===:量的—正常光學密度,變數、"和分 如在-第形偵測㈣位置,符號"Δ〜"是表示例 在弟W素的%收係㈣化的組織光學置換 和Ν"分別是測量次數與重建的體素値,而 二其代表一光子從第1波源到媒體目標㈣内 加權彳:可由波形_器偵測。方_^^ γ:!(2〇) 其中參數”h3"是一體素的體積,"Dph_"代表一光子擴散係 數而且V表示生理學媒體的光速。此外,變數"〇sc(rsi, rdj·)"是正常光學密度,其表示如下·· Λ #ι) 其中變數"Γ代表感測器組件所測量的輸出信號,該感測 器組件是由第i波源與第j波形偵測器所組成,而且分別配 置在位置"rsi,,和"rDj",而且變數"Ib,,表示由波形偵測器所 決定的一輸出信號基線。 例如’直接矩陣倒轉與同時反覆·重建技術的各種不同方 法可用來解決上述一組方程式(19)至(21)。只要組織光學 擾亂"Δμ^"和"Δμλν,透過照射分別具有兩不同波長λ2 的電磁波,氧紅血球素與去氧紅血球素濃度變化便可如下 示獲得: 85 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7(19) where the symbol "〇SC (Isi, Idj)" represents a response to an i-th wave source and passes through a j-84- This paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) View 158, invention description (===: quantity—normal optical density, variable, " and points such as in the -shape detection position, the symbol " Δ ~ " is The table shows the optical tissue replacement and the N " of the tissue of the prime factor, which are the number of measurements and the reconstructed voxels, respectively. Second, it represents the weighting of a photon from the first wave source to the media target.器 器 测试。 方 _ ^^ γ:! (2〇) where the parameter "h3" is the volume of an integrin, "Dph_" represents a photon diffusion coefficient and V represents the speed of light of a physiological medium. In addition, the variable " 〇sc (rsi, rdj ·) " is a normal optical density, which is expressed as follows: Λ # ι) where the variable " Γ represents the output signal measured by the sensor component, which is an i-th wave source And j-th waveform detector, and are respectively arranged at the positions " rsi, and " rDj ", and change &Quot; Ib ,, baseline represents a signal output by the waveform detector is determined. For example, various methods of direct matrix inversion and simultaneous iteration and reconstruction techniques can be used to solve the above set of equations (19) to (21). As long as the tissue optical disturbances " Δμ ^ " and " Δμλν, by irradiating electromagnetic waves with two different wavelengths λ2 respectively, the changes in the concentration of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin can be obtained as follows: 85 This paper scale applies Chinese national standards (CNS) Α4 size (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7

:\(22a) •·ϋ .: 此) :·:ϋ • ·ί·. • · 其中L是在波源與偵測器之間的距離,而且參數ελ1 λ2 Wb Ν ε 2Hb、SUHb0、與SX1Hb〇是分別在兩不同波長Μ、λ2的氧紅 血球素與去氧紅血球素的消散係數。 將專利’972的先前解決方法合併於本發明的光學影像系 統可在先前技藝光學I影像技術上提供額外優點。相較 允許紅血球素或發色團濃度變化測量的cws,先前光學影 像系統可提供一直接裝置,用以評估生理學媒體的紅血球 素或發色團性質絕對値的空間分佈或暫時變化,藉此允許 内科醫生可根據紅血球素或發色團性質絕對値的直接診 斷。此外,如下的詳細描述,先前光學影像系統可合併於 傳統光學影像系統及其光學探棒,該光學影像系統可包括 在幾乎任意結構中配置任何數量的波源及/或偵測器。因 此’在此討論的本發明具體實施例的運用可構成光學影像 系統,而可適於特殊臨床應用,而無需妥協他們的效率特 性。 . 本發明的光學影像系統可透過使用在專利,972揭露的解 決方法之中一者來獲得多重波形方程式解決,而可決定發 色團性質的絕對或相對値。因此,就滿足專利,972而言, 此光學影像系統的工作特性通常不受波源及/或偵測器的: \ (22a) • · ϋ.: This): ·: ϋ • · ί ·. • • where L is the distance between the wave source and the detector, and the parameters ελ1 λ2 Wb Ν ε 2Hb, SUHb0, and SX1Hb O is the dissipation coefficient of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin at two different wavelengths M and λ2, respectively. Incorporating the previous solution of the patent '972 into the optical imaging system of the present invention provides additional advantages over prior art optical I imaging techniques. Compared to cws, which allows measurement of changes in the concentration of erythrocytes or chromophores, previous optical imaging systems can provide a direct device to evaluate the absolute or spatial distribution of temporary changes in the properties of erythrocytes or chromophores in physiological media Allows physicians to make a direct diagnosis based on the absolute nature of red blood cells or chromophores. In addition, as described in detail below, previous optical imaging systems can be combined with traditional optical imaging systems and their optical probes. The optical imaging system can include any number of wave sources and / or detectors in almost any structure. Therefore, the use of the specific embodiments of the present invention discussed herein can constitute an optical imaging system, and can be adapted for special clinical applications without compromising their efficiency characteristics. The optical imaging system of the present invention can obtain multiple waveform equations by using one of the solutions disclosed in Patent, 972, and can determine the absolute or relative chirp of the chromophore properties. Therefore, in terms of satisfying the patent, 972, the operating characteristics of this optical imaging system are generally not affected by the wave source and / or the detector.

Order

line

五、發明説明(84 ) 實際結構的影響。如此,本發明的光學影像系統可包括以 幾乎任意結構配置的任意數量的波源及/或偵測器,而且 符合先前對稱需求。然而,本發明的感測器組件或掃描單 元可根據一些半經驗規則而構成,這些經驗規則預期可提 供發色團性質的評估絕對或相對値的提高正確性、可信 度、及/或再用。此範例設計規則是:(丨)每個掃描單元可 包括至少兩波源及至少兩波形偵測器;及(2)在波源與偵 測器之間的距離不會超過波形偵測器的一臨i値敏感範 圍’其範圍可從例如數公分到10公分,或特別是對於人體 與動物組織是大約5公分。圖4和5是根據先前設計規則而 描述掃描單元的一些具體實施例。 圖4是根據本發明的一可動元件與掃描單元的截面上視 圖。相較於每個波源是由多重波形偵測器所圍繞的傳統波 源-偵測器配置、或反之亦然,圖4的掃描單元125是由兩 波源122 (亦即,心和so所定義,其每個是沿著縱軸127配 置。掃描單元125可進一步包括兩波形偵測器124 (亦即, Di和D2),其是沿著相同抽127而在兩波源122之間插入, 而且是以實質相等距離隔開。因此,掃描單元I25是定義 沿著相同轴127而延> 的掃描區域,而且具有可透過例如 波源122的照射能力或放射功率的一特性、波形偵測器124 的靈敏度或偵測範圍、媒體的光學特性等決定的一特性。 ,可了解到’圖4的掃描單元125可滿足專利,972的對稱需 求’亦即’波源與偵測器的配置可在可動元件及/或掃描 單元移動期間實質維持其間相同的近與遠距離。例如,在 87- ^8158 A7V. Description of the invention (84) Influence of actual structure. In this way, the optical imaging system of the present invention can include any number of wave sources and / or detectors configured in almost any structure, and meets the previous symmetrical requirements. However, the sensor assembly or scanning unit of the present invention may be constructed according to some semi-empirical rules that are expected to provide an absolute or relative assessment of the chromophore properties to improve accuracy, credibility, and / or reproducibility. use. The design rules for this example are: (丨) each scanning unit may include at least two wave sources and at least two wave detectors; and (2) the distance between the wave source and the detector will not exceed one face of the wave detector i 'Sensitive range' can range from, for example, a few centimeters to 10 centimeters, or especially about 5 centimeters for human and animal tissues. Figures 4 and 5 illustrate some specific embodiments of the scanning unit according to previous design rules. Fig. 4 is a sectional top view of a movable element and a scanning unit according to the present invention. Compared to a conventional wave source-detector configuration in which each wave source is surrounded by a multiple waveform detector, or vice versa, the scanning unit 125 in FIG. 4 is defined by two wave sources 122 (that is, heart and so, Each of them is configured along the vertical axis 127. The scanning unit 125 may further include two waveform detectors 124 (ie, Di and D2), which are inserted between the two wave sources 122 along the same pumping 127, and are They are separated by substantially equal distances. Therefore, the scanning unit I25 defines a scanning area extending along the same axis 127, and has a characteristic that can pass through, for example, the irradiating ability or radiation power of the wave source 122, the waveform detector 124 A characteristic determined by the sensitivity or detection range, the optical characteristics of the media, etc. It can be understood that 'the scanning unit 125 in FIG. 4 can meet the patent, and the symmetrical requirements of 972', that is, the configuration of the wave source and the detector can be in the movable element And / or the scanning unit maintains substantially the same near and long distances during its movement. For example, at 87- ^ 8158 A7

line

Order

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(86 ) 上視圖。掃描單元125包括2個波源122 ^[和SO,其是沿著 縱軸127配置·,及4個波形偵測器124 (0!至〇4),其每個是 在兩波源122之間插入,而且是以實質相等距離沿著相同 軸127對準。圖5的具體實施例的一觀點是不同於圖4。首 先,圖5的掃描單元125不必然要滿足圖4的近與遠距離結 構。例如,雖然第一及第四波形偵測器(]〇1和d4)與第二及 第二波形偵測器(Da和Ds)可滿足在專利,972 .置的對稱需 求,但是近與遠距離是不同於第一及第三波形偵測器(Di 和D3)及第二及第四波形偵測器⑺2和DO。此外,電磁波的 香蕉形路徑(參考圖)亦揭露每對波源122與偵測器124是涵 蓋目標區域的不同部分,因此,可透過在媒體不同部分的 不同延伸上吸收及擴散的電磁波而產生輸出信號。然而, 透過在兩波源122之間等距離插入所有4個波形偵測器 124,媒體的整個目標區域可沿著媒體的厚度及/或深度而 由圖5的波源-偵測器組件實質一致性涵蓋。因此,圖5的 掃描單元125亦可在整個掃描區域或掃描體積提供媒體的 相當一致性涵蓋。此外,圖5的掃描單元125可提供一較長 的掃描區域,因爲它包括更多的波形偵測器124,因此, 可沿著軸127而延伸超過圖4的一者,並且可涵蓋較長,而 且每個測量的目標區域可能較寬。因此,媒體的一不正常 可透過例如比較由波形偵測器124所產生的輸出信號而更 容易使用此較長的掃描單元125偵蝌,而該波形偵測器可 涵蓋較長或較寬的掃描區域。如H例所示,輸出信號的 突然增加或減少是表示例如具有較大或較小消散或吸收係588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (86) Top view. The scanning unit 125 includes two wave sources 122 ^ [and SO, which are arranged along the vertical axis 127, and four waveform detectors 124 (0! To 〇4), each of which is inserted between the two wave sources 122 And are aligned along the same axis 127 at substantially equal distances. An aspect of the embodiment of FIG. 5 is different from that of FIG. 4. First, the scanning unit 125 of FIG. 5 does not necessarily have to satisfy the near and long distance structures of FIG. 4. For example, although the first and fourth waveform detectors (] 〇1 and d4) and the second and second waveform detectors (Da and Ds) can meet the symmetrical requirements of the patent, 972, but near and far The distance is different from the first and third waveform detectors (Di and D3) and the second and fourth waveform detectors ⑺2 and DO. In addition, the banana-shaped path of the electromagnetic wave (refer to the figure) also reveals that each pair of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 cover different parts of the target area. Therefore, the output can be generated by absorbing and diffusing electromagnetic waves on different extensions of different parts of the media signal. However, by inserting all four waveform detectors 124 equidistantly between the two wave sources 122, the entire target area of the media can be substantially consistent by the source-detector component of FIG. 5 along the thickness and / or depth of the media. Covered. Therefore, the scanning unit 125 of FIG. 5 can also provide a fairly consistent coverage of the media over the entire scanning area or scanning volume. In addition, the scanning unit 125 of FIG. 5 can provide a longer scanning area because it includes more waveform detectors 124. Therefore, it can extend beyond the one of FIG. 4 along the axis 127 and can cover a longer , And the target area for each measurement may be wider. Therefore, an abnormality of the media can be more easily detected by using the longer scanning unit 125 by comparing the output signal generated by the waveform detector 124, and the waveform detector can cover a longer or wider Scanning area. As shown in example H, a sudden increase or decrease in the output signal indicates, for example, that there is a larger or smaller dissipation or absorption system.

=腫瘤不正常會由沿著由負責曲線輸出信號的一對波 ^'測1歧義的延伸掃描區域或_而存在。此外, 掃描單疋125產生的輸出信號涵蓋—較長與較寬的掃 區域,所影像元件14G可提供輸出信號的-更可靠基 線’因此’可執行輸出信號的更可靠自我校準。此自我校 準程序的細節將在下面圖45C提供。 具體實施例的變化 · 口波源-偵測器配置的修改亦可提供具有不同結構的掃描 單疋,而不致於達背本發明。例如,掃描單元可包括三個 ^夕個波源(或偵測器),其中至少兩或所有波源(或偵測器) 可沿著掃描單元的縱軸而實質線性配置。波形偵測器(或 波源)可進一步沿著掃描單元的相同軸或沿著可動元件的 縱軸而在兩或多個波源(或偵測器)之間插入。或者,掃描 f元可包括至少兩波源(或偵測器),其中第一波源(或偵測 备)是在掃描單元的軸上的一端配置,而第二波源(或偵測 器)的對稱配置是與掃描單元的軸或可動元件的縱軸有 關、或亦與掃描單元中配置的對稱點有關。 在本發明的另一觀點中,一光學影像系統包括至少一波 源及至少一波形偵測器,其每個是與固定或移動配置的一 主體隸合。此光學影像系統的配置可實質類似圖1,例如 包括先前主體110、具有至少一波_源122及至少一波形偵測 器124的至少一感測器組件(對應圖丨.妁可動元件12〇); 一激 勵器元件130,用以產生主體ι10及與目標區域有關的可動 元件120之中至少一者的該等先前移動之中至少一者;及 -90- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 發明説明 一影像元件140,用以從感測器組件120接收信號,及用以 產生發色團性質及/或分佈影像。 激勵 在一具體實施例,主體配置的移動是與目標區域有關, 而感測器組件是與主體的一掃描表面固定耦合。因爲波源 與偵測器是與主體固定耦合,並且在其間維持一固定幾何 配置’所以激勵器元件可移動主體,以致於主體的單一移 動可使感測器組件與主體合併移動。此具體實施例對於透 過在感測器組件與主體之間固定耦合達成簡單機械結構構 與提升機械支援是很有用的。 在另一具體實施例中,激勵器元件可產生感測器組件與 主體的個別移動,所以當將他隨著目標區域移動時,感測 器、’且件與主體之中每一者的移動是與另一者有關。儘管複 雜的設計與控制需要,此具體實施例的優點是提供感測器 組件可沿著感測器組件及/或主體曲線移動的固定與變化 而彈性掃描目標區域的不同部分。 有關先前光學影像系統的其他具體實施例亦可運用於圖 4的本發明觀點。例如,激勵器元件可連續、間歇、或週 期性產生一或多個赛動。激勵器元件亦能以目標區域的時 間及/或位置的固定速度或變化速度而產生此移動。或 者,激勵器元件的配置可進一步產生同時或連續移動。 連接器的使用 在仍然是本發明的另一觀點中,光學影像系統包括先前 波源之中至少一者、先前波形偵測器之中至少一者、一激 -91 - t紙張尺度適财@目家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公爱)' --------= The tumor abnormality will exist by extending the scanning area or _ along with a pair of waves that are responsible for outputting the signal. In addition, the output signal generated by the scanning unit 125 covers a longer and wider scanning area, and the image element 14G can provide an output signal-a more reliable baseline. Therefore, a more reliable self-calibration of the output signal can be performed. Details of this self-calibration procedure are provided below in Figure 45C. Changes in Specific Embodiments The modification of the configuration of the mouth wave source-detector can also provide a scanning unit with a different structure without deviating from the present invention. For example, the scanning unit may include three wave sources (or detectors), and at least two or all of the wave sources (or detectors) may be arranged substantially linearly along the longitudinal axis of the scanning unit. The waveform detector (or wave source) can be further inserted between two or more wave sources (or detectors) along the same axis of the scanning unit or along the longitudinal axis of the movable element. Alternatively, the scanning f element may include at least two wave sources (or detectors), where the first wave source (or detection device) is arranged at one end on the axis of the scanning unit, and the second wave source (or detector) is symmetrical The arrangement is related to the axis of the scanning unit or the vertical axis of the movable element, or also to the point of symmetry in the scanning unit. In another aspect of the invention, an optical imaging system includes at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector, each of which is associated with a subject in a fixed or mobile configuration. The configuration of this optical imaging system may be substantially similar to FIG. 1, for example, it includes a previous main body 110, at least one sensor component (corresponding to the figure 丨. Movable element 12) including at least one wave source 122 and at least one waveform detector 124 ); An exciter element 130 for generating at least one of the previous movements of at least one of the subject ι10 and the movable element 120 related to the target area; and -90- this paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 588158 The invention describes an image element 140 for receiving signals from the sensor assembly 120 and for generating chromophore properties and / or distribution images. Excitation In a specific embodiment, the movement of the main body configuration is related to the target area, and the sensor assembly is fixedly coupled to a scanning surface of the main body. Because the wave source and the detector are fixedly coupled to the main body, and a fixed geometric configuration is maintained therebetween, the exciter element can move the main body, so that a single movement of the main body can cause the sensor assembly and the main body to move together. This embodiment is useful for achieving a simple mechanical structure and lifting mechanical support through a fixed coupling between the sensor assembly and the main body. In another specific embodiment, the exciter element can generate individual movements of the sensor assembly and the main body, so when he is moved with the target area, the sensor, the motion and the movement of each of the main body Is related to the other. Despite the complex design and control needs, this embodiment has the advantage of providing a fixed and changeable sensor component that can move along the sensor component and / or the body curve while elastically scanning different parts of the target area. Other specific embodiments of the previous optical imaging system can also be applied to the idea of the present invention of FIG. 4. For example, the exciter element may produce one or more races continuously, intermittently, or periodically. The exciter element can also produce this movement at a fixed or varying speed in time and / or position in the target area. Alternatively, the configuration of the exciter elements may further result in simultaneous or continuous movement. The use of a connector is still another aspect of the present invention. The optical imaging system includes at least one of the previous wave sources, at least one of the previous wave detectors, and a laser-91-t paper scale suitable for money @ 目Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 X 297 Public Love) '--------

裝 訂Binding

線 A7Line A7

勵恭7C件、包括一可動元件的至少 (每*轉、 疋予辣棒、一控制台 至姐)、及-連接器元件。大體上,激勵器 ;少:曲線路徑而產生波源、波形偵測器、及/或可動: 間_移動。連接器元件可在光學探棒與控制台之 =各種不同通訊,如’連接器元件包括電源線及/ -^在,以便傳遞電源及;或傳送類比或數位資料。連接 2件包括例如光纖產品的光學通冑,以便在探棒與控制 之間傳送%磁波或光學信號。此外,連接器元件可在探 棒/、毡制台之間提供機械支援,或藉由例如一彈性電源線 或萬用接頭的電源傳輸通道而將透過激勵器元件所產生轉 換、旋轉、迴轉、或往復運動電源可傳送給可動元件。 在一具體實施例中,光學探棒的可動元件包括波源與偵 測器之中至少一者。電源可透過光學探棒的一内部電源機 構、或從藉由連接器元件的控制台提供。激勵器元件可在 光學探棒實施或配置,以移動波源與偵測器之中至少一 者,或配置在控制台,其中轉換、旋轉、迴轉、或往復運 動電源藉由連接器元件傳送給可動元件。同樣地,影像元 件的一些或整個部分可配置在光學探棒與控制台之中的一 者。 在另一具體實施例,控制台包括該等波源之中至少一 者、及該等波形偵測器之中至少一者。光學探棒的可動元 件包括最少儀器,而只使可動元件可從控制台的波源接收 電磁波,並且將此電磁波傳送給媒體的目標區域,而且可 動元件可偵測來自目標區域的電磁波,並且將前述電磁波 -92- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(9〇 ) - 傳送給控制台的波形偵測器。在一具體實施例中,可動元 件疋在它的掃描表面上定義兩間隙。一第一光學纖維是配 置在波源與第一間隙之間,而且第二光學纖維是配置在波 形偵測器與第二間隙之間。透過配置第一及第二間隙以形 成與媒體的適當光耦合,目標區域可透過在控制台上配置 的波源與偵測器、或藉由連接器元件的光學通道而間接掃 描。類似先前具體實施例,電源可透過它本身内部電源機 構、或藉由連接器元件而從控制台的一外部或主電源機構 而提供給光學探棒。激勵器元可配置在光學探棒,以便在 目標區域的不同部分、或生理學媒體的不同目標區域上移 動第一及第二間隙之中至少一者。或者,激勳器元可配置 在仏制台,所以可產生轉換、旋轉、迴轉、往復運動電 源’藉此藉由連接器元件而機械性傳送給可動元件。同樣 地’影像元件可配置在光學探棒與控制台之中任一者。 選擇性使用者螢幕 在任何的一先如具體實施例中,一選擇性營幕可提供給 光學探棒,以允許一操作員可檢視原始影像(例如,由波 形偵測器所產生輸出信號的系統變數分佈圖案影像)、處 理影像(例如,透過理原始影像所獲得功能或解決的分 佈圖案影像)、及/或最後影像(例如,發色團性質及其分 佈影像)。或者,當影像元件配置-在控制台時,光學探棒 包括一資料傳輸單元,以便以即時、、間歇、週期性將資料 傳送給影像元件。光學探棒亦包括一記憶體單元或儲存元 件,以半暫時或永久儲存各種不同信號。 -93- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 五 、發明説明(91 ) 此變化優點 本發明的此觀念先前具體實施例可提供較先前技藝更多 優點。第一,例如一電源、波形產生器(例如一燈、雷射 源或驅動器等)、光偵測器、偵測器驅動、及/或電路板的 龐大或較重元件可包括在控制台,而只有必要元件(例 ^,光學間隙與光學纖維)是配置在可攜式探棒。如此, ::元件可維持一小型的輕重量。第二,因爲先前光學探 奉需要較少元件,由於元件變化的特有錯誤亦可減少。第 三,先前光學探棒能以由病患穿戴的一半可攜式物件構 成,用以連續或週期性監督及形成病患目標區域發色團性 質的影像。 可攜式探棒使用 在本發明的一進一步觀點中,一光學影像系統包括至少 一可攜式探棒及一控制台(或主體)。可攜式探棒包括至少 可動元件及一激勵器元件,兩者皆與前述的相同或實質 類似。例如,可動元件包括先前波源與偵測器之中至少一 者,而且激勵器元件可沿著至少一曲線方向而產生可動元 件的至少一移動。控制台的配置通常包括影像元件的至少 一部分。 ·'… 在一具體實施例中,光學探棒與.控制台的操作經由其間 可提供先前通訊的一連接器元件而彼此連接。在另一具體 實施例中,可攜式探棒能以實際從控制台分開的個別元件 提供。此可攜式探棒最好包括至少一波源、至少一波形偵 測器、例如一小馬達組件的激勵器元件、及可將電源提供 -94- 本纸張尺度適用巾@ g家樣準(CNS) A4規格(2ι〇Χ297公董)Lai Kung 7C, including at least one movable element (per * turn, a hot rod, a console to sister), and-connector element. In general, the exciter; less: a curved path produces a wave source, a waveform detector, and / or movable: occasionally_moves. The connector element can communicate with the optical probe and the console in various ways. For example, the 'connector element includes a power cord and /-^ in order to transmit power and; or to transmit analog or digital data. The connection 2 includes, for example, an optical link for a fiber optic product to transmit% magnetic waves or optical signals between the probe and the control. In addition, the connector element can provide mechanical support between the probe / felt table, or through a power transmission channel such as a flexible power cord or universal connector, the conversion, rotation, rotation, Or the reciprocating power can be transmitted to the movable element. In a specific embodiment, the movable element of the optical probe includes at least one of a wave source and a detector. Power can be supplied through an internal power mechanism of the optical probe, or from a console via connector components. The exciter element can be implemented or configured in the optical probe to move at least one of the wave source and the detector, or in the console, where the power for conversion, rotation, rotation, or reciprocation is transmitted to the movable through the connector element element. Similarly, some or all of the image elements can be placed on one of the optical probe and the console. In another specific embodiment, the console includes at least one of the wave sources and at least one of the waveform detectors. The movable element of the optical probe includes a minimum of instruments, and only allows the movable element to receive electromagnetic waves from the source of the console, and transmits this electromagnetic wave to the target area of the media, and the movable element can detect the electromagnetic waves from the target area, and the aforementioned Electromagnetic wave-92- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (90)-The waveform detector transmitted to the console. In a specific embodiment, the movable element 定义 defines two gaps on its scanning surface. A first optical fiber is disposed between the wave source and the first gap, and a second optical fiber is disposed between the wave detector and the second gap. By arranging the first and second gaps to form an appropriate optical coupling to the media, the target area can be scanned indirectly through a wave source and detector arranged on the console, or through the optical channels of the connector elements. Similar to the previous embodiment, the power can be provided to the optical probe through its own internal power mechanism, or from an external or main power mechanism of the console through a connector element. The exciter element may be configured on the optical probe to move at least one of the first and second gaps on different parts of the target area or on different target areas of the physiological medium. Alternatively, the exciter element can be arranged on the control table, so that a power source for conversion, rotation, rotation, and reciprocation can be generated, thereby mechanically transmitting to the movable element through the connector element. Similarly, the 'image element can be arranged in either the optical probe or the console. Selective user screen In any of the first embodiments, a selective screen can be provided to the optical probe to allow an operator to view the original image (for example, the output signal generated by the waveform detector). System variable distribution pattern image), processed image (for example, distribution pattern image obtained or processed by processing the original image), and / or final image (for example, chromophore properties and distribution image). Alternatively, when the image element is configured-at the console, the optical probe includes a data transmission unit to transmit data to the image element in real time, intermittently, and periodically. The optical probe also includes a memory unit or storage element to store various signals semi-temporally or permanently. -93- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 V. Description of the invention (91) Advantages of this change The previous embodiment of the concept of the present invention can provide more advantages than previous techniques . First, a large or heavy component such as a power supply, waveform generator (such as a lamp, laser source or driver, etc.), light detector, detector driver, and / or circuit board may be included in the console, Only the necessary components (for example, optical gap and optical fiber) are arranged in the portable probe. In this way, the :: component can maintain a small size and light weight. Second, because previous optical probing required fewer components, errors specific to component variations can also be reduced. Third, previous optical probes could be constructed with half a portable object worn by the patient to continuously or periodically monitor and form a chromophore-like image of the patient's target area. Use of Portable Probes In a further aspect of the invention, an optical imaging system includes at least a portable probe and a console (or body). The portable probe includes at least a movable element and an actuator element, both of which are the same as or substantially similar to those described above. For example, the movable element includes at least one of the previous wave source and the detector, and the exciter element can generate at least one movement of the movable element along at least one curved direction. The console configuration usually includes at least a portion of the imaging element. · '... In a specific embodiment, the operation of the optical probe and the console is connected to each other via a connector element which can provide previous communication therebetween. In another embodiment, the portable probe can be provided as a separate component that is physically separated from the console. The portable probe preferably includes at least one wave source, at least one waveform detector, such as an exciter element of a small motor assembly, and a power supply which can be provided. CNS) A4 specification (2ι〇 × 297 public director)

、’、σ可攜式探棒上述元件一巷 探棒可包括Μ 機構。此外,可攜式 Η包括-資㈣存單元或資料 ‘ q 暫時儲存或傳送给控制台。可攜 ’所以為料可 元件,如此m 包括—分開的影像, ', Σ portable probe, the above-mentioned components, the probe may include an M mechanism. In addition, portable media includes-asset storage units or data ‘q for temporary storage or transfer to the console. Portable ’so it ’s a material element, so m includes — separate images

唯;i目標區域的發色09及其性質的H ,准原始影像、處理的影像、或最後 次二 好是可M U 内郅電源機構最 无电,而且可於一預定時間維繫可 :具:=:要r是在此可撝式探棒可=警 $甚至植入於病患,用以固定或週期監督 各種不同目標的影像。 成 來源與偵測器的線性配置 夕在仍然是本發明的另—觀點中,光學影像系統包括兩或 夕個波源及兩或多個波形偵測器,其中至少兩波源及至少 兩波形债測器是通過例如波源與彳貞測器之中每一者而严著 一條線實質線性配置。 注意,波源與偵測器的線性配置通常會使掃描單元實質 沿著直線延伸,而且具有亦可延伸而遠窄於目標區域的掃 描區域。透過允許激勵器元件產生波源及/或偵測器的先 前移動,本發明的光學影像系統允許較小的掃描單元掃描 整個目標區域。 線性配置的優點 本發明的先前觀點可提供許多額外優點。先前技藝光學 影像機器典型是依賴可涵蓋目標區域設計的單一、較大探 棒。因此,先前技藝探棒必須包括在感測器表面上分佈的 大量波源與偵測器。透過合併大量波源與偵測器,先前技 -95-Only; the hair color 09 of the target area and its characteristic H, the quasi-original image, the processed image, or the last second best are the most powerless MU internal power supply mechanisms, and can be maintained at a predetermined time. With: =: If r is here, the portable probe can be implanted in the patient and used to monitor the images of various targets on a fixed or periodic basis. The linear configuration of the source and the detector is still another aspect of the present invention. The optical image system includes two or more wave sources and two or more waveform detectors, of which at least two wave sources and at least two waveform detectors. The device is arranged substantially linearly with a strict line by, for example, each of the wave source and the sensor. Note that the linear configuration of the wave source and the detector usually causes the scanning unit to extend substantially along a straight line, and has a scanning area that can also be extended and narrower than the target area. By allowing the exciter element to generate the wave source and / or the previous movement of the detector, the optical imaging system of the present invention allows a smaller scanning unit to scan the entire target area. Advantages of the linear configuration The previous point of view of the present invention can provide many additional advantages. Prior art optical imaging machines typically relied on a single, larger probe that could cover a target area design. Therefore, prior art probes must include a large number of wave sources and detectors distributed over the surface of the sensor. By combining a large number of wave sources and detectors, the prior art -95-

588158 A7 ----— —_B7 五、發明説明(93 ) 藝技術會遭受各種不同缺點。例如,每個探棒通常是大而 厚。因此,除非探棒的配置可符合目標區域的曲線,否則 波源及/或偵測器便會造成與輪廓目標區域的不良光耦 °即使此探棒可提供一致性表面對,此目標特殊探棒可 發現有限的利用。此外,藉此產生的輸出信號與最後影像 包括屬於感測器之中特有元件變化的明顯雜訊量。對照 下,本發明的光學影像典型包含較少感測器的掃描單元, 其許多或全部可沿著掃描單元的縱軸線性配置。因此,形 狀如同窄感測器細長的掃描單元可更容易符合目標區域的 輪廓。透過配置激勵器元件而將掃描單元轉換及/或旋轉 ,目標區域的不同部分’先前光學影像系統可使用較小的 掃描單元掃描整個掃描區域,而可維持與目標區域的良好 一致光耦合。先前光學影像系統亦需要較少波源或偵測 器,藉此減少製造成本及減少特有元件變化的雜訊。 掃描單元範例 如上述,激勵器元件可產生掃描單元移動以涵蓋媒體目 標區域,該媒體目標區域是實質大於掃描單元的掃描區 域,下圖是描述激勵器元件的典型配置,以產生可動元件 的各種不同移動。萬了説明目的,在圖5顯示的具體實施 例是如同圖52至58的掃描單元選擇。 圖52是根據本發明而供線慎轉換配置的圖5掃描單元 圖。如上述,可動組件120包括2個波源122及在波源122之 間插入的4個等距波形偵測器丨24。在一較佳的具體實施例 中,波源122與波形偵測器124是相同。如此,掃描單元 •96-588158 A7 ------ —_B7 V. Description of Invention (93) Art and technology suffer from various disadvantages. For example, each probe is usually large and thick. Therefore, unless the configuration of the probe can match the curve of the target area, the wave source and / or detector will cause poor optical coupling with the contour target area. Even if this probe can provide a consistent surface pair, this target is a special probe Limited use can be found. In addition, the resulting output signal and the final image include a significant amount of noise that is a variation of the unique components in the sensor. In contrast, the optical image of the present invention typically includes a scanning unit with fewer sensors, many or all of which can be arranged linearly along the longitudinal axis of the scanning unit. Therefore, a slim scanning unit shaped like a narrow sensor can more easily conform to the contour of the target area. By configuring the exciter element to convert and / or rotate the scanning unit, different parts of the target area's previous optical imaging system can scan the entire scanning area using a smaller scanning unit, while maintaining a good consistent optical coupling with the target area. Previous optical imaging systems also required fewer wave sources or detectors, thereby reducing manufacturing costs and reducing noise from unique component changes. Examples of scanning units are as described above. The exciter element can generate the scanning unit to move to cover the target area of the media. The media target area is substantially larger than the scanning area of the scanning unit. Different moves. For illustrative purposes, the specific embodiment shown in FIG. 5 is the same as the scanning unit selection of FIGS. 52 to 58. Fig. 52 is a diagram of the scanning unit of Fig. 5 configured for careful switching of lines according to the present invention. As described above, the movable assembly 120 includes two wave sources 122 and four equidistant waveform detectors 24 inserted between the wave sources 122. In a preferred embodiment, the wave source 122 and the wave detector 124 are the same. As such, the scanning unit

125—的疋義可具有實質延伸形狀,而且可沿著縱軸延伸。 固疋王體110的大小最好略大於媒體的想要目標區域,所 、、體110可涵蓋整個目標區域。在此具體實施例中,主 體110具有一矩形(或正方形)而可適當延伸掃描單元125的 放置(亦即,適合掃描單元125的長度或高度)與移動。例 如一步進馬達組件的激勵器元件可沿著一線性路徑而線性 轉換掃描單元125,而該線性轉換是實質與矩形(或正方形) 主組110的一頂端及底端平行。注意,主體110的只少一部 分可形成掃描單元125不能進行任何考靠測量的一死角區 域、或盲點。此死角區域通常是侷限於鄰近主體11()角落 或邊緣的部分。死角區域的大小(或寬度)是因主體ιι〇的 一邊緣與波源122之間的距離而定。因爲死解區域通常浪 費主體110的有價値區域,所以最好透過符合主體ι1〇形狀 減少到掃描單元125的大小與形狀、及到掃描單元ι25移動 的曲線路徑。 若要產生掃描單元高準確移動,固定主體11〇可包括定 義線性轉換路徑的一或多個導軌160。注意,導軌16〇是配 置在主體110包裝内,所以導軌160的提供不會妨害到掃描 單元125在目標區域的不同部分的移動。或者,固定主體 110可沿著邊緣提供阻礙170,所以掃描單元125的移動可 限制在此阻礙170所定界的區域内-,而且超過阻礙17Q的掃 描單元定位與移動可避免。 . 激勵器元件能以轉換的一預先選擇速度將掃描單元線性 轉換。或者,激勵器元件可提供一控制特性,所以一使用 -97- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 發明説明(95The meaning of 125- may have a substantially extending shape and may extend along the longitudinal axis. The size of the solid body 110 is preferably slightly larger than the desired target area of the media, so the body 110 can cover the entire target area. In this specific embodiment, the main body 110 has a rectangular shape (or a square shape) and can extend the placement (ie, the length or height of the scanning unit 125) and movement of the scanning unit 125 as appropriate. For example, an exciter element of a stepping motor assembly can linearly transform the scanning unit 125 along a linear path, and the linear transformation is substantially parallel to a top end and a bottom end of the rectangular (or square) main group 110. Note that only a small part of the main body 110 may form a dead-end area or a blind spot where the scanning unit 125 cannot perform any reliable measurement. This dead-end area is usually limited to a portion adjacent to a corner or edge of the main body 11 (). The size (or width) of the dead-end area is determined by the distance between an edge of the subject and the wave source 122. Since the digestion area usually wastes the valuable area of the main body 110, it is better to reduce the size and shape of the scanning unit 125 and the curved path to the scanning unit ι25 by conforming to the shape of the main body ι10. To produce highly accurate movement of the scanning unit, the fixed body 110 may include one or more guide rails 160 defining a linear conversion path. Note that the guide rail 160 is configured in the package of the main body 110, so the provision of the guide rail 160 does not hinder the movement of the scanning unit 125 in different parts of the target area. Alternatively, the fixed body 110 may provide an obstruction 170 along the edge, so the movement of the scanning unit 125 may be limited to the area bounded by this obstruction 170-and the positioning and movement of the scanning unit beyond the obstruction 17Q may be avoided. The exciter element can linearly convert the scanning unit at a preselected speed of the conversion. Alternatively, the exciter element can provide a control characteristic, so one use -97- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Invention description (95

五 者(例如一内科醫生)能處理可動元件(或掃描單元),以便 以一適當的速度移動,沿著一想要的導軌移動,及/或沿 著不同曲線路控而在掃描單元的不同移動之間具有一暫 停可了解到,如果其他因素相同,掃描單元的速度通常 會影響到發色團性質評估値的正確性及最後影像的解析 度。因此,激勵器元件的配置可允許一操作員選取可根據 數個因素決定的掃描單元最佳速度,這些因素包括(但是 未侷限於)掃描單元或可動元件的結構、最後影像的解析 度、光學影像系統的每個元件頻率響應、媒體的光學性 質、目標區域大小等。 明即參考圖1,在實施方面,可動元件12〇是配置在它的 開始位置,而且通常是鄰近主體110的一端,例如一底部 部分114 ;及包裝112的一端。光學影像系統的主體11〇是 放置在媒體,所以可動元件120的掃描單元125是配置在目 “區域的一第一區域,以形成光耦合。波源122與偵測器 124的激勵能以一向上方向而將可動元件12〇包裝ιΐ2的底 部H4實質線性轉換成一頂部116,而該向上方向正常是可 動7L件120的縱軸127。在向上線性轉換期間,掃描單元 125可掃描目標區域»個區域,而且波形偵測器124可產 生輸出铋號,以代表目標區域的每一區域的發色團或其性 質的光學性質、空間或時間分佈。只要可動元件12〇到達 主體110的頂端部分116,激勵器元件13〇能以一相反方向 而沿著相同路徑將可動元件12〇移回到開始位置(亦即,底 端部分114)。在向下線性轉換期間,掃描單元125可藉由 -98- 本纸尺度適财S目家標準(UNS) A4規格(2i〇x297公茇) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(96 ) 相同目標區域的類似或不同區域而重新掃描,而且波形偵 測器124可產生輸出信號。在可動元件120完成目標區域的 先前往復運動之後,先前掃描程序可完成。 請即參考圖34,主體110亦包括在包裝112的一整個長度 上延伸的一線性導軌118。可動元件12〇是配置在導軌 118 ’並且藉此在可動元件120的線性轉換期間導引。注 意’導軌118是配置在包裝112内,所以導軌iis的提供不 會妨害到在目標區域的不同部分的掃描單元12 5移動。例 如一步進馬達的激勵器元件13〇可沿著實質與矩形主體no 的一頂端116及一底邵114平行對準的一線性路徑而產生掃 描單元125的線性轉換移動。注意,主體J丨〇的至少一部分 會形成掃描單元125無法進行任何可靠測量的一死角區域 或百點。大體上,此死角區域是侷限於鄰近主體n〇的邊 緣及/或角落區域’而且死角區域的大小通常是因從主體 no的一邊緣或角落到波源122或偵測器124的一距離而 定。因爲死角區域通常浪費主體11〇的有價値區域,所以 最好透過例如將主體110的形狀符合掃描單元125的大小與 形狀及其彎曲移動路徑而減少。 如圖52所示,可動元件12〇是放置在媒體的一想要目標 區域,而且掃描單元125是放置在通常相鄰於矩形目標區 域鈿的目標區域的一第一區域,所以波源122與偵測器 124能與目標區域的第一區域形成光.搞合。激勵器元件丨% 的激勵可將掃描單元125從第一區域線性轉換到區域的第 二區域,例如矩形目標區域的一相鄰或相對端。波源122 --— —__-99- 本紙張尺度適財S @ ^g>(CNS)规格(摩挪公爱_)_ 裝 訂 線 588158Five (eg, a physician) can handle the movable element (or scanning unit) to move at an appropriate speed, along a desired guide, and / or to control the different curves in different scanning units. There can be a pause between movements. If other factors are the same, the speed of the scanning unit will usually affect the accuracy of the chromophore property evaluation and the resolution of the final image. Therefore, the configuration of the exciter element allows an operator to select the optimal scanning unit speed that can be determined based on several factors, including (but not limited to) the structure of the scanning unit or the movable element, the resolution of the final image, the optical The frequency response of each element of the imaging system, the optical properties of the media, the size of the target area, etc. Referring to FIG. 1 in detail, in terms of implementation, the movable element 120 is arranged at its starting position, and is usually adjacent to one end of the main body 110, such as a bottom portion 114; and one end of the package 112. The main body 110 of the optical imaging system is placed on the medium, so the scanning unit 125 of the movable element 120 is arranged in a first area of the target area to form optical coupling. The excitation energy of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 can be increased in one direction. The bottom portion H4 of the movable element 120 package 2 is substantially linearly converted to a top portion 116, and the upward direction is normally the vertical axis 127 of the movable 7L member 120. During the linear conversion upward, the scanning unit 125 can scan the target area »one area Moreover, the waveform detector 124 can generate an output bismuth number to represent the optical property, space or time distribution of the chromophore or its properties of each region of the target area. As long as the movable element 120 reaches the top portion 116 of the main body 110, The exciter element 13 can move the movable element 12 back to the starting position (ie, the bottom end portion 114) along the same path in an opposite direction. During the downward linear transition, the scanning unit 125 can pass -98 -Standards of this paper (UNS) A4 specification (2i0x297 gong) 588158 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (96) Similar or different areas of the same target area and rescan Moreover, the waveform detector 124 can generate an output signal. After the movable element 120 completes the previous reciprocating motion of the target area, the previous scanning process can be completed. Please refer to FIG. 34, the main body 110 also includes an entire length of the package 112. A linear guide 118. The movable element 120 is arranged on the guide rail 118 'and thereby guided during the linear conversion of the movable element 120. Note that the guide rail 118 is arranged in the package 112, so the provision of the guide rail iis will not hinder The scanning unit 12 5 moves in different parts of the target area. For example, an actuator element 13 of a stepping motor can generate a scan along a linear path aligned substantially parallel to a top 116 and a bottom 114 of a rectangular body no. The linear transformation movement of the unit 125. Note that at least a part of the subject J 〇 will form a dead angle area or a hundred points that the scanning unit 125 cannot perform any reliable measurement. In general, this dead angle area is limited to the edge and / Or corner area 'and the size of the dead corner area is usually from an edge or corner of the subject no to the wave source 122 or the detector 124 Depending on the distance. Because the dead-end area usually wastes the valuable area of the main body 110, it is best to reduce it by, for example, matching the shape of the main body 110 to the size and shape of the scanning unit 125 and its curved moving path. As shown in FIG. 52 The movable element 12 is a desired target area placed on the media, and the scanning unit 125 is a first area placed on a target area generally adjacent to the rectangular target area 钿, so the wave source 122 and the detector 124 can communicate with The first area of the target area forms light. The excitation of the exciter element can linearly convert the scanning unit 125 from the first area to the second area of the area, such as an adjacent or opposite end of a rectangular target area. Wave source 122 --- ---__- 99- This paper is suitable for S @ ^ g > (CNS) specifications (Mono Ai_) _ binding line 588158

與偵測器124的處理可在掃描單元125線性轉換期間維持與 媒體的光耦合,所以波形偵測器124可在轉換期間持績產 生輸出信號。影像元件可接收及取樣輸出信號、及代表系 統變數或參數(例如,光學密度信號、解決信號、分佈信 號、影像仏號等)的其他信號。影像元件可從輸出信號移 除高頻雜訊,並且決定一連串代表由掃描單元125所形成 一組測量元件(以下稱爲·,,體素,,,並且參考圖乜和印討論) 的發色團性質値。只要掃描單元125到達目標區域的相對 ^7,掃描單元125便可從第二區域轉回到目標區域的開始 第一區域。影像元件可在此第二移動期間決定相同或不同 組m素發色團性質的另一連串代表値。此轉換可於一預定 時間週期或一預先選擇重複次數而重複執行,其是因最後 影像的必要的解析度而定。在完成掃描處理之後,影像元 件可辨識多重連續的代表値,提供發色團性質的二維空間 分佈,並且產生目標區域的一空間分佈最後影像。 圖5 3疋根據本發明而透過圖5的掃描單元線性轉換所獲 得的影像圖。如圖所示,整個目標區域是分成一連串元 件,亦即”體素”,其中每個擴張體素丨51是在整個目標區 域的一實質或整個高皮上沿著一體素軸153而擴大。體素 151疋以實質與可動元件120的曲線·路徑平行的一體素方向 而連續配置。可了解到,表示a、_ b、c、和h的體素151是 涵蓋目標區域的同質區域(亦即,沒·、有任何不正常區域), 而表示d、e、f、和g的體素151是包括不正常。 每個體素151是代表媒體目標區域的一小區域,其中影 -100 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7The processing with the detector 124 can maintain optical coupling with the medium during the linear conversion of the scanning unit 125, so the waveform detector 124 can continuously generate an output signal during the conversion. The image element can receive and sample output signals, and other signals representing system variables or parameters (for example, optical density signals, resolution signals, distribution signals, image signals, etc.). The image element can remove high-frequency noise from the output signal and determine the color development of a series of measurement elements (hereinafter referred to as · ,, voxels, and discussed with reference to Figure 乜 and India) representing a group of measurement elements formed by the scanning unit 125 Mission nature. As long as the scanning unit 125 reaches the relative area of the target area, the scanning unit 125 can switch from the second area back to the first area of the target area. The image element may determine another series of representative chirps of the same or different groups of m-chromophores during this second movement. This conversion can be performed repeatedly at a predetermined time period or at a preselected number of repetitions, depending on the necessary resolution of the final image. After the scanning process is completed, the image element can identify multiple consecutive representative frames, provide a two-dimensional spatial distribution of chromophore properties, and generate a spatially distributed final image of the target area. Fig. 53 is an image obtained by linear conversion of the scanning unit of Fig. 5 according to the present invention. As shown in the figure, the entire target area is divided into a series of elements, that is, "voxels", in which each expanded voxel 51 is expanded along a solid element axis 153 on a substantial or entire high skin of the entire target area. The voxels 151 'are continuously arranged in a one-dimensional voxel direction substantially parallel to the curve and path of the movable element 120. It can be understood that the voxels 151 representing a, _b, c, and h are homogeneous regions covering the target region (ie, no, there are any abnormal regions), while those representing d, e, f, and g The voxel 151 is abnormal. Each voxel 151 is a small area that represents the target area of the media, of which -100-this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 A7

像元件可取樣由波形偵測器124所產生的輸出信號,並且 透過運用於定義相對體素的波源與偵測器的波形方程式而 決定發色團性質的一代表値(以下稱爲”體素値”)。例如, 先前方程式(1)、(2)及/或(6)的允用可計算每個體素空間平 均的紅血球素濃度及/或氧飽和的絕對或相對値。即是, 影像模組可空間組成由每個體素151的波形偵測器124所產 生的輸出信號,並且計算每個體素151的此發色團性質的 空間平均値。可了解到,只要波形偵測器124具有涵蓋整 個目標區域的媒體實質相同深度,區域平均的體素値便實 貝與體積平均的體素値類似或相同。 ' 每個體素151在整個目標區域通常具有相同體素高度。 例如,當掃描單元125沿著一線性路徑(或以一預先選擇半 徑而隨著旋轉中心而旋轉)移動時,體素高度可對應掃描 單凡125的有效高度,該高度是沿著與可動元件120的曲線 路徑正X的方向而測量。然而,透過沿著一曲線路徑、或 兩或更多不同線性路徑移動掃描單元125,體素15丨便具有 各種不同體素高度。然而,最好是體素151在整個目標區 域具有相同高度,所以資料取得與處理程序可透過較簡單 的電路及/或演算法執行。 當掃描單元125沿著與縱軸127正交的一路徑移動時,掃 描單το 125可提供一最大掃描高渡·。在此具體實施例中, 體素高度是實質與掃描單元125的—高度相同,此外,體素 軸153會變成實質與掃描單元ι25的-轴ι27平行。此外,因 爲體素1 5 1在其移動期間係利用掃描單元1 2 5連續配置, 多重體素151是沿著可動元件11〇的曲線路徑而連續並排。 -101 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱)The image element can sample the output signal generated by the waveform detector 124, and determine a representative chromophore property (hereinafter referred to as "voxel") by using the wave equations that define the wave source of the relative voxel and the detector. value"). For example, the enabling of the previous equations (1), (2), and / or (6) can calculate the absolute or relative radon of the spatially averaged erythropoietin concentration and / or oxygen saturation of each voxel. That is, the image module can spatially compose the output signal generated by the waveform detector 124 of each voxel 151, and calculate the spatial average 値 of this chromophore property of each voxel 151. It can be understood that as long as the waveform detector 124 has substantially the same depth of the media covering the entire target area, the region-averaged voxels 实 are similar or identical to the volume-averaged voxels 实. 'Each voxel 151 usually has the same voxel height throughout the target area. For example, when the scanning unit 125 moves along a linear path (or rotates with a center of rotation with a preselected radius), the voxel height may correspond to the effective height of the scanning unit 125, which is along the movable element. The curved path of 120 is measured in the direction of X. However, by moving the scanning unit 125 along a curved path, or two or more different linear paths, the voxel 15 has various voxel heights. However, it is preferable that the voxels 151 have the same height throughout the target area, so the data acquisition and processing procedures can be performed by simpler circuits and / or algorithms. When the scanning unit 125 moves along a path orthogonal to the vertical axis 127, the scanning list το 125 can provide a maximum scanning height. In this specific embodiment, the voxel height is substantially the same as that of the scanning unit 125. In addition, the voxel axis 153 becomes substantially parallel to the -axis ι27 of the scanning unit ι25. In addition, since the voxels 1 51 are continuously arranged by the scanning unit 1 2 5 during the movement thereof, the multiple voxels 151 are continuously arranged side by side along the curved path of the movable element 110. -101-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 public love)

裝 訂Binding

588158 A7 B7588158 A7 B7

五、發明説明(") 相較於體素15 1的實體結構所決定的體素高度與體素 軸’體素寬度是構成體素151的特徵大小,因此,可根據 各種不同標準而處理,包括(但是未侷限於)最後影像解析 度、光學影像系統1〇〇各種不同部分的機械與電特性等。 可了解到,體素寬度可以是最後影像解析度的一直接指示 符’因爲影像元件的配置可決定每個體素151的發色團性 質代表値,並且根據其產生最後影像。例如,·在一高解析 度影像模式中,影像元件可在沿著可動元件11〇的曲線路 徑而以每個預先選擇距離計算每個先前空間平均體素値。 此距離可透過例如增加資料取得單元的取樣率而處理成小 於掃描單元125的寬度。相反地,在一低解析度影像模式 中,影像元件的配置可沿著可動元件120的曲線路徑而以 一較大距離決定上述空間平均體素値。因此,每個掃描區 域只是一體素125的一部分,相反地,每個體素151可具有 足夠寬度以包含掃描單元125的一或多個掃描區域。 注意,體素151的一般結構可透過掃描單元、激勵器元 件、及/或影像元件的一共同操作。如此,特別是體素結 構,體素151的特徵大小可透過調整掃描單元、激勵器元 件、與影像元件之丰任一者的工作特性而處理。例如,透 過選取掃描單元的想要波源與偵測_器數量、及透過根據一 預先選擇幾何配置將他們放置:每個與所有體素的配置且 有預先選擇的形狀與大小。激勵器元件的調整可改變掃描 早元移動速度與曲線路徑輪廊’其每個可使體素且有各種 不同大小及/或方向。影像元件的調整亦能以一固定、可 -102· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 五、發明説明(1〇〇 ) 欠、或適當的取樣率將輸出信號接收及取樣。如此,通常 在技藝中熟諳此技者可處理及與掃描單元、激勵器元件、 及影像元件同步,爲了要產生具有最適當形狀與大小及沿 著預先選擇路徑配置的體素。 輸出k號150的一基礎。可了解到, 段期間該不正常具有不同光學特姓, 圖54疋根據本發明而由圖5可於目標區域線性轉換的一 波形偵測器所產生一輸出信號的二維空間分佈範例。在圖 中,縱座標軸是代表由波形偵測器125所產生·的輸出信號 大小或振幅,而且橫座標軸是代表沿著線性轉換路徑或移 動距離的掃描單疋125位置。一輸出信號15〇的二維分佈 是表明目標區域包括至少兩明顯部分,其每個可呈現不同 光子特性。在一第一部分152,例如,輸出信號15〇是實質 平坦,而且實質維持相同大小。此部分152通常是對應圖 53矩形目標區域的&、b、c、和h,並且代表掃描單元125 的開始與結束位置。對照下,在區域區域a、b、c與區域h 之間插入的一第二郅分154中,輸出信號15〇是相當彎曲, 而且具有根據沿著目標區域位置改變的較小尺寸。此表示 例如一腫瘤的不正常會存在目標區域的第二部分154。如 下述,識別輸出信號150的此第一及第二部分152、154可 構成計算輸出信號Ϊ50的-基線及自我校準光學影像系統 當在各種不同發展階 而輸出信號150具有 第一平坦部分152的大小。 如圖34所示,波源122ώ 相反極性等時,輸出信號15G的曲線部分154便具有大於 波源122與偵測器124然後可移到目標區域V. Description of the invention (Compared with voxel 15 1's solid structure, the voxel height and voxel axis' voxel width is the characteristic size of voxel 151, so it can be processed according to various standards , Including (but not limited to) the final image resolution, mechanical and electrical characteristics of various parts of the optical imaging system 100, and so on. It can be understood that the voxel width can be a direct indicator of the final image resolution, because the configuration of the image elements can determine the chromophore properties of each voxel 151 to represent 値, and generate the final image according to it. For example, in a high-resolution image mode, the image element can calculate each previous spatial average voxel 値 at each preselected distance along the curved path of the movable element 110. This distance can be processed to be smaller than the width of the scanning unit 125 by, for example, increasing the sampling rate of the data acquisition unit. In contrast, in a low-resolution image mode, the arrangement of the image elements can determine the above-mentioned spatial average voxel 値 at a large distance along the curved path of the movable element 120. Therefore, each scanning area is only a part of the integral element 125, and conversely, each voxel 151 may have a width sufficient to contain one or more scanning regions of the scanning unit 125. Note that the general structure of the voxel 151 can be operated by a common operation of the scanning unit, the actuator element, and / or the imaging element. Thus, especially the voxel structure, the characteristic size of the voxel 151 can be processed by adjusting the operating characteristics of any one of the scanning unit, the exciter element, and the image element. For example, by selecting the desired number of wave sources and detectors of the scanning unit, and by placing them according to a pre-selected geometric configuration: each and all voxel configurations have a pre-selected shape and size. The adjustment of the exciter element can change the scanning speed and curvilinear path of the early element. Each of them can make voxels and have various sizes and / or directions. The adjustment of the image element can also be adjusted to a fixed, -102. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 V. Description of the invention (100) Lack, or appropriate sampling rate Receive and sample the output signal. As such, it is common in the art that the skilled person can process and synchronize with the scanning unit, exciter element, and image element in order to produce voxels with the most appropriate shape and size and arranged along a preselected path. Outputs a basis for k number 150. It can be understood that the abnormality has different optical unique names during the segment. FIG. 54 范例 An example of a two-dimensional spatial distribution of an output signal generated by a waveform detector that can be linearly converted in a target area according to the present invention according to the present invention. In the figure, the vertical axis represents the magnitude or amplitude of the output signal produced by the waveform detector 125, and the horizontal axis represents the position of the scan unit 沿着 125 along a linear conversion path or moving distance. The two-dimensional distribution of an output signal 150 indicates that the target area includes at least two distinct parts, each of which can exhibit different photon characteristics. In a first portion 152, for example, the output signal 15o is substantially flat and remains substantially the same size. This section 152 is generally &, b, c, and h corresponding to the rectangular target area of FIG. 53 and represents the start and end positions of the scanning unit 125. In contrast, in a second centroid 154 inserted between the region a, b, c and the region h, the output signal 15 is quite curved and has a smaller size that changes according to the position along the target region. This means that, for example, a tumor abnormality may exist in the second portion 154 of the target area. As described below, the identification of the first and second parts 152, 154 of the output signal 150 may constitute the calculation of the output signal Ϊ50-the baseline and the self-calibrating optical imaging system. When the output signal 150 has the first flat part 152 at various stages of development size. As shown in FIG. 34, when the wave source 122 is of opposite polarity, the curve portion 154 of the output signal 15G is larger than the wave source 122 and the detector 124 and then can be moved to the target area.

588158 A7 B7588158 A7 B7

五、發明説明(101 相同部分的開始位置,或移到目標區域的相鄰不同區域, 而且可透過照射電磁波、透過偵測電磁波、及透過產生另 —組輸出信號而將該區域掃描。在完成掃描處理之後,影 像元件可從輸出信號移除高頻雜訊,重新組合體素,以提 供發色團性質時間分佈的二維或三維空間,並且在目標區 域的一實質部分上產生發色困性質的空間及/或時間分佈 影像。當不同组體素是在不同體素方向形成時,影像元件 可構成相交體素,其每個是定義此體素的交叉或重叠部 分〇 影像元件可在影像領域中產生相交體素,而不管可動元 件是否只可執行前向線性轉換或往復運動。例如,在線性 轉換期間,影像元件可透過使用由^1-0442與S1_D2_D^ S2組成的掃描單元所產生的輸出信號,而在每一測量位置 上沿著X軸連續定義一連串體素。在完成線性轉換之後, 影像元件亦可沿著γ軸連續定義一連串輔助水平體素。換 句話説,透過假設目標區域在轉換期間是在穩定狀態,影 像π件可將波源與偵測器重新組合,以形成輔助掃描單 元。例如,在位置八和〇的波源Sl是與在位置的波形 偵測器Di組合,藉允形成由(在A)-Di(在(在c)-Si(在 D)所組成的一掃描單元。此外,其他輔助掃描單元亦可定 義’例如8丨(在A)_D2(在B)-D2(在C}-Si(在D)、S〗(在a)-D2(在 B)-D3(在 C)-S2(在 D)、S!(在 A)%(在〜B)-D3(在 C)-S2(在 D)、 D4(在A)-S2(在B)-S2(在C)-D4(在D)等。可了解到,先前輔助 掃描單元皆可滿足專利,972的對稱需求。在不需要此對稱V. Description of the invention (101 The starting position of the same part, or moving to a different area adjacent to the target area, and the area can be scanned by radiating electromagnetic waves, detecting electromagnetic waves, and generating another set of output signals. After the scanning process, the image element can remove high-frequency noise from the output signal and recombine the voxels to provide a two-dimensional or three-dimensional space with the time distribution of the chromophore properties, and produce chromic sleep on a substantial part of the target area. A spatial and / or temporal distribution image of nature. When different groups of voxels are formed in different voxel directions, the image elements can constitute intersected voxels, each of which is an overlapping or overlapping portion that defines this voxel. Intersecting voxels are generated in the imaging field, regardless of whether the movable element can only perform forward linear transformation or reciprocating motion. For example, during linear transformation, the image element can be obtained by using a scanning unit composed of ^ 1-0442 and S1_D2_D ^ S2 The output signal is generated, and a series of voxels are continuously defined along the X axis at each measurement position. After the linear transformation is completed, the shadow The image element can also continuously define a series of auxiliary horizontal voxels along the γ axis. In other words, by assuming that the target area is in a stable state during the conversion, the image π component can recombine the wave source and the detector to form an auxiliary scanning unit. For example, the wave source Sl at positions eight and zero is combined with the waveform detector Di at the position to allow the formation of a scan consisting of (in A) -Di (in (in c) -Si (in D)). In addition, other auxiliary scanning units can also be defined, such as 8 丨 (in A) _D2 (in B) -D2 (in C} -Si (in D), S〗 (in a) -D2 (in B)- D3 (in C) -S2 (in D), S! (In A)% (in ~ B) -D3 (in C) -S2 (in D), D4 (in A) -S2 (in B) -S2 (In C) -D4 (in D), etc. It can be understood that the previous auxiliary scanning units can meet the symmetrical requirements of the patent, 972. This symmetry is not needed

Order

線 -104-Line -104-

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇2 ) 的情況中,影像元件可進一步定義非對稱掃描單元,例如 Si(在 (在 (在 C)-S2(在 D)等。 只要先前水平與垂直體素是在影像領域中定義,影像元 件便亦可透過識別垂直體素與水平體素交叉而定義相交體 素。此影像元件亦可從交叉垂直與水平體素的體素値而計 算相交體素値。此外,有關體素與相交體素及其値的細節 是在美國專利案號(不#)名稱"Optical Imagirig System for Direct Image Construction"與另一美國專利案號(不詳)名稱 "Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical Probe"中揭 露,兩者是在2001年2月5曰申請,而且在此僅列出供參 考。注意,相交體素亦透過沿著至少兩非平行曲線路徑移 動掃描單元或可動元件而定義。例如,在圖34顯示的具 體實施例中,激勵器元件是定義沿著X方向的一連_垂直 體素激勵器元件可然後以例如90°順時針方向的一預先選 擇角度而將可動元件旋轉,並且向上線性轉換該掃描單元 或可動元件。影像元件然後定義沿著Y方向的一連_水平 體素。透過識別在目標區域的垂直與水平體素的交又區 域。影像元件可在影像領域建構相交體素。 迴轉轉換 圖55是根據本發明用以旋轉或迴轉所配置的圖5掃描單 元圖。激勵器元件通常的配置可將掃描單元125隨著例如 中央點129位置的一預先選擇中心而旋轉。因此,此掃描 單元125的旋轉或迴轉可涵蓋具有實質等於掃描單元125 — 半長度半徑的一有角或圓形掃描單元。主體110通常是如 -105- 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)588158 A7 B7 5. In the case of the invention description (102), the image element can further define an asymmetric scanning unit, such as Si (in (in (in (C) -S2 (in D), etc.). As long as the previous horizontal and vertical bodies Voxels are defined in the field of imaging, and image elements can also define intersecting voxels by identifying the intersection of vertical voxels and horizontal voxels. This image element can also calculate intersecting voxels from voxels 交叉 that intersect vertical and horizontal voxels. A. In addition, details about voxels and intersecting voxels and their 値 are in the US patent case number (not #) name " Optical Imagirig System for Direct Image Construction " and another US patent case number (unknown) name " The Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical Probe " discloses that both were filed on February 5, 2001, and are listed here for reference only. Note that intersecting voxels also move scanning units along at least two non-parallel curved paths Or movable elements. For example, in the specific embodiment shown in FIG. 34, the exciter element is defined as a series of_vertical voxel exciter elements along the X direction. For example, a pre-selected angle of 90 ° clockwise rotates the movable element, and linearly converts the scanning unit or the movable element upward. The image element then defines a continuous_horizontal voxel along the Y direction. Through identifying the vertical in the target area Intersecting areas with horizontal voxels. Image elements can construct intersecting voxels in the imaging field. Rotation transformation Figure 55 is a scanning unit diagram of Figure 5 configured for rotation or rotation according to the present invention. The usual configuration of the exciter element can be The scanning unit 125 rotates with a pre-selected center such as the position of the central point 129. Therefore, the rotation or rotation of the scanning unit 125 can cover an angular or circular scanning unit having a radius substantially equal to the scanning unit 125—a half-length radius. The main body 110 is usually -105- This paper is also suitable for China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)

Order

線 ) 五、發明説明(103 同一弧或圓形的形狀與大小,如 认 所定義的掃描區域的形狀 k ;由掃描單元I25 q J π狀與大小,而且減少死 激勵器元件的配置可產生# ^ 二央而將:::隨著相鄭邊緣之中-者所提供旋 轉中央而將Μ單%賴。轉描單元 成具有大於掃描單元-半長度半徑、或兩倍 id:有角或一圓形掃描區域。或者,激勵器元件的 配置可產生兩或多個移動,提供掃描單元定義掃描區域, 该知描區域是由具旋轉的不同半徑及/或不同中心的有角 或圓形的-組合所構成。此外’激勵器元件的配置亦可處 理知描早π,以便將此有角或圓形移動與線興轉換組合。 當它想要提供此掃描區域時,一選擇性控制器可提供,如 此便可沿著夕重預先選擇的曲線路徑而有效控制激勵器元 件的移動。 掃描單元的多重移動 如上述,激勵器元件可沿著至少兩不同曲線路徑及/或 以至少兩不同曲線方向而產生可動元件的至少兩不同移 動。此移動可調整,以滿足其間的一預先選擇幾何曲線方 向。例如,一曲線疼桂(或方向)的至少一部分可實質橫越 另一曲線路控(或方向)的至少一邵分。此路徑的配置是如 傳統笛卡爾、圓柱形或球座標系統的軸所示彼此正交。特 別是,當目標區域具有一實質多邊形時,激勵器元件可沿 著一弟一曲線路徑而將可動元件從一第一端移到目標區域 的一弟二相對端,沿著一第二曲線路徑將它從第二端移到 -106 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X 297公釐)Line) 5. Description of the invention (103 The shape and size of the same arc or circle, such as the shape k of the scanning area defined by the scanning unit; the shape and size of the scanning unit I25 q J π, and the reduction of the configuration of the dead exciter element can produce # ^ 二 央 而 将 ::: With the center of rotation provided by the phase of the Zheng Zheng, will be M %%. The redrawing unit has a radius greater than the scanning unit-half the length, or twice the id: angular or A circular scanning area. Alternatively, the configuration of the exciter elements can generate two or more movements, and a scanning unit is provided to define the scanning area. The scanning area is an angled or circular shape with different radii and / or different centers with rotation. It is composed of-combination. In addition, the configuration of the exciter element can also deal with the early π, in order to combine this angular or circular movement with the line-hing conversion. When it wants to provide this scanning area, an optional control The actuator can be provided, so that the movement of the exciter element can be effectively controlled along the pre-selected curved path. Multiple movements of the scanning unit are as described above, the exciter element can follow at least two different curved paths and / or even Two different curve directions resulting in at least two different movements of the movable element. This movement can be adjusted to meet a pre-selected geometric curve direction therebetween. For example, at least a part of a curve (or direction) can substantially cross another curve At least one point of road control (or direction). The configuration of this path is orthogonal to each other as shown by the axis of a traditional Cartesian, cylindrical, or spherical coordinate system. In particular, when the target area has a substantially polygonal shape, the exciter The element can move the movable element from a first end to the opposite end of the target area along a curved path, and move it from the second end to -106 along a second curved path.-This paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297 mm)

五、發明説明(1〇4 t弟三曲線路徑將它從第三 第一或另一端。 具體實施例中,激勵器元件的配 ♦的X轴,在沿著Y軸的另一線性 或重新置於第第三端,然後沿著第三 端移到此多邊形目標區域的第一或另 在圖56A至56C和57的一具體實施例 置是沿著笛卡爾座標系統的X軸,左 轉換之後的90。順時針方向而產生掃描單元多重移動,例 如掃描單元(及可動元件)的線性轉換。圖56八、56]6、和 56C是根據本發明的圖5掃描單元的相對電路圖,其配置可 供此X轉換、90。旋轉、γ軸轉換。除了激勵器元件能移動 可動7L件120(例如,線性轉換),而與主體11〇的旋轉無關 I外,結合圖56A至56C具體實施例的光學影像系統是實 質與圖52A相同。 在實施方面,激勵器元件能以第一結構初始化放置主體 110。主體11〇是配置在媒體,以涵蓋目標區域的至少一實 免邵分’而且可動元件12〇 (及其掃描單元125)是置於目標 區域的一第一區域,其是鄰近於矩形目標區域的一垂直 端。波源122與偵測器124是小心放置,以形成目標區域的 一第一區域耦合,所以波源122可將電磁波有效照射到目 標區域的第一區域,而且波形偵測器124可從第一區域產 生輸出信號。 在圖56A中,激勵器元件(未顯示)可沿著X軸(X轉換)而 將可動元件120從目標區域的一第一區域轉換成一相對第 二區域。波源122與偵測器124可在—X轉換期間產生代表發 色團性質空間分佈的輸出信號。透過適當處理及使掃描單 元125與激勵器元件同步,影像元件(未顯示)能以一預先V. Description of the invention (1104 t. The three-curved path will move it from the third to the first or the other end. In a specific embodiment, the X-axis of the actuator element is linearly or re-defined along another axis along the Y-axis. Placed on the third end, and then moved along the third end to the first of this polygon target area or another embodiment of Figs. 56A to 56C and 57 is placed along the X axis of the Cartesian coordinate system, left transformation The subsequent 90. The clockwise direction causes multiple movements of the scanning unit, such as the linear conversion of the scanning unit (and the movable element). Figs. 56, 56] 6, and 56C are relative circuit diagrams of the scanning unit of Fig. 5 according to the present invention. The configuration can be used for this X transformation, 90. Rotation, γ axis transformation. In addition to the exciter element can move the movable 7L piece 120 (for example, linear transformation), and has nothing to do with the rotation of the main body 110, the specific implementation is combined with FIGS. 56A to 56C. The optical imaging system of the example is substantially the same as that of FIG. 52A. In terms of implementation, the actuator element can be initialized to place the main body 110 in the first structure. The main body 110 is arranged in the medium to cover at least one of the target areas and is exempted. Movable element 1 20 (and its scanning unit 125) is a first area placed on the target area, which is a vertical end adjacent to the rectangular target area. The wave source 122 and the detector 124 are carefully placed to form a first area of the target area. One region is coupled, so the wave source 122 can effectively irradiate the electromagnetic wave to the first region of the target region, and the waveform detector 124 can generate an output signal from the first region. In FIG. 56A, an exciter element (not shown) can follow The X-axis (X transformation) converts the movable element 120 from a first region of the target region to a relatively second region. The wave source 122 and the detector 124 can generate an output signal representing the spatial distribution of the chromophore properties during the -X conversion By properly processing and synchronizing the scanning unit 125 with the exciter element, the image element (not shown) can be

588158 A7 B7588158 A7 B7

軸對準,所以一組水平擴張體素163可沿著x軸形成(因 此’ "X擴張體素”)。此外,因爲掃描單元125的線性轉換 路徑是與Y軸對準,所以X擴張體素是沿著Y軸而連續並列 配置。透過根據X擴張體素之中每一者的空間平均輸出信 號解決波形方程式,影像元件可計算每個X擴張體素的體 素値。 , 只要可動元件12〇 (與择描單元丨25)到達矩形·掃描區域的 相對端’掃描處理便可終止。影像元件然後可透過識別在 Y擴張體素161與X擴張體素163之間的重疊或交叉而定義 一組相交體素165,並且從與每個相交體素ι65交叉的每對 Y擴張體素161與X擴張體素163的體素値而直接計算一連 串相交體素165値。根據相交體素値,影像元件可在目標 區域的至少一實質部分產生發色團性質的二維或三維空間 分佈影像。 圖57是根據本發明而在目標區域上連續X轉換、旋轉、 與Y轉換的圖5的掃描單元所獲得的影像圖。如上述,影 像元件是定義彼此交叉的體素161、163的兩正交組,並且 定義相交體素165。因爲每個交叉體素ι65是實質小於γ延 伸與X擴張體素161、163,所以影像元件可產生發色團性 質絕對値空間及/或時間分佈的高解析度影像。 大體上’例如,垂直γ擴張體素-161寬度及/或水平X擴張 體素163高度的體素161、163的特徵〜大小可分別透過處理X 轉換與Y轉換的速度、透過控制輸出信號的取樣率等而調 整。因此’透過在X轉換與γ轉換期間處理相同的轉換速 _ _ -109- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇7 ) 度’相交體素165的寬度與高度便會相同,而造成矩形相 交體素。或者,透過在X與γ轉換之中每一者期間採用不 同速度、及/或透過暫時改變此速度,相交體素165便具有 不同大小的矩形。因此,影像解析度亦可透過手動或適當 控制。例如,線性轉換(或任何其他移動)的速度可減少, 以獲得較小的矩形或正方形相交體素,其中影像元件可提 供具有改良正確與提高解析度的最後影像。特徵大小可透 過影像元件處理輸出信號的取樣率而調整。 注意,各種不同具體實施例可在目標區域用來提供可動 元件的多重移動。例如,一或多個激勵器元件可例如透過 操作每個激勵器元件,而以不同方向提供可動元件、掃描 單元、及/或感測器的不同移動,以便沿著一特殊曲線路 徑及/或透過操作單一激勵器元件而產生一特殊移動,其 可沿著不同曲線路徑的不同導軌導引該可動元件。雖然這 些具體實施例允許愼重控制可動元件的移動,但是他們通 常需要更多部分與更複雜的控制演算法。或者,如圖56A 至56C所示,光學影像系統包括一可動主體,其中激勵器 元件與可動元件可固定耦合。透過配置激勵器元件以產生 與可動主體有關的T動元件移動、及產生與目標區域有關 的可動主體移動,其是與可動元件_的移動無關,單一激勵 器元件可沿著許多不同曲線路馨而產生可動元件的不同移 動。此外,可動元件與可動主體的移動可同步,以便在目 標區域的不同區域上產生掃描單元的一預先選擇移動。 掃描單元/可動元件的同時不同移動 -110- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(108 ) 在本發明的另一觀點中,一光學影像系統包括一激勵器 元件,其配置可透過同時產生一可動元件(及其掃描單元) 的至少兩不同移動而直接建立相交體素。本發明的此觀念 是透過圖58所示的一具體實施例而描述。 圖58係根據本發明而顯示用以同時χ-γ線性轉換而配置 的圖5掃描單元圖。大致上,除了圖58的激勵器元件(未顯 示)的配置可沿著X軸產圭可動元件120的一線·性轉換及沿 著Y軸往復運動之外,結合此具體實施例的光學影像系統 實質是與圖52和56A相同。 在實施方面。固定(或移動)的主體11〇是放置在媒體的一 目標區域,而且可動元件120是放置在一第一區域。波源 122與偵測器124的放置亦可形成適當與目標區域的第一區 域適當光耦合,並且可將電磁波照射到目標區域,及從其 偵測此電磁波。激勵器元件可沿著又軸轉換可動元件 120,而沿著γ軸將可動元件ι2〇往復運動。因此,可動元 件120 (與掃描單元125)可沿著一實質正弦曲線路徑而掃描 目標區域。在本發明的一較佳具體實施例中,掃描單元 125可掃描目標區域,而影像元件能以想要的時間間隔及/ 或在目標區域的預先選擇位置將輸出信號取樣。可了解 到,此正弦曲線路徑(亦即,振幅·、頻率、相位解等)的詳 細結構可透過X轉換速度與γ往復運動速度而決定。 只要可動元件120到達目標區域禽附近的相對端,一操 作貝便可終止目標區域的掃描處理,並且將主體ιι〇手動 移到媒體的下-目標區域,以便進一步掃描。或者,激勵 -111 . 588158 A7 ------- - B7 五、發明説明(1〇9 ) 备疋件或-輔助運動產生元件亦可用來將主體i喊械轉 換及/或旋轉到下一目標區域。 注意,冑出信號的正確性可改善,而且影像解析度可透 過在相^目標區域重複相同掃描處理、或執行不同掃描處 而向例如,可動元件120可藉由Y軸往復運動達成 的向後X變換而移回到目標區域的開始第一區域。激勵器 元件的配置能以相對方向沿著相同正弦曲線路徑而實質移 動可動元件120,而且影像元件的配置可在向後移動期間 於相同或類似測量位置、及以相同或類似取樣率而將輸出 k號取樣。透過在每個體素的向前與向後移動及將此信號 平均期間獲得多重輸出信號,輸出信號的信號_雜訊比可 明顯改善。或者,激勵器元件可產生不同正弦曲線路徑, 或影像元件可在不同位置及/或以不同取樣率而將輸出信 號取樣。因此,至少兩不同組體素可在目標區域的測量每 個位置上於可動元件120的向前與向後移動期間定義。此 外,至少一組相交體素可從沿著不同軸擴充的多重組體素 而產生,以允許產生提高解析度的影像。在仍然是另一選 擇中’更多組體素與相交體素亦可透過將主體11〇配置成 與目標區域有關的寸動物體而獲得。如果較佳,可動元件 可執行Y往復運動,而可動元件能以一較慢速度移動或沿 著X軸在想要的位置上停止。巧有在目標區域的整個高度 透過掃描單元掃描之後,可動元件便可重新開始正常X變 換。具體實施例提供的優點是允許較小與較短可動元件掃 描整個目標區域。 -112- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)Axis alignment, so a set of horizontally expanded voxels 163 can be formed along the x axis (hence the "" X expanded voxels"). In addition, because the linear transformation path of the scanning unit 125 is aligned with the Y axis, the X expansion The voxels are continuously arranged side by side along the Y axis. By solving the waveform equation based on the spatial average output signal of each of the X-expanded voxels, the image element can calculate the voxel 値 of each X-expanded voxel. The element 12 (and the tracing unit 25) reaches the opposite end of the rectangular scanning area and the scanning process can be terminated. The image element can then recognize the overlap or cross between the Y-expanded voxel 161 and X-expanded voxel 163 A set of intersected voxels 165 is defined, and a series of intersected voxels 165 直接 is directly calculated from the voxels 値 of each pair of Y dilated voxels 161 and X dilated voxels 163 crossing each intersected voxel ι 65. According to the intersected voxels That is, the image element can generate a two-dimensional or three-dimensional spatial distribution image of chromophore properties in at least a substantial portion of the target area. Figure 57 is a continuous X transformation, rotation, and Y transformation on the target area according to the present invention. The image obtained by the scanning unit of 5. As mentioned above, the image elements are two orthogonal groups defining voxels 161, 163 crossing each other, and defining intersecting voxels 165. Because each crossing voxel ι65 is substantially smaller than the gamma extension And X expands voxels 161, 163, so the imaging element can produce high-resolution images with absolute chromophore properties and spatial and / or temporal distribution. Generally 'for example, vertical γ expands voxel-161 width and / or horizontal X The characteristics ~ sizes of the voxels 161 and 163 with the height of the expanded voxel 163 can be adjusted respectively by processing the speed of X conversion and Y conversion, by controlling the sampling rate of the output signal, etc. Therefore, 'the processing is the same during X conversion and γ conversion. Conversion speed _ _ -109- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (107) The width and height of the intersecting voxel 165 will be the same , Resulting in rectangular intersected voxels. Or, by using different speeds during each of the X and γ transformations, and / or by temporarily changing this speed, the intersected voxels 165 have rectangles of different sizes. Therefore, the image resolution can also be controlled manually or appropriately. For example, the speed of the linear transformation (or any other movement) can be reduced to obtain smaller rectangular or square intersected voxels, where the image element can provide improved correctness and improved The final image of the resolution. The feature size can be adjusted by the sampling rate of the image element processing output signal. Note that various specific embodiments can be used in the target area to provide multiple movements of the movable element. For example, one or more exciter elements For example, by operating each exciter element, different movements of the movable element, the scanning unit, and / or the sensor may be provided in different directions, so as to follow a particular curved path and / or by operating a single exciter element to produce a Special movement, which can guide the movable element along different guides with different curved paths. Although these specific embodiments allow heavy control of the movement of the movable element, they often require more parts and more complex control algorithms. Alternatively, as shown in FIGS. 56A to 56C, the optical imaging system includes a movable body, in which the actuator element and the movable element can be fixedly coupled. By arranging the exciter elements to generate T-moving element movements related to the movable body and generating the movable body movements related to the target area, it is independent of the movement of the movable element, a single actuator element can follow many different curves. This results in different movements of the movable element. In addition, the movable element can be synchronized with the movement of the movable body to generate a preselected movement of the scanning unit on different areas of the target area. Scanning unit / movable element moves differently at the same time -110- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (108) In another aspect of the invention, one The optical imaging system includes an exciter element that is configured to directly establish intersecting voxels by simultaneously generating at least two different movements of a movable element (and its scanning unit). This concept of the present invention is described through a specific embodiment shown in FIG. Fig. 58 shows a scanning unit diagram of Fig. 5 configured for simultaneous χ-? Linear conversion according to the present invention. Generally, in addition to the configuration of the exciter element (not shown) in FIG. 58, the linear and linear conversion of the movable element 120 along the X axis and the reciprocating motion along the Y axis are combined, and the optical imaging system of this embodiment is combined The essence is the same as in Figs. 52 and 56A. In terms of implementation. The fixed (or mobile) body 110 is placed in a target area of the media, and the movable element 120 is placed in a first area. The placement of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 can also form an appropriate optical coupling with the first region of the target region, and can irradiate the electromagnetic wave to the target region and detect the electromagnetic wave therefrom. The exciter element can convert the movable element 120 along the axis, and reciprocate the movable element ι20 along the gamma axis. Therefore, the movable element 120 (and the scanning unit 125) can scan the target area along a substantially sinusoidal path. In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the scanning unit 125 can scan the target area, and the image element can sample the output signal at a desired time interval and / or at a preselected position of the target area. It can be understood that the detailed structure of this sinusoidal path (ie, amplitude ·, frequency, phase solution, etc.) can be determined by the X conversion speed and the γ reciprocating speed. As long as the movable element 120 reaches the opposite end near the bird in the target area, the scanning process of the target area can be terminated with one operation, and the subject is manually moved to the lower-target area of the media for further scanning. Or, the incentive -111. 588158 A7 --------B7 V. Description of the invention (109) Spare parts or auxiliary motion generating elements can also be used to transform and / or rotate the main body i A target area. Note that the accuracy of the extracted signal can be improved, and the image resolution can be increased by repeating the same scan processing in different target areas or performing different scans. For example, the backward X of the movable element 120 can be achieved by reciprocating the Y axis. Transform and move back to the first area of the start of the target area. The configuration of the exciter element can substantially move the movable element 120 along the same sinusoidal path in opposite directions, and the configuration of the image element can output k at the same or similar measurement position and at the same or similar sampling rate during backward movement No. sampling. By moving forward and backward for each voxel and averaging this signal to obtain multiple output signals, the signal-to-noise ratio of the output signal can be significantly improved. Alternatively, the exciter element may produce different sinusoidal paths, or the imaging element may sample the output signal at different locations and / or at different sampling rates. Therefore, at least two different groups of voxels can be defined at each position of the target area during the forward and backward movement of the movable element 120. In addition, at least one set of intersected voxels can be generated from multiple recombined voxels expanded along different axes to allow for improved resolution images. In still another option ', more groups of voxels and intersecting voxels can also be obtained by configuring the subject 11 to be an animal body related to the target area. If preferred, the movable element can perform a Y reciprocating motion, and the movable element can move at a slower speed or stop at a desired position along the X axis. Coincidentally, after scanning the entire height of the target area through the scanning unit, the movable element can resume normal X transformation. Embodiments provide the advantage of allowing smaller and shorter movable elements to scan the entire target area. -112- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)

Hold

線 588158 A7 B7Line 588158 A7 B7

五、發明説明(11〇 多重組體素與相交體素可透過影像元件調整或處理輸出 信號的相同圖案而獲得。例如,影像元件能與激勵器元件 同步,所以影像元件可在目標區域的預先選取位置上將輸 出信號取樣。因此,操作員可處理激勵器元件或影像元件 來控制輸出信號的取樣模式,以調整體素及/或相交體素 的形狀,藉此改善最後影像的解析度等。 透過圖58的光學影像系統所達成的主要優點是此系統只 需要較少數量的波源及/或偵測器。相較於圖52和56所示 掃描單元最好具有實質相同於目標區域(亦即,高度或半 徑)特徵大小的具體實施例,圖58的光學影像系統^定義 具有實質小於目標區域的高度及/或寬度的掃描單元,並 且以兩方向將它在目標區域的整個部分上移動,藉此掃描 過沿著水平方向變換此此掃描單元,掃描單元亦可掃描目 標的整個寬度。在這一點上,先前光學影像系統甚至可採 用單一波源_單一偵測器配置…定義只具有目標區域 小部分掃描區域的掃描單元。 可了解到,可動元件(及/或掃描單元)的移動路徑特性並 非始終是藉此定義體素的形狀及/.或大小配置。例如,可 動元件的一正弦曲線路徑不需要產生沿著可動元件的正弦 曲線路徑而配置的彎曲體素。當影.像元件以一預先選擇時 間間隔而沿著正弦曲線路徑將輸出信號取樣,體素可具有 弯曲邊界、變化的高度與寬度’而且是實質沿;正弦曲線V. Description of the invention (More than 110 recombined voxels and intersected voxels can be obtained by adjusting or processing the same pattern of the output signal of the image element. For example, the image element can be synchronized with the exciter element, so the image element can be in advance in the target area. Select the position to sample the output signal. Therefore, the operator can process the exciter element or image element to control the sampling mode of the output signal to adjust the shape of the voxels and / or intersected voxels, thereby improving the resolution of the final image, etc. The main advantage achieved through the optical imaging system of FIG. 58 is that this system only requires a smaller number of wave sources and / or detectors. It is preferable that the scanning unit has substantially the same target area as the scanning unit shown in FIGS. 52 and 56 ( That is, a specific embodiment of the feature size, the optical imaging system of FIG. 58 defines a scanning unit having a height and / or width that is substantially smaller than the target area, and places it on the entire portion of the target area in two directions. The scanning unit can be scanned to transform the scanning unit along the horizontal direction, and the scanning unit can also scan the entire width of the target. In this regard, the previous optical imaging system can even use a single wave source_single detector configuration ... to define a scanning unit with only a small portion of the scanning area of the target area. It can be understood that the moving path characteristics of the movable element (and / or scanning unit) It is not always used to define the shape and / or size configuration of a voxel. For example, a sinusoidal path of a movable element does not need to produce a curved voxel arranged along a sinusoidal path of a movable element. A pre-selected time interval is used to sample the output signal along a sinusoidal path. Voxels may have curved boundaries, varying heights and widths, and are substantial edges; sinusoidal

至少-實質部分。然而,透過在垂直方向將較短的掃描單 元往復運動,掃描單元便可涵蓋目標區域的整個高度。透 訂At least-the substantial part. However, by reciprocating the shorter scanning unit in the vertical direction, the scanning unit can cover the entire height of the target area. Order

線 -113-Line -113-

588158588158

路拴配置然而,如果影像元件是與激勵器元件同步,以 便在某些位置上將輸出信號取樣,結果體素的處理能具有 貝貝相同问度與寬度,而且幾乎能以任何想要的方向配 置。此外,當可動元件γ元件速度(亦即,γ往復運動速度) 是實質維持快於X元件(亦即,Χ變換速度),結果體素便具 有近似矩形。藉由相同符號,體素可例如透過使影像元件 與激勵器元件同步而配置成全等正方形,以致於影像元件 可在對應時間領域中不同時間間隔的每個相同水平與垂直 距離(亦即,相同的空間間隔)上將輸出信號取樣。 裝 訂Tie-down configuration However, if the image element is synchronized with the exciter element so that the output signal is sampled at certain positions, the resulting voxel can be processed with the same degree and width as the Bebe, and in almost any desired direction Configuration. In addition, when the speed of the movable element γ element (that is, the γ reciprocating speed) is maintained substantially faster than the X element (that is, the X transformation speed), the voxel has an approximately rectangular shape. With the same symbol, the voxels can be configured into a congruent square, for example, by synchronizing the image element with the exciter element, so that the image element can each have the same horizontal and vertical distance (i.e. Space interval) will sample the output signal. Binding

線 一激勵器7L件可沿著兩或多個曲線路徑而產生兩或多個 不同移動,所以影像元件可沿著兩或多個方向而定義體素 或測量7L件。例如,圖58的具體實施例允許影像元件不僅 可沿著X軸,而且可沿著Υ軸定義體素。即是,影像元件 可在與線行變換路徑正交的方向中定義超過一組體素。透 過沿著X與Υ軸處理速度、及透過取樣位置或間隔與此移 動同步’體素與交叉體素的形狀與大小亦可控制。 注意’透過可動元件的兩同時移動所獲得的體素是大致 對應可動元件的兩連續及/或非平行移動所獲得圖57的相 X體素。此不能適應沿著任何曲線路徑可動元件任何行 動。例如,當沿著輻射狀方向而將可動元件線性變換(或 往復運動)時,一激勵器元件可將該可動元件旋轉。此一 配置通常可沿著輻射狀方向而產生—連串螺旋層,其中_ 螺旋層的每個旋轉包含多重弓形體素。因此,透過維持大 於輻射狀變換速度的旋轉速度,螺旋層可接近每個亦包括 -114- 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(112 ) 多重弓形體素的同心螺旋。此體素的進一步細節是在2001 年2月5日所申請的美國專利名稱"Optical Imaging System for Direct Image Construction” 與"Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical ProbeM中提供,兩者在此僅列出供 參考。 藉由固定與移動波源/偵測器的相交體素產生 在仍然是本發明的另一觀點中,一光學影像系統的配置 可透過將至少一可動波源及/或偵測器合併在光學影像系 統的一可動元件、及透過將至少一固定波形偵測器及/或 波源合併在一固定元件而直接產生相交體素。 圖59是根據本發明的一掃描單元截面圖,其中所有4個 波源122是沿著一固定主體no的旁邊配置,然而所有3個 波形偵測器124可於一可動元件120實施。激勵器元件(未 顯示)可沿著目標區域的X軸而產生一掃描單元125的線性 變換或往復運動。因此,波源122實質保持固定是與媒體 的目標區域有關,而波形偵測器124的移動是與波源122及 目標區域有關。波源122與偵測器124是定義掃描單元,該 等掃描單元是在與可動元件120的線性移動路徑有關的角 度上延長、及在可&元件120移動期間而?欠變他們的建構 (例如他們的大小、形狀、角度等)_。 在實施方面,固定主體110與可为元件120是放置在第一 目標區域’所以波源122可形成與目標區域的光耦合,而 波形偵測器124的移動可形成目標區域的第一區域的光耦 合。波源122與偵測器124的激勵可照射及偵測電磁波。激 __·115· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇χ297公釐) B7 五、發明説明(m ) 勵器元件能將可動元件12〇及其波形偵測器124可沿著一線 性路徑而從目標區域的一端變換成另一端。每對波源122 與偵測器124能在與可動元件12〇的線性轉變路徑(或χ軸) 有關的變化角度上形成一擴張體素171,其是因影像元件 (未顯示)的資料取得或取樣率而定。波形偵測器124可產 生代表在每個擴張體素171的整個區域或體積上空間平均 的輸出信號。影像元件可接收及取樣此輸出信號,並且決 定每個擴張體素171的擴張體素値影像元件亦可識別兩或 多個體素的交叉部分,並且產生相交體素173。根據相交 體素的體素値,影像元件可計算此相交體素之中每一者的 相父體素。只要可動元件12〇到達目標區域或鄰近的另一 歧,掃描處理便會終止,而且主體11〇會移到媒體的下一 目標區域,用以進一步掃描。或者,激勵器元件的配置可 沿著相同或不同曲線路徑而重複相同目標區域的掃描處 理。 可了解到,在固定波源122與可動波形偵測器124之間的 幾何關係疋根據在目標區域的位置改變,因此,掃描單元 125通常在移動期間具有不同行狀與大小的擴張體素171。 此不規則體素會造成獲得運用於掃描單元125的波形方程 式解決方面的複雜性,因此他們通常不是最好的實質相同 形狀與大小。擴張體素171之中的形狀與大小可透過各種 不同配置減小,例如使激勵器元件與影像元件同步,所以 資料取樣可在目標區域的一預先選擇位置上執行,結果形 成具有預定結構的相交體素。相交體素與分佈圖案的形狀 -116- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公爱^ 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(114 ) "~ 與大小可透過調整在波源與偵測器之間的幾何配置、透過 ; 改變他們的速度、透過處理择描單元的曲線移動路徑形狀 ; 等而受控制。因此,通常在技藝中熟諳此技者的選擇是要 ·丨 找到掃描單元、激勵器元件、及/或影像元件的最適當佳. ί 配置。 j 注意,圖37的掃描單元通常定義有角的體素16ι、ι63, : 其是在可動元件120移動期間可改變他們的形·狀與大小, ·丨 因爲在固定波源122與可動波形偵測器124之間的幾何配置 f 會囱目標區域的可動元件120位置而改變。此體素161、 : 163需要更複雜的分析或數字方法,用以獲得運用於此固 :丨 定波源122與可動波形偵測器124的波形方程式解決,因 參 此’通常不是實質維持相同形狀與大小的一些。然而,在 ·丨 有角的體素與其相交體素之中的形狀與大小不同亦可透過 :丨 各種不同配置補償,例如透過使激勵器元件與影像元件同 ^ 步,所以信號或資料可在目標區域的預選位置上的取樣, | 藉此定義具有預定結構的體素。相交體素與分佈圖案的結 丨· 構亦可透過處理在波源與偵測器之間的一般配置、透過改 變波形偵測器的移動速度、透過處理描單元通的曲線移動 f 路徑輪廓等而受控钿。一此,在技藝中熟諳此技者是要找 丨: 到在先前具體實施例的掃描單元、激勵器元件、及/或影 :: 像元件的適當配置。如果比較熹歡,至少一波源可配置在 丨: 可動元件及/或至少一波形偵測器可於固定主體實施。先 :; 前波源-偵測器配置亦可相反,亦即,所有波源能配置在 :丨 可動元件,而所有波形偵測器可配置在固定主體。 ί -117-Line A 7L piece of exciter can produce two or more different movements along two or more curved paths, so the image element can define voxels or measure 7L pieces along two or more directions. For example, the specific embodiment of FIG. 58 allows the imaging element to define voxels not only along the X-axis but also along the Υ-axis. That is, the image element can define more than one set of voxels in a direction orthogonal to the line-to-line transformation path. The shape and size of voxels and cross voxels can also be controlled by processing speeds along the X and Y axes, and by synchronizing this movement with sampling positions or intervals. Note that the voxel obtained through two simultaneous movements of the movable element is roughly corresponding to the phase X voxel obtained in FIG. 57 corresponding to two continuous and / or non-parallel movements of the movable element. This cannot accommodate any movement of the movable element along any curved path. For example, when the movable element is linearly transformed (or reciprocated) along a radial direction, an exciter element may rotate the movable element. This configuration can usually be produced along a radial direction-a series of spiral layers, where each rotation of the spiral layer contains multiple arcuate voxels. Therefore, by maintaining a rotation speed that is greater than the radial transformation speed, the spiral layers can approach each concentric spiral that also includes -114- 588158 A7 B7. (112) Multiple arcuate voxels. Further details of this voxel are provided in the US patent names " Optical Imaging System for Direct Image Construction " and " Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical ProbeM, filed on February 5, 2001, both of which are listed here only For reference. By generating intersecting voxels from fixed and moving wave sources / detectors is still another aspect of the present invention, the configuration of an optical imaging system can be achieved by combining at least one movable wave source and / or detector at A movable element of the optical imaging system and directly generating intersected voxels by combining at least one fixed waveform detector and / or wave source in one fixed element. Figure 59 is a cross-sectional view of a scanning unit according to the present invention, in which all 4 The wave sources 122 are arranged along the side of a fixed body no. However, all three waveform detectors 124 can be implemented on a movable element 120. An exciter element (not shown) can generate a scan along the X axis of the target area. The linear transformation or reciprocating motion of the unit 125. Therefore, the substantially fixed wave source 122 is related to the target area of the media, and the waveform detector 124 The movement is related to the wave source 122 and the target area. The wave source 122 and the detector 124 define scanning units that are extended at angles related to the linear movement path of the movable element 120 and move at the & element 120 In the meantime, their structures (such as their size, shape, angle, etc.) are under-changed. In terms of implementation, the fixed body 110 and the viable element 120 are placed in the first target area, so the wave source 122 can form the target area. Optical coupling, and the movement of the waveform detector 124 can form the optical coupling of the first area of the target area. The excitation of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 can illuminate and detect electromagnetic waves. Excitation __ · 115 · This paper scale is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm) B7 V. Description of the invention (m) The exciter element can move the movable element 120 and its waveform detector 124 from the target area along a linear path. One end is transformed into the other end. Each pair of the wave source 122 and the detector 124 can form an expanded voxel 171 at a change angle related to the linear transition path (or χ axis) of the movable element 120, which is due to the image element ( Display) data acquisition or sampling rate. The waveform detector 124 can generate an output signal representing the spatial average over the entire area or volume of each expanded voxel 171. The image element can receive and sample this output signal and determine The expanded voxel 値 image element of each expanded voxel 171 can also recognize the intersection of two or more voxels and generate an intersected voxel 173. Based on the voxel 値 of the intersected voxel, the imaging element can calculate the The relative voxels of each of them. As soon as the movable element 120 reaches the target area or another neighboring area, the scanning process is terminated, and the subject 11 moves to the next target area of the media for further scanning. Alternatively, the configuration of the exciter elements may repeat the scanning process of the same target area along the same or different curved paths. It can be understood that the geometric relationship between the fixed wave source 122 and the movable waveform detector 124 changes according to the position in the target area. Therefore, the scanning unit 125 usually has dilated voxels 171 of different lines and sizes during the movement. This irregular voxel causes complexity in obtaining the waveform equations applied to the scanning unit 125, so they are usually not the best substantially the same shape and size. The shape and size of the expanded voxel 171 can be reduced through various configurations, such as synchronizing the exciter element with the image element, so data sampling can be performed at a preselected position in the target area, resulting in an intersection with a predetermined structure Voxels. The shape of the intersecting voxels and the distribution pattern -116- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 public love ^ 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (114) " ~ and the size can be adjusted by adjusting the wave source and The geometric configuration and transmission between the detectors; change their speed and shape of the path of movement by processing the curve of the tracing unit; etc. are controlled. Therefore, the skilled person is usually familiar with the technique to choose to find the scan Units, actuator elements, and / or imaging elements are most suitable. Ί configuration. J Note that the scanning unit of FIG. 37 usually defines angular voxels 16ι, ι63, which can change them during the movement of the movable element 120. The shape, shape, and size of the beam are changed because the geometric configuration f between the fixed wave source 122 and the movable waveform detector 124 changes the position of the movable element 120 in the target area. The voxels 161, 163 need more complicated Analytical or digital methods are used to obtain the waveform equations for the fixed wave source 122 and the movable waveform detector 124. Therefore, it is usually not the same to maintain substantially the same shape and size. Smaller. However, the shape and size of the angular voxels and their intersected voxels can also be transmitted through: 丨 Various configuration compensations, such as by synchronizing the exciter element with the image element, so the signal Or the data can be sampled at a preselected position in the target area to define a voxel with a predetermined structure. The structure of the intersecting voxels and the distribution pattern can also be processed by processing the general configuration between the wave source and the detector Controlled by changing the moving speed of the waveform detector, moving the f-path profile through the curve of the processing unit, etc., so that the person skilled in the art is looking for: to the previous specific embodiment Scanning unit, exciter element, and / or shadow: Appropriate configuration of the image element. If it is better, at least one wave source can be arranged in the 丨: movable element and / or at least one waveform detector can be implemented on a fixed body. First :; The front wave source-detector configuration can also be reversed, that is, all wave sources can be configured on: 丨 movable components, and all waveform detectors can be configured on fixed bodies. Ί -117-

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(115 ) B. —分佈的2/3維影像產生 具體實施例 如上述’影像輸出信號與解析度的正確性可透過在相同 目標區域上重複相同掃描處理或執行不同掃描處理而提 问。多重組相交體素可例如透過調整影像元件的影像圖 案、或處理由激勵器元件所產生移動的路徑及/或路徑速 度而構成。注意,圖59的具體實施例亦可結合少量的波源 與债測器,而且他們掃描單元的高度與寬度是實質小於目 標區域的掃描單元。 可了解到本發明的先前光學影像系統可在實質即時基礎 上產生發色團性質的二及/或三維分佈影像。相較於需要 複雜與耗時影像重建處理的每個傳統光學影像系統,先前 光學影像系統可從此體素及/或相交體素的擴張體素値及/ 或相X體素値而直接產生此影像。例如,圖52至59的光學 影像系統包括即時影像建構方法,而不管目標區域大小、 波源與偵測器數量、沿著可動與掃描單元可行進曲線路徑 的詳細結構。先前光學影像系統可調整影像解析度。例 如,相較於需要設備複雜調整的先前技藝部分,先前光學 影像系統只必須調餐資料取樣率、可動元件的移動速度、 波源與偵測器的群或取樣圖案、等。 在本發明的另一觀點中,一光學影像系統的配置可包括 一可動主體及一可動元件,如此可透過移動在目標區域内 的可動元件、及透過在媒體的不同目標區域上移動可動主 體而在一生理學媒體目標區域中產生發色團性質的分佈影 -118- 本紙張尺度適財® S家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公爱)588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (115) B.-Specific implementation of 2 / 3-dimensional image generation of distribution. For example, the correctness of the image output signal and resolution can be achieved by repeating the same scanning process or performing different scanning on the same target area. Process and ask questions. The multi-recombined intersected voxels can be formed, for example, by adjusting the image pattern of the image element, or by processing the path and / or path speed of the movement generated by the exciter element. Note that the specific embodiment of FIG. 59 can also combine a small number of wave sources and debt detectors, and the height and width of their scanning unit are substantially smaller than the scanning unit of the target area. It is understood that the prior optical imaging system of the present invention can produce two- and / or three-dimensional distribution images of chromophore properties on a substantially instant basis. Compared to each traditional optical imaging system that requires complex and time-consuming image reconstruction processing, previous optical imaging systems can directly generate this from this voxel and / or expanded voxels 交 and / or phase X voxels 交 of intersecting voxels. image. For example, the optical imaging systems of Figs. 52 to 59 include real-time image construction methods, regardless of the size of the target area, the number of wave sources and detectors, and the detailed structure along the curvilinear path of the movable and scanning unit. Previous optical imaging systems can adjust image resolution. For example, compared to the previous technology that required complex equipment adjustments, the previous optical imaging system only had to adjust the data sampling rate, the moving speed of the movable elements, the wave source and detector groups or sampling patterns, and so on. In another aspect of the present invention, the configuration of an optical imaging system may include a movable body and a movable element, so that the movable element in the target area can be moved by moving, and the movable body can be moved in different target areas of the media. Generates chromophore-like distribution shadows in the target area of a physiological media-118- This paper is suitable for standard paper ® S family standard (CNS) A4 specification (21GX 297 public love)

裝 訂 588158 116 五、發明説明( 圖60係根據本發明而顯示另一移動光學影像系統圖。此 光學影像系統200典型包括一可動主體21〇、至少一可動元 件220、及激勵器元件23〇與一影像元件24〇。可動主體η。 ,有固定形狀與大小,以涵蓋至少一實質部分的媒體目標 區域,及取好包含至少—部分的可動元件22〇。可動元件 典型包括至少-移動單元212,以便在媒讀的不同目標 區域上將可動主體210移動。此移動單元的範例包括(但是 未侷限於)輪子、滾筒、導軌等。可動元件220的配置是類 似或同先於在圖1至3及52至58的先前具體實施例中的描 述。例如,可動元件包括根據任何先前結構而配置的至少 波源及至少一波形偵測器。一或多個激勵器元件23〇的 操作是與可動主體210與可動元件22〇耦合,以便沿著至少 一主要曲線路徑而產生可動主體210的至少一主要移動、 及沿著至少一次要曲線路徑而產生可動元件220的至少一 次要移動。激勵器元件23〇亦可同時或連續產生可動主體 210及/或可動元件22〇的曲線轉變、旋轉、迴旋、或往復 運動。 如圖38所示,在類似圖6〇的具體實施例中,當操作時, 可動主體110與可動元件12〇置於他·們的開始位置。可動主 體是置於媒體,如此掃描單元125是放置在媒體目標區 域的一第一區域。波源122與波形偵測器124然後可被激 勵’而且激勵器元件130能將可動元件120可實質線性轉變 成目標區域的鄰近區域。只要可動元件12〇到達目標區域 -119· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇x 297公釐) 裝 訂 線 588158 A7Binding 588158 116 V. Description of the invention (FIG. 60 is a diagram showing another moving optical imaging system according to the present invention. The optical imaging system 200 typically includes a movable body 21, at least one movable element 220, and an actuator element 23, and An image element 24. The movable body η. Has a fixed shape and size to cover at least a substantial part of a media target area, and a movable element 22 including at least a part is taken. The movable element typically includes at least a mobile unit 212. In order to move the movable body 210 on different target areas of the media reading. Examples of this moving unit include (but not limited to) wheels, rollers, guides, etc. The configuration of the movable element 220 is similar to or the same as that in FIG. 1 to 3 and 52 to 58 are described in the previous specific embodiments. For example, the movable element includes at least a wave source and at least one waveform detector configured according to any previous structure. The operation of the one or more exciter elements 23 is related to the movable The main body 210 is coupled to the movable element 22 so as to generate at least one main movement of the movable main body 210 along at least one main curved path, And at least one secondary movement of the movable element 220 along at least one secondary curvilinear path. The exciter element 23 may also simultaneously or continuously generate a curve transition, rotation, rotation, or reciprocation of the movable body 210 and / or the movable element 22 As shown in FIG. 38, in a specific embodiment similar to FIG. 60, when operating, the movable body 110 and the movable element 120 are placed at their starting positions. The movable body is placed on the medium, and thus the scanning unit 125 is a first area placed in the target area of the media. The wave source 122 and the waveform detector 124 can then be excited 'and the exciter element 130 can substantially linearly move the movable element 120 into an adjacent region of the target region. As long as the movable element 12〇 Reached the target area-119 · This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇x 297mm) Gutter 588158 A7

:另、糕,掃描處理便終止,或可動元件12〇可移回到目 ‘區域的第一區域,而持續掃描處理。在可動元件120結 束所有目標區域的掃描之後,移動單元119可被激勵,以 便將光學探棒及/或整個光學影像系統移到媒體的第二目 標區域。: In addition, the scanning process is terminated, or the movable element 12 can be moved back to the first area of the target area, and the scanning process is continued. After scanning of all the target areas by the movable element 120, the mobile unit 119 can be activated to move the optical probe and / or the entire optical imaging system to the second target area of the media.

Order

可了解到一光學導引元件是配置在媒體目標區域,如此 可動元件可於多重目標區域移動。此導引元件最好是由彈 性材料製成,或具有它的形狀可符合不同目標區域的不同 輪廓的一結構。例如,一環形導引元件的提供要能適於一 人體胸郅的頭端與底部附近。可動元件可咬合導引元件, 並且沿著它移動’而允許掃描單元掃描頭或胸部。透過允 許可動元件以一最好或預定速度而具有已知空間座標而沿 著導引元件的曲線路徑移動,光學影像系統可在頭或胸部 附近獲得輸出信號(或發色團性質)的連續二或三維分佈。 此外’二維圖案可组合成三度分佈圖案,而無需依賴先前 光學影像技術傳統所需的影像符號。因此,此具體實施例 亦可在媒體中提供發色團性質的二或三維影像的即時結 構。 D.自我校準 基線方法 . 在本發明的一進一步觀點中1 一光學影像系統可計算透 過波形偵測器所產生一輸出信號的·基線或背景大小(以下 稱爲"基線π)。根據此基線,先前光學影像系統可執行此 系統的波形偵測器、感測器組件、光學探棒或可攜式探棒 -120- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 的1我%C準。自我校準光學影像系統包括在此描述的該等 先則波源I中至少-者、該等先前波形偵測器之中至少一 者、及一影像元件。 影像元件最好可透過例如將輸出信號做算術、加權、或 正個平均、及/或藉由一低通濾波器而處理至少一部分輸 出信號而從輸出信號移除高頻雜訊。影像元件的配置可識 j輸出L號的不同部分或區段,其每個部分或區段可呈現 不同輪廓(例如,平坦、線性或彎曲),而且具不同大小(例 平坦或’文化)。當影像元件識別一或多個部分,其中 輸出k號實質主現平坦輪廓,而且具有實質類似大小時, 此通常表示對應輸出信號平坦部分是由例如正常組織與細 胞的同種材料組成的目標區域部位。影像元件然後可透過 例讀出信號的平坦或線性部分的大小做算術、幾何、或 加權平均而計算輸出信號的基線。影像元件然後可計算未 自我f準或正#自我校準的輸出信號,例如正常化光學密 度信號,這些信號是定義成在輸出信號與基線之間不同信 號與基線的比率。此光學密度信號可提供給影像元件,而 然後y解決運用於波源與偵測器的一組波形方程式,這些 解決是表示媒體目秦區域不同部分的發色團性質的空間平 均分佈。 最好是先其最好自我校準處環可實質即時執行。此表示 在光學影像系統的可動元件從第一目標區域移到下一者之 前,影像元件的配置最好可在第一目標區域的不同部分上 將輸出信號取樣,以產生正常光學密度信號;及在藉此 588158It can be understood that an optical guiding element is arranged in the target area of the media, so that the movable element can be moved in multiple target areas. The guide element is preferably made of an elastic material or has a structure whose shape can conform to different contours of different target areas. For example, a ring-shaped guide element may be provided to fit the head end and the bottom of a human chest. The movable element can engage the guide element and move 'along it' to allow the scanning unit to scan the head or chest. By allowing the movable element to move along the curved path of the guide element with a known spatial coordinate at a best or predetermined speed, the optical imaging system can obtain the output signal (or the chromophore nature) of the continuous two near the head or chest. Or three-dimensional distribution. In addition, the two-dimensional pattern can be combined into a three-dimensional distribution pattern without relying on the image symbols required by the traditional optical imaging technology tradition. Therefore, this specific embodiment can also provide a real-time structure of a chromophore-like two- or three-dimensional image in the media. D. Self-Calibration Baseline Method. In a further aspect of the invention, an optical imaging system can calculate the baseline or background size of an output signal generated by a waveform detector (hereinafter referred to as " baseline π). Based on this baseline, previous optical imaging systems can perform this system's waveform detectors, sensor assemblies, optical probes or portable probes -120- This paper is sized for the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 (210 X 297 mm). The self-calibrating optical imaging system includes at least one of the prior wave sources I described herein, at least one of the previous waveform detectors, and an imaging element. The image element may preferably remove high frequency noise from the output signal by, for example, arithmetically, weighting, or averaging the output signal, and / or processing at least a portion of the output signal by a low-pass filter. The configuration of the image element can identify different parts or sections of the output L number, each of which can present a different outline (for example, flat, linear, or curved) and have different sizes (for example, flat or 'culture). When the image element recognizes one or more parts, in which the output k number is substantially flat and has a substantially similar size, this usually indicates that the flat part corresponding to the output signal is a target region composed of the same material, such as normal tissue and cells . The image element can then calculate the baseline of the output signal by arithmetically, geometrically, or weighted averaging the size of the flat or linear portion of the readout signal. The image element can then calculate output signals that are not self-calibrating or positive self-calibrating, such as normalized optical density signals, which are defined as the ratio of the different signals to the baseline between the output signal and the baseline. This optical density signal can be provided to the image element, and then a set of waveform equations applied to the wave source and the detector are solved. These solutions represent the spatially uniform distribution of the chromophore properties in different parts of the media area. It is best to perform the self-calibration loop first, which can be performed substantially instantaneously. This means that before the movable element of the optical imaging system is moved from the first target area to the next, the image element is preferably configured to sample the output signal on different parts of the first target area to generate a normal optical density signal; and Taking this 588158

義每個體素上最好顯示輸出信號、光學密度信號、及/或 發色團性質分佈。 本發明的此觀點是要提供優於先前技藝的數個優點。相 較於在一取樣媒體或一媒體中需要一媒體基線評估的先前 技藝光學影像技術,本發明的光學影像系統可評估媒體的 一單一基線’並且在整個目標區域及/或媒體使用此基 線。因此,每個光學影像系統可避免任何需要評估多重基 線’而我需效率妥協。此外,先前光學影像系統可實質即 時產生發色團性質2間分佈影像。此外,例如光學影像系 統的波源與偵測器的探棒或其感測器不必在影像與目標區 域之間來回移動及放置。因此,在探棒與媒體目標區域之 間降低的光搞合沒有危險,因此,結果的解析度可提高。 輸出信號的平坦部分,或相反是輸出其餘部分(亦即, 非平坦或彎曲)可由各種不同配置識別。首先,輸出信號 的一或整個部分(或具有一改善信號-雜訊比的濾波輸出信 號)可根據一預先選擇的臨界値而分成不同邵分。此臨界 値的選取可當作平坦部分的一最小截止値,所以平坦部分 的所有資料點具有等於或大於臨界値的大小。或者,臨界 値可以是非平坦、曲部分的一最大截止値,所以非平坦 或彎曲部分必須具有等於或小於臨·界値的大小。輸出信號 可在平坦與非平坦部分改變他們的大小,而不管臨界値。 因此,影像元件可提供一輔助截止範圍或一偏差範圍,其 中在範圍外的任何資料點不包括在平坦或非平坦部分。 不同方法及/或配置可用來建立臨界値。例如,影像元 _ -122- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 A7It is best to display the output signal, optical density signal, and / or chromophore property distribution on each voxel. This aspect of the invention is to provide several advantages over previous techniques. Compared to prior art optical imaging techniques that require a media baseline assessment in a sampled medium or a medium, the optical imaging system of the present invention can evaluate a single baseline of the media 'and use this baseline across the entire target area and / or media. Therefore, each optical imaging system can avoid any need to evaluate multiple baselines' and I need to compromise on efficiency. In addition, the previous optical imaging system can produce images with two chromophore-like distributions in real time. In addition, for example, the wave source of the optical imaging system and the probe of the detector or its sensor need not be moved and placed back and forth between the image and the target area. Therefore, there is no danger in reducing the light coupling between the probe and the target area of the media, so the resolution of the results can be improved. The flat portion of the output signal, or conversely the rest of the output (ie, non-flat or curved) can be identified by a variety of different configurations. First, one or all parts of the output signal (or a filtered output signal with an improved signal-to-noise ratio) can be divided into different points based on a pre-selected threshold value. The selection of this critical chirp can be regarded as a minimum cutoff chirp of the flat part, so all data points in the flat part have a size equal to or greater than the critical chirp. Alternatively, the critical 値 can be a maximum cut-off 非 of the non-planar, curved portion, so the non-flat or curved portion must have a size equal to or smaller than the boundary 値. The output signal can change their size in flat and non-flat parts, regardless of the critical threshold. Therefore, the image element can provide an auxiliary cut-off range or a deviation range in which any data points outside the range are not included in the flat or non-flat portion. Different methods and / or configurations can be used to establish criticality. For example, image element _ -122- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) 588158 A7

件可提供一操作員可具有在目標區域不同部分上獲得的輸 出信號,而且操作員可手動選取輸出信號的平坦部分、或 非平坦、或彎曲邵分的臨界値。臨界値亦可透過識別一參 考値而適當決定,而該參考値可以是一區域(或全域)最大 値或一區域(或全域)最小値。只要參考値可識別,臨界値 便可例如透過將參考値乘以(除以)一預先選擇因素、或透 過從參考値減去(或加上)一預先選擇偏移値.而決定。或 者,影像元件可沿著可動元件的曲線移動路徑而計算由波 形偵測器所產生多重輸出信號的一累積平均。整個累積平 均然後可用來建立一或多個臨界値、參考値預先選擇因 素、及/或預先選擇偏移。 訂It can provide an operator that can have the output signal obtained on different parts of the target area, and the operator can manually select the flat part of the output signal, or the critical part of non-flat or curved points. The critical threshold can also be appropriately determined by identifying a reference threshold, which can be the largest threshold in an area (or global) or the smallest threshold in an area (or global). As long as the reference frame is identifiable, the critical frame can be determined, for example, by multiplying (dividing) the reference frame by a preselection factor, or by subtracting (or adding) a preselection offset from the reference frame. Alternatively, the image element may follow a curved movement path of the movable element to calculate a cumulative average of multiple output signals generated by the waveform detector. The entire accumulated average can then be used to establish one or more critical thresholds, reference thresholds, preselected factors, and / or preselected offsets. Order

線 可了解到影像元件可計算媒體的至少兩不同目標區域的 基線。多重基線(稱爲"區域基線")可分析,以確定他們的 有效性,並且選取不受到不正常細胞或組織出現影響的正 確一者。例如,當可動元件是放置在沒有任何不正常標區 域時,輸出信號在目標區域的整個部分是平坦的。基線可 如同整個輸出信號平均而容易計算。t目標區域包括正常 與不正常細胞或組織時,影像元件可將輸出信號分成至少 兩部分’亦即,一平-坦部分及另—非平坦部分,或將找出 輸出信號的此平坦部分或區段。基線然後可如同輸出作號 的平坦部分計算β然而,當多數部分或整個目標區域^由 不正常細胞或組織組成時,輸出信號具有大小最大截止佶 或小於最小截止値的大小,並且在目標區域上可甚至顯= 相當平坦輪廓。當此目標區域是發生要檢查的第—者·",:The line understands that the image element can calculate the baseline of at least two different target areas of the media. Multiple baselines (called "regional baselines") can be analyzed to determine their effectiveness, and the correct one is not affected by the appearance of abnormal cells or tissues. For example, when the movable element is placed in an area without any abnormal marks, the output signal is flat over the entire portion of the target area. The baseline can be easily calculated as the entire output signal is averaged. t When the target area includes normal and abnormal cells or tissues, the imaging element can divide the output signal into at least two parts, that is, a flat-tan part and another non-flat part, or this flat part or area of the output signal will be found segment. The baseline can then be calculated as a flat part of the output number. However, when most parts or the entire target area ^ is composed of abnormal cells or tissues, the output signal has a size of the maximum cutoff 佶 or less than the minimum cutoff 并且Can even show up = quite flat contour. When this target area is the first one to check, ":

588158 五 發明説明(121 ) ‘影像元件的配置根據此目標區域 立臨界値大小時,-操作員各 。號的平均値而建 基線的平均值。只要在從不^目_厂:區域輸出信號正確 到不—软l 標區域獲得的基線之間找 允,操作兩不同目標區域的至少兩基線可透過 重區域基線、或配置影像元件以警 不掭作員而避免錯誤診斷。 凡1干乂 Θ 當來自多重目標區域的區域基線未實質相珂、或呈現大 =預選値的偏差時,影像元件可透過此全域基線而獲得 代表平均、或全域基線(以下稱"全域基線"),而且透過 —王域基埭而使輸出信號正常化。或者,一操作員或影像 2件可從目標區域的不同基線選取單一基線,並且可將它 S作全域基線使用。或者,少數選取的區域基線或所有區 域基線可平均計算全域基線,其中多重區域基線可算術、 幾何、或加權平均,以產生全域基線。 田全域或合成媒體影像是由多重目標區域的多重區域 景夕像構成時’影像元件可根據每個目標區域的區域基線、 或根據單一全域基線而產生每個區域影像。例如,區域目 標區域的區域影像.可根據在目標區域獲得的他們區域基線 心中每一者而構成Γ而且一合成媒體影像可透過排列多重 區域基線所獲得的多重區域影像而獲得。或者,只要根據 所有區域影像,全域基線便可選取或計算。大致上,每個 方法本身具有贊成與反對論點。例如,當需要腦部附近的 一合成影像來識別任何潛在或實際脈動情況時,異質器官 (例如耳朵、眼睛等)與腦附近的不同頭蓋骨厚度可在腦部 五、發明説明(122 ) 附近不同目標區域產生不同區域基線。如果全域基線可從 多重區域基線計及用於獲得所有區域影像,所有像素在整 個媒體具有相同亮度比例及/或顏色比例。雖然此合成媒 體影像可使醫師進行比較診斷,但是他或她不能找到在一 局部目標區域中隱藏、及由具有類似或大於輕度脈動情況 所造成陰影的一輕度脈動情況。相對地,當合成影像是由 每個根據個別區域基線的多重區域影像構成時,每個區域 影像便可具有它本身的亮度比例或顏色比例。雖然先前輕 度脈動情況可不能在區域影像妥協,但是醫師必須個別分 析每個區域影像。 ' 刀 避免此不方便的一方法可人爲提高在每一局部目標區域 中的組織正常細胞與異常之間的對比。例如,只要識別任 何潛在的不正常,影像元件可放大對應此潛在異常的信 號,所以放大信號將不會由全域基線的大小造成一陰影: 一特殊符號或顏色可加到此提高影像,以警示醫師。在㊉ 要胸部周圍的一合成媒體影像的另一範例中,一些腫瘤^ 能相同或大於光學影像系統的掃描單元或藉此定義的^標 區域。結果,至少一區域影像具有實質大於或小於正常細 胞或組織基線的區域基線。若要避免透過此不正常基綠偏 壓的一全域基線,影像元件的配置可比較從多重局部目標 區域所獲得的個別區域基線,单且不考慮在計算全域基線 中的此偏壓基線。 — ' 雖然本發明上面揭露主要是針對提供發色團性質的一命 間分佈影像,但是本發明可運用於產生一時間分佈影像: -125· 本紙張尺度適用巾g g家標準(CNS) A4規格(21QX297&^) 五、發明説明(123 ) :前二可:元件的掃描單元的…實質择描相同區 声像-: 而於不同時間上读測的輸出信號差, 〜π牛可计异區域發色團性質的暫時變化,並 時間分佈圖案的影像。或者,時間分佈可::: 像可從不同時間框上所獲得發色團性質的兩或多個 時間分佈提供。例如,可動元件及其掃描單元可可重複目 標區域的掃描處理,並且計算在目標區域的每個位置上的 發色團性質的時間分佈圖案。可了解到暫時變化是與發色 團性質的値變化有關。然而,只要發色團性質的絕對値可 在任何參考時間框上決定,在此性質的先前或隨後變化可 轉換成絕對値,而且反之亦然。 >王意,本發明的先前光學影像系統、光學探棒、與方法 可在媒體目標區域中提供血液與水量的暫時變化値。在一 人體的特殊目標區域中獲得血量暫時變化的具體實施例 中,氧紅血球素濃度[Hb0]、與去氧紅血球素濃度[111?]可 透過一組方程式(1勾和(lb)或透過另一組方程式(2a)和(2b) 計算。只要[Hb]和[HbO]是已知,他們的總數(亦即,總紅 血球素濃度[HbT],其是[Hb]和[HbO]的總數)亦可計算。透 過從相同目標區域灰置的波形偵測器獲得輸出信號,總紅 血球素濃度變化便可獲得。透過假設在目標區域流入及流 出的血球體積器計(亦即,血液的缸血球細胞量的百分比) 可在整個時間維持一固定位準,在目標區域的血量暫時變 化從目標區域的[HbT]暫時變化觀點可直接計算。或者, [Hb]和[HbO]的暫時變化可從方程式(6a)和(6b)計算,因 126 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 B7 五、發明説明(124 ) 區域的[Hb]和[HbO]變 此,[HbT]的暫時變化可如同在目標 化總和而獲得。 可了解到,本發明的光學影m光學探棒、與方法 的運用可獲得媒體目標區域的發色圏性質的三維分佈影 像。如前述,電磁波是透過波源的照射,並且藉由透過一 目‘區域&預先選擇冰度(或厚度)所定義的媒體目標體 積而傳送給媒體。因此,_組波形方程式可以是三維目標 量的公式。透過波形偵測器所產生的輸出信號可傳遞給影 像元=,然後可使用相關初始値及/或邊界條件而解決波 形方心式’其巾來自波形方程式的此解決是表示媒體目標 區域的發色團十生質的s維分佈·。若要維持應像的預先選擇 解析度,光學影像系統或探棒最好包括足夠數量配置的波 源及/或偵測器,以定義大量的掃描單元;及目標區域的 體素。假設,一光學影像系統包括2個波源及4個波形偵測 器並且了產生具一預定解析度的一目標區域的二維影 像。當一目標體積是定義成具有與目標區域相同的區域, 而且一預先選擇厚度是表示彼此重疊的N個二維層時,此 一光學影像系統便需要大約包括2N個波源及/或4N個波形 偵測器,以維持與三:維層的每一者相同的解析度。然而, 需要的波源與偵測器數量可透過處理激勵器元件而減少, 以便在目標區域產生波源與偵利器的足夠移動,而且最好 是在多重不同曲線方向。然而,需要的波源與偵測器數量 通常是與可動元件的數量或複雜度、或影像元件的輸出信 號取樣率而成反比。因此,光學影像系統可透過配置激勵 •_______ -127- I紙張尺® ®冢標準(CNS) A4規·格(摩297公釐) 588158 A7588158 V. Description of the invention (121) ‘When the placement of the image element is based on this target area, the critical frame size is-operator. The average of the number is not the average of the baseline. As long as you can find the baseline between the correct output signal of the target area and the non-soft target area, at least two baselines operating two different target areas can pass through the heavy area baseline or configure image components to prevent Clerk to avoid misdiagnosis. Where 1 interfering Θ When the regional baselines from the multiple target areas are not substantially comparable, or present a large = preselected deviation, the image element can obtain a representative average, or global baseline (hereinafter referred to as " global baseline) through this global baseline "), and normalize the output signal through Wang Yuji. Alternatively, one operator or two images can select a single baseline from different baselines in the target area and use it as a global baseline. Alternatively, a few selected regional baselines or all regional baselines can be averaged to calculate the global baseline, where multiple regional baselines can be arithmetically, geometrically, or weighted averaged to produce a global baseline. When Tian Quanyu or synthetic media images are composed of multiple target scenes with multiple target areas, the image element can generate an image of each area based on the regional baseline of each target area or a single global baseline. For example, the regional image of the regional target region can be constructed from each of their regional baselines obtained in the target region, and a composite media image can be obtained by arranging multiple regional images obtained by arranging multiple regional baselines. Alternatively, the global baseline can be selected or calculated based on all area images. Roughly, each method has its own arguments for and against it. For example, when a composite image near the brain is needed to identify any potential or actual pulsation, the thickness of the heterogeneous organs (such as ears, eyes, etc.) and that of the brain may be different around the brain. The target area produces different regional baselines. If the global baseline can be taken into account from the multi-region baseline to obtain all region images, all pixels have the same brightness ratio and / or color ratio throughout the media. Although this synthetic media image allows the physician to make a comparative diagnosis, he or she cannot find a mild pulsation condition that is hidden in a localized target area and is shadowed by a similar or greater than a mild pulsation condition. In contrast, when the composite image is composed of multiple regional images based on the baselines of individual regions, each regional image can have its own brightness ratio or color ratio. Although previous mild pulsation may not be compromised in the area image, the physician must analyze each area image individually. One way to avoid this inconvenience is to artificially increase the contrast between normal cells and abnormalities in the tissue in each local target area. For example, as long as any potential abnormality is identified, the image element can amplify the signal corresponding to this potential anomaly, so the amplified signal will not cause a shadow from the size of the global baseline: a special symbol or color can be added to improve the image to alert Physician. In another example of a synthetic media image around the chest, some tumors can be the same or larger than the scanning unit of the optical imaging system or the target area defined thereby. As a result, the at least one region image has a region baseline that is substantially larger or smaller than a normal cell or tissue baseline. To avoid passing a global baseline of this abnormal base green bias, the configuration of the image elements can compare the individual regional baselines obtained from multiple local target regions, without considering this bias baseline in the calculation of the global baseline. — 'Although the above disclosure of the present invention is mainly aimed at providing a life-time distribution image of chromophore properties, the present invention can be used to generate a time distribution image: -125 · This paper standard is applicable to the GG Home Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21QX297 & ^) V. Description of the invention (123): The first two can be: the element's scanning unit ... essentially selects the sound image of the same area-: and the output signal difference measured at different times is ~ π. An image of a temporal change in the nature of a chromophore in a region and a temporal distribution pattern. Alternatively, the time distribution can be provided as :: Two or more time distributions of chromophore properties can be obtained from different time frames. For example, the movable element and its scanning unit may repeat the scanning process of the target area, and calculate the time distribution pattern of the chromophore properties at each position of the target area. It can be understood that the temporary change is related to the change in the nature of the chromophore. However, as long as the absolute 値 of the chromophore property can be determined at any reference time frame, previous or subsequent changes in this property can be converted to absolute 値 and vice versa. > Wang Yi, the previous optical imaging system, optical probe, and method of the present invention can provide temporary changes in the amount of blood and water in the target area of the media. In a specific example of obtaining a temporary change in blood volume in a specific target area of a human body, the concentration of oxyhemoglobin [Hb0] and the concentration of deoxyhemoglobin [111?] Can be determined by a set of equations (1 tick and (lb) or Calculated through another set of equations (2a) and (2b). As long as [Hb] and [HbO] are known, their total number (ie, total heme concentration [HbT], which is [Hb] and [HbO] The total number can also be calculated. By obtaining the output signal from a gray-scale waveform detector in the same target area, the total erythropoietin concentration change can be obtained. By assuming a hemocytometer (ie, blood) flowing in and out of the target area The percentage of blood cell volume in the cylinder) can be maintained at a fixed level throughout the time, and the temporary change in blood volume in the target area can be directly calculated from the [HbT] temporary change point of view of the target area. Alternatively, [Hb] and [HbO] Temporary changes can be calculated from equations (6a) and (6b), because 126 paper sizes apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) A7 B7 V. [Hb] and [HbO] changed, the temporary change of [HbT] can be as It is obtained by standardizing the sum. It can be understood that the application of the optical shadow m optical probe and the method of the present invention can obtain a three-dimensional distribution image of the color and color properties of the target area of the media. As mentioned above, the electromagnetic wave is irradiated through the wave source, and It is transmitted to the media by pre-selecting the media target volume defined by the ice (or thickness) through a region's area. Therefore, the set of waveform equations can be the formula of the three-dimensional target volume. The output generated by the waveform detector The signal can be passed to the image element =, and then the waveform center-of-squares can be solved using the relevant initial chirps and / or boundary conditions. This solution comes from the wave equation. This solution represents the s-dimensional distribution of the chromophores in the target area of the media To maintain the pre-selected resolution of the image, the optical imaging system or probe preferably includes a sufficient number of configured wave sources and / or detectors to define a large number of scanning units; and the voxels of the target area. Assume, An optical image system includes two wave sources and four waveform detectors and generates a two-dimensional image of a target area with a predetermined resolution. When a The target volume is defined as having the same area as the target area, and when a pre-selected thickness is N two-dimensional layers that overlap each other, this optical imaging system needs to include approximately 2N wave sources and / or 4N waveform detection To maintain the same resolution as each of the three-dimensional layers. However, the number of wave sources and detectors required can be reduced by processing the exciter elements in order to generate sufficient movement of the wave source and the detector in the target area. And it is better to be in multiple different curve directions. However, the number of wave sources and detectors required is usually inversely proportional to the number or complexity of movable elements, or the output signal sampling rate of the image elements. Therefore, optical imaging systems can pass Configuration Incentive • _______ -127- I Paper Ruler ® ® Tsukam Standard (CNS) A4 Gage (297 mm) 588158 A7

Order

線 588158 A7Line 588158 A7

體的目標區域,而且波形偵測器124可偵測從媒體目標區 域相互作用與發射的電磁波。波形偵測器可產生一對 應的輸出値信號或資料點信號,以表示在掃描元件上藉此 偵測的電磁波量。一群波源122與债測器124、《一群掃描 元件亦定義一掃描單元125,其通常是形成本發明光學探 棒的一有效掃描區域。結果,感測器122、124群可產生對 應一堆多重輸出値信號或資料點信號的輸出信號,其每個 #號是在對應的掃描元件產生。掃描單元125的結構及其 掃描區域可透過一感測器組件及/或波源-偵測器配置的一 般配置而決定,例如,波源122與偵測器124的數量、其間 的一般配置、掃描元件與掃描單元的波源122與偵測器124 群、波源122的照射能力或發射功率、波形偵測器124的偵 測靈敏度等。例如,在圖42八的具體實施例中,兩波形偵 測器124是在兩波源122以相等距離插入。因此,在掃描區 域120a上,感測器122、124可定義一"線性"掃描單元 125a,其實質是沿著一縱軸127延伸。在圖42B的具體實施 例中,波源122的一列是以實質平方方式直接配置在波形 偵測器124的一第二列,並且在掃描單元125b區域12扑 上,定義一實質矩充或正方形"區域"。圖42C的具體實施 例包括感測器的4個平行列,其中兩波形偵測器124 (或波 源122)是在兩波源122 (或偵測器-124)之間插入。感測器 122、124是形成實質長方形或正方形的一掃描單元12兄, 但是較寬於在圖42A的掃描單元125a,而且大於在圖42B的 掃描單元125b。注意,光學探棒120c的掃描單元125〇是定 -129- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 五、發明説明(127 ) 義具有不同結構的多重掃描單元125a、125b。對照下,在 圖42D的具體實施例包括在波源122附近配置的波形偵測器 124,以便在圓形掃描區域12〇d上定義實質圓形掃描單元 125d。同樣可了解到,圓形掃描單元125d的波源ι22與偵 測器124可組成,以定義先前"線性"掃描單元125a與”氣式,, 掃描單元125b。 本發明的波源的一般酰置可形成與媒體耦合,並且可照 射電磁波。任何波源可使用在光學耦合系統或光學探棒, 以照射具有例如範圍從1〇〇毫微米到5,〇〇〇毫微米、從3〇〇 愛微米到3,000毫微米、或特別從5〇〇毫微米到2,5〇〇毫微米 的”近紅外"範圍的一預先選擇波長的電磁波。然而,如下 述,典型的波源的配置可照射具有大約690毫微米或大約 830毫微米的近紅外電磁波。波源亦可照射具有例如不同 波長、相位角、頻率、振幅、諧波等不同波形特性的電磁 波。或者,波源可照射電磁波,其中相同、類似、或不同 信號波可重疊於具有類似、或相互不同波長、頻率、相位 角、振幅、或諧波的載波。在圖42 A至42D的具體實施例 中,每個波源122的配置可照射具有兩不同波長的電磁 波,例如大約660亳微米到720毫微米、例如690毫微米、 與大約810愛微米到8 5 0愛微米,例·如8 3 0毫微米。 同樣地,先前的波形偵測器的配置可偵測前述電磁波, 而且可響應其而產生輸出信號。只要波形偵測器具有前述 範圍波長電磁波偵測靈敏度,任何波形偵測器便可在光學 影像系統、或光學探棒使用。波形偵測器的建構亦可偵測 -130- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 五、發明説明(128 ) 具有任何先前波長特性的電磁波。波形偵測器亦可偵測由 多重波源所照射的多重組電磁波,而且因此可產生多重輸 出信號。 輸出信號範例 圖43A和43B是根據本發明而由先前波形偵測器所產生的 輸出信號。在圖中,橫座標是沿著光學影像系統的一光學 探棒、或沿著生理學媒艟的一軸距離,而縱軸是表示在媒 體目標區域中由波形偵測器所測量的輸出信號振幅。每個 輸出k號通常包含多重輸出値信號、或資料點信號,其每 個疋對應由每個掃描單元的每個掃描元件的波形偵測器所 偵測的電磁波。爲了説明目的,位在媒體最左邊的目標區 域(即是鄰近圖的開始)是指定成第一目標區域,而在媒體 的最右邊的目標區域是,,最後”目標區域。如圖43A所述, 輸出信號150在第一部分或區域152a (亦即,從第一到第土 目‘區域)及在第二部分或區域152b (亦即,從第』到第%最 後掃描區域)程現相當平坦的輪廓。在平坦區域152a、 152b^間疋位在直立鐘形部分15乜(亦即從第(i+i)到第ο】) 目標區域),其中輸出信號15〇的振幅改變是與軸位置有 關。除了 一相反鐘形部分㈣(亦即,從第(i + 1)到第㈣ 目標區域)是在兩平坦部分152a、152b之間插入之外,圖 的輸出信號15〇具有類似圖43A-的一輪廓。 本f由多數正常組織所組成的-媒體中,輸出信號15〇的 接部刀l52a、152b通常是對應正常細胞或組織,因此, 構成媒體(以下稱爲輸出信號的基線")的一背景輸出信 588158 五、發明説明(129 ) 號位準。對照下,直立與相反的鐘形部分i54a、⑽通常 表示在各種不同發展階段上的不正常组織與細胞(例如, 纖維癌瘤、流體等的瘤组織、不良或良性癌瘤)。彎曲部 分154a、154b亦表示具有不同於背景组織或細胞的光學性 質的正常解剖組織或單元(例如,血管、連接組織等)。 在估計氧與去氧紅血球素、氧飽和、血量、與其他發色 圏性質的濃度方面,需要校準由波形偵測器所產生的輸出 信號,用以初始化感測器及/或説明媒體目標區域的各種 不同掃描元件的特質差異。此外,在光學影像系统中所使 用的k號處理演算法通常不需要輸出信號本身,而是輸出 信號(例如,光學密度)比率,其中輸出信號可透過— 輸出信號而正常化或校準。因此,本發明的-觀點是要提 供-光學影像系統,以便根據輸出信號本身的性質而 輸出信號的自我校準。 自我校準OIS範例 影 波形偵測器m、^電源102。光學影像系統ι〇〇進—二 括硬體(電路、處理器、或積體電路)或軟體,例如 刀析态160、仏號處理器17〇、與影像處理器⑽,其 操作能與其他耦合’而且每個可包括-或多個功能單元。 信號分析器 信號分析器16〇的操作能與—或多個多感測器122、以 m 訂 圖44係根據本發明而顯示一自我校準光學影像系統圖 用以在-生理學目標區域中產生發色團或其性質分佈 像。-光學影像系統1〇〇典型包括至少一波源122、至少 包 號 本紙張尺奴财s -132- 588158 五、發明説明(13〇 ) 入與輸出信號, 色團(或其性質) 一或多個接收單 耦合,所以信號分析器可監督各種不同輸入 這些信號可用以產生在媒體目標區域的發色 分佈影像。例如,信號分析器16〇包括一 ^ 元,而該等接收單元的操作是與波源122耦合,並且監替The target area of the volume, and the waveform detector 124 can detect electromagnetic waves interacting and emitted from the target area of the media. The waveform detector can generate a corresponding output signal or data point signal to indicate the amount of electromagnetic waves detected by the scanning element. A group of wave sources 122 and a debt detector 124 and a group of scanning elements also define a scanning unit 125, which is usually an effective scanning area forming the optical probe of the present invention. As a result, the groups of sensors 122 and 124 can generate output signals corresponding to a plurality of multiple output chirp signals or data point signals, and each # number is generated at a corresponding scanning element. The structure of the scanning unit 125 and its scanning area can be determined by a general configuration of a sensor component and / or a wave source-detector configuration, for example, the number of the wave source 122 and the detector 124, the general configuration therebetween, and the scanning element The wave source 122 and the detector 124 group with the scanning unit, the irradiation ability or transmission power of the wave source 122, the detection sensitivity of the waveform detector 124, and the like. For example, in the specific embodiment of FIG. 42A, the two waveform detectors 124 are inserted at equal distances between the two wave sources 122. Therefore, on the scanning area 120a, the sensors 122, 124 may define a " linear " scanning unit 125a, which substantially extends along a longitudinal axis 127. In the specific embodiment of FIG. 42B, one column of the wave source 122 is directly arranged on a second column of the waveform detector 124 in a substantially square manner, and a substantially rectangular or square shape is defined on the area 12 of the scanning unit 125b. Area ". The specific embodiment of FIG. 42C includes four parallel columns of sensors, where two waveform detectors 124 (or wave source 122) are inserted between the two wave sources 122 (or detector-124). The sensors 122, 124 are a scanning unit 12 forming a substantially rectangular or square shape, but wider than the scanning unit 125a in FIG. 42A and larger than the scanning unit 125b in FIG. 42B. Note that the scanning unit 125 of the optical probe 120c is fixed -129- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) 5. Description of the invention (127) Multi-scanning unit with different structure 125a, 125b. In contrast, the specific embodiment in FIG. 42D includes a waveform detector 124 arranged near the wave source 122 so as to define a substantially circular scanning unit 125d on the circular scanning area 120d. It can also be understood that the wave source ι22 and the detector 124 of the circular scanning unit 125d can be composed to define the previous " linear " scanning unit 125a and the "air type", and the scanning unit 125b. The general configuration of the wave source of the present invention Coupling with media and irradiating electromagnetic waves. Any wave source can be used in an optical coupling system or optical probe to illuminate with, for example, a range from 1000 nm to 5,000 nm, from 300 nm An electromagnetic wave of a preselected wavelength in the "near infrared" range of 3,000 nanometers, or specifically from 500 nanometers to 2,500 nanometers. However, as described below, a typical wave source configuration may irradiate a near-infrared electromagnetic wave having about 690 nm or about 830 nm. The wave source can also irradiate electromagnetic waves having different waveform characteristics such as different wavelengths, phase angles, frequencies, amplitudes, and harmonics. Alternatively, the wave source may irradiate electromagnetic waves, in which the same, similar, or different signal waves may be superimposed on carrier waves having similar or different mutually different wavelengths, frequencies, phase angles, amplitudes, or harmonics. In the specific embodiment of FIGS. 42 A to 42D, the configuration of each wave source 122 may irradiate electromagnetic waves having two different wavelengths, such as about 660 μm to 720 nm, such as 690 nm, and about 810 μm to 8 5 0 love micrometers, such as 830 nanometers. Similarly, the previous configuration of the waveform detector can detect the aforementioned electromagnetic wave, and can generate an output signal in response to it. As long as the waveform detector has the above-mentioned range of electromagnetic wave detection sensitivity, any waveform detector can be used in an optical imaging system or an optical probe. The construction of the waveform detector can also detect -130- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) 5. Description of the invention (128) Electromagnetic waves with any previous wavelength characteristics. The waveform detector can also detect multiple recombined electromagnetic waves irradiated by multiple wave sources, and thus can generate multiple output signals. Example Output Signals Figures 43A and 43B are output signals generated by a previous waveform detector according to the present invention. In the figure, the horizontal axis is the distance along an optical probe of the optical imaging system or the axis of the physiological media, and the vertical axis is the output signal amplitude measured by the waveform detector in the target area of the media. . Each output k number usually contains multiple output signals or data point signals, each of which corresponds to the electromagnetic wave detected by the waveform detector of each scanning element of each scanning unit. For the purpose of illustration, the target area on the leftmost side of the media (that is, the beginning of the neighboring map) is designated as the first target area, and the target area on the farthest side of the media is, and the last "target area. As shown in Figure 43A The output signal 150 is fairly flat in the first part or region 152a (that is, from the first to the first order 'region) and in the second part or region 152b (that is, from the first to the last% scanned region). The contour is located between the flat regions 152a, 152b and 15 ° (i.e., from the (i + i) to the ο) target region) in which the amplitude of the output signal 15 is changed with the axis The position is related. The output signal 15 of the figure has a similar figure except that an opposite bell-shaped portion ㈣ (that is, from (i + 1) to the ㈣ target area) is inserted between the two flat portions 152a, 152b. A contour of 43A-. In this medium, which is composed of most normal tissues, the connecting blades 152a, 152b that output a signal of 15 are usually corresponding to normal cells or tissues. Therefore, the media (hereinafter referred to as the baseline of the output signal) ") for a background output Letter 588158 V. Description of invention (129) level. In contrast, the upright and opposite bell-shaped portions i54a, ⑽ usually indicate abnormal tissues and cells at various stages of development (for example, fibrocarcinoma, fluid, etc.) Tumor tissue, bad or benign cancer). The curved portions 154a, 154b also represent normal anatomical tissues or units (eg, blood vessels, connected tissues, etc.) with optical properties different from background tissues or cells. In estimating oxygen and In terms of erythropoietin, oxygen saturation, blood volume, and other chromogenic properties, the output signal generated by the waveform detector needs to be calibrated to initialize the sensor and / or account for various differences in the target area of the media. The characteristics of scanning elements are different. In addition, the k-number processing algorithm used in optical imaging systems usually does not require the output signal itself, but the ratio of the output signal (for example, optical density), where the output signal is transparent—the output signal is normal Therefore, the aspect of the present invention is to provide an optical imaging system for outputting signals according to the nature of the output signal itself. Signal self-calibration. Self-calibrating OIS example shadow waveform detector m, power source 102. Optical imaging system ι〇〇〇—two hardware (circuit, processor, or integrated circuit) or software, such as knife analysis 160, No. 17 processor, and image processor, its operation can be coupled with others', and each can include-or more functional units. Signal Analyzer Signal Analyzer 16 can operate with-or more Multi-sensor 122. Figure 44 shows a diagram of a self-calibrating optical imaging system according to the present invention to generate a chromophore or its property distribution image in a physiological target region.-Optical imaging system 100 Typically includes at least one wave source 122, at least the number of the paper ruler s -132- 588158 V. Description of the invention (13) Input and output signals, chromophore (or its properties) One or more receiving single coupling, so the signal The analyzer can monitor a variety of different inputs. These signals can be used to produce a color distribution image in the target area of the media. For example, the signal analyzer 16 includes one unit, and the operation of the receiving units is coupled to the wave source 122 and supervised.

單元的配置亦可接收外部資料、操作參數、 衣蜾體的一第一目 一輸出·信號。接收 "數、及/或由一操 作員或其上编碼所提供的其他命令或控制信號。 信號分析器160包括其他功能單元,例如一取樣單元、 臨界單S、比較單元、選擇單元等。取樣單元可從接收單 元接收先前輸入、或輸出信號、或資料,而且能以一預選 頻率而在一類比及/或數位模式將信號取樣。臨界單元的 操作是與取樣單元耦合,並且可決定由隨後功能單元所使 用的一臨界或截止振幅(或範圍),例如比較與選擇單元。 臨界振幅或範圍可在臨界單元預先選取及編碼。臨界振幅 (或其範圍)可由操作員手定提供給臨界單元。或者,臨界 振幅(或其範圍)可從第一輸出信號本身計算。例如,臨界 單元可識別在第一 g-標區域測量的第一輸出信號的一或多 個局部最大或最小振幅,以計算此第一輸出信號的至少一 或整個部分的一平鈞振幅,從奪重輸出信號放置在媒體多 重目標區域上測量的一全域最大或最小振幅。在指定例如 一參考振幅的振幅之後,臨界單元可例如透過將參考振幅 乘以通常小於1·0的一預先選取因素、透過加上或減去另 _ -133· ϋ張尺度適用巾8 g家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21Gχ撕公爱) 588158 A7The configuration of the unit can also receive external data, operating parameters, and the first output and signal of the garment body. Receive " numbers, and / or other command or control signals provided by an operator or an encoding thereon. The signal analyzer 160 includes other functional units, such as a sampling unit, a critical unit S, a comparison unit, a selection unit, and the like. The sampling unit can receive the previous input or output signal or data from the receiving unit, and can sample the signal in an analog and / or digital mode at a preselected frequency. The operation of the critical unit is coupled to the sampling unit and can determine a critical or cut-off amplitude (or range) used by subsequent functional units, such as the compare and select unit. The critical amplitude or range can be pre-selected and coded in the critical unit. The critical amplitude (or its range) can be provided to the critical unit manually by the operator. Alternatively, the critical amplitude (or its range) can be calculated from the first output signal itself. For example, the critical unit may identify one or more local maximum or minimum amplitudes of the first output signal measured in the first g-labeled area to calculate a flat amplitude of at least one or the entire portion of the first output signal. The maximum or minimum amplitude of a global output signal measured over multiple target areas of the media. After specifying, for example, the amplitude of a reference amplitude, the critical unit may, for example, multiply the reference amplitude by a pre-selected factor that is usually less than 1 · 0, add or subtract another _ -133. Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (21Gχ tear public love) 588158 A7

五、發明説明(131 )V. Description of the invention (131)

裝 一預先選取的因素、透過採用可產生臨界振幅的一功能、 透過取代功能的先前最大或最小振幅而計算臨界振幅。或 者’臨界早元可编碼或包括一預先選取的臨界範圍,從操 作員接收範圍,或根據先前最大或最小振幅而計算範園。 比較早元通常是與臨界單元溝通,從其接收臨界振幅或範 圍’並且將它與第一輸出信號的振幅相比較。選擇單元可 從比較單元接收結果,並且選取具有相同或實質類似振幅 的第一輸出信號的點或部分。更明確而言,當臨界單元的 配置可提供臨界振幅時,選擇單元可選取具有大於(或小 於)臨界振幅的第一輸出信號的點或部分。然而,當臨界 單疋提供臨界範圍時,選擇單元可選取在臨界範圍内(或 外)的第一輸出信號的點或部分。 信號處理器 訂Load a preselected factor, calculate the critical amplitude by using a function that produces a critical amplitude, or replace the previous maximum or minimum amplitude of the function. Or 'the critical early element may encode or include a pre-selected critical range, receive the range from the operator, or calculate the range based on the previous maximum or minimum amplitude. The earlier element usually communicates with the critical unit, receives a critical amplitude or range 'from it and compares it to the amplitude of the first output signal. The selection unit may receive the result from the comparison unit and select a point or part of the first output signal having the same or substantially similar amplitude. More specifically, when the configuration of the critical unit can provide a critical amplitude, the selecting unit can select a point or part of the first output signal having a greater (or less than) critical amplitude. However, when the critical range provides a critical range, the selection unit may select a point or part of the first output signal that is within (or outside) the critical range. Signal processor

線 信號處理器17〇的操作是信號分析器16〇耦合,而且其 置可透過第一基線而,,自我校準"第一輸出信號,該第一 線可從第一輸出信號本身獲得。類似信號分析器l6Q, 號處理器170亦包括功能單元,例如一平均單元與校準 元。平均單元可平均由選擇單元所選取第一輸出信號的 或邵分的類似振幅,並且指定例如第一輸出信號的基線 均。例如’平均單元可將先前的點或部分的類似振幅做 術、幾何、加權、或整個平均β只要基線;^從第 =:校準單元便可透過第—基線將第—輸出信二 /上間化,並且提供—自我校準的第_輸出信號, 罘一輸出信號可以是他們振幅的比率(亦即, ^ 輸出' •134· 號與其第—基線的比率)、或他們的振幅差與第-基線的 比率。 影像處理器 影像處理器180的操作是與信號處理器17〇耦合,而且其 配置可根據自我校準的第一輸出信號而建構發色團(或其 性貝)的影像。典型上,影像處理器18〇包括一演算法單元 及一影像建構單元。演算法單元是編碼或包括·至少一解決 方法,用以解決運用於根據一預先選取的幾何配置的波源 =2與偵測器124的一組波形方程式。透過提供具自我校準 第軸出L號的演算法早元及其他必要初始畫及/或邊界 條件,演算法單7C可解決該組波形方程式,並且提供一組 解決,以代表氧、或去氧紅血球素濃度、氧飽和、血量、 發色團的強度或擴充性質等之中一者。影像建構單元然後 可接收涿組解決信號,及構造發色團先前性質的空間分佈 衫像。如果較佳,影像建構單元的配置可構成與第一輸出 仏號、自我校準第一輸出信號等的分佈圖案有關的影像。 自我校準系統的利益 本發明的先前光學影像系統及方法可在先前技藝光學影 像裝置上提供數個利益。先前技藝裝置最嚴重問題之一是 他們的光學探棒或感測器需要他們輸出信號基線的評估。 例如,探棒或感測器是放置在一參考媒體(例如,一光 影)、或在一物體的參考區域,輸出信號可透過波形偵測 器產生,而且基線可根據參考媒體或區域的光學性質評 估。探棒或感測器然後可在藉此掃描的物體目標區域上移 -135- 本紙張尺度適财g S家料(CNS) A4規格(21GX297公茇-) 588158 A7The operation of the line signal processor 170 is the coupling of the signal analyzer 16 and its position can be self-calibrated " the first output signal through the first baseline. The first line can be obtained from the first output signal itself. Similar to the signal analyzer 16Q, the processor 170 also includes functional units, such as an averaging unit and a calibration unit. The averaging unit may average similar amplitudes of the first output signal or sub-scores selected by the selection unit, and specify, for example, the baseline of the first output signal. For example, the 'averaging unit can perform similar operation, geometry, weighting, or the entire average β of the previous point or part as long as the baseline; ^ from the == calibration unit can pass the first baseline to the second / upper-interval And provide a self-calibrated _th output signal, the first output signal can be the ratio of their amplitudes (that is, the ratio of ^ output '• 134 · to its first baseline), or their amplitude difference from the first baseline The ratio. Image processor The operation of the image processor 180 is coupled to the signal processor 170, and its configuration can construct an image of the chromophore (or its shell) based on the self-calibrated first output signal. Typically, the image processor 180 includes an algorithm unit and an image construction unit. The algorithm unit is coded or includes at least one solution to solve a set of waveform equations applied to the wave source = 2 and the detector 124 according to a pre-selected geometric configuration. By providing an algorithm with a self-calibrated axis number L and other necessary initial drawing and / or boundary conditions, Algorithm 7C can solve this set of waveform equations and provide a set of solutions to represent oxygen, or deoxygenation Erythrocyte concentration, oxygen saturation, blood volume, chromophore strength, or expansion properties. The image construction unit can then receive the triad solution signals and construct a spatial distribution of the previous properties of the chromophore. If preferred, the configuration of the image construction unit may constitute an image related to the distribution pattern of the first output signal number, the self-calibrated first output signal, and the like. Benefits of self-calibration systems The prior optical imaging systems and methods of the present invention can provide several benefits over prior art optical imaging devices. One of the most serious problems with prior art devices is that their optical probes or sensors require an evaluation of their output signal baseline. For example, a probe or sensor is placed on a reference medium (for example, a light and shadow) or a reference area of an object. The output signal can be generated by a waveform detector, and the baseline can be based on the optical properties of the reference medium or area. Evaluation. The probe or sensor can then be moved up over the target area of the object scanned by this -135- This paper is suitable for gs Home materials (CNS) A4 size (21GX297)-588158 A7

ijij

588158 A7 B7588158 A7 B7

五、發明説明(134 ) 自我校準特性然後可運用於由每對波源與偵測器所形成的 每個掃描元件,而可照射具有例如不同波形特性的多重組 %磁波、或在不同或相同載波上重疊的相同或不同的信號 波等。波源的配置亦能以連續、週期、或間歇性照射此電 磁波。 如專利’972的討論,然而,通常波源與偵測器是根據一 些半經驗設計規則而配直,這些半經驗設計破則預期可提 南“度基線的正確性、可信度、及/或再生、以及發色團 係質的估計絕對値。此設計規則是:(1)掃描單元最好包 括至少兩波源及至少兩波動偵測器;及(2)在一掃描單元 内的任何波源與波形偵測器之間的距離不超過波形债測器 的一臨界敏感範圍,其範圍可從例如數公分到1〇公分,特 別是對於人體及/或動物組織是大約5公分。此外,波源與 偵測器的配置是定義在整個區域具有連續掃描區的掃描單 元,所以掃描單元的單一測量可產生涵蓋整個掃描區域的 輸出信號。對於此目的而言,波源與偵測器能以不大於一 臨界距離的距離隔開。在波源與偵測器之間的最好間隔選 擇通常是由在技藝中熟諳此技者選取,而且此間隔可透過 許多因素決定,例如,媒體的光學性質(例如,吸收係 數、擴散係數等)、波源的照射發射能力、波形偵測器的 偵測靈敏度、掃描單元與元件的結構、在光學探棒的波源 及/或偵測器數量、在波源與偵測器之間的幾何配置、在 該等掃描元件之中每一者與該等掃描單元之中每一者的波 源與偵測器組成等。 _ -137- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)5. Description of the invention (134) The self-calibration feature can then be applied to each scanning element formed by each pair of wave source and detector, and can illuminate multiple recombined magnetic waves with different waveform characteristics, for example, or on different or the same carrier Overlapping identical or different signal waves, etc. The configuration of the wave source can also irradiate this electromagnetic wave continuously, periodically, or intermittently. As discussed in patent '972, however, the wave source and detector are usually aligned according to some semi-empirical design rules. These semi-empirical designs are expected to improve the accuracy, reliability, and / or reliability of the baseline. The estimates of regeneration and chromophore quality are absolute. This design rule is: (1) the scanning unit preferably includes at least two wave sources and at least two wave detectors; and (2) any wave source in a scanning unit and The distance between the waveform detectors does not exceed a critical sensitivity range of the waveform debt detector, which can range from, for example, a few centimeters to 10 centimeters, especially about 5 centimeters for human and / or animal tissue. In addition, the wave source and the The configuration of the detector is defined as a scanning unit with a continuous scanning area in the entire area, so a single measurement of the scanning unit can generate an output signal covering the entire scanning area. For this purpose, the wave source and the detector can be no greater than one The critical distance is separated by the distance. The best interval between the source and the detector is usually chosen by a person skilled in the art, and this interval can be determined by many factors For example, the optical properties of the media (for example, absorption coefficient, diffusion coefficient, etc.), the radiation emission capability of the wave source, the detection sensitivity of the waveform detector, the structure of the scanning unit and components, the wave source and / or detection on the optical probe The number of detectors, the geometric configuration between the wave source and the detector, the composition of the wave source and the detector in each of the scanning elements and each of the scanning units, etc. _ -137- Standards apply to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm)

Order

線 588158Line 588158

發明説明 遽波器的使用 光學影像系統包括一濾波器單元,以改善輸出信號的信 號-雜訊比、及包括基線與自我校準輸出信號的信號_雜訊 比。因此,濾波器單元的配置可在他們透過分析器與處理 咨處理i前處理輸出信號。當單一輸出信號於每個目標區 域(或媒體)獲得時,濾波器單元最好包括一低通濾波器, 而可從輸出信號移除高頻雜訊。然而,當光學探棒的配置 可攸單一目標區域產生多重輸出信號時,他們的信號-雜 訊比便亦可透過將此多重輸出信號做算術或幾何平均的各 種不同平均方法而改善。此外,濾波器單元亦可將先前輸 出信號加權平均或整個平均。此濾波工能以類比及/或數 位模式執行。 制轉楔單元的使用 光學影像系統亦包括制轉楔單元,用以整平輸出信號相 鄭部分或資料點振幅中的陡峭變化或形成波峰。因此,制 轉換單元包括一插入演算法、或類似電路或軟體。 信號分析器/處理器配置 戶本發明的先前信號分析器與信號處理器的配置可在一實 資即時的基礎上操#。例如,只要光學探棒放置在第—目 標區域,而且波形偵測器產生第一輸出信號,在光學探棒 移到或重新放置在相鄰目標區域之前,信號分析器便可識 別具有類似振幅的第-輸出信號部分,而且信號處理器可 提供自我校準的第-輸出信號。在將光學探棒移到另_目 標區域之前,影像處理器的配置亦可提供需要的影像。因 本紙張尺故財s s家料(CNS) 588158DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The use of a wave filter The optical imaging system includes a filter unit to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the output signal and the signal-to-noise ratio including the baseline and the self-calibrated output signal. Therefore, the filter units can be configured to process the output signals before they pass through the analyzer and processor i. When a single output signal is obtained in each target area (or media), the filter unit preferably includes a low-pass filter to remove high frequency noise from the output signal. However, when the configuration of optical probes can produce multiple output signals for a single target area, their signal-to-noise ratio can also be improved by various averaging methods of arithmetically or geometrically averaging the multiple output signals. In addition, the filter unit can weight the average of the previous output signals or the entire average. This filtering can be performed in analog and / or digital mode. The use of a wedge unit The optical imaging system also includes a wedge unit to smooth out sharp changes in the amplitude of the output signal phase or data point or to form a peak. Therefore, the system conversion unit includes an insertion algorithm, or a similar circuit or software. Signal Analyzer / Processor Configuration The previous signal analyzer and signal processor configurations of the present invention can be operated on a real-time basis. For example, as long as the optical probe is placed in the first target area and the waveform detector generates a first output signal, the signal analyzer can identify similar amplitude signals before the optical probe is moved or repositioned in an adjacent target area. The first output signal section, and the signal processor can provide a self-calibrated first output signal. Before moving the optical probe to another target area, the configuration of the image processor can also provide the required image. Due to this paper ruler's wealth (CNS) 588158

此,本發明ό勺A學影I系統可在一實質即肖的基礎上產生 發色團或其性質的二維及/或三維的影像。Therefore, the A-Learning I system of the present invention can generate two-dimensional and / or three-dimensional images of chromophores or their properties on the basis of essentially the shaw.

本發明的信號分析器的配置亦可透過使用不同於前述的 各種不同演算法而識別輸出信號的不同點或部分。例如, 信號分析器可計算及評估輸出信號的其他特徵,例如可透 過他們第一導出値(或斜率)、透過他們第二導出値評估的 輸出信號的凹或凸、區域最大或最小値的數量與位置等所 表示的輸出信號曲率,而不是只著重在輸出信號的振幅。 例如,當輸出信號顯示略微增加或減少時,此偏離點的確 認可透過分析輸出信號的第一及第二導出値而獲得。此 外,透過考慮這些輔助參數與輸出信號的振幅,不同部分 或區段可沿著輸出信號識別,其中每個部分或區段是呈現 不同輪廓(例如,平坦、斜波、凸或凹)。 訂The configuration of the signal analyzer of the present invention can also identify different points or portions of the output signal by using various algorithms different from those described above. For example, the signal analyzer can calculate and evaluate other characteristics of the output signal, such as the number of concaves or convexes of the output signal that can be evaluated through their first derivation (or slope), the number of maximum or minimum 値 in the region that can be evaluated through their second derivation The curvature of the output signal represented by the position, etc., instead of focusing only on the amplitude of the output signal. For example, when the output signal shows a slight increase or decrease, this deviation point is indeed recognized by analyzing the first and second derivations of the output signal. In addition, by considering these auxiliary parameters and the amplitude of the output signal, different sections or sections can be identified along the output signal, where each section or section is presented with a different contour (for example, flat, oblique, convex or concave). Order

大體上,具實貧上平坦輪廓與類似振幅的輸出信號部分 是表示目標區域的-區域,其是代表此輸出信號部分是由 例如正常組織與細胞的同質物質組成。相反地,具有曲線 輪廓與不同振幅的輸出信號部分通常表示對應此部分的目 標區域部分具有不同於例如正常組織與細胞的媒體背景。 因此,雖然可能他柯只反映正常連接結構或神精與血管組 織,但是此區域可能不包括不正常細胞。在此正常與不正 常區域之間的邊界確認亦可透過分析輸出信號的第一及/ 或第二導出値而達成。 本發明的光學影像系統的信號分析器配置可識 號的平坦(或線性)部分,或者是輸出信的其餘部分,亦 -139- 588158 五、發明説明(137 ) 非平坦或彎曲部分。如上述,信號分析器可將輸出信號的 每點振幅與臨界振幅或範圍比較。或者,信號分析器可將 輸出信號分成多重較短區段,獲得個別區段的平均振幅, 及將此平均振幅與臨界振幅或範圍比較,其次是一區域或 全域最大與最小振幅。然而,輸出信號可在平坦及非平坦 部分改變其振幅,而不管臨界値。因此,信號分析器可提 供導出値的一第二截止振幅或一截止範圍,所·以未能滿足 截止臨界値的任何輸出信號部分不包括在平坦或非平坦部 分0 基線分析 爲了要確保從一媒體的一指定區域獲得輸出信號的一正 確基線,其他基線可從相鄰目標區域獲得,並且與來自特 殊目標區域的基線相比較。當從不同目標區域獲得的基線 於媒體並非實質相同時,本發明的自我校準光學影像系統 可透過提供用以決定一合成基線的演算法與方法而達成此 目的0 圖45A至45C疋根據本發明而透過波形偵測器所產生輸出 信號的進一步範例,其中每個圖是表示分別從第一、第 二、與第二目標區藏獲得的輸出信號,而且其中每個目標 區域是由多重掃描元件與掃描單元所涵蓋。如圖所示,圖 45A和45C的輸出信號具有不同振福,但是平坦輪廓是分 別在第一及第三目標區域,然而圖45B的輸出信號是在第 二目標沿著軸方向減少。當圖45A的輸出信號振幅並未實 質不同於圖45C、或其間的差異是在一預先選取的範圍 •140- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7In general, an output signal portion with a flat upper contour and a similar amplitude is a region representing a target region, which represents that the output signal portion is composed of, for example, a homogenous substance of normal tissues and cells. In contrast, a portion of the output signal having a curved profile and different amplitudes generally indicates that the portion of the target area corresponding to this portion has a media background different from, for example, normal tissues and cells. Therefore, although it may only reflect normal connected structures or Shenjing and vascular tissues, this region may not include abnormal cells. Confirmation of the boundary between this normal and abnormal area can also be achieved by analyzing the first and / or second derivation of the output signal. The signal analyzer of the optical imaging system of the present invention is configured with an identifiable flat (or linear) part, or the rest of the output signal, or -139- 588158 V. Description of the invention (137) Non-flat or curved part. As mentioned above, the signal analyzer can compare the amplitude of each point of the output signal with a critical amplitude or range. Alternatively, the signal analyzer can divide the output signal into multiple shorter sections to obtain the average amplitude of the individual sections, and compare this average amplitude with the critical amplitude or range, followed by the maximum or minimum amplitude of a region or the whole domain. However, the output signal can change its amplitude in flat and non-flat parts, regardless of the critical chirp. Therefore, the signal analyzer can provide a second cut-off amplitude or a cut-off range of the derived 値, so any output signal part that fails to meet the cut-off threshold 不 is not included in the flat or non-flat part. 0 Baseline analysis A specified area of the media obtains a correct baseline of the output signal. Other baselines can be obtained from adjacent target areas and compared with baselines from a particular target area. When the baselines obtained from different target areas are not substantially the same in the media, the self-calibrating optical imaging system of the present invention can achieve this by providing algorithms and methods for determining a composite baseline. 0 Figures 45A to 45C according to the present invention For further examples of output signals generated by the waveform detector, each graph represents output signals obtained from the first, second, and second target regions, respectively, and each target region is composed of multiple scanning elements. Covered with scanning unit. As shown in the figure, the output signals of FIGS. 45A and 45C have different vibrations, but the flat contours are in the first and third target regions, respectively. However, the output signals of FIG. 45B are reduced along the axis of the second target. When the amplitude of the output signal in Figure 45A is not substantially different from that in Figure 45C, or the difference between them is in a pre-selected range • 140- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7

時’圖45A至45C的輸出信號資料點的平均可產生媒體的 基線。然而,當此差異可忽略時,圖45A和45(:便顯示第 一及第三目標區域之中一者主要是由正常組織或細胞組 成’而且其輸出信號是代表媒體的一背景輸出信號,然 而’兩目標區域的另一者是由不正常組織或細胞組成,因 此’它的輸出信號會由於不正常細胞的出現、具有足以涵 盖整個第一或第三目標區域大小的組織或腫塊而向上或向 下歪斜或偏向。在信號分析器提供由操作員供應的一臨界 振幅或範圍的情況中,信號分析器可比較目標區域的資料 點,及定位用於評估基線的輸出信號選取部分。然而,當 信號分析器從輸出信號本身識別選取部分(例如,透過識 別區域或全域最大或最小値,及計算臨界振幅或範園) 時’信號分析器必須辨別哪些資料點可用於計算媒體基 線。在一具體實施例中,基線可從相鄰目標區域獲得,並 且與從圖45 A和45C獲得的基線相比較。當較高(或較低)振 幅的區域強迫到一區域,而較低(或較)振幅的區域傾向圍 繞強迫的區域時’具較低(或較高)振幅的區域更可能是正 常組織或細胞的背景,然而,具有較高(或較低)振幅的區 域更可能包括正常纟且織、細胞、或腫塊。或者,信號分析 器可提供操作員具不同振幅値,並且允許操作員手動選取 正常及/或不正常區域。 - 在某些情況中’從多重不同目標區域獲得的輸出信號可 產生類似但是不同的基線。然後,信號分析器的配置可從 多重獲得一合成或平均基線,並且利用合成基線將從媒鱧 -141 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)The average of the data points of the output signals of Figs. 45A to 45C can generate a baseline of the media. However, when this difference is negligible, FIGS. 45A and 45 (: show that one of the first and third target regions is mainly composed of normal tissues or cells' and its output signal is a background output signal representing the media, However, 'the other of the two target areas is composed of abnormal tissues or cells, so' its output signal will be upward due to the appearance of abnormal cells with tissues or lumps sufficient to cover the entire size of the first or third target area Skew or deviate downward. In the case where the signal analyzer provides a critical amplitude or range supplied by the operator, the signal analyzer can compare the data points of the target area and locate the selected portion of the output signal for evaluating the baseline. However When the signal analyzer recognizes the selected part from the output signal itself (for example, by identifying the maximum or minimum value of the region or the whole region, and calculating the critical amplitude or range), the signal analyzer must identify which data points can be used to calculate the media baseline. In a specific embodiment, the baseline can be obtained from an adjacent target area, and the baseline can be obtained from the bases obtained from FIGS. 45 A and 45C. In comparison, when regions with higher (or lower) amplitudes are forced into a region, and regions with lower (or more) amplitudes tend to surround forced regions, regions with lower (or higher) amplitudes are more likely to be Background of normal tissue or cells, however, areas with higher (or lower) amplitude are more likely to include normal ridges, weaves, cells, or lumps. Alternatively, the signal analyzer can provide operators with different amplitude ridges and allow manipulation The operator manually selects normal and / or abnormal areas.-In some cases' output signals obtained from multiple different target areas can produce similar but different baselines. The signal analyzer can then be configured to obtain a composite or average from multiple Baseline, and the use of synthetic baselines will be from the media 鳢 -141-this paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 A7 B7 五、發明説明(139 的所有目標區域獲得的輸出信號正常化。如上述,此多重 基線可算術、幾何、加權、或整财均 =允許操作員選取單-基線,並且將它指定成合成=析 ,者,每個輸出信號(或一群)可透過計算的基線而正常 化。當信號處理器產±自我校準信號及影像處理器構成多 重區域影像(例如,每個掃描區域或目標區域有一個)時, 一合成影像可根據在目標區域(或一群)所使用·的個別基線 $攸多重區域影像達成。當生理媒體包括具有不同光學性 貝的各種解剖結構時,此具體實施例可證明特別有利。例 如,自我校準光學影像系統可掃描頭腦偵測潛在性或實際 脈動情況。腦組織與周圍頭蓋骨正常會出現至少最小不同 光學特性,而且頭蓋骨厚度會在腦的不同部分變化。當合 成基線從多重基線計算,並且用來使從腦不同部分測量的 輸出信號正常化’所有像素具有正常相同的範圍,亦即, ^整個媒體上的相同亮度比例或顏色比例。雖然具一致性 背景位準此影像有助於醫生進行一比較性診斷,但是當它 在由具有一較高振幅的基線所正常化的目標區域中^暗 時,他或她可便不能找到一輕度脈動。相反地,當影像根 據個別基線而從自義校準輸出信號構成。因此,輕度脈動 十同況供需在影像妥協,但是醫師必須個別分析每個影像。 避免此不方便的-方法是要在每個目標區域中包括的背景 解剖結構與不正常組織之間提高對比。例如,只要識別任 何可能的不正常,影像元件便可識別邊界線,並且增加對 應邊界線及/或不正常的信號,以致於放大的信號將不能Line A7 B7 V. Description of the invention The output signals obtained for all target regions of 139 are normalized. As mentioned above, this multiple baseline can be arithmetic, geometric, weighted, or entire financial = Allow the operator to select a single-baseline and specify it Synthesizing = analysis, or each output signal (or a group) can be normalized through the calculated baseline. When the signal processor produces ± self-calibrating signals and the image processor constitutes a multi-region image (for example, each scan area or target When there is one area), a composite image can be achieved based on the individual baseline images used in the target area (or a group). When the physiological media includes various anatomical structures with different optical shells, this specific embodiment It can prove to be particularly advantageous. For example, a self-calibrating optical imaging system can scan the brain to detect potential or actual pulsations. Brain tissue and the surrounding cranium normally have at least minimal different optical characteristics, and the thickness of the cranium varies in different parts of the brain. When The synthetic baseline is calculated from multiple baselines and is used to make the output measured from different parts of the brain No. Normalization 'All pixels have normally the same range, that is, the same brightness ratio or color ratio on the entire media. Although the image has a consistent background level, it helps the doctor to make a comparative diagnosis, but when it is in When the target area normalized by a baseline with a higher amplitude is dark, he or she cannot find a slight pulsation. On the contrary, when the image is composed of self-calibrated output signals based on individual baselines. Therefore, Mild pulsation is a compromise between supply and demand in the image, but the physician must analyze each image individually. To avoid this inconvenience-the method is to increase the contrast between the background anatomy and abnormal tissue included in each target area. For example As long as any possible abnormality is identified, the image element can identify the boundary line, and the corresponding boundary line and / or abnormal signal are added, so that the amplified signal will not be able to

獨158 A7 發明説明 根據合成基線而透過影像的顏色比例或亮度比例變暗。一 特殊符號或顏色亦可加入每個加強信號,而亦可警示醫 師〇 它可了解到本發明的光學影像系統的先前配置可修改, 而不致於違背本發明的範圍。例如,信號分析器、信號處 理器、與影像處理器的先前功能單元可進一步微分或組 合,或在光學影像系統的另一部分實施。此功能單元的配 置亦可在其間形成不同操作連接。例如,信號分析器的接 收單7C與取樣單元可組合。同樣地,信號分析器的比較單 7L與選擇單元亦可組合。影像處理器的配置操作亦能與信 號分析器的此單元溝通。 自我校準應用系統 本發明的先前自我校準光學影像系統與方法亦可用來提 供媒體目標區域的血液或流體量的暫時變化。如在專利名 稱 Optical Imaging System with Movable Scanning Unit·,的討 論,氧與去氧紅血球素濃度可根據在專利,972中揭露的一 演算法而计算。只要此濃度獲得,他們的總和(亦即,總 紅血球素/辰度)亦可獲得。透過從目標區域的波形偵測器 取樣輸出信號,總紅血球素濃度變化可獲得。透過假設血 球體積汁(亦即’血液紅血球細胞量百分比)於血液流過目 標區域始終保持固定,此目標學域的血量暫時變化可從目 標區域的血球體積計的暫時變化而直接改變。在此情況, 光子;iV像系統可計算輸出信號的基線,並且提供如上述的 自我杈準的輸出信號。或者,光學影像系統亦可從相同目 __—___- 143 - 本紙張尺度適財標準(CNS) ------Du 158 A7 Invention Description The color or brightness ratio of the transmitted image is dimmed according to the composite baseline. A special symbol or color can also be added to each enhanced signal, and it can also alert the physician. It can be understood that the previous configuration of the optical imaging system of the present invention can be modified without departing from the scope of the present invention. For example, the signal analyzer, signal processor, and previous functional units of the image processor may be further differentiated or combined, or implemented in another part of the optical imaging system. The configuration of this functional unit can also form different operational connections between them. For example, the receiving order 7C of the signal analyzer can be combined with the sampling unit. Similarly, the comparison unit 7L of the signal analyzer and the selection unit can be combined. The configuration operation of the image processor can also communicate with this unit of the signal analyzer. Self-Calibration Application System The previous self-calibration optical imaging systems and methods of the present invention can also be used to provide temporary changes in the amount of blood or fluid in a target area of a media. As discussed in the patent titled Optical Imaging System with Movable Scanning Unit, the oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations can be calculated based on an algorithm disclosed in Patent, 972. As long as this concentration is obtained, their sum (that is, total erythroglobin / Chen) is also obtained. By sampling the output signal from the waveform detector of the target area, the variation of the total erythrocyte concentration can be obtained. By assuming that the blood cell volume juice (that is, the percentage of blood red blood cell volume) flows through the target area and remains fixed, the temporary change in the blood volume of the target domain can be directly changed from the temporary change of the blood volume meter in the target area. In this case, the photon; iV imaging system can calculate the baseline of the output signal and provide a self-aligned output signal as described above. Alternatively, the optical imaging system can also be used from the same purpose __—___- 143-CNS Standard for this paper ------

裝 訂Binding

線 588158Line 588158

標區域計算多重基線,獲得-暫時平均合成基線,並且提 供一暫時補償自我校準的輸出信號。 雖然本發明的先前揭露主要是針對用以提供發色團性質 空間分佈影像的光學影像系統自我校準,但是本發明亦可 運用於供產生時間分佈影像的光學影像系統。例如,光學 探棒的配置可掃描-特殊目標區域。⑼目標區域而於不同 時間間隔偵測的輸出信號變化,信號分析器與處理器可建 立基線,並且可提供自我校準第一輸出信號。影像處理器 然後可建構代表目標區域發色團性質暫時變化的影像框。 或者,光學影像系統亦可提供暫時平均基線及如前段描述 的暫時補償行校準輸出信號。注意,發色團性質的記錄變 化通常是與相關値有關,因此,不能直接提供任何絕對 値。然而,只要此性質的一絕對値是在任何參考時間框上 決定,此性質的先前或隨後變化可透過連續向前或向後計 算絕對値而轉換成絕對値。 本發明的自我校準配置與方法可使用在光學影像系統, 用以獲得在生理學媒體的發色團三維分佈影像。如前述, 透過波源照射的電磁波可通過由一目標體積及由媒體的一 預先選取深度或深灰所定義的一區域體積。因此,波形偵 測器可產生多重輸出信號,其每個·信號可運送媒體的一特 殊目標層的光學資訊。只要此輸出信號獲得,一基線便可 透過在此述的先前演算法評估。例如,單一基線可指定給 整個目標體積。或者,多重基線可在目標體積的每個深度 或層上定義。在多重基線使用的情況中,這些基線的平均 -144· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 _______B7 五、發明説明(142 ) 或正常化是與彼此有關,所以結果的三維影像可在一致性 灰諧或顏色等級下建構。 雖然任何分析或數値方法可用來獲得波形方程式的解 決’但是本發明的一演算法單元最好可結合在專利,972中 揭露的解決方法。例如,去氧紅血球素[Hb]濃度、氧紅血 球素[HbO]濃度、與氧飽和s〇2的絕對値可分別透過專利 ’972的方程式(8a)至(8d)獲得。或者,演算法單元亦可採用 如同在專利'972中揭露的過於武斷決定的反覆方法,其中 [Hb]、[HbO]、和S〇2的絕對値可分別透過專利,972的方程 式(17a)至(17c)的決定。在仍然另一選擇中,發色團性質 變化可透過評估媒體目標區域的光學特性而變化。例如, 氧與去氧紅血球素濃度變化可從他們消散係數差計算,其 次可透過具有不同波長的電磁波測量。在一數値方法中, 光子擴散方程式可根據例如Keijer等人在第1820_1824頁 (1988)的光學應用"〇pticai Diffusion in Layered Media·’與 Haskell等人於 1994年的 Journal of Optical Society of America, A,LL’ 第 2727-2741 頁,名稱"Boundary Conditions for Diffusion Equation in Radiative Transfer"中所述的擴散近似 値而修改。先前方4 '的細節亦在專利·972中提供。在這些 方法之中每一者中,輸出信號可透過先前方法之中一者所 獲得的基線而校準。 - 本發明光學影像系統的光學探棒的波源與偵測器的配置 可滿足在專利’972中揭露的一具體實施例,亦即,波源與 偵測器的配置具有其間實質相同的近與遠距離。例如,在 -145- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇χ 297公釐)The target area calculates multiple baselines, obtains-temporarily averaged synthetic baselines, and provides an output signal that temporarily compensates for self-calibration. Although the previous disclosure of the present invention is mainly directed to self-calibration of an optical imaging system for providing a chromophore-like spatial distribution image, the present invention can also be applied to an optical imaging system for generating a time distribution image. For example, optical probes can be configured to scan-special target areas. ⑼The target area changes the output signal detected at different time intervals. The signal analyzer and processor can establish a baseline and provide a self-calibrating first output signal. The image processor may then construct an image frame that represents a temporary change in the chromophore properties of the target area. Alternatively, the optical imaging system can also provide a temporary average baseline and a temporary compensation line calibration output signal as described in the previous paragraph. Note that recorded changes in the nature of the chromophore are usually related to the relevant chirp, so no absolute chirp can be provided directly. However, as long as an absolute unit of this property is determined at any reference time frame, previous or subsequent changes in this property can be converted to absolute unitary by continuously calculating the absolute unit forward or backward. The self-calibration configuration and method of the present invention can be used in an optical imaging system to obtain a three-dimensional distribution image of chromophores in a physiological medium. As mentioned above, the electromagnetic wave irradiated through the wave source can pass through an area volume defined by a target volume and a preselected depth or dark gray of the medium. Therefore, a waveform detector can generate multiple output signals, each of which can carry optical information for a particular target layer of the media. As long as this output signal is obtained, a baseline can be evaluated by the previous algorithm described here. For example, a single baseline can be assigned to the entire target volume. Alternatively, multiple baselines can be defined at each depth or layer of the target volume. In the case of multiple baselines, the average of these baselines is -144. This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 _______B7 V. Description of the invention (142) or normalization is related to each other Relevant, so the resulting 3D image can be constructed with consistent gray harmonics or color levels. Although any analysis or mathematical method can be used to obtain a solution to the waveform equation ', the algorithmic unit of the present invention may preferably be combined with the solution disclosed in Patent, 972. For example, the concentration of erythropoietin [Hb], the concentration of oxyhemoglobin [HbO], and the absolute value of oxygen saturation so2 can be obtained from equations (8a) to (8d) of the patent '972, respectively. Alternatively, the algorithmic unit can also adopt an iterative method that is too arbitrary as disclosed in the patent '972, in which the absolute 値 of [Hb], [HbO], and S〇2 can be obtained through the patent, Equation (17a) To (17c). In yet another option, the change in chromophore properties can be changed by evaluating the optical characteristics of the target area of the media. For example, changes in oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations can be calculated from the difference in their dissipation coefficients, and secondly can be measured by electromagnetic waves with different wavelengths. In a numerical method, the photon diffusion equation can be based on, for example, the optical application of Keijer et al., Pp. 1820_1824 (1988) " Opticai Diffusion in Layered Media " and Haskell et al., Journal of Optical Society of America, 1994 , A, LL ', 2727-2741, name " Boundary Conditions for Diffusion Equation in Radiative Transfer " Details of the previous party 4 'are also provided in patent · 972. In each of these methods, the output signal can be calibrated against a baseline obtained by one of the previous methods. -The configuration of the wave source and the detector of the optical probe of the optical imaging system of the present invention can satisfy a specific embodiment disclosed in the patent '972, that is, the configuration of the wave source and the detector has substantially the same near and far distances. distance. For example, at -145- this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm)

裝 訂Binding

線 588158 A7 —------B7 五、發明説明(143 ) ,42A和42B的掃描單元125a、12讣中,在一第一波源與一 第波形偵測器足間的一第一近距離是實質相同於在一第 二波源與-第二波形偵測器之間的一第二近距離。此外, •在第一波源與第二波形偵測器之間的一第一遠距離是實質 相同於在第二波源與一第一波形偵測器之間的一第二遠距 離。此對稱配置的主要優點是透過波源照射的電磁波可於 掃描單元所掃描的整個區域或媒體體積而實·質一致性傳 輸、吸收、及/或擴散。因此,此掃描單元可提供媒體目 標區域的一致性涵蓋,因此,可提高由波形偵測器所產生 輸出信號(例如,一改善的信號_雜訊比)的正確與可靠性。 本發明的先前自我校準光學影像系統、光學探棒、與方 法可使用在非侵入及侵入性程序。例如,先前自我校準光 予抓棒可以是在測試物體外邪表面的目標區域上非侵入性 配置。或者,一小型化自我校準光學探棒可在與物體的一 内部目標區域上侵入性配置的一導管頂端上實施。先前光 學影像系統與光學探棒亦可用來決定發色團的強度性質, 例如體積、質量、體積測定流率或質量流率。如上所述, 此發色團包括例如媒體溶劑、在媒體溶解的溶質、及/或 媒體包括的其他物質,其每個是與藉由媒體傳送的電磁波 大相互作用,但是並未侷限於細胞色素、荷爾蒙、酵素、 神精與化學輸送器、蛋白質、膽,固醇、脱輔蛋白質、油 脂、醣、cytosomes、血細胞、cytosols、氧紅血球素、去 氧紅血球素、與水。發色團性質的特殊範例可包括(但是 未侷限於)氧與去氧紅血球素濃度、氧飽和、與血量。 _ -146- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) Ε·範例 可了解到先前光學影像系統、光學探棒、與方法的調整 可提供不同發色團或性質分佈影像。因爲不同發色團通 常可反應具有不同波長的電磁波,所以此光學影像系統與 探棒的波源的處理可照射能與預先選擇的發色團相互作用 的弘磁波。例如,具有6〇〇亳微米與ι,〇〇〇毫微米之間波長 的近紅外波’例如大約69〇亳微米與83〇毫微米可適於測量 紅血球素及其性質的分佈圖案。然而,具有在800毫微米 與1,000耄微米之間波長的近紅外波,例如大約900毫微米 可用來測量在媒體的水分佈圖案。用以偵測一特殊發色團 的最佳波長選擇通常是因發色團的光學吸收及/或掃描 性為、波源及/或偵測器的工作特性等而定。 本發明的先前光學影像系統、光學探棒、與方法的臨床 運用可偵測人體胸部、腦、與任何其他部位的腫瘤或脈動 h況其中例如散射光學局部X射線機的先前光學影像方 法可適用。先前光學影像系統與方法亦可運用於評估流入 及流出移植器官、或四肢及/或自體移植、或同種異體移 植身體部分或組織的寫液評估。先前光學影像系統與方法 的配置可取代例如ultraS〇n〇gram、X射線、EEG、與雷射聽 覺診斷。此外,此光學影像系統與·方法的修改可適;於具 複雜光子擴散及/或具非平坦外部-表面的各種不同生理學 媒體。進一步注意,先前光學影像系統、探棒、與方法= 運用於傳統光學影像設備,其中波源與偵測器是相當穩固 配置在他們的探棒。 田〜、Line 588158 A7 ------- B7 V. Description of the Invention (143) In the scanning units 125a, 12A of 42A and 42B, a first wave between a first wave source and a first wave detector foot The distance is substantially the same as a second close distance between a second wave source and a second waveform detector. In addition, a first long distance between the first wave source and the second waveform detector is substantially the same as a second long distance between the second wave source and a first waveform detector. The main advantage of this symmetrical configuration is that the electromagnetic waves irradiated through the wave source can be transmitted, absorbed, and / or diffused in the entire area or volume of the medium scanned by the scanning unit. Therefore, the scanning unit can provide consistent coverage of the target area of the media. Therefore, the accuracy and reliability of the output signal (eg, an improved signal-to-noise ratio) generated by the waveform detector can be improved. The prior self-calibrating optical imaging systems, optical probes, and methods of the present invention can be used in non-invasive and invasive procedures. For example, a previously self-calibrating light pre-grabber could be a non-invasive configuration on a target area on the outer surface of the test object. Alternatively, a miniaturized self-calibrating optical probe can be implemented on the tip of a catheter that is invasively disposed on an internal target area with an object. Previous optical imaging systems and optical probes can also be used to determine the intensity properties of chromophores, such as volume, mass, volumetric flow rate, or mass flow rate. As mentioned above, this chromophore includes, for example, media solvents, solutes dissolved in the media, and / or other substances included in the media, each of which interacts with electromagnetic waves transmitted through the media, but is not limited to cytochromes , Hormones, enzymes, spirits and chemical transporters, proteins, gall, sterols, apoproteins, fats, sugars, cytosomes, blood cells, cytosols, oxyhemoglobin, deoxyhemoglobin, and water. Specific examples of chromophore properties may include, but are not limited to, oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations, oxygen saturation, and blood volume. _ -146- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). E · Examples can learn that the adjustment of the previous optical imaging system, optical probe, and method can provide different chromophores or properties. Distributing the image. Because different chromophores can often respond to electromagnetic waves with different wavelengths, the processing of this optical imaging system and the probe's wave source can irradiate coercive waves that can interact with preselected chromophores. For example, a near-infrared wave ' having a wavelength between 600 μm and 100,000 nm, such as about 6900 μm and 8300 nm, may be suitable for measuring the distribution pattern of heme and its properties. However, near-infrared waves having a wavelength between 800 nm and 1,000 μm, such as about 900 nm, can be used to measure the water distribution pattern in the media. The optimal wavelength selection for detecting a particular chromophore is usually determined by the optical absorption and / or scannability of the chromophore, the operating characteristics of the wave source and / or the detector, and the like. The clinical application of the previous optical imaging system, optical probe, and method of the present invention can detect tumors or pulsations in the chest, brain, and any other part of the human body. Among them, the previous optical imaging method of a scattering optical local X-ray machine is applicable. . Previous optical imaging systems and methods can also be used to evaluate the written fluid in and out of transplanted organs, limbs and / or autograft, or allograft body parts or tissues. Configurations of previous optical imaging systems and methods can replace, for example, ultraSongram, X-ray, EEG, and laser hearing diagnostics. In addition, the modification of this optical imaging system and method can be applied to a variety of different physiological media with complex photon diffusion and / or non-flat outer-surfaces. It is further noted that previous optical imaging systems, probes, and methods = were applied to traditional optical imaging equipment, where the wave source and detector were quite solidly configured in their probes. field~,

本紙張尺度通用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(145 可了解到光學影像系統、光學探棒、與方法本發明可結 合或運用於在美國專利案號(不詳)名稱'f Optical Imaging System with Moveable Scanning Unit"與另一美國專利案號 (不詳)名稱"Self-Calibrating Optical Imaging System"、另一 美國專利案號(不詳)名稱"Optical Image System for Direct Image Construction"、與仍然另一美國專利案號(不詳)名稱 "Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical Probe"中所 揭露的其他相關發明與具體實施例,上述專利皆於2001年 2月6日申請,而且在此僅列出供參考。 下列範例是根據本發明的而描述一光學影像系統、光學 探棒、與方法。結果,下列光學影像系統可在人體胸部組 織的目標區域提供血量與氧飽和的二維分佈的可靠與正確 影像。 範例 一光學影像系統500的構成可獲得女性人體胸部目標區 域的血量與氧飽和的二維分佈影像。圖61是根據本發明 的一原型光學影像系統圖。 原型光學影像系統500典型包括一柄501及一主包裝 505。柄501是由聚^乙烯(PVC)與壓克力器具製成,而且 提供用以控制系統500的各種不同·元件操作的兩控制開關 503a、503b。主包裝505包括•主體51〇、一·可動組件 520、一激勵器元件530、一影像元件(未顯示)、及一對導 軌 560。 主體510的形狀如同一實質形正方形區塊(3 〇75"χ2 8"χ2 63„) -148- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐)The paper size is generally Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (145 You can understand the optical imaging system, optical probe, and method. The invention can be combined or applied in the United States Patent case number (unknown) name 'f Optical Imaging System with Moveable Scanning Unit " and another US patent case number (unknown) name " Self-Calibrating Optical Imaging System ", another US patent case number (unknown) name " Optical Image System for Direct Image Construction ", and other related inventions and specific embodiments disclosed in another U.S. patent number (unknown) name " Optical Imaging System with Symmetric Optical Probe ", the above patents were issued in 2001 2 It was filed on the 6th, and it is listed here for reference only. The following example describes an optical imaging system, optical probe, and method according to the present invention. As a result, the following optical imaging system can be provided in a target area of human breast tissue Reliable and accurate image of two-dimensional distribution of blood volume and oxygen saturation. The image system 500 is configured to obtain a two-dimensional distribution image of blood volume and oxygen saturation in a target area of a female human chest. FIG. 61 is a diagram of a prototype optical image system according to the present invention. The prototype optical image system 500 typically includes a handle 501 and a Main package 505. The handle 501 is made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and acrylic appliances, and two control switches 503a, 503b are provided to control the operation of various components of the system 500. The main package 505 includes a main body 51 〇, a movable component 520, an actuator element 530, an image element (not shown), and a pair of guide rails 560. The shape of the main body 510 is the same substantially square block (3 075 " χ2 8 " χ2 63 „ ) -148- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm)

Order

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(146 ) ,並且沿著它側面提供擋牆。主體510的配置能與矩形可 動組件520 (1·5"χ2·8"χ1·05")耦合動作,其設計可沿著由導 軌560所定義的一路徑及實質與主體510—端平行而線性轉 換。 可動組件120的配置具有與圖3(c)類似的波源-偵測器配 置。例如,可動組件520包括兩波源522 Si和S2,其每個可 照射具有不同波長的電龜波。特別是,每個丨皮源522包括 兩雷射二極體 HL8325G與 HL6738MG(ThorLabs,Inc,Newton, NJ),其中每個雷射二極體可分別照射具波長690毫微米與 830毫微米的電磁波。可動組件520亦包括4個相同波形偵 測器 524,例如光二極體 D!、D2、D3、和 D4,(OPT202, Βιπτ-Brown,Tucson,AZ),這些實質是在波源522之間線性 插入。波源522與偵測器524是以相同距離實質線性隔開, 所以掃描單元可透過波源522與偵測器524(例如,S!、 〇1、04、和32的一第一掃描單元,及31、02、03、和32的 一第二掃描單元)定義,而可滿足專利’972的近與遠距離需 求、或對稱需求。 激勵器元件53 0包括一高解析度線性激勵類型步進馬達 (機型 26000,Haydon Switch and Instrument Inc.,Waterbury, CT)與一馬達控制器(Spectrum PN 42103, Haydon Switch and Instrument Inc.)。激勵器元件530是安裝在主體510,並且 能與可動組件520咬合移動,如此可沿著線性路徑固定放 置的導軌560、及固定連接到主包裝505而線性轉變可動組 件 520。一對精確導引(型號 6725K11,McMaster-Carr Supply, ____ -149 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (146) and provide a retaining wall along its side. The configuration of the main body 510 can be coupled with the rectangular movable component 520 (1 · 5 " χ2 · 8 " χ1 · 05 "), and its design can be linear along a path defined by the guide 560 and substantially parallel to the end of the main body 510 Conversion. The configuration of the movable unit 120 has a wave source-detector configuration similar to that of Fig. 3 (c). For example, the movable assembly 520 includes two wave sources 522 Si and S2, each of which can irradiate a turtle wave having a different wavelength. In particular, each skin source 522 includes two laser diodes HL8325G and HL6738MG (ThorLabs, Inc, Newton, NJ), where each laser diode can be irradiated with a wavelength of 690 nm and 830 nm, respectively. Electromagnetic waves. The movable component 520 also includes four identical waveform detectors 524, such as photodiodes D !, D2, D3, and D4, (OPT202, Βιπτ-Brown, Tucson, AZ). These are essentially linearly inserted between the wave sources 522 . The wave source 522 and the detector 524 are substantially linearly separated at the same distance, so the scanning unit can pass through the wave source 522 and the detector 524 (for example, a first scanning unit of S !, 〇1, 04, and 32, and 31 A second scanning unit), 02, 03, and 32), and can meet the short-distance and long-distance requirements, or symmetrical requirements of the patent '972. The actuator element 530 includes a high-resolution linear excitation type stepper motor (model 26000, Haydon Switch and Instrument Inc., Waterbury, CT) and a motor controller (Spectrum PN 42103, Haydon Switch and Instrument Inc.). The exciter element 530 is mounted on the main body 510 and can be engaged with the movable component 520 so that it can be fixedly placed along the linear path 560 and fixedly connected to the main package 505 to linearly transform the movable component 520. A pair of precise guides (model 6725K11, McMaster-Carr Supply, ____ -149-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)

Order

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(147 )588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (147)

Santa Fe Springs,CA)可當作導軌 560使用。 影像元件是在柄501内提供,而且包括一資料取得卡 (DAQCARD 1200,National Instruments,Austin,TX)。主要 包裝505是由壓克力器具構成,而且是在前端開口構成。 Perspex Non-Glare Acrylic Sheet (Liard Plastics, Santa Clara, CA)是安裝在包裝505的面盤506,並且可當作一保護螢幕 使用,以保護波源522與嶺測器5受機械損害, 在實施方面,可動組件520是放置在它開始位置,即是 距離主體510左邊遠端。一操作元可啓動系統500的主電 源,及透過執行掃描系統軟體而啓動波源522與偵測器 524。一人體胸部可準備,而且光學影像系統500的主體 5 10是放置於胸部,所以可動組件520的感測器522、524是 置於胸部的第一目標區域及行成適當光耦合。第一目標區 域是透過在柄501上透過按一下一控制開關503a而掃描。 波源522可將具有預先選取的波長照射到第一目標區域, 波形偵測器524可偵測從第一目標區域偵測此電磁波,並 且開始掃描。激勵器元件530可沿著導軌560的主體510 — 端而線性逐漸轉變可動組件520。 波源522可同步,'以便以一連續選取方式點燃他們的雷 射二極體。例如,波源S i的一第一 ·雷射二極體的配置可知、 射波長690毫微米的電磁波,而_且波動偵測器524可偵測電 磁波,並且響應其而產生一第一組输出信號,在通常延續 1微秒(具1: 10至1: 1,〇〇〇範圍工作週期)的此第一照射與偵 測週期的期間,所有其他雷射二極體可關閉,以半使干擾 -150 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)Santa Fe Springs, CA) can be used as a rail 560. The image element is provided in the handle 501 and includes a data acquisition card (DAQCARD 1200, National Instruments, Austin, TX). The main package 505 is made of an acrylic appliance and is formed by opening at the front end. Perspex Non-Glare Acrylic Sheet (Liard Plastics, Santa Clara, CA) is a face plate 506 installed on the packaging 505, and can be used as a protective screen to protect the wave source 522 and the ridge detector 5 from mechanical damage. In terms of implementation The movable component 520 is placed at its starting position, that is, the distal end from the left side of the main body 510. An operating unit can activate the main power of the system 500, and activate the wave source 522 and the detector 524 by executing the scanning system software. A human chest can be prepared, and the main body 5 10 of the optical imaging system 500 is placed on the chest, so the sensors 522 and 524 of the movable component 520 are placed on the first target area of the chest and lined up with appropriate light coupling. The first target area is scanned by pressing a control switch 503a on the handle 501. The wave source 522 can irradiate the first target region with a preselected wavelength, and the waveform detector 524 can detect the electromagnetic wave from the first target region and start scanning. The exciter element 530 may linearly and gradually transform the movable assembly 520 along the main body 510-end of the guide rail 560. The wave sources 522 can be synchronized so as to ignite their laser diodes in a continuous selection. For example, the configuration of a first laser diode of the wave source S i can be seen to emit electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 690 nanometers, and the wave detector 524 can detect the electromagnetic waves and generate a first set of outputs in response to them Signal, during this first irradiation and detection cycle, which typically lasts 1 microsecond (with a duty cycle in the range of 1: 10 to 1: 1, 000), all other laser diodes can be turned off in half Interference-150-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)

Order

線 588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(148 ) 雜訊最小。在完成照射與偵測後,波源心的第一雷射二極 體可關閉,而且波源S2的第一雷射二極體可啓動,以照射 相同波長690毫微米的電磁波。波形偵測器524可偵測電磁 波,及產生一第二組輸出信號。其他雷射二極體可在照射 及偵測的此第二週期期間維持在關閉位置。類似程序可重 複於波源Si的第二雷射二極體,然後重複於波源&的第二 雷射二極體,其中2個第二雷射二極體配置可連續照射具 有830¾微米波長的電磁波。 影像元件亦與波源522及偵測器524同步,而且能以一預 先選擇的取樣率將先前組的輸出信號取樣。特別是,影像 元件的配置可透過定義一第一及第二掃描單元而處理此 輸出信號,其中第一掃描影像單元是由波源心和h、與波 形偵測器Di*D4組成,而且第二掃描單元是由波源心和 S2、與波形偵測器D2和D3組成。第一及第二掃描單元具有 波源-偵測器配置,而可滿足專利,972的對稱需求。因此, 氧與去氧紅血球素濃度可透過方程式(la)至(ld)獲得,並 且透過方程式(le)可獲得氧飽和s〇2。此外,血量(亦即, 暫時變化)相關値可透過評估上述目標區域的血球體積計 變化而計算。 激勵器元件530亦與先前照射與偵測同步,所以在波源 522與偵測器524透過激勵器元件53〇而移到目標區域的下 一相鄰區域之前,他們可掃描目標區域的整個第一區域。 當激勵器元件530沿著預先選擇路徑轉變可動組件52〇時, 可動組件520可掃描目標區域的連續區域。當可動組件52〇Line 588158 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (148) Noise is minimal. After the irradiation and detection are completed, the first laser diode of the wave source core can be turned off, and the first laser diode of the wave source S2 can be turned on to irradiate electromagnetic waves with the same wavelength of 690 nm. The waveform detector 524 can detect electromagnetic waves and generate a second set of output signals. Other laser diodes can remain in the off position during this second cycle of illumination and detection. A similar procedure can be repeated for the second laser diode of the wave source Si, and then for the second laser diode of the wave source & where two second laser diode configurations can continuously illuminate Electromagnetic waves. The image element is also synchronized with the wave source 522 and the detector 524, and can sample the output signals of the previous group at a preselected sampling rate. In particular, the configuration of the image element can process the output signal by defining a first and a second scanning unit, where the first scanning image unit is composed of the wave source core and h, and the waveform detector Di * D4, and the second The scanning unit is composed of the wave source core and S2, and the waveform detectors D2 and D3. The first and second scanning units have a wave source-detector configuration, which can meet the symmetrical requirements of the patent, 972. Therefore, the oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin concentrations can be obtained by the equations (la) to (ld), and the oxygen saturation s02 can be obtained by the equation (le). In addition, the blood volume (that is, a temporary change) can be calculated by evaluating changes in the hematocrit in the target area. The exciter element 530 is also synchronized with the previous irradiation and detection, so before the wave source 522 and the detector 524 move to the next adjacent area of the target area through the exciter element 53, they can scan the entire first of the target area. region. When the exciter element 530 transitions the movable component 52o along a preselected path, the movable component 520 can scan a continuous area of the target area. When the movable assembly 52

588158 A7 B7 五、發明説明(149 ) 到達主體510的另一端時,激勵器元件530可將可動組件 520線性轉變成它開始放置。先前照射與偵測程序亦可在 可動組件520的向後線性移動期間於目標區域的相同或不 同區域重複。在可動組件520的線性往復運動結束及掃描 程序完成之後,操作員可按下其他控制開關503b,以便將 一信號傳送給開始影像建構處理的影像元件,並且在目標 區域提供氧飽和空間分仿的二維影像、及血'量的暫時變 化。 圖47A和47B分別是正常與不正常胸部血量的二維影像, 兩者皆可透過圖46的光學影像系統測量。此外,圖48A和 48B是分別在正常與不正常胸部組織的氧飽和二維影像, 兩者皆可根據本發明而透過圖46的光學影像系統測量。如 圖所示,光學影像系統的提供可使正常組織在最大血量區 域具有較高的氧飽和(例如超過70%)。然而,不正常組織 的對應區域的較高氧飽會低到60%。 可了解到,雖然本發明的各種不同具體實施例已詳細描 述,但是先前只是説明而不是侷限於在文後申請專利所定 義的本發明範圍。其他相關具體實施例、觀點、優點、及 /或修改是在下列申^青專利的範圍内。 -152- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)588158 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (149) When the other end of the main body 510 is reached, the exciter element 530 can linearly transform the movable component 520 into that it starts to be placed. The previous irradiation and detection procedures may also be repeated in the same or different areas of the target area during the backward linear movement of the movable component 520. After the linear reciprocating motion of the movable component 520 is completed and the scanning process is completed, the operator can press other control switches 503b to transmit a signal to the image element that starts the image construction process, and provide an oxygen-saturated spatial simulation in the target area Two-dimensional images and temporary changes in blood volume. 47A and 47B are two-dimensional images of normal and abnormal chest blood volume, respectively, both of which can be measured by the optical imaging system of FIG. 46. In addition, FIGS. 48A and 48B are two-dimensional images of oxygen saturation in normal and abnormal chest tissues, respectively, both of which can be measured by the optical imaging system of FIG. 46 according to the present invention. As shown in the figure, the provision of an optical imaging system enables normal tissues to have higher oxygen saturation (for example, more than 70%) in the region of maximum blood volume. However, higher oxygen saturation in the corresponding area of abnormal tissues can be as low as 60%. It can be understood that, although various specific embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail, the foregoing merely illustrates rather than is limited to the scope of the present invention as defined in the subsequent patent applications. Other related specific embodiments, viewpoints, advantages, and / or modifications are within the scope of the following patent applications. -152- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297mm)

Order

line

Claims (1)

588158 A8 B8 C8 D8588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 第〇9〇119152號專利申請案 中文申請專利範圍替換本(93年2月)Patent Application No. 0909119152 Chinese Patent Application Replacement (February 1993) 六、申請專利範圍 ----* ι 1· 一種用以決定生理學媒體的發色團濃度之系統,包含: 一波源模組,用以將具有不同波形特性的至少兩組兩 磁輻射照射在該媒體; I 射;及 一偵測器模組,用以偵測藉由該媒體傳輸的電磁和 一處理模組,用以決定從該波源模組照射的電磁輻射 及透過該偵測器模組偵測的該等發色團濃度之中至少一 者的絕對值; 其中該決定是根據來自該波源模組的連續波電磁輕射 的強度測量。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該等發色團是紅血 球素,而且該處理模組可決定氧紅血球素與去氧紅血球 素之中至少一者的濃度。 3·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該波源與偵測器模 組的配置可在一生理學媒體上操作,該生理學媒體上操 作包含器官、組織、與身體流體之中至少一者的細胞。 4·如申請專利範圍第3項之系統,其中該處理模組的配置 可偵測不正常細胞。 5.如申請專利範圍第4項之系統,其中該等不正常細胞是 腫瘤細胞。 6·如申請專利範圍第4項之系統,其中該等細胞是分佈在 表皮、及包括一腦部、心臟、肺、肝、與腎臟之中至少 一者的一内部組織真皮層之中的至少/者。 7·如申請專利範圍第4項之系統,其中該等細胞是一移植 本紙張尺度適财國®家鱗(CNS) A4規格(21G X 297公釐) 588158 Η Α8 Β8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 組織的細胞。 8.如申請專利範圍第7項之系統,其中該移植組織包括腦 部、心臟、肺、肝、與腎臟之中至少一者。 9·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該波形特徵包括波 長、相位角、振幅、諧波、及其組合之中至少一者。 1〇·如申請專利範圍第9項之系統,其中一第一組該電磁輻 射具有一第一波長,及一第二組該電磁輻射具有一第二 波長’而該第二波長是不同於該第一波長。 11.如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中一第一組該電磁輻 射包含一第一載波,而且一第二組該電磁輻射包含一第 二載波’而該第二載波具有不同於該第一載波的波形特 性。 12·如申請專利範圍第丨i項之系統,其中該波形特徵包括波 長、相位角、振幅、諧波、及其組合之中至少一者。 13. 如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該處理模組可透過 使用說明該媒體的電磁輻射的光學相互作用性質的一或 多個參數而決定該絕對值。 14. 如申請專利範圍第13項之系統,其中該處理模組使用包 括一參數的算術式,其是因下列而定:該媒體的光學性 質及該波源模組與偵測器模組的配置。 15. 如申請專利範圍第14項之系統,其中該算術式包含該濃 度與該等濃度比率之中至少一者的多項式。 16·如申請專利範園第丨3項之系統,其中該算術式實質包括 一項目,其是因下列之中的一或多個而定:該媒體的光 -2 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 正替換年9a 12( F;J 、申請專利範圍 學性質、及該波源模組與伯測器模組的配置,該項是近 似一常數。 17.如中請專利第Μ之系統,其中該處理模組是使用 下列算術式: 1= αβ7Ι〇 exp {-B L 5 Σ, (8i Cl) + σ}, 其中I。是透過該波源模組所照射的電磁波強度;i是透過 該偵測器模組所偵測的電錢強度,U與該等波源模 組與媒體之中至少-者有關的—參m與該等侦測 器模組與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數;7是與該等 波源模組、偵測器模組、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一 參數;B是說明藉由該媒體的電磁波光學路徑長度的一 參數,而且是與該等波源模組、偵測器模組、與媒體有 關;L是說明在該波源模組與該偵測器模組之間距離的 一參數;5是一比例常數,及與該等波源模組、偵測器 模組、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之中任一'著: Si是說明在該媒體中的電磁波與一第丨發色團之間的一光 學相互作用的參數;Ci是表示該第丨發色團濃度的一變 數;及σ是一比例常數,及與該等波源模組、偵測器模 組、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之中任一者。 18. 如申請專利範圍第17項之系統,其中該參數6是一路徑 長度因素。 19. 如申請專利範圍第17項之系統,其中該參數1是一媒體 消光係數、媒體吸收係數、與媒體散射係數之中至少一 者0 3- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 f正替換 八^年9a务26 曰 A8 B8 C8 D86. Scope of patent application ---- * ι 1. A system for determining the chromophore concentration of physiological media, including: a wave source module for irradiating at least two sets of two magnetic radiations with different waveform characteristics In the medium; I-radiation; and a detector module for detecting electromagnetic transmission through the medium and a processing module for determining electromagnetic radiation radiated from the wave source module and passing through the detector The absolute value of at least one of the chromophore concentrations detected by the module; wherein the decision is based on the intensity measurement of the continuous wave electromagnetic light emission from the wave source module. 2. The system according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the chromophores are erythrocytes, and the processing module can determine the concentration of at least one of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. 3. The system according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the configuration of the wave source and the detector module can be operated on a physiological medium, and the operation on the physiological medium includes at least one of an organ, a tissue, and a body fluid. Cell. 4. The system according to item 3 of the patent application, wherein the processing module is configured to detect abnormal cells. 5. The system according to item 4 of the patent application, wherein the abnormal cells are tumor cells. 6. The system according to item 4 of the patent application, wherein the cells are distributed in at least one of the epidermis and an inner tissue dermis including at least one of a brain, a heart, a lung, a liver, and a kidney. /By. 7. If the system of item 4 of the scope of patent application is applied, where the cells are transplanted on a paper scale suitable for the country ® Family Scale (CNS) A4 specification (21G X 297 mm) 588158 Α Α8 Β8 C8 D8 Range tissue cells. 8. The system of claim 7 in which the transplanted tissue includes at least one of a brain, a heart, a lung, a liver, and a kidney. 9. The system of claim 1 in which the waveform characteristics include at least one of a wavelength, a phase angle, an amplitude, a harmonic, and a combination thereof. 10. The system of claim 9 in which a first group of the electromagnetic radiation has a first wavelength, and a second group of the electromagnetic radiation has a second wavelength ', and the second wavelength is different from the First wavelength. 11. The system of claim 1 in which a first group of the electromagnetic radiation includes a first carrier wave, and a second group of the electromagnetic radiation includes a second carrier wave, and the second carrier wave is different from the first carrier wave. Waveform characteristics of a carrier. 12. The system according to item i of claim 1, wherein the waveform characteristics include at least one of a wavelength, a phase angle, an amplitude, a harmonic, and a combination thereof. 13. The system of claim 1 in which the processing module can determine the absolute value by using one or more parameters that describe the optical interaction properties of the electromagnetic radiation of the medium. 14. If the system of claim 13 is applied, the processing module uses an arithmetic formula including a parameter, which is determined by the following: the optical properties of the medium and the configuration of the wave source module and the detector module . 15. The system of claim 14 wherein the arithmetic formula includes a polynomial of at least one of the concentration and the concentration ratios. 16. If the system of applying for the patent item No. 丨 3, the arithmetic formula essentially includes an item, which is determined by one or more of the following: the light of the media-2-This paper standard applies to the country of China The standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 is replacing the year 9a 12 (F; J, the scope of the patent application, and the configuration of the wave source module and the primary tester module. This item is approximately a constant. 17 The system of patent M, please use the following arithmetic formula for the processing module: 1 = αβ7Ι〇exp {-BL 5 Σ, (8i Cl) + σ}, where I. is transmitted through the wave source module. The intensity of the radiated electromagnetic waves; i is the strength of the electric money detected by the detector module, U is related to at least one of the wave source modules and the media-see m and the detector modules and A parameter related to at least one of the media; 7 is a parameter related to at least one of the wave source module, the detector module, and the media; B is the length of the optical path of the electromagnetic wave passing through the media Is a parameter and is related to the wave source module, the detector module, and the media. ; L is a parameter describing the distance between the wave source module and the detector module; 5 is a proportionality constant, and at least one of the wave source module, the detector module, and the medium Any of the related parameters: Si is a parameter describing an optical interaction between an electromagnetic wave in the medium and a chromophore; Ci is a variable representing the concentration of the chromophore ; And σ is a proportionality constant, and any one of parameters related to at least one of the wave source module, the detector module, and the media. 18. If the system of the 17th scope of the patent application , Where the parameter 6 is a path length factor. 19. For the system in the 17th scope of the patent application, the parameter 1 is at least one of a media extinction coefficient, a media absorption coefficient, and a media scattering coefficient. Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X 297 mm) 588158 f is replacing 8 years 9a service 26 said A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍Patent application scope 20·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該波源模組包括至 少一波源’而且該偵測器模組包括至少兩個波形偵測 器。 “、 21·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該波源模組包括至 少兩波源,而且該偵測器模組包括至少一波形偵測器。 22·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該波源模組具有一 第一及第二波源,而且該偵測器模組具有一第一及第二 偵測器。 23.如申請專利範圍第22項之系統,其中該處理模組使用算 術式: Imn = am/SnyI〇 m eXp {_Bmn (Si Ci) + σ}, 其中Ϊ。,!!!是透過一第m波源所照射的電磁波強度;Imn是透 過該第m波源所照射及透過一第n波形偵測器所偵測的電 磁波強度;am是與該第m波源與媒體之中至少一者有關 的一參數;/^是與該第η波形偵測器與媒體之中至少一 者有關的一參數;7是一比例常數,及與該第m波源、 第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數; Bmn是說明藉由該媒體的電磁波光學路徑長度,及與該 第m波源、第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的 一參數;Lmn是說明在該第m波源與第η波形偵測器之間 距離的一參數;5是一比例常數,及與該等第m波源、 第η波形偵測器與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之中 任一者;Si是說明在電磁波與在該媒體中所包括一第i發 色團之間的一光學相互作用的參數;Q是表示該第i發色 -4- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 『° £1 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 團濃度的一變數;及σ是一比例常數,及與該等第㈤波 源、第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參 數之中任一者,其中該等下標m和η是非零的正整數。 24_如申請專利範圍第23項之系統,其中該參數Bmn是與該 弟m波源、第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的 一路徑長度因素。 25. 如申請專利範圍第23項之系統,其中該參數r和5是近 似1,所以該式子可簡化成: Imn - Q m 石 nI〇,m exp { _Bmn LmnEj (Si Ci) + σ}, 26. 如申請專利範圍第22項之系統,其中該等波源與波形偵 測器可配置,所以該第一波源與該第一波形偵測器之間 的距離是實質類似在該第二波源與該第二波形偵測器之 間的距離,而且在該第一波源與該第二波形偵測器之間 的距離是實質類似在該第二波源與該第一波形偵測器之 間的距離。 27·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該波源模組具有至 少Μ個波源,而且該偵測器模組具有至少ν個波形偵測 器,其中Μ和Ν是大於1的整數,及 該等波源與波形偵測器的配置以致於在一第Μγ波源與 一第Ni-偵測器之間的距離是實質類似在一第Μ2-波源與 一第Ν2-波形偵測器之間的距離,而且在該第Μγ波源與 該第Ν2-波形偵測器之間的距離是實質類似在該第Μ2-波 源與該第Ni-波形偵測器之間的距離,其中該%和撾2是 在1和Μ之間的整數,而且其中該川和仏是在1和N之間 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 58815820. The system according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the wave source module includes at least one wave source 'and the detector module includes at least two waveform detectors. ", 21 · If the system of the first scope of the patent application, the wave source module includes at least two wave sources, and the detector module includes at least one waveform detector. 22 · The system of the first scope of patent application Wherein, the wave source module has a first and second wave source, and the detector module has a first and second detector. 23. The system of item 22 in the scope of patent application, wherein the processing module Use the arithmetic formula: Imn = am / SnyI〇m eXp {_Bmn (Si Ci) + σ}, where Ϊ., !!! is the intensity of the electromagnetic wave irradiated through an m-th wave source; Imn is irradiated through the m-th wave source And the intensity of the electromagnetic wave detected by an n-th waveform detector; am is a parameter related to at least one of the m-th source and the medium; / ^ is related to the n-th waveform detector and the medium A parameter related to at least one; 7 is a proportionality constant, and a parameter related to at least one of the m-th wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and the medium; Bmn is a description of the electromagnetic wave optics by the medium Path length, and the m-th wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and the media A parameter related to at least one of them; Lmn is a parameter indicating the distance between the m-th wave source and the n-th waveform detector; 5 is a proportionality constant, and the m-th wave source and the n-th waveform detection Any one of a parameter related to at least one of the measurement medium and the medium; Si is a parameter describing an optical interaction between the electromagnetic wave and an i-th chromophore included in the medium; Q is a parameter The i-th hair color -4- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) "° £ 1 C8 D8 VI. A variable of the concentration of the patent application range; and σ is a proportional constant And any one of the parameters related to the third wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and at least one of the media, wherein the subscripts m and η are non-zero positive integers. 24_ 如The system of claim 23, wherein the parameter Bmn is a path length factor related to at least one of the m-wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and the media. 25. If the scope of patent application is 23 System, where the parameters r and 5 are approximately 1, so the equation can be simplified to Imn-Q m 石 nI〇, m exp {_Bmn LmnEj (Si Ci) + σ}, 26. For the system of the 22nd scope of the patent application, in which the wave source and the waveform detector can be configured, so the first wave source The distance from the first waveform detector is substantially similar to the distance between the second wave source and the second waveform detector, and the distance between the first wave source and the second waveform detector is substantially similar. The distance is substantially similar to the distance between the second wave source and the first waveform detector. 27. The system according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the wave source module has at least M wave sources, and the detector The module has at least ν waveform detectors, where M and N are integers greater than 1, and the configuration of these wave sources and waveform detectors is such that between a Mγ wave source and a Ni-detector The distance is substantially similar to the distance between an M2-wave source and an N2-waveform detector, and the distance between the Mγ-wave source and the N2-waveform detector is substantially similar to the M2-wave detector -The distance between the wave source and the Ni-waveform detector, where the% and 2 are at Integer between 1 and Μ, and where 川 和 仏 is between 1 and N -5- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 8 8 8 8 A BCD 申請專利範圍 的整數。 28·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該偵測器模組具有 貝負沿著一條線配置的兩個或多個波形偵測器,而且該 波源模組具有遠離該線配置的至少兩個波源。 29·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該偵測器模組具有 實質沿著一條線配置的M22個波形偵測器。 30·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該偵測器模組具有 實質沿著一條線配置的至少3個波形偵測器。 31· —種用以決定生理學媒體的發色團濃度之系統,其包 含: 八 一或多個波源,用以將具有不同波形特性的至少兩組 近似紅外線電磁輻射照射在該媒體; 一或多個偵測器,用以偵測藉由該媒體傳輸的電磁轉 射; @ 輸入裝置,用以輸入該輸入參數資料;及 一處理模組,用以決定該等濃度之中至少一者的絕對 值, 其中泫決定不是根據測量從該等一或多個偵測器所接 收該電磁輻射的相位特性、或媒體響應於來自該等一或 多個波源的一電磁脈衝。 32· —種用以決定生理學媒體的發色團濃度之系統,其包 含: 、匕 至少一波源,用以將具有不同波形特性的至少兩組電 磁輻射照射在該媒體; -6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) '' ------- 588158 止'1 '93. 年. 換 A8 B8 C8 D88 8 8 8 A BCD Integer for patent application. 28. The system according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the detector module has two or more waveform detectors arranged along a line, and the wave source module has at least Two wave sources. 29. The system according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the detector module has M22 waveform detectors arranged substantially along a line. 30. The system according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the detector module has at least 3 waveform detectors arranged substantially along a line. 31 · —A system for determining the chromophore concentration of a physiological medium, comprising: one or more wave sources for irradiating the medium with at least two groups of approximately infrared electromagnetic radiation having different waveform characteristics; or Multiple detectors to detect the electromagnetic transmission transmitted through the medium; @ input device to input the input parameter data; and a processing module to determine the concentration of at least one of the concentrations The absolute value, where 泫 is determined not by measuring the phase characteristics of the electromagnetic radiation received from the one or more detectors, or by the media responding to an electromagnetic pulse from the one or more wave sources. 32 · A system for determining the chromophore concentration of a physiological medium, comprising: at least one wave source for irradiating at least two sets of electromagnetic radiation with different waveform characteristics on the medium; -6- this paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) '' ------- 588158 to '1 '93. Years. Change to A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範園 至少一偵測器,用以偵測藉由該媒體傳輸的電磁輕 射; 一處理器,其是耦合到該至少一偵測器以計算··該等 濃度的絕對值及該等濃度的比率之一, 其中該計算是根據來自該波源模組的連續波電磁輕射 的強度測量。 33. —種透過使用具有至少一波源及至少一波形偵測器的測 量系統而決定在一生理學媒體中的發色囷濃度之方法, 其中該等電磁波可透過該至少一波源而照射、藉由生理 學媒體而傳輸、及透過該至少一波形偵測器而偵測,該 方法包含下列步驟: 用具有不同波形特性的至少兩組電磁輻射照射,以獲 得複數個測量; 將有關該等複數個測量的一算術式提供給系統參數、 及有關該媒體的參數; 從提供的算術式除去有關波源與偵測器的參數;及 決足孩等濃度之中至少一者的絕對值,其中該決定是 根據連續波電磁輻射及預定有關發色團參數的強度測 量’而且不是根據測量從該等一或多個偵測器接收的電 磁輕射相位特性,或該媒體響應於來自該等一或多個波 源的一電磁脈衝。 34·如申請專利範圍第33項夕士土 朴丄、、… . J貝 < 万法,其中孩算術式包栝一波 形方程式,其表示式如下示: 1= a^rI〇exP{.BL^i(gi 〇ι) + σ}; I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4^^1〇X297公寶^-----At least one detector in the patent application park is used to detect electromagnetic light transmission through the medium; a processor is coupled to the at least one detector to calculate the absolute values of the concentrations and the One of the ratios of equal concentration, where the calculation is based on the intensity measurement of continuous wave electromagnetic light emission from the wave source module. 33. A method for determining the concentration of chromophore in a physiological medium by using a measurement system having at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector, wherein the electromagnetic waves can be irradiated through the at least one wave source, by Transmitted through a physiological medium and detected by the at least one waveform detector, the method includes the following steps: irradiating with at least two sets of electromagnetic radiation having different waveform characteristics to obtain a plurality of measurements; An arithmetic formula for the measurement is provided to the system parameters and the parameters related to the medium; the parameters related to the wave source and the detector are removed from the provided arithmetic formula; and the absolute value of at least one of the concentrations such as children is determined, wherein the decision Is based on continuous wave electromagnetic radiation and predetermined intensity measurements of chromophore-related parameters' and is not based on measuring the electromagnetic light-emitting phase characteristics received from the one or more detectors, or the medium responds to the response from the one or more An electromagnetic pulse from a wave source. 34. If the scope of the application for the patent No. 33 Xi Shi Tu Pu, ... J Bei < Wan Fa, where the arithmetic formula of a child includes a waveform equation, the expression is as follows: 1 = a ^ rI〇exP {. BL ^ i (gi 〇ι) + σ}; I paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 ^^ 1〇X297 公 宝 ^ ----- 其中I。是透過至少一波源模組所照射的電磁波強度;I是 透過至少一偵測器所偵測的電磁波強度,α是與該至少 一波源與媒體有關的一參數;Θ是與至少一偵測器與媒 體有關的一參數;Τ是一比例常數,及與至少一波源、 偵測器、與媒體有關的一參數之中任一者;Β是說明藉 由該媒體的電磁波光學路徑長度的一參數,而且是與至 少一波源、偵測器、與媒體有關;L是在該波源與該偵 >則器之間距離的一參數;5是一比例常數,及與該等波 源、偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之中任 一著;Si是說明在該媒體中的電磁波與一第i發色團之間 的一交相互作用的參數;q是表示該第i發色團濃度的一 變數;及σ是一比例常數,及與該等波源、偵測器、與 媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之中任一者。 一種透過波形方程式的應用使用具有至少一波源及至少 一波形偵測器的測量系統以決定生理學媒體中的發色團 濃度之方法,該波形方程式具有下列表示式: Imn = ^m/3nrI〇,m exp {-Bmn Lmn δ (8i Ci) + σ} ^ 其中I〇,m是透過第m波源所照射的電磁波強度;Imn是透過 該第m波源所照射及透過第η波形偵測器所偵測的電磁波 強度;am是與該第m波源與媒體有關的一參數;y3n是與 讀第η波形偵測器與媒體有關的一參數;r是一比例常 數,及與波源、偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一 參數之中任一者;Bmn是說明藉由該媒體的電磁波光學 路徑長度,及與該第m波源、第η波形偵測器、與媒體有 -8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐)Where I. Is the intensity of the electromagnetic wave irradiated through at least one wave source module; I is the intensity of the electromagnetic wave detected through at least one detector, α is a parameter related to the at least one wave source and the media; Θ is related to at least one detector A parameter related to the media; T is a proportionality constant, and any one of the parameters related to at least one wave source, detector, and media; B is a parameter indicating the length of the optical path of the electromagnetic wave passing through the media And is related to at least one wave source, detector, and media; L is a parameter of the distance between the wave source and the detector >ruler; 5 is a proportionality constant, and is related to these wave sources, detectors Any one of the parameters related to at least one of the media; Si is a parameter describing a cross-interaction between the electromagnetic wave in the media and an i-th chromophore; q is the i-th A variable of chromophore concentration; and σ is a proportionality constant, and any one of parameters related to at least one of the wave source, the detector, and the medium. A method for determining a chromophore concentration in a physiological medium by using a measurement system having at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector through the application of a wave equation. The wave equation has the following expression: Imn = ^ m / 3nrI. , m exp {-Bmn Lmn δ (8i Ci) + σ} ^ where I0, m is the intensity of the electromagnetic wave irradiated through the m-th wave source; Imn is irradiated through the m-th wave source and through the n-th waveform detector Intensity of the detected electromagnetic wave; am is a parameter related to the m-th wave source and the medium; y3n is a parameter related to reading the n-th wave detector and the medium; r is a proportionality constant, and related to the wave source and the detector Any one of the parameters related to at least one of the media; Bmn is the length of the optical path of the electromagnetic wave passing through the media, and it has -8 with the m-th wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and the media -This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 (210 X 297 mm) C8 D8 "^7^-- 年 六、申請專利範圍 關的參數,Lmn是說明在該第m波源與第n波形偵測器 之間距離的一參數;5是一比例常數,及與至少一波 源、波形偵測器、與媒體有關的一參數之中任一者;心 是說明在電磁波與在該媒體中的第丨發色團之間的一光學 相互作用的參數;Ci是表示該第i發色團濃度的一變數; 及σ是一比例常數,及與一波源、波形偵測器、與媒體 之中至少一者有關的一參數之中任一者,該方法包含下 列步驟: 照射具有不同波形特性的一第一及第二組電磁輻射, 及測量從該媒體接收的信號,以獲得在波形方程式中具 未知參數的有關該等測量信號的兩組方程式; 透過使用第一及第二組方程式而從波形方程式除去該 等參數am、/3η、7、5和σ之中至少一者,以獲得第三 組方程式; 根據有關1mn、Ic,m、與Si的值,在除去步驟後獲得該等 濃渡之中至少一者的一絕對值式子。 36·如申請專利範圍第3 5項之方法,其進一步包含下列步 驟: 將該系統應用於該生理學媒體,包括器官、組織、與 身體流體之中至少一者的細胞;及 根據該等值Imn、I〇,m、與而測量該等濃度之中至少一 者的該絕對值。 37·如申請專利範圍第36項之方法,其中該測量步驟包含: 監督氧紅血球素濃度、去氧紅血球素濃度、及一比例 -9-本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) A8 B8 C8 D8 '1; .JtL 替換 93. 2.26 ?C8 D8 " ^ 7 ^-parameters related to the scope of patent application in the sixth year, Lmn is a parameter indicating the distance between the m-th wave source and the n-th wave detector; 5 is a proportionality constant, and at least Any one of a wave source, a waveform detector, and a parameter related to the medium; the heart is a parameter describing an optical interaction between the electromagnetic wave and the chromophore in the medium; Ci is a parameter representing the A variable of the i-th chromophore concentration; and σ is a proportionality constant and any one of a parameter related to at least one of a wave source, a waveform detector, and a medium, the method includes the following steps: Irradiate a first and second set of electromagnetic radiation with different waveform characteristics, and measure signals received from the medium to obtain two sets of equations about the measurement signals with unknown parameters in the waveform equation; by using the first and The second set of equations is obtained by removing at least one of the parameters am, / 3η, 7, 5, and σ from the waveform equations to obtain a third set of equations. Get these after steps Among crossing at least one of an absolute value equation. 36. The method of claim 35, further comprising the steps of: applying the system to the physiological medium, including cells of at least one of organs, tissues, and body fluids; and according to the values Imn, I0, m, and then measure the absolute value of at least one of the concentrations. 37. The method according to item 36 of the scope of patent application, wherein the measuring step includes: monitoring the concentration of oxyhemoglobin, the concentration of deoxyhemoglobin, and a ratio of -9- This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A8 B8 C8 D8 '1; .JtL Replacement 93.2.26? 申請專利範圍 年 为 ^ 之中至少一者。 38·如申請專利範圍第”項之方法,其進一 在該媒體的一有限區域上出現腫瘤細胞的步騾。 39.如申請專利範圍第叨項之方法,其進一 / ^ 口斤j以法a 在該媒體的一有限區域上出現一鬱血性情況的步驟夂 4〇·如申請專利範圍第35項之方法,其進一步包含將 應用在該生理學媒體,包括器官與組織之中至少2系統 移植細胞;及 者的 根據孩等Imn、1。^、與心而測量該等濃度之中至,丨、 的該絕對值及該等比率。 土/〜者 41.如申請專利範圍第4〇項之方法,其進一步 、 / g °用以法八 在該媒體的一有限區域上是否出現一鬱血性情況。夂 42·如申請專利範圍第35項之方法,其中該除去步驟%厶 列步驟:使未知的方程式參數近似常數。 I η下 43·如申請專利範圍第35項之方法,其中該獲得步驟勺人 列步驟:照射具有不同波長、相位角、振幅、與二含下 中至少一者的該等第一及第二組電磁輻射。 波之 44.如申請專利範圍第43項之方法,其中該 驟: 。占下列步 應用具有一第一波長的該第一組電磁輻射;及 應用具有一第二波長的該第二組電磁輻射,〜 波長是不同於該第一波長。 疼弟二 45·如申請專利範圍第獅之方法,其中該除 列步驟: 蛛包含下 -10-本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(21〇χ297公釐) 六、申請專利範圍 採用兩波形方程式其中一者的第一比率,而該等兩波 形方程式是從該等第一及第二組波形方程式選取。 46. 如申請專利範圍第45項之方法,其中該除去步騾包含下 列步騾: 解決具不同波形偵測器的相同波源的該等波形方程 式,藉此從該第一比率除去該等參數7、和σ。 47. 如申請專利範圍第45項之方法,其中該除去步驟包含下 列步驟: 解決至少兩不同波源及一波形偵測器的該等波形方程 式,藉此從該第一比率除去該等參數、r、和〇。 48. 如申請專利範圍第45項之方法,其中該除去步驟包含下 列步騾: 採用兩波形方程式之中至少一者的第二比率,而該等 兩波形方程式是從該等第一及第二組波形方程式其中另 一者選取。 49. 如申請專利範圍第48項之方法,其中該除去步驟包本下 列步驟: 獲得在該第一與第二比率之間的一總數及_声之中s 少一者,如此可除去〇^和仏之中至少一者。 50·如申請專利範圍第35項之方法,其中該除去步驟包含下 列步驟: θ 將該有關媒體與該有關幾何學參數的一公式表示成談 等濃度之中至少一者的多項式。 ~ 51.如申請專利範圍第50項之方法,其中該多項目包括一第 -11 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) ~ ^ ------- — 52. 零階項。 2請專利範園第35項之方法,其中該提供步驟包含下 _驟·使至少一有關媒體或有關幾何學參數近似一 常數。 53. 種透過一系統以使用一算術式決定生理學媒體中的發 色團/辰度 < 方法,該系統具有至少—波源及至少一波形 偵測器該算術式具有下列表示式: Imn = am/3nri〇 m eXp {-Bmn LmndZ{ (E{ Q{) + σ} » 其中I〇,m是透過一第m波源所照射的電磁波強度;表示 透過該第m波源所照射及透過一第n波形偵測器所偵測的 私磁波強度;a m是與該第m波源與媒體之中至少一者有 關的一參數;石η是與該第n波形偵測器與媒體之中至少 一者有關的一參數;7是一比例常數,及與該第m波 源、第η偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之 中任一者,Bmn是說明藉由該媒體的電磁波光學路徑長 度’及與该第m波源、第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少 一者有關的一參數;Lmn是說明在該第源與第η波形 偵測器之間距離的一參數;5是一比例常數,及與該第 m波源、第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一 參數之中任一者;q是說明在電磁波與在該媒體中的第i 發色團之間的一光學相互作用的參數;q是該第i發色團 濃度的一變數;及σ是一比例常數,及與該第m波源、 第η波形偵測器、與媒體之中至少一者有關的一參數之 中任一者,該方法包含下列步騾: -12- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公董) 照射具有不同波形特性的_第一及第二組電磁輻射, 及測1從孩媒體接收的信號,以獲得在波形方程式具未 知參數的有關該等測量信號的至少兩組方程式;/、 從該等獲得的波形方程式除去Um、0η、7 中至少一者; 將包括Bmn和Lmn&算術式參數定義成該等濃度之中至 少一者的函數;及 決定在一生理學媒體中的發色團濃度。 如申請專利範圍第53項之方法,纟進—步包含下列步 驟:獲得電磁波的該㈣度、及料濃度的該等消光係 數的值。 如申請專利範圍第54項之方法,其進一步包含下列步 驟:獲得該等濃度與該等比率之中至少—者的絕對值。 種用以在-生理學媒體的有限區域中提供有關紅血球 素分佈及其性質的資訊之系統,其包含·· 叫一 I動組件/其具有至少一波源^至少一波形偵測 器=至/ 一波源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到 :目核區i或而且忒至少一波形偵測器的配置可偵測來 自目‘區域的近紅外線電絲射,並且響應其而產生輸 出信號; 激勵态’其疋與孩至少一可動組件耦合,以便沿著 至少-曲線路徑相對於該目標區域而將它移動,·及 、處理态’其可沿著該至少一曲線路徑而根據該至少 -波形偵測器所產生的輸出信號而決定紅血球素的分佈 588158 申请專利範圍 & iL赫谄 史V、2.》6 A8 B8 C8 D8 年月&1 或其性質。 57·如中請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該分佈是該等紅血 球素的二及三維分佈之中至少一者。 见如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該分佈是該等紅血 球素的空間與時間分佈之中至少一者。 59.如中請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該等性質包括該等 紅血球素濃度的絕對值。 6〇·如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該等性質是該等红 血球素的相對值,該等值是代表在該等紅血球素中的空 間與暫時變化之中至少一者。 61.如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該等性質包括該等 紅血球素濃度、至少兩濃度的一總數、及一比例之中至 少一者。 62·如申,專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該等性質包括體 積、質量、重量、體積測定流率、及質量流率之中至少 一者。 63·,申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該等性質包括至少 氧、’’X血球素;辰度、去氧紅血球素濃度之中至少一者,而 且虱飽和是定義成氧紅血球素的該濃度與氧及去氧紅血 球素的該等濃度總數的一比率。 64·如申請專利範圍第兄項之系統,其中該至少一波源的配 置了照射具有不同波形特性的近紅外線電磁輕射。 65·如申請專利範圍第%項之系統,其中該至少一波形偵測 ⑽的配置可偵測具有不同波形特性的近紅外線電磁波。 -14- 本紙張尺度適準(CNS) A4祕(210X297公爱) 观158The scope of patent application is at least one of ^. 38. If the method of the scope of patent application is applied, it further advances the step of tumor cells appearing in a limited area of the media. 39. If the method of the scope of patent application is applied, it either advances or fails a The step of having a congestive condition on a limited area of the media. 40. The method of claim 35, which further includes at least 2 systems to be applied to the physiological media, including organs and tissues. Transplanted cells; and the absolute values and ratios of these concentrations to 丨, 根据, and 测量, measured according to Imn, 1. ^, and the heart. Soil / ~ 41. If the scope of patent application is No. 4 The method of item, which further, / g ° is used to determine whether a congestive condition has occurred in a limited area of the media. 夂 42. The method according to item 35 of the scope of patent application, wherein the removing step% queuing step : Make the unknown equation parameters approximate constants. I η under 43. The method of item 35 in the scope of patent application, wherein the obtaining step is a sequence of steps: irradiating with different wavelengths, phase angles, amplitudes, and inclusiveness. The first and second sets of electromagnetic radiation of one. Wave 44. The method according to item 43 of the scope of patent application, wherein this step: occupies the following steps to apply the first set of electromagnetic radiation having a first wavelength; And applying the second set of electromagnetic radiation having a second wavelength, ~ the wavelength is different from the first wavelength. Pain Di 45. Such as the method of applying for the scope of the patent lion, wherein the step of removing the column: the spider contains the next -10 -This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21 × 297 mm). 6. The scope of patent application uses the first ratio of one of the two wave equations, and the two wave equations are calculated from the first and The second set of waveform equations is selected. 46. For example, the method of claim 45, wherein the removing step includes the following steps: Solve the waveform equations of the same wave source with different waveform detectors, and from this, The ratios 7, and σ are removed by a ratio. 47. The method of claim 45 in the patent application range, wherein the removing step includes the following steps: solving at least two different wave sources and a waveform detector. Equal waveform equations, thereby removing the parameters, r, and 0 from the first ratio. 48. The method of claim 45, wherein the removing step includes the following steps: Use at least one of the two waveform equations The second ratio of the two, and the two waveform equations are selected from the other of the first and second sets of waveform equations. 49. For the method of claim 48, the removal step includes the following steps : Obtain one less than one of the total and the sound between the first and second ratios, so that at least one of ^ and 可 can be removed. 50. If the method of the 35th scope of the patent application, The removing step includes the following steps: θ represents a polynomial of at least one of the isoconcentrations with a formula of the relevant medium and the relevant geometric parameter. ~ 51. If the method of applying for the 50th item of the patent scope, where the multi-item includes a No. -11-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ ^ ------- — 52. Zero-order term. 2. The method of item 35 of the patent domain, wherein the providing step includes the following steps: approximating a constant of at least one related medium or related geometric parameter. 53. A method for determining a chromophore / degree in a physiological medium using an arithmetic formula through a system having at least a wave source and at least one waveform detector. The arithmetic formula has the following expression: Imn = am / 3nri〇m eXp {-Bmn LmndZ {(E {Q {) + σ} »where I〇, m is the intensity of the electromagnetic wave irradiated through an m-th wave source; it means that it is irradiated through the m-th wave source and through a first The intensity of the private magnetic wave detected by the n-wave detector; am is a parameter related to at least one of the m-th wave source and the medium; Shi n is at least one of the n-wave detector and the medium A related parameter; 7 is a proportionality constant, and any one of the parameters related to the m-th wave source, the n-th detector, and at least one of the media, Bmn is an explanation of the electromagnetic wave passing through the media Optical path length 'and a parameter related to at least one of the m-th wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and the medium; Lmn is a parameter describing the distance between the n-th source and the n-th waveform detector ; 5 is a proportionality constant, and the m-th wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and the medium Any one of the parameters related to at least one of them; q is a parameter describing an optical interaction between the electromagnetic wave and the i-th chromophore in the medium; q is the i-th chromophore concentration And σ is a proportionality constant, and any one of parameters related to the m-th wave source, the n-th waveform detector, and at least one of the media, the method includes the following steps:- 12- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297). Irradiate the first and second sets of electromagnetic radiation with different waveform characteristics, and measure the signal received from the child media to obtain the waveform equation. At least two sets of equations about the measurement signals with unknown parameters; /. Remove at least one of Um, 0η, and 7 from the waveform equations obtained from these; Define the parameters of the arithmetic formula including Bmn and Lmn & A function of at least one of; and determining a chromophore concentration in a physiological medium. For example, the method of claim 53 in the scope of patent application, the further step includes the following steps: obtaining the value of the degree of the electromagnetic wave and the extinction coefficients of the material concentration. For example, if the method of claim 54 is applied, it further includes the following steps: obtaining an absolute value of at least one of the concentration and the ratio. A system for providing information on the distribution of red blood cells and their properties in a limited area of physiological media, which includes ... called an I moving component / which has at least one wave source ^ at least one waveform detector = to / A configuration of a wave source can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to: the nuclear region i or more. At least one configuration of a waveform detector can detect near-infrared wire radiation from the target region and generate an output signal in response thereto; State 'its 疋 is coupled to at least one movable component so as to move it relative to the target area along at least -curve path, and processing state' it may follow the at least -curve path according to the at least -waveform The output signal generated by the detector determines the distribution of erythrocytes. 588158 The scope of the patent application & iL Hershey V. 2. "6 A8 B8 C8 D8 month & 1 or its properties. 57. The system according to item 56 of the patent application, wherein the distribution is at least one of the two-dimensional and three-dimensional distributions of the red blood cells. See, for example, the system of claim 56 in which the distribution is at least one of a spatial and temporal distribution of the red blood cells. 59. The system of claim 56 in which the properties include the absolute values of the erythropoietin concentrations. 60. If the system of claim 56 is applied for, the properties are the relative values of the red blood cells, and the values represent at least one of the spatial and temporary changes in the red blood cells. 61. The system of claim 56, wherein the properties include at least one of the erythropoietin concentrations, a total of at least two concentrations, and a ratio. 62. As claimed, the system of item 56 of the patent, wherein the properties include at least one of volume, mass, weight, volumetric flow rate, and mass flow rate. 63 ·, the system of claim 56 in the scope of patent application, wherein the properties include at least one of oxygen, '' X-hemoglobin; at least one of the degree of concentration, deoxyhemoglobin concentration, and lice saturation is defined as oxyhemoglobin This concentration is a ratio of the total of these concentrations of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin. 64. The system according to the second item of the patent application, wherein the at least one wave source is configured to emit near-infrared electromagnetic light with different waveform characteristics. 65. The system of item% of the patent application, wherein the configuration of the at least one waveform detection unit can detect near-infrared electromagnetic waves having different waveform characteristics. -14- The paper is of the right size (CNS) A4 Secret (210X297 Public Love) View 158 66.:申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該曲線路徑之中至 '者匕括轉換、夂換、旋轉、迴轉、及其組合之中一 者。 •如申μ專利範圍第56项之系統,其中該激勵器的配置能 以一固定速度產生可動組件的運轉。 8·如申叫專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置能 以一可變速度產生可動組件的運轉。 69·如申叫專利範圍第辦之系統,其中透過該激勵器的可 動組件運轉具有時間特性,其可以是一脈衝、步驟、脈 皮脈衝序列、正弦曲線、及一組合之中的一或多個。 如申叫專利範圍第56項之系統,其中透過該激勵器的可 動組件運轉是週期性、非週期性、及間歇性之中至一 者。 71·如申4專利範圍第56項之手統,其中該可動組件具有一 縱軸,而且Μ等至少一波源、及至少一偵測器是沿著嗦 ,軸配置,而且其配置可形成沿著該縱軸延長的一掃: 早:’該掃描單元的配置能與該可動組件一起移動,並 且2義在其附近的一掃描區域,其中該波形偵測器可偵 /、J從4目‘區域傳輸的近紅外線電磁輻射。 72·如中凊專利範圍第71項之系統,其中該掃描區域是小於 *食目標區域。 73·如申請專利範圍第71項之系統,其中至少一部分的該曲 線路徑是實質與可動組件的該縱軸正交。 74·如申請專利範圍第71項之系統,其中該移動的至少66 .: The system of claim 56 in the scope of patent application, wherein one of the curvilinear paths includes conversion, conversion, rotation, rotation, and combinations thereof. • A system as claimed in item 56 of the patent, wherein the actuator is configured to produce the operation of the movable assembly at a fixed speed. 8. The system as claimed in item 56 of the patent, wherein the actuator is configured to produce the operation of the movable assembly at a variable speed. 69. If the system is claimed as the first in the scope of the patent, the movable component running through the actuator has a time characteristic, which can be one or more of a pulse, a step, a pulse pulse sequence, a sine curve, and a combination. Each. For example, if the system is called the patent No. 56 system, the movable component running through the actuator is one of periodic, aperiodic, and intermittent. 71. The system of item 56 in the scope of patent application No. 4, wherein the movable component has a vertical axis, and at least one wave source such as M and at least one detector are arranged along the axis of the axis, and the configuration can be formed along the axis. A scan extending along the vertical axis: Early: 'The configuration of the scanning unit can move with the movable component, and a scanning area near it, where the waveform detector can detect /, J from 4 mesh' Zone-transmitted near-infrared electromagnetic radiation. 72. The system according to item 71 of the Zhongli patent, wherein the scanning area is smaller than the target area. 73. The system of claim 71, wherein at least a part of the curve path is substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the movable component. 74. The system of claim 71, wherein at least 588158588158 吏 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 分該曲線路徑是實質平行於可動組件的該縱軸。 75·如申請專利範圍第71項之系統,其中該可動組件包括實 質沿著該縱軸配置的至少兩波形偵測器。 76·如申請專利範圍第75項之系統,其中該可動組件包括實 質沿著該縱軸配置的至少兩波源。 77·如申請專利範圍第76項之系統,其中該至少兩波形偵測 斋是在至少兩波源之間插入。 78·如申請專利範圍第77項之系統,其中在一第一波源與一 第一波形偵測器之間的一第一近距離是實質類似在一第 二波源與一第二波形偵測器之間的一第二近距離,而且 其中在該第一波源與該第二波形偵測器的一第一遠距離 是貫質類似在該第二波源與該第一波形偵測器之間的一 第二遠距離。 79·如申請專利範圍第76項之系統,其中該至少兩波源是在 至少兩波形偵測器之間插入。 80·如申請專利範圍第75項之系統,其中該可動組件包括至 少兩波源、及在該縱軸的一端上配置的第一波源、及在 該縱軸的另一端上配置的一第二波源。 81. 如申請專利範圍第80項之系統,其中該等第一及第二波 源的配置是實質與該縱軸對稱配置。 82. 如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置可 沿著至少兩曲線路徑而產生該可動組件的至少兩移動。 83·如申請專利範圍第82項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置可 連續產生連續移動。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 A BCD ,貝¾I Co S2 • - 9 JT年 條更 六、申請專利範圍 84. 如申請專利範圍第82項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置可 同時產生至少一部分的第一移動及至少一部分的第二移 動。 85. 如申請專利範圍第82項之系統,其中該至少一部分的第 一曲線路徑是實質與該至少一部分的第二曲線路徑正 交。 86. 如申請專利範圍第85項之系統,其中該至少兩曲線路徑 是笛卡耳、圓柱形、與球形座標系統之中一者的正交 轴。 87. 如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該激勵器元件的配 置可連續產生該可動組件的至少兩移動,從該目標區域 的一第一部分開始向該目標區域的一第二部分第一移 動’及從該第二部分開始向該目標區域的該第一部分開 始的一第二移動。 88. 如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該激勵器元件的配 置可連續產生該可動組件的至少三個移動,從該目標區 域的一第一端開始向該目標區域的一第二端的第一移 動’從該第二端開始向該目標區域的一第三端的一第二 移動,及從該第三端開始向該目標區域的一第四端的第 三移動。 89·如申請專利範圍第88項之系統,其中該等第一及第二移 動是實質線性轉換,而且該第二移動是實質旋轉。 90.如申請專利範圍第88項之系統,其中該目標區域具有一 矩形,其中該等第一及第二端是該矩形相對端的一第一 -17- _____ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 繁正替換貞 A8 B8 ______ 义年93. |.26日 C8 D8 六、申請專利範園 對,而且其中該等第三及第四端是該矩形相對端的一第 二對。 91. 如申請專利範圍第82項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置可 沿著一第一及第二曲線路徑而分別產生該可動組件一第 及第二移動,至少一部分的該第一曲線路徑配置是實質 與至少一部分的該第二曲線路徑正交。 92. 如申請專利範圍第91項之系統,其中該等第一及第二移 動之中一者是實質線性轉換,而且該等第一及第二移動 之中另一者是實質往復運動。 93·如申請專利範圍第56項之系統,其中該至少一波源及該 至少一偵測器是在該媒體的該目標區域上配置是非侵入 性配置。 94. 如申請專利範圍第5 6項之系統,其中該至少一波源及至 少一偵測器的配置可在該媒體内部配置的該目標區域上 侵入性配置。 95. 一種用以在一生理學媒體的目標區域中產生表示紅血球 素分佈及其性質影像之系統,其包含: 至少一感測器組件,其具有一波源及一波形偵測器, 該波源可將近紅外線電磁輻射輻照該媒體,而且該波形 偵測器的配置可偵測來自該媒體的一目標區域的近紅外 線電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出信號; 一支撐部分,其配置可支撐該感測器組件;及 一激勵器,其配置是與該感測器組件及支撐部分之中 至少一者耦合,並且沿著一曲線路徑而產生相對於該目 -18 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐) 5881^8Officials Α8 Β8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application The path of the curve is substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the movable component. 75. The system of claim 71, wherein the movable component includes at least two waveform detectors arranged substantially along the vertical axis. 76. The system of claim 75, wherein the movable assembly includes at least two wave sources arranged substantially along the longitudinal axis. 77. The system of claim 76, wherein the at least two waveform detection units are inserted between at least two wave sources. 78. The system according to item 77 of the patent application, wherein a first close distance between a first wave source and a first waveform detector is substantially similar to a second wave source and a second waveform detector A second close distance between them, and a first long distance between the first wave source and the second waveform detector is similar in quality between the second wave source and the first waveform detector A second long distance. 79. The system of claim 76, wherein the at least two wave sources are inserted between at least two waveform detectors. 80. The system of claim 75, wherein the movable component includes at least two wave sources, a first wave source arranged on one end of the vertical axis, and a second wave source arranged on the other end of the vertical axis. . 81. If the system is under the scope of patent application No. 80, the configuration of the first and second wave sources is substantially symmetrical to the longitudinal axis. 82. The system of claim 56 wherein the configuration of the exciter can produce at least two movements of the movable component along at least two curved paths. 83. The system of claim 82, wherein the configuration of the actuator can produce continuous movement continuously. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 A BCD, ¾I Co S2 Wherein the configuration of the exciter can generate at least a portion of the first movement and at least a portion of the second movement simultaneously. 85. The system of claim 82, wherein the first curved path of the at least part is substantially orthogonal to the second curved path of the at least part. 86. The system of claim 85, wherein the at least two curved paths are orthogonal axes of one of Cartesian, cylindrical, and spherical coordinate systems. 87. The system of claim 56, wherein the configuration of the actuator element can continuously generate at least two movements of the movable component, starting from a first part of the target area to a second part of the target area. Move 'and a second move from the second part to the first part of the target area. 88. The system of claim 56 in which the configuration of the actuator element can continuously generate at least three movements of the movable component, starting from a first end of the target area to a second end of the target area. A first movement 'starts from the second end to a second movement of a third end of the target area, and a third movement from the third end to a fourth end of the target area. 89. The system of claim 88, wherein the first and second movements are substantially linear transformations, and the second movement is substantially rotation. 90. The system according to item 88 of the patent application scope, wherein the target area has a rectangle, wherein the first and second ends are a first of the opposite ends of the rectangle -17- _____ This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 588158 Fanzheng replaced Zhen A8 B8 ______ Yi Nian 93. |. 26 C8 D8 6. Apply for patents, and the third and fourth ends are one of the opposite ends of the rectangle The second pair. 91. If the system of claim 82 is applied for, the configuration of the actuator can generate a first and a second movement of the movable component along a first and a second curved path, respectively, at least a part of the first curved path The configuration is substantially orthogonal to at least a portion of the second curved path. 92. If the system of claim 91 is applied, one of the first and second movements is a substantially linear transformation, and the other of the first and second movements is a substantially reciprocating movement. 93. The system according to claim 56 in which the at least one wave source and the at least one detector are non-invasively configured on the target area of the media. 94. The system according to item 56 of the patent application, wherein the configuration of the at least one wave source and at least one detector can be intrusively configured on the target area configured inside the medium. 95. A system for generating an image representing the distribution of red blood cells and their properties in a target area of a physiological medium, comprising: at least a sensor component having a wave source and a waveform detector, the wave source can be close to Infrared electromagnetic radiation irradiates the medium, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect near-infrared electromagnetic radiation from a target area of the medium and generate an output signal in response thereto; a supporting portion whose configuration can support the sense Sensor assembly; and an exciter, the configuration of which is coupled to at least one of the sensor assembly and the supporting part, and is generated along a curvilinear path relative to the item -18-This paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 size (21 × 297 mm) 5881 ^ 8 六、 申請專利範園 修更Application for Patent Park 標區域的該等感測器組件及支撑部分之中至少一者的至 少—移動;及 處理器,其可根據沿著該至少—曲線路徑,透過該波 形偵測器所產生的輸出信號而決定紅血球素的分佈及其 性質。 96.如申明專利ί巳圍第95 J頁之系、统,其中該移動包括至少曲 線轉換、往復運動、旋轉、迴轉、及其組合。 97·如申請專利IS S1第95项之系、统,其中該感測器組件是與 忒支彳牙邵分固足耦合,該激勵器的配置可移動與該目標 區域有關的該等感測器組件及支撐部分。 98·如申請專利範圍第95項之系統,其中該感測器組件能與 該支撐部分移動耦合,該激勵器元件的配置可移動與該 等支撐部分及目標區域有關的該感測器組件。 99·如申4專利範圍第95項之系統,其中該感測器組件能與 该支撐部分移動耦合,該激勵器元件的配置可產生與該 等支接邵分及目標區域有關的該感測器組件的一第二移 動。 1〇0·如申睛專利範圍第99項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置可 同時產生該感測器組件的該至少一部分第一移動、及該 支撐部分的該至少一部分第二移動。 1〇1·如申請專利範圍第99項之系統,其中該激勵器元件的配 置可連續產生該等第一及第二移動。 1〇2·如申請專利範圍第95項之系統,其中該支撐部分包括一 移動單元,其配置可將該感測器組件及支撐部分從該目 -19 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公〜 --- 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 標區域移到該媒體的另一目標區域。 103. —種用以在生理學媒體的一目標區域中產生表示紅血球 素分佈或其性質影像之系統;該系統具有一或多個波 源’其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射輻照在該媒體;及一 或多個波形偵測器,其配置可偵測近紅外線電磁輻射,. 及響應其而產生輸出信號,該系統包含: 至少一可攜式探棒,其具有可動組件及一激勵組件, 該可動組件包括該等波源之中至少一者、及該等波形偵 測器之中至少一者,而且該激勵器元件的配置是與該可 動組件摘合,並且沿著至少一曲線路徑而將它移動;及 一監控台,其包含一處理器,該處理器的配置可接收 來自一或多個偵測器的輸出信號,以決定紅血球素的分 佈或其性質,並且產生該分佈影像。 104. 如申請專利範圍第1〇3項之系統,其進一步包含: 一連接器部分,其配置可在該等可攜式探棒與監控台 心間提供電通訊、光學通訊、電力傳輸、機械力傳輸、 及資料傳輸之中至少一者。 105·如申請專利範圍第1〇4項之系統,其中該連接器部分包 括至少一纖維光學物件。 106. 如申請專利範圍第1〇3項之系統,其中該可攜式探棒包 括一可充電電源,並且形成從該監控台分開的一物件。 107. 如申請專利範圍第1〇6項之系統,其中該可攜·式探棒的 配置能與該監控台通訊。 108. 如申請專利範圍第1〇6項之系統,其中該可攜式探棒包 -20-At least-movement of at least one of the sensor components and the support portion of the target area; and the processor, which can be determined according to the output signal generated by the waveform detector along the at least-curve path Distribution and Properties of Hemoglobin. 96. As stated in the system and system of page 95J of the patent, wherein the movement includes at least curve transformation, reciprocating motion, rotation, rotation, and combinations thereof. 97. If the system and system of item 95 of the patent application IS S1 are applied, wherein the sensor component is fixedly coupled with the palatine branch and the tooth, the configuration of the actuator can move the sensors related to the target area. Device components and support parts. 98. The system of claim 95, wherein the sensor assembly can be movably coupled to the support portion, and the configuration of the exciter element can move the sensor component related to the support portion and the target area. 99. The system of item 95 in the scope of patent 4 of claim 4, wherein the sensor assembly can be mobilely coupled to the support part, and the configuration of the actuator element can generate the sensing related to the branch points and the target area. A second movement of the device assembly. 100. The system of claim 99, wherein the configuration of the actuator can simultaneously generate the at least a portion of the first movement of the sensor assembly and the at least a portion of the second movement of the support portion. 101. The system according to item 99 of the patent application, wherein the configuration of the actuator element can continuously generate the first and second movements. 102. If the system of item 95 of the scope of patent application, wherein the support part includes a mobile unit, the configuration can be configured from the sensor component and the support part from the item -19-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS ) A4 specification (210X297 male ~ --- 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 patent application target area moved to another target area of the media. 103.-a kind of used to produce a distribution of red blood cells in a target area of physiological media Or its nature imaging system; the system has one or more wave sources' configured to irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation on the medium; and one or more waveform detectors configured to detect near-infrared electromagnetic radiation, And generating an output signal in response to the system, the system includes: at least one portable probe having a movable component and an excitation component, the movable component including at least one of the wave sources, and the waveform detector At least one of them, and the configuration of the actuator element is coupled to the movable component and moved along at least one curved path; and a monitoring station including a processing unit The configuration of the processor can receive output signals from one or more detectors to determine the distribution or properties of erythroglobin, and generate an image of the distribution. 104. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 103, It further includes: a connector section configured to provide at least one of electrical communication, optical communication, power transmission, mechanical power transmission, and data transmission between the portable probe and the monitoring center. 105 · For example, the system for applying scope of patent 104, wherein the connector part includes at least one fiber optic object. 106. For the system for applying scope of patent 103, wherein the portable probe includes a rechargeable power source And form an object separated from the monitoring station. 107. For example, the system of the scope of patent application No. 106, wherein the configuration of the portable probe can communicate with the monitoring station. 108. For the scope of patent application The system of item 106, wherein the portable probe bag -20- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準⑴!^^ A4規格(21〇X297公釐)This paper size applies Chinese national standard ⑴! ^^ A4 specification (21〇297mm) 件可儲存S輸出信號之中至少—者的—記憶體,一信號 2表該分佈,而且一信號代表該等影像。 種用以在生理學媒體的一目標區域中提供有關紅血球 '、分佈性質分佈資訊之系統,其包含·· 土少一波源,其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到該 媒體; 在至少一波形偵測器,其配置可響應藉此偵測的近紅外 線電磁輕射而產生輸出信號;及 土 y —光學探棒,其包括一可動組件及一激勵器元 件’该可動組件包括該波源與偵測器之中至少一者;及 ^激勵器元件,其配置能與該可動組件耦合操作,並且 七著至少一曲線路徑而產生該可動組件的至少一移動。 110·如申請專利範圍第109項之系統,其進一步包含: 監控台’其能與該光學探棒耦合操作,並且包括可 用以接收該輸出信號的一處理器,並且可從運用於該波 源與波形偵測器的輸入與輸出參數的一組波形方程式解 決而決定紅血球素的該等性質分佈。 111·種可產生一生理學媒體目標區域影像之光學影像系 、充居等#像代表在該目標區域的紅血球素性質分佈, 該光學影像系統包含: 至少兩波源,其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到該 媒體;及 至少兩波形偵測器,其配置可響應藉此偵測的該近紅 外線笔磁库§射而產生輸出信號; 21 - 588158 Ei A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 其中該等波源之中至少兩者及該等波形偵測器之中至 少兩者是實質沿著一條線配置;及 一激勵器元件,其配置可產生該等波源與偵測器之中 至少一者的移動。 112.如申請專利範圍第111項之系統,其中該激勵器元件的 配置可移動實質沿著該條線配置的所有該等波源與偵測 器。 113·如申請專利範圍第1丨丨項之系統,其中該移動包括曲線 轉換、往復運動、旋轉、迴轉、及其組合之中至少一 者。 114· 一種在生理學媒體目標區域中透過一測量系統而提供有 關紅血球素性質的二度或三維分佈資訊之方法, 其中該測量系統包括至少一波源、至少一波形偵測 器、一可動組件、及一激勵器元件,該波源的配置可將 近紅外線電磁輕射照射到該媒體的該目標區域,該波形 偵測器的配置可響應藉此偵測的該近紅外線電磁輻射而 產生輸出信號,該可動組件具有一縱軸,而且其配置包 括该波源與偵測器、與該可動組件摘合的該激勵器元件 之中至少一者, 其中该波源與偵測器的配置可沿著該可動組件的該縱 軸延伸形成一掃描單元,及在其附近定義一掃描區域, 其中該激勵器元件是與該可動組件耦合,而且其配置可 沿著至少一曲線路徑而產生該可動組件的至少一移動, 該方法包含: -22-The device can store at least one of the S output signals, a signal 2 indicates the distribution, and a signal represents the images. A system for providing information about red blood cells' and distribution properties in a target area of physiological media, including a soil source, configured to irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the media; detecting at least one waveform The detector is configured to generate an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic light emitted by the detection; and a soil optical probe, which includes a movable component and an exciter element. The movable component includes the wave source and detection At least one of the actuators; and an actuator element configured to be coupled to the movable component for operation and generating at least one movement of the movable component along at least one curved path. 110. The system according to item 109 of the patent application scope, further comprising: a monitoring station which can be coupled to operate with the optical probe, and includes a processor that can receive the output signal, and can be used from the wave source and the A set of waveform equations of the input and output parameters of the waveform detector are solved to determine these properties of red blood cells. 111 · An optical image system, a dwelling, etc. that can produce an image of a target area of a physiological media # The image represents the distribution of red blood cell properties in the target area. The optical image system includes: at least two wave sources configured to illuminate near infrared electromagnetic radiation To the medium; and at least two waveform detectors configured to generate an output signal in response to the near-infrared pen magnetic library detected by the detection; 21-588158 Ei A8 B8 C8 D8 At least two of them and at least two of the waveform detectors are substantially arranged along a line; and an exciter element configured to generate movement of at least one of the wave sources and the detectors. 112. The system of claim 111, wherein the configuration of the exciter element can move substantially all such wave sources and detectors arranged along the line. 113. The system of claim 1 丨 丨, wherein the movement includes at least one of curve conversion, reciprocating motion, rotation, rotation, and combinations thereof. 114. A method for providing second- or three-dimensional distribution information on the properties of red blood cells through a measurement system in a target area of physiological media, wherein the measurement system includes at least one wave source, at least one waveform detector, a movable component, And an exciter element, the configuration of the wave source can illuminate near-infrared electromagnetic light to the target area of the medium, and the configuration of the waveform detector can generate an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation detected by The movable component has a vertical axis, and its configuration includes at least one of the wave source and the detector, and the exciter element coupled with the movable component, wherein the configuration of the wave source and the detector can be along the movable component. The longitudinal axis is extended to form a scanning unit, and a scanning area is defined in the vicinity thereof, wherein the exciter element is coupled with the movable component, and its configuration can generate at least one movement of the movable component along at least one curved path The method contains: -22- A8 B8 C8 D8 588158 六、申請專利範圍 將該可動組件放置在該媒體的該目標區域的一第一區 透過該波源照射該近紅外線電磁輻射、及透過該波形 偵測器獲彳于違輸出信號而掃插該第一區域;及 處理該激勵器元件,以便沿著至少一曲線路徑上產生 從該目標區域的該第一區域到一第二區域的該可動組件 的該移動。 115.如申請專利範圍第114項之方法,其進一步包含: 在該媒體的複數個目標區域連續放置該可動組件;及 重複在該等目標區域之中每一者的該等掃描與處理步 116·如申請專利範圍第114項之方法,其進一步包含: 決定在孩目標區域的該等紅血球素的該等性質的該分 佈;及 獲得該等影像,其代表在該目標區域的該分佈。 117·如申請專利範圍第114項之方法,其中該定位包含了列 至少一者: 在該媒體與該波源及在該媒體與該波形偵測器之間形 成光學耦合;及 在該可動組件的該移動期間維持至少一部分的該光學 耦合。 118·如申請專利範圍第114項之方法,其中該處理包含下列 之中的一者: 以一固定速度移動該可動組件;及 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 修. s‘正替換自 又 Qq Π)、年^ ^ Η Α8 Β8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 以隨著該目標區域的時間與位置之中至少一者而變化 的速度將該可動組件移動。 119·如申請專利範圍第114項之方法,其中該處理包含下列 只少一者·· 沿著至少貫質是與該可動組件的該縱軸正交的該曲線 路徑而將該可動組件移動; 沿著至少實質是與該縱軸平行的該曲線路徑而將該可 動组件移動;及 沿著與該縱轴有關的一預先選取角度上配置的該曲線 路徑而將該可動組件移動。 120.如申請專利範圍第114項之方法,其中該處理包含下列 其中一者·· 沿著至少一線性路徑而線性轉換該可動組件; 沿著至少一曲鍊路徑而轉換該可動組件; 沿著至少一曲線路徑將至少一旋轉中心附近的該可動 組件旋轉大約一預定角度; 沿著至少一曲線路徑將至少一旋轉中心附近的該可動 組件迴轉一預定旋轉量;及 沿著至少一曲線路徑將該可動組件往復運動。 121·如申請專利範圍第! 14項之方法,其中該處理包含: 沿著至少兩曲線路徑而產生該可動組件的至少兩移 動。 122·如申請專利範圍第121項之方法,其中該產生包含: 在一同時、連續、與間歇性的至少一者中沿著至少兩 • 24- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) a4規格(2i〇x297公釐)A8 B8 C8 D8 588158 VI. Patent application scope Place the movable component in a first area of the target area of the media, irradiate the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation through the wave source, and obtain an output signal violation through the waveform detector Scanning the first area; and processing the exciter element to generate the movement of the movable component from the first area of the target area to a second area along at least one curved path. 115. The method of claim 114, further comprising: continuously placing the movable component in a plurality of target areas of the media; and repeating the scanning and processing steps 116 in each of the target areas The method of claim 114, further comprising: determining the distribution of the properties of the erythropoietin in the target area of the child; and obtaining the images that represent the distribution in the target area. 117. The method of claim 114, wherein the positioning includes at least one of the following: forming an optical coupling between the medium and the wave source and between the medium and the waveform detector; and At least a portion of the optical coupling is maintained during the movement. 118. The method according to item 114 of the patent application scope, wherein the process includes one of the following: moving the movable component at a fixed speed; and this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Centi) 588158 repair. S 'is replacing Ziqq Π), year ^ ^ Η Α8 Β8 C8 D8 6. The scope of the patent application will move the mobile at a speed that changes with at least one of the time and position of the target area Component moves. 119. The method according to item 114 of the patent application scope, wherein the process includes only one of the following ... moving the movable component along a curved path that is at least substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the movable component; Moving the movable component along the curved path that is at least substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis; and moving the movable component along the curved path arranged at a preselected angle related to the longitudinal axis. 120. The method of claim 114, wherein the processing includes one of the following: linearly transforming the movable component along at least one linear path; transforming the movable component along at least one curved chain path; along At least one curved path rotates the movable component near the at least one rotation center by a predetermined angle; along the at least one curved path, rotates the movable component near the at least one rotation center by a predetermined rotation amount; and along the at least one curved path, The movable assembly reciprocates. 121 · If the scope of patent application is the first! The method of item 14, wherein the processing comprises: generating at least two movements of the movable component along at least two curved paths. 122. The method according to item 121 of the patent application scope, wherein the generation includes: along at least two of at least one of simultaneous, continuous, and intermittent • 24- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) a4 specification (2i0x297 mm) 123 曲、毒路徑而移動該可動組件。 種透過影像萃 示生理學性J 在一生理學媒體目標區域中產生表 並/的二或三維分佈影像之方法, 4光學影像系統包括—感測器組件、-主體、及 :::,該感測器組件具有至少-波源,其配置可 器其 磁輕!照射到該媒體;及至少-波形偵測 "、一 可響應藉此偵測的近紅外線電磁輻射而產生 ΓΓ言號,該主體的配置可支撐至少—部分的該感測器 、’且,而且孩激勵器元件是與該感測器組件及該主體之 中至〆者輕合,而且其配置可產生該感測器組件與該 王體之中至少一者的至少一移動,該方法包含: 在该媒體的該目標區域的一第一區域放置該感測器组 件; ' 使用透過將該近紅外線電磁輻射照射到該媒體的該第 一區域的該感測器組件、及透過從其產生該輸出信號而 掃描該第一區域;及 造成該激勵器元件產生將該感測器組件與該主體之中 至少一者沿著至少一曲線路徑而從該媒體的該目標區域 的该第一區域移向一第二區域。 124.如申請專利範圍第123項之方法,其進一步包含: 將該感測器組件與該主體固定耦合;及 在該移動期間將該主體移動。 125·如申請專利範圍第ία項之方法,其進一步包含: 將該感測器組件與該主體的耦合移動;及 -25-本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)123 to move the movable component. A method for extracting physiology through image J to generate a two-dimensional or three-dimensional distribution image in a target area of a physiological media. 4 The optical imaging system includes a sensor component, a main body, and ::: The detector assembly has at least a wave source, and its configuration can be light and magnetic! Irradiated to the medium; and at least-waveform detection ", a signal that can generate ΓΓ in response to near-infrared electromagnetic radiation detected thereby, the configuration of the main body can support at least-part of the sensor, and Moreover, the child exciter element is lightly coupled to the sensor component and the main body, and its configuration can generate at least one movement of the sensor component and at least one of the royal body. The method includes: The sensor component is placed in a first area of the target area of the media; 'using the sensor component through the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the first area of the media, and generating the output therefrom Signal to scan the first area; and cause the exciter element to generate at least one of the sensor component and the main body along at least one curved path from the first area of the target area of the media to A second area. 124. The method of claiming scope 123, further comprising: fixedly coupling the sensor assembly to the main body; and moving the main body during the moving. 125. The method of applying for item # 1 of the patent scope, further comprising: coupling and moving the sensor assembly with the main body; and -25- this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297) (Centimeter) 在該移動期間,該感測器可隨著該主體與該目標區域 <中至少一者而移動。 126·如申請專利範圍第125項之方法,其進一步包含: 透過該激勵器元件而產生該主體的另一移動口;及 在孩移動期間,該主體可隨著該目標區域移動。 7.如申請專利範圍第126項之方法,其中該產生包含下列 一者: 連續移動該等感測器組件與主體;及 同時移動該等感測器組件與主體。 .、種透過#像系統而產生一生理學媒體目標區域影像之 万法,該影像表示在該目標區域的中生理學性質的二或 三維分佈,該方法包含下列步騾: 在該目標區域的一區域中實質沿著一條線而將至少兩 波源及至少兩波形偵測器放置; 足我在違等波源與偵測器附近的一掃描單元,該單元 具有小於該目標區域的一掃描區域;及 產生該等波源與偵測器之中至少一移動,以便將該等 波源與偵測器之中至一者移到該目標區域的另一區域。 129·如申請專利範圍第128項之方法,其進一步包含: 透過照射該近紅外線電磁輻射、及透過響應該波形偵 測器偵測的該近紅外線電磁輻射產生輸出信號而掃描該 媒體的該目標區域的該等區域。 130•如申請專利範圍第i29項之方法,其進一步包含: 在衩數個该等目標區域重複該掃描步驟,藉此建立該 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)During the movement, the sensor may move with at least one of the subject and the target area <. 126. The method of claim 125, further comprising: generating another moving port of the subject through the exciter element; and the subject may move with the target area during the movement of the child. 7. The method of claim 126, wherein the generation includes one of: continuously moving the sensor components and the main body; and simultaneously moving the sensor components and the main body. . A method of generating an image of a target area of physiological media through a #image system, the image represents a two- or three-dimensional distribution of physiological properties in the target area. The method includes the following steps: Place at least two wave sources and at least two wave detectors substantially along a line in the area; sufficient for a scanning unit near the source and detector of the unequal wave, the unit having a scanning area smaller than the target area; and At least one of the wave source and the detector is generated to move one of the wave source and the detector to another area of the target area. 129. The method of claim 128, further comprising: scanning the target of the medium by irradiating the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and generating an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation detected by the waveform detector. Of these areas. 130 • The method of applying for item i29 of the patent scope, further comprising: repeating the scanning step in a plurality of these target areas, thereby establishing the -26- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 質整個面積的該等區域’該 質等於該目標區域。…田早70的該掃描區域,而且實 131. 如申請專利範圍第13〇項之方法,其進—步包本. 在重複-預定數量後結束該重複步驟。… 132. 如申請專利範圍第13〇項之方法,其進—步包含:The areas of the entire area are equal to the target area. … The scan area of Tian Zao 70, and it is true. 131. If the method of applying for the scope of the patent No. 130, it further advances the package. End the repeating step after repeating a predetermined amount. … 132. For the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 13, the further steps include: 當該等區域的該總面積到達一預定部分㈣目標區域 時,結束該重複步驟。 133· -種可在生理學媒體目標區域中產生表示生理學或其性 質分佈影像之一光學影像系統的光學探棒,該光學探棒 具有複數個波源及波形偵測器,該等波源的配置可將近 紅外線電磁輻射照射到媒體,而且該波形偵測器的配置 訂When the total area of the areas reaches a predetermined portion of the target area, the repeating step is ended. 133 · An optical probe capable of generating an optical imaging system representing a physiology or one of nature distribution images in a target area of a physiological medium, the optical probe having a plurality of wave sources and a waveform detector Near-infrared electromagnetic radiation can be irradiated to the media, and the configuration of the waveform detector is customized 可偵測紅外電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出信號·,該光 學探棒包含: 複數個對稱配置的掃描單元,其每個具有一第一波 源、一第一波源、一第一波形偵測器、與一第二波形偵 測器,該第一波源的配置是比該第二波形偵測器更接近 該第一波形偵測器,而且該第二波源的配置是比該第一 波形偵測器更接近該第二波形偵測器,其中在該第一波 源與該第一波形偵測器之間的一第一近距離是實質類似 在該第二波源與該第二波形偵測器之間的一第二近距 離,其中在該第一波源與該第二波形偵測器之間的一第 一遠距離是實質類似在該第二波源與該第一波形偵測器 之間的一第二遠距離,而且其中該等第一及第二波形偵 -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) C8 D8 申請專利範圍 測器的配置可響應透過藉此偵測的該等第—及第二波源 《中至少-者所照射的近紅外線電磁糾而產生輸出产 號’孩等輸出信號是表示在該媒體的該等目標區域中該 近紅外線電磁輻射與紅血球素的光學相互作用。 134.如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二近距離是實質類似。 其中該等第一及 135·如申請專利範圍第us項之光學探棒 第二遠距離是實質類似。 其中該等對稱掃 136. 如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒 描單元之中至少一者包括一對稱軸,該對稱軸是與該等 第一及第二波源對稱配置有關、及與該等第一及第二波 形偵測器對稱配置有關。 137. 如申請專利範圍第ι36項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 描單元之中至少兩者包括至少一共同波源及一共同波形 偵測器之中至少一者。 138. 如申請專利範圍第136項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二波源及該等第一及第二波形偵測器是實質線性配 置。 139·如申請專利範圍第138項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二波源是在該等第一及第二波形偵測器之間插入。 140·如申請專利範圍第138項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二波形偵測器是在該等第一及第二波源之間插入。 141·如申請專利範圍第13 8項之光學探棒,其中該近距離是 在該遠距離的一半。 -28- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158It can detect infrared electromagnetic radiation and generate an output signal in response to it. The optical probe includes: a plurality of symmetrically arranged scanning units, each of which has a first wave source, a first wave source, and a first waveform detection And a second waveform detector, the configuration of the first wave source is closer to the first waveform detector than the second waveform detector, and the configuration of the second wave source is The detector is closer to the second waveform detector, wherein a first close distance between the first wave source and the first waveform detector is substantially similar to that between the second wave source and the second waveform detector A second short distance between them, wherein a first long distance between the first wave source and the second waveform detector is substantially similar to that between the second wave source and the first waveform detector A second long distance, and among them the first and second waveform detection-27- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) C8 D8 The first and second wave sources detected by this The output signal produced by the near-infrared electromagnetic correction irradiated by at least one of the children is an optical interaction between the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and erythropoietin in the target areas of the medium. 134. The optical probe of the scope of application for item 133, wherein the first and second close distances are substantially similar. Among them, the first and the second long distances of the optical probe such as item us in the scope of patent application are substantially similar. Among them, the symmetric sweep 136. If at least one of the optical probe tracing units of the scope of application for patent 133 includes a symmetry axis, the symmetry axis is related to the symmetrical configuration of the first and second wave sources, and It is related to the symmetrical configuration of the first and second waveform detectors. 137. For example, the optical probe according to item 36 of the application, wherein at least two of the symmetrical scanning units include at least one of a common wave source and a common waveform detector. 138. If the optical probe of the scope of patent application No. 136 is applied, the first and second wave sources and the first and second waveform detectors are substantially linearly configured. 139. The optical probe of claim 138, wherein the first and second wave sources are inserted between the first and second waveform detectors. 140. The optical probe of claim 138, wherein the first and second waveform detectors are inserted between the first and second wave sources. 141. The optical probe of item 138 in the scope of patent application, wherein the close distance is half of the long distance. -28- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 588158 正替換 六、申請專利範園 U2·如申請專利範圍第138項之光學探棒,其中該光學探 包括至少、一第一對稱掃描單元及至少一第二稱掃插w 一兀二其t孩等第一及第二掃描單元共用一對稱轴,其二 4第知描單元具有該等波源與波形偵測器的〜第一配 f ,,其中該第二掃描單元具有該等波源與波形偵 时的省第—配置,而且是配置在該第一掃描單元下方 143· =申料利範圍第142項之光學探棒,其中該第二掃描 單疋是直接配置在該第一掃描單元下方。 田 144·如申請專利範圍第138項之光學探棒,其具有至少—^ 二對稱,描單元及至少—第二對稱掃描單元,其中該二 罘-及第二掃描單元共用一對稱軸,其中該第一掃描單 兀:有該等波源與波形偵測器的一第一配置,而且其 孩第二掃描|元是直接酉己置在該第一掃描$元下方了而 且具有Μ等波源與波形偵測器的一第二配置,該_ 一 _ 置是實質與該第一配置相反。 弟配 145·如申請專利範圍第144項之光學探棒,其中該第二 單元是直接配置在該第一掃描單元下方。μ ~ 描 146.如申請專利範圍第138項之光學探棒,其中該光興 包括至少一第一、第二、第三、及第四對稱掃描, 其每個是與其它共用一對稱軸,其中該第—掃描單元丑 有該等波源與波形偵測器的一第一配置,其中該第二才二 描單元是直接配置在該第-掃描單元下方,而且 等波源與波形偵測器的一第二配置,該第二配置是_ 與該第-配置相反,其中該第三掃描單元是直接配= -29 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) =第二掃描單元下方,及具有 弟四掃描單元县古垃耐至士 配置,而且其中該 有該第—配置4接配置在該第三掃插單元下方,及具 147·如申請專利範圍第146項之光學 稱掃插單元具有相同形狀與大小奉1中所有該等對 源-價測器配置,其中該等對 且疋義— 4X4波 測器是以-固定距離隔開。 早’的該等波源與侦 •如申睛專利範圍第〗47項之 侦剛器配置具右— h 棒’其中該4X4波源_ 及 侦•配置具有一四邊形,該四邊形可、二該4… 万形、-平行四邊形、及—菱形之中:矩形 49·^申請專利範圍第136項之光學^ a::等第一及第二波形偵測器的2 = 置 偵 ;^:邊形的兩上方頂點,而且該等第—及第二波形 1% 、疋置在該四邊形的兩下方頂點。 是 〇.:申請專利範圍第149項之光學探棒,其中該四邊形 對Ϊ形、矩形、方形之中的一者,該梯形具有等長的 151. t申請專利範圍第149項之光學探棒,其中該光學探棒 。括至少一第一對稱掃描單元及至少一第二對稱掃描單 ^忒等第一及第二掃描單元具有不同稱掃軸,該第— t描單元具有該等波源與偵測器的一第一配置,而且該 罘二掃描單元是側面配置在該第一掃描單元,且具有該 第—配置。 Z -30- 本紙張尺度適用巾國g家標準(CNS) A4規格(21G〉<297公爱) •如申凊專利範圍第i49项之風 包括至少一第一對稱掃描單元棒,其中該光學探棒 元,該等第一及第二掃插單元具=少—第二對稱掃描單 掃描單元具有該等波源與偵剛器=同稱掃軸,該第一 第二掃描單元是側面配置在該第二二第一配置,而且該 等波源與偵測器的一第二配置,插單元,且具有該 配置相反。 邊第二配置是與該第一 153·如申請專利範圍第149項之光 至少一第-、第二、第:、及々/棒’其中該探棒包括 哕第一接及罘四對稱掃描單元,其中 :中,:::具有該等波源與偵測器的-第-配置, 2右:早70是側面配置在該第-掃描單元,且 j孩寺波源與偵測器的—第二配置,該第二配置是與 该弟一配置相反,其中第:r播护 _ ^ /、T罘一雜撝早兀是直接配置在該第 挪撝早元下方,且具有該第一 荽 配置,而且其中該第四 ^田以疋直接配置在該第二掃描單元下方,且具有該 弟一配置。 154·如申請專利範圍第136項之光學探棒,其中該等波源 偵測器的一第一组是實質線性配置,而且其中該等波 與偵測器的一第二組的配置可行成一四邊形:4個 點。 155·如申請專利範圍第154項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二組包括一共同波源及一共同波形偵測器之中至少一 者。 156·如申請專利範圍第13 3項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 X. 4f· \ir 'R】史 93. 2 换. A8 B8 C8 D8Positive replacement 6. Patent application Fanyuan U2. For example, the optical probe of item 138 of the patent application scope, wherein the optical probe includes at least a first symmetrical scanning unit and at least a second scanning plug The first and second scanning units share a symmetry axis, and the second and fourth scanning units have the first source f of the wave source and the waveform detector, wherein the second scanning unit has the wave source and the waveform detection unit. Time-saving-configuration, and is an optical probe arranged below the first scanning unit 143 · = the 142th application range, wherein the second scanning unit is directly arranged below the first scanning unit. Tian 144 · If the optical probe of the scope of application for the patent No. 138, it has at least ^ two symmetry, tracing unit and at least-second symmetric scanning unit, wherein the two scan units and the second scanning unit share a symmetry axis, where The first scan unit: there is a first configuration of the wave source and the waveform detector, and the second scan unit is directly below the first scan unit and has a wave source such as M and A second configuration of the waveform detector, the _ a_ setting is substantially opposite to the first configuration. 145. The optical probe according to item 144 of the patent application scope, wherein the second unit is directly disposed below the first scanning unit. 146. The optical probe according to item 138 of the patent application, wherein the light beam includes at least one first, second, third, and fourth symmetrical scans, each of which shares a symmetry axis with the other, wherein The first scanning unit has a first configuration of the wave source and the waveform detector, wherein the second scanning unit is directly disposed below the first scanning unit, and The second configuration, the second configuration is the opposite of the first configuration, where the third scanning unit is directly configured = -29 This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) = the second scan Below the unit, and has a four-scan unit for the county ’s Gulanaisi configuration, and among which there is the first-configuration 4-connected configuration below the third scanning-insertion unit, and the optics with 147 · such as the scope of patent application No. 146 It is said that the scanning and inserting unit has the same shape and size of all such pairs of source-valence detector configurations in Feng 1, where the pairs are synonymous—the 4X4 wave detector is separated by a fixed distance. The wave source and detection of “Early”, the detection device configuration of the 47th patent scope of Rushen ’s patent has right-h rod, where the 4X4 wave source_ and detection • configuration has a quadrilateral, the quadrilateral can be, two the 4 ... Among the various shapes, -parallelograms, and-rhombuses: rectangle 49 · ^ optics of patent application No. 136 ^ a :: equal to the first and second waveform detectors 2 = detection; ^: polygonal Two upper vertices, and the first and second waveforms 1% are placed at the two lower vertices of the quadrangle. Yes .: The optical probe with the scope of patent application No. 149, where the quadrilateral is opposite to one of the rectangular, rectangular, and square, and the trapezoid has an equal length of 151. The optical probe with scope of patent application No. 149 , Where the optical probe. The first and second scanning units including at least one first symmetric scanning unit and at least one second symmetric scanning unit have different scanning axes, and the first t-scanning unit has a first of the wave source and the detector. Configuration, and the second scanning unit is laterally disposed on the first scanning unit and has the first configuration. Z -30- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21G> < 297 public love) • The wind of item i49 of the patent scope includes at least one first symmetrical scanning unit rod, where the Optical probe unit, the first and second scanning and inserting unit = less-the second symmetrical scanning single scanning unit has the wave source and the detector = the same scanning axis, the first and second scanning units are configured sideways In the second, second, and first configuration, and the wave source and the detector are in a second configuration, the plug-in unit has the opposite configuration. The second side configuration is at least one first, second, second :, and 々 / rod 'of the first 153. If the light of the scope of patent application No. 149, the probe includes 哕 first connection and 罘 four symmetrical scanning Unit, of which ::, :: -th-configuration with the source and detector of the wave, 2right: early 70 is arranged on the side of the -scanning unit, and Second configuration, the second configuration is the opposite of the first configuration, where: r broadcast protection _ ^ /, T is a miscellaneous early configuration is directly below the first mobile element, and has the first And the fourth field is configured directly below the second scanning unit, and has the first configuration. 154. If the optical probe of the scope of patent application No. 136 is applied, wherein a first group of the wave source detectors is a substantially linear configuration, and wherein a configuration of the second wave and the second group of the detectors is feasible as a quadrangle : 4 points. 155. The optical probe of claim 154, wherein the first and second groups include at least one of a common wave source and a common waveform detector. 156 · If the optical probe of item 13 of the scope of the application for patent, among which the symmetrical scanning -31-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 X. 4f · \ ir ' R] History 93.2 2 change. A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍Patent application scope 描單兀之中至少一者包括一對稱點,該對稱點是與該等 第一及第二波源對稱配置有關,及與該等第一及第二波 形偵測器對稱配置有關。 / 157·如申請專利範圍第156項之光學探棒,該等對稱掃描單 元之中至少兩者包括一共同波源及一共同波形偵測器之 中至少一者。 158.如申請專利範圍第156項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二波源與該等第一及第二波形偵測器是實質線性配 置。 159·如申請專利範圍第156項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二波源與該等第一及第二波形偵測器的配置可形成一 四邊形的4個頂點,其中該等第一及第二波源與偵測器 是配置在該四邊形的上面2個頂點,而且其中該等第二 波形偵測器與波源是配置在該四邊形的下面2個頂點。 160·如申請專利範圍第ι59項之光學探棒,其中該四邊形是 一矩形及一平行四邊形之中的一者,該平行四邊形具有 不同長的兩邊。 161. 如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 描單元之中至少一者包括一第三波源及一第三波形偵剛 器之中至少一者。 162. 如申請專利範圍第ι61項之光學探棒,其中第三波源與 偵測器之中至少一者是配置在該對稱掃描單元的一實質 中間部分。 163. 如申請專利範圍第13 3項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 -32- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158At least one of the trace elements includes a symmetry point, which is related to the symmetrical configuration of the first and second wave sources, and to the symmetrical configuration of the first and second wave detectors. / 157. If the optical probe with the scope of patent application No. 156 is applied, at least two of the symmetrical scanning units include at least one of a common wave source and a common waveform detector. 158. The optical probe of claim 156, wherein the first and second wave sources and the first and second waveform detectors are in a substantially linear configuration. 159. If the optical probe of the scope of application for patent No. 156, wherein the configuration of the first and second wave sources and the first and second waveform detectors can form four vertices of a quadrilateral, wherein The first and second wave sources and detectors are arranged on the top two vertices of the quadrangle, and the second wave detectors and the wave sources are arranged on the bottom two vertices of the quadrangle. 160. The optical probe of claim 59, wherein the quadrilateral is one of a rectangle and a parallelogram, and the parallelogram has two sides of different lengths. 161. For example, the optical probe of the scope of application 133, wherein at least one of the symmetrical scanning units includes at least one of a third wave source and a third waveform detector. 162. For example, the optical probe with the scope of patent application No. 61, wherein at least one of the third wave source and the detector is disposed in a substantially middle portion of the symmetrical scanning unit. 163. If you apply for an optical probe of item 13 in the scope of patent application, the symmetrical scanning -32- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X 297 mm) 588158 王域對稱轴有 描單元之中至少兩者的對稱配置是與一 關0 164·如申清專利範圍第163項之光學探棒 對心 描單元之Φ s ,丨、土 3 Y及寺對%# 另一者下方二乂一疋直接配置在該等對稱掃描單元的 請專,範圍第163項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 描早7C <中至少兩者是實質側面配置。 166. ^請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 中至少兩者的對稱配置是與_全域對稱抽有 關0 167. 如=請專利範圍第166項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱掃 描單7L之中至少兩者是在該對稱點附近實質棋形配置。 168. 如:請專利範圍第166項之光學探棒,其中該等對稱择 描單元之中至少兩者是在該對稱點附近實質同中心配 置。 169·如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等波源之 中至少一者的配置可照射具有不同波形特性的多重組電 磁輻射。 170.如申請專利範圍第in項之光學探棒,其中該等波形偵 測器之中至少一者的配置可有不同波形特性的複數個組 電磁波。 171·如申請專利範圍第in項之光學探棒,其中該等波源之 中一者的配置可照射電磁波,而該等波源之中至少一者 不會照射電磁波。 -33- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐) '" 一 一 " 58815°The symmetrical configuration of at least two of the tracing units of the symmetry axis of the Wang domain is related to the Φ s, 丨, soil 3 Y, and temple pairs of the optical probe to the tracing unit of the optical probe of item 163 of the patent application. % # The other one is directly below the symmetric scanning unit. Please refer to the optical probe of range 163, where at least two of the symmetric scanning early 7C < are substantially side configuration. 166. ^ Please refer to the optical probe of item 133, in which the symmetrical configuration of at least two of the symmetrical sweeps is related to the global symmetry 0 167. If = please request the optical probe of item 166 of the patent scope, where At least two of the symmetrical scan sheets 7L are substantially arranged in a chess shape near the symmetrical point. 168. For example, please apply the optical probe of item 166 of the patent, in which at least two of the symmetrical scanning units are arranged substantially concentrically near the point of symmetry. 169. The optical probe of the scope of application for item 133, in which at least one of the wave sources is configured to irradiate multiple recombined electromagnetic radiation with different waveform characteristics. 170. The optical probe of item in the scope of application for patent, wherein the configuration of at least one of the waveform detectors may have a plurality of groups of electromagnetic waves with different waveform characteristics. 171. In the case of an optical probe according to item in the scope of patent application, the configuration of one of the wave sources can radiate electromagnetic waves, and at least one of the wave sources does not radiate electromagnetic waves. -33- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210 X 297 mm) '" 一一 " 58815 ° 六、申請專利範圍 ’其中該電磁輻射 紫外線、雷射、與 是聲波、 172·如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒 是聲波、近紅外、紅外線、可見光、 光子之中至少一者。 173·如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等影像是 表示在該等紅血球素與該等性質之中至少一者的:維= 三維分佈之中至少一者。 174·如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等性質是 表示在該等紅血球素與該等性質的至少一者中的空間分 佈與時間分佈之中至少一者。 175·如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等性質是 在該等紅血球素與該等性質之中至少一者的絕對值與相 對值之中至少一者。 176·如申請專利範圍第133項之光學探棒,其中該等性質包 括去氧紅血球素濃度、氧紅血球素濃度、及一氧飽和之 中至少一者,其是該氧紅血球素的該濃度與該氧紅血球 素與該去氧紅血球素的該濃度加總的一比率。 177.如申請專利範圍第i 3 3項之光學探棒,其中該等性質是 包括體積、質量、重量、體積流率、與該紅血球素的質 量流率之中至少一者擴充性質。 178_ —種可在生理學媒體目標區域中產生紅血球素或其性質 分佈影像之一光學影像系統的光學探棒,該光學探棒包 括複數個波源及複數個波形偵測器,該等波源的配置可 將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到媒體,而且該波形偵測器的 配置可偵測近紅外線電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出信6. Scope of patent application ′ Among which, the electromagnetic radiation is ultraviolet, laser, and sound wave, 172. The optical probe of item 133 of the scope of patent application is at least one of sound wave, near infrared, infrared, visible light, and photon. 173. If the optical probe of the scope of application for item 133 is applied, the images are expressed in at least one of the erythroglobin and the properties: dimension = at least one of the three-dimensional distribution. 174. If the optical probe of the scope of patent application No. 133 is applied, the properties are at least one of a spatial distribution and a time distribution of at least one of the red blood cells and the properties. 175. The optical probe of claim 133, wherein the properties are at least one of an absolute value and a relative value of at least one of the erythrocytes and the properties. 176. The optical probe of claim 133, wherein the properties include at least one of deoxyhemoglobin concentration, oxygen hemoglobin concentration, and monooxygen saturation, which is the concentration of the oxygen hemoglobin and A ratio of the concentration of the oxyhemoglobin to the concentration of the oxyhemoglobin. 177. The optical probe of item i 33 in the scope of patent application, wherein the properties include extended properties including at least one of volume, mass, weight, volume flow rate, and mass flow rate of the erythropoietin. 178_ —An optical probe for an optical imaging system capable of producing an image of red blood cells or a property distribution in a target area of a physiological medium, the optical probe includes a plurality of wave sources and a plurality of waveform detectors, and the configuration of the wave sources The medium can be irradiated with near-infrared electromagnetic radiation, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and generate an output signal in response thereto. ~ ’該光學探棒包含: 描:元,其中:第一掃描單元是與一第四 ^ 〇β " 且其中一第二掃描單元是與一第三掃 c,每個掃描單元具有一第一波源一第二波 1—、第一波形偵測器、及一第二波形偵測器,其中該 ^波源的配置是比該第二波形偵測器更接近該第一波 七、j器,而且其中該第二波源的配置是比該第一波形 i j詻更接近該第二波形偵測器,其中在該第一波源與 波形偵測器之間的一第一近距離配置是實質類似 4第一波源與該第二波形偵測器之間的一第二近距 土其中在该第一波源與該第二波形偵測器之間的一第 、=距離配置是實質類似在該第二波源與該第一波形偵 測器之間的一第二近距離,而且其中該等第一及第二波 源的配置疋與孩等第一及第二波形偵測器同步,以產生 表不在孩媒體的該等目標區域中該近紅外輻射與該紅血 球素電磁相互作用的輸出信號。 Π9.如中請㈣範圍第178項之光學探棒,其中該等掃描單 7C又中母一者的所有該等波源與所有該等波形偵測器是 實質線性配置。 胤如申請專利範圍第179項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 =二波源是在該等第一及第四掃描單元中的該等第一及 第二波形偵測器之間插入,而且其中該等第一及第二波 形偵測器是在該等第二及第三掃描單元中的該等第一及 第二波源之間插入。 -35- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 f正替換IVaf2% A8 B8 C8 D8~ 'The optical probe contains: tracing: element, where: the first scanning unit is associated with a fourth ^ 〇 β " and one of the second scanning unit is associated with a third scanning c, each scanning unit has a first A wave source, a second wave 1—a first wave detector, and a second wave detector, wherein the configuration of the wave source is closer to the first wave detector than the second wave detector. And the configuration of the second wave source is closer to the second waveform detector than the first waveform ij 詻, and a first close-range configuration between the first wave source and the waveform detector is substantially similar 4 A second short-distance soil between the first wave source and the second waveform detector, wherein a first, = distance configuration between the first wave source and the second waveform detector is substantially similar to the first A second close distance between the two wave source and the first waveform detector, and the configuration of the first and second wave sources is synchronized with the first and second waveform detectors of the child to generate an absent The near-infrared radiation interacts with the erythropoietin electromagnetically in the target areas of the child media The output signals. Π9. Please refer to the optical probe of range 178, in which all the wave sources and all the wave detectors of the scan sheet 7C and the mother are in a substantially linear configuration.胤 If the optical probe of the scope of patent application No. 179 is applied, wherein the first and second wave sources are inserted between the first and second waveform detectors in the first and fourth scanning units, Moreover, the first and second waveform detectors are inserted between the first and second wave sources in the second and third scanning units. -35- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 588158 f is replacing IVaf2% A8 B8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 181· —種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生表示紅血球素或 其性質之光學影像系統的光學探棒,該光學探棒包含: 複數個波源與複數個波形偵測器,該等波源的配置可 將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到媒體,而且該等波形偵測器 的配置可偵測近紅外線電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出 信號, 其中至少一第一波源及至少一第一波形偵測器是定義 一第一掃描元件,其中該第一波源可照射該近紅外線電 磁輪射’而且該弟一波形偵測器可偵測由該第一波形偵 測器所照射的該等波形,及產生一第一輸出信號, 其中至少一第二波源及至少一第二波形偵測器是定義 一弟二掃描元件’其中该第一波源可照射該近紅外線電 磁輕射,而且該第二波形偵測器可偵測由該第二波形偵 測器所照射的該等波形,及產生一第二輸出信號, 其中該等第一及第二掃描元件是定義一掃描單元,其 中#等弟一及弟一波源疋與一對稱線與一對稱點有關的 對稱配置,而且在其每一者中,該等第一及第二波形偵 測器亦是與該對稱線與該對稱點有關的對稱配置。 182·如申凊專利範圍第1 § 1項之光學探棒,其中該等第一及 第二掃描單元的配置是彼此交叉。 183·如申請專利範圍第ι81項之光學探棒,其進一步包含: 一處理器的配置可接收透過該等第一及第二波形偵測 器所產生的該等第一及第二輸出信號,以獲得運用在該 等第一及第二波源及該等第一及第二波形偵測器的輸入 -36- 588158 f正替換頁 A8 1年93.1 26 E] B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 與輸出參數的一組波形方程式解決,決定紅血球素及性 質之中至少一者的該分佈,及產生該分佈的該等影像。 184. 如申請專利範圍第183項之光學探棒,其中該等影像是 對應複數個體素,其中該等第一及第二掃描單元之中每 一者可分別產生複數個第一體素與複數個第二體素,而 且其中該處理器的配置可從該組的該等解決而計算該等 第一體素之中每一者的至少一第一體素值、及從該組的 該等解決而計算的該等第二體素之中每一者的至少一第 二體素值。 185. 如申請專利範圍第184項之光學探棒,其中該處理器的 配置是定義複數個相交體素,其每個相交體素是定義成 該等第一及第二體素彼此交叉的一重疊部分。 186. 如申請專利範圍第185項之光學探棒,其中該處理器的 配置可分別從該等交叉的第一及第二體素的該等第一及 第二體素值直接計算該等相交體素之中每一者的至少一 相交體素值。 187. 如申請專利範圍第186項之光學探棒,其中該等相交體 素值之中每一者是該等第一及第二體素彼此交叉的該等 第一及第二體素值的一算術加總及算術平均之中至少一 者。 188. 如申請專利範圍第186項之光學探棒,其中該等相交體 素值之中每一者是該等第一及第二體素彼此交叉的該等 第一及第二體素值的一加權加總及加權平均之中至少一 者0 -37- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) D8 六、申請專利範園 ⑽·-種透過具有-光學探棒的光學影像系統而產生— 學=域的二維或三維影像之方法,該等影像表 工血球素或其性質的空間或時間分佈的 >像,其中孩光學探棒包括複數個波源及複數 ㈣測器’該等波源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輕射昭射 到媒體,該波形偵測器的配置可響應藉此偵測到的近、红 外線電磁輕射而產生輸出信號,該方法包含下列步^ $供複數個掃描元件’其每個掃描元件包括該等㈣ 之中至少一者及該等波形偵測器之中至少一者; ’、 ^義Ϊ數個掃描單元’其每個掃描單元包括該等掃描 兀件 < 中至少兩者; Μ田 使用一或多個掃描單元掃描該目標區域; 描單元之中每一者所產生的輸出信號分群; 獲仔運用於該等掃描單元的輸入與 形方程式解決; 令㈣、、’且波 分解決而決定紅血球素及性質之中至少一者的該 提供該分佈的一或多個影像。 190·如申請專利範圍第189項之方法,其進—步包本· 在整個時間上掃描該目標區域; 在整個時間上決定在該媒體的該目標區域中的紅血球 素及性質之中至少一者的該分佈; 在整個時間上提供該分佈的該等影像;及 在整個時間上提供在該分佈中改變的該等影像。 -38-本紙張尺度適用巾®國家鱗(CNs) Μ規格(仙〉< 挪公董) 588158Patent application scope 181 · —An optical probe for generating an optical imaging system representing erythroglobin or its properties in a target area of a physiological medium, the optical probe includes: a plurality of wave sources and a plurality of waveform detectors, the The configuration of the iso-wave source can irradiate the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation and generate an output signal in response to the at least one first wave source and at least one first waveform. The detector is defined as a first scanning element, wherein the first wave source can illuminate the near-infrared electromagnetic wheel, and the waveform detector can detect the waveforms irradiated by the first waveform detector. And generating a first output signal, wherein at least one second wave source and at least one second waveform detector are defined as a second scanning element, wherein the first wave source can illuminate the near-infrared electromagnetic light emission, and the second The waveform detector can detect the waveforms irradiated by the second waveform detector and generate a second output signal, wherein the first and second scans A component is a scanning unit, in which # 等 一一 and 一一 波源 疋 are symmetrically arranged with a symmetrical line and a symmetrical point, and in each of them, the first and second waveform detectors are also It is a symmetrical arrangement related to the symmetry line and the symmetry point. 182. The optical probe of item 1 § 1 in the scope of patent application, wherein the configurations of the first and second scanning units are intersected with each other. 183. The optical probe of item 81 of the patent application scope, further comprising: a processor configured to receive the first and second output signals generated by the first and second waveform detectors, In order to obtain the input used in the first and second wave sources and the first and second waveform detectors -36- 588158 f Positive replacement page A8 1 year 93.1 26 E] B8 C8 D8, patent application scope and output A set of waveform equations for the parameters is solved to determine the distribution of at least one of the heme and its properties, and the images that produce the distribution. 184. If the optical probe of the scope of patent application No. 183 is applied, the images are corresponding to a plurality of voxels, and each of the first and second scanning units can respectively generate a plurality of first voxels and a plurality of voxels. A second voxel, and wherein the configuration of the processor may calculate at least a first voxel value for each of the first voxels from the solutions of the group, and from the At least one second voxel value for each of the second voxels calculated and solved. 185. For example, the optical probe of the scope of application for patent 184, wherein the configuration of the processor is to define a plurality of intersected voxels, and each of the intersected voxels is defined as one of the first and second voxels crossing each other. Overlapping parts. 186. If the optical probe of the scope of claim 185 is applied, the configuration of the processor may directly calculate the intersections from the first and second voxel values of the intersecting first and second voxels, respectively. At least one intersected voxel value for each of the voxels. 187. If the optical probe of the scope of patent application 186 is applied, wherein each of the intersected voxel values is the first and second voxel values of the first and second voxels crossing each other At least one of an arithmetic sum and an arithmetic average. 188. If the optical probe of the scope of patent application 186 is applied, wherein each of the intersecting voxel values is the first and second voxel values of the first and second voxels crossing each other At least one of a weighted sum and a weighted average 0 -37- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) D8 VI. Patent application Fan Yuan Generated by the optical imaging system of the probe — a method of studying two-dimensional or three-dimensional images of the domain, these images express the > image of the spatial or temporal distribution of hematoglobin or its properties, in which the optical probe includes a plurality of wave sources And multiple detectors' the configuration of these wave sources can project near-infrared electromagnetic light to the media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can generate output signals in response to the near-infrared and electromagnetic light emitted by the detection, the method The method includes the following steps: ^ $ for a plurality of scanning elements, each of which includes at least one of the waveform detectors and at least one of the waveform detectors; Scanning unit At least two of the components < The field uses one or more scanning units to scan the target area; The output signals generated by each of the scanning units are grouped; and the input and shape equations obtained by these scanning units are used to solve ; Let ㈣ ,, ′, and WDM be resolved to determine at least one of erythropoietin and properties that provide one or more images of the distribution. 190. If the method of the scope of application for patent No. 189, the method further includes scanning the target area over the entire time; determining at least one of the red blood cells and properties in the target area of the media over the entire time Providing the distribution; providing the images of the distribution over time; and providing the images of changes in the distribution over time. -38- This paper size is suitable for Towels® National Scales (CNs) M Specifications (Sin> < Norwegian Public Manager) 588158 191.如申請專利範圍第189項之方法,其進一步包含: 在為等掃描單元的至少一者中複數個複數個第一體 素; —決疋孩第一體素之中每一者的至少一第一體素值,該 等第一體素值之中每一者表示該等紅血球素及該等性質 之中至少一者的一平均值;及 從该等第一體素值直接產生該分佈的該等影像。 192·如申請專利範圍第191項之方法,其中該定義包含·· 裝 透過調整該等第一體素值之中每一者的至少一特性範 圍而控制該等影像的解析度。 193·如申4專利範圍第j 92項之方法,其中該控制包含下列 之中至少一者·· 碉整在相同掃描元件與相同掃描單元之中至少一者的 该等波源之中至少一者與該等波形偵測器之中至少一者 之間的幾何配置; 碉整在相同掃描單元的至少兩掃描元件之間的幾何配 置; 調整在至少兩掃描單之間的幾何配置; 調整該等輸出信號的資料取樣率。 194·如申請專利範圍第191項之方法,其進一步包含: 定義在該等掃描單元之中至少一者的複數個第二體 素; 決定該等第二體素之中每一者的至少一第二體素值, 母個弟一體素值表示該等紅血球素與該等性質之中至少 -39- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公爱) 588158 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 f正替換頁 又 〇〇 9 ο η 年 —日 六、申請專利範圍 一者的一平均值;及 從該等第一及第二體素值直接產生該分佈的該等影 像。 195. 如申請專利範圍第194項之方法,其進一步包含: 定義在該等掃描單元之中至少一者的複數個相交體 素,該等相交體素的每一者是定義成兩交叉第一及第二 體素的一重疊部分; 決定該等相交體素之中每一者的至少一相交體素值, 每個相交體素值表示該等紅血球素與該等性質之中至少 一者的一平均值;及 從該等相交體素值及該等第一及第二體素值之中一者 直接產生該分佈的該等影像。 196. 如申請專利範圍第195項之方法,其中該相交體素值是 由下列之中至少一者決定: 加上該等交叉第一及第二體素值的該等第一及第二體 素值; 將該等交叉第一及第二體素值的該等第一及第二體素 值做算術平均; 加上該等交叉第一及第二體素值的加權第一及第二體 素值;及 將該等交叉第一及第二體素值的該等第一及第二體素 值做加權平均。 197. 如申請專利範圍第194項之方法,其進一步包含: 定義在該等掃描單元之中至少一者的複數個第三體 -40 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X 297公釐) 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 f正替換頁 2,26 年月 日 々、申請專利範圍 素; 決定該等第三體素之中每一者的至少一第三體素值, 每個第三體素值表示該等紅血球素與該等性質之中至少 一者的一平均值;及 從該等第一、第二、及第三體素值直接產生該分佈的 該等影像。 198. 如申請專利範圍第197項之方法,其進一步包含: 定義在該等掃描單元之中至少一者的複數個相交體 素,該等第二相交體素之中每一者是定義成兩交叉第一 及第三體素的一重疊部分; 決定該等第二相交體素之中每一者的至少一第二相交 體素值,每個第二相交體素值表示該等紅血球素與該等 性質之中至少一者的一平均值;及 根據該等相交體素值、第二相交體素值、第一體素 值、第二體素值、及第三體素值之中至少一者而產生該 分佈的該等影像。 199. 一種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生表示一或多個發 色團性質影像之系統,其包含: 至少一可動支撐; 一激勵器,其是與該至少一可動支撐耦合,而且其配 置可沿著至少一曲線路徑而將該支撐隨著目標區域移 動; 一或多個波源及一或多個波形偵測器,安裝在支ix上 以形成具有一縱軸、一掃描區域、及一掃描體積的掃描 -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐)191. The method according to claim 189, further comprising: a plurality of first voxels in at least one of the scanning units;-determining at least one of each of the first voxels of the child; A first voxel value, each of the first voxel values representing an average of at least one of the red blood cells and the properties; and directly generating the Distribution of these images. 192. The method according to item 191 of the patent application range, wherein the definition includes: ... controlling the resolution of the images by adjusting at least one characteristic range of each of the first voxel values. 193 · The method of item 92 in the scope of patent application No.4, wherein the control includes at least one of the following: · Trimming at least one of the wave sources in at least one of the same scanning element and the same scanning unit And the geometric configuration between at least one of the waveform detectors; trimming the geometric configuration between at least two scanning elements of the same scanning unit; adjusting the geometric configuration between at least two scanning orders; adjusting the Data sampling rate of the output signal. 194. The method of claiming scope 191, further comprising: a plurality of second voxels defined in at least one of the scanning units; determining at least one of each of the second voxels The second voxel value, the parental unity value indicates that at least -39 of these red blood cells and these properties. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 public love) 588158 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 f The positive replacement page is 009 years ο 6 years, an average of one of the scope of patent application; and the images of the distribution are directly generated from the first and second voxel values. 195. The method of claiming scope 194, further comprising: defining a plurality of intersecting voxels in at least one of the scanning units, each of the intersecting voxels being defined as two intersecting firsts And an overlapping portion of the second voxel; determining at least one intersected voxel value of each of the intersected voxels, each interstitial voxel value representing the value of the red blood cells and at least one of the properties An average value; and the images of the distribution are generated directly from one of the intersected voxel values and the first and second voxel values. 196. If the method of applying for item 195 of the patent scope, wherein the intersected voxel value is determined by at least one of the following: plus the first and second voxels that intersect the first and second voxel values Prime values; arithmetically average the first and second voxel values of the intersecting first and second voxel values; add the weighted first and second of the intersecting first and second voxel values Voxel values; and a weighted average of the first and second voxel values that intersect the first and second voxel values. 197. If the method of applying for the item 194 of the patent scope, further includes: a plurality of third bodies defined in at least one of the scanning units -40-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X 297 mm) 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 f is replacing page 2, 26, dated 26, patent application range; determining at least one third voxel value for each of these third voxels, each third The voxel value represents an average of the red blood cells and at least one of the properties; and the images of the distribution are directly generated from the first, second, and third voxel values. 198. If the method of claiming scope 197 of the patent application, further comprising: a plurality of intersecting voxels defined in at least one of the scanning units, each of the second intersecting voxels being defined as two Intersect an overlapping portion of the first and third voxels; determine at least one second intersected voxel value of each of the second intersected voxels, and each second intersected voxel value indicates that the red blood cells and An average of at least one of the properties; and based on at least one of the intersected voxel values, the second intersected voxel value, the first voxel value, the second voxel value, and the third voxel value One produces the images of the distribution. 199. A system for generating an image representing one or more chromophore properties in a target area of a physiological medium, comprising: at least one movable support; an exciter coupled to the at least one movable support, and The configuration can move the support with the target area along at least one curved path; one or more wave sources and one or more waveform detectors installed on the support ix to form a vertical axis, a scanning area, and Scanning of one scan volume-41-This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 mm) 單兀4等波源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到該 媒體的目標區域,而且該等波形偵測器的配置可偵測來 自該目標區域的近紅外線電磁輕射,及響應其而產生一 輸出信號;及 一處理器,其可接收該輸出信號及定義在該目標區域 的複數個體素,其中複數個體素之中每一者具有一特性 範圍及-體素軸’該處理器可根據在複數個體素中的輸 出信號而決定發色團性質,及產生該等影像。 200·如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中複數個體素的該 特性範圍是一高度、長度、與寬度之中的一者,而且一 預足角度的形成是與該可動支撐所移動的該至少一曲線 路徑有關。 201·如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中複數個體素的之 中每一者的體素軸是實質平行於該掃描單元的縱軸。 202.如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中複數個體素具有 一焉度特質,其實質是類似該掃描單元的一高度特質。 203·如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中複數個體素的特 性範圍是實質平行於由該可動支撐所移動的該至少一曲 線路徑。 204·如申睛專利範圍第199項之系統,其中該處理器的配置 可在預先選取的時間間隔上將該輸出信號取樣。 205.如申凊專利範圍第204項之系統,其中複數個體素的特 性範圍是與該可動支撐的移動速度成比例。 206·如申请專利範圍第204項之系統,其中複數個體素的特 -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 ^丐,換頁 9a 2.26The configuration of the wave source such as Unit 4 can irradiate the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the target area of the medium, and the configuration of the waveform detectors can detect the near-infrared electromagnetic light from the target area and generate an output in response to it. A signal; and a processor that can receive the output signal and a plurality of voxels defined in the target area, wherein each of the plurality of voxels has a characteristic range and a -voxel axis', and the processor can The output signal in the voxels determines the nature of the chromophore and produces these images. 200. The system of claim 199, in which the characteristic range of a plurality of individual voxels is one of height, length, and width, and the formation of a pre-footing angle is related to the movement of the movable support. At least one curved path is related. 201. The system of claim 199, wherein the voxel axis of each of the plurality of voxels is substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the scanning unit. 202. The system of claim 199, wherein the plurality of voxels have a degree characteristic, which is substantially similar to a high characteristic of the scanning unit. 203. The system of claim 199, wherein the characteristic range of the plurality of voxels is substantially parallel to the path of the at least one curve moved by the movable support. 204. The system according to item 199 of the patent application, wherein the processor is configured to sample the output signal at a preselected time interval. 205. The system of claim 204, wherein the characteristic range of the plurality of individual voxels is proportional to the moving speed of the movable support. 206. If the system of the scope of patent application is No. 204, the characteristics of plural individual voxels are -42- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 ^, page 9a 2.26 申請專利範園 年月EJ f生範圍疋與在連續取樣之間的時間間隔成比例。 4申明專利範圍第i99項之系統,其中該處理器的配置 :決定複數個體素之中每—者的體素值,及產生所決定 體素值的-順序序列,每個體素值表示在體素上所平均 紅血球素性質。 208. 如申f專利範圍第2〇7項之系統,其中該等體素值表示 在該掃描區域及掃描體積之中至少一者上所平均的紅血 球素性質。 209. 如申請專利範圍第2〇7項之系統,其中該激勵器的配置 可沿著至少兩曲線路徑而將該支撐移動,而且其中該處 理器的配置是沿著每個移動路徑而定義一個別組的體 素’並且決定對應該個別組體素的一連串體素值。 210·如申請專利範圍第209項之系統,其中該處理器的進一 步配置是定義複數個相交體素,以定義成屬於個別組體 素的相交體素。 211.如申請專利範圍第21〇項之系統,其中該處理器的配置 可決定該等相交體素之中每一者的相交體素值,並且從 相交體素的體素值產生一連_相交體素值。 212·如申請專利範圍第211項之系統,其中該等相交體素值 之中每一者是相交體素的體素值的一算術加總、算術平 均、幾何加總、幾何平均、加權加總、加權平均之中至 少一者。 213.如申請專利範圍第211項之系統,其中該等相交體素值 之中每一者是相交體素的體素值的一整個加總與整個平 -43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158The range of patent application for the EJf year is proportional to the time interval between successive samples. 4Declares the system of item i99 of the patent scope, wherein the configuration of the processor: determines the voxel value of each of the plurality of voxels, and generates a -sequential sequence of the determined voxel values, each voxel value representing the body The properties of erythropoietin are average. 208. The system of claim 207 of the patent scope, wherein the voxel values represent the properties of erythrocytes averaged over at least one of the scanning area and the scanning volume. 209. For a system with the scope of patent application No. 207, wherein the configuration of the actuator can move the support along at least two curved paths, and wherein the configuration of the processor defines a Individual groups of voxels' and determine a series of voxel values corresponding to individual groups of voxels. 210. The system of claim 209, wherein the processor is further configured to define a plurality of intersecting voxels to define intersecting voxels belonging to individual groups of voxels. 211. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 21 is applied, the configuration of the processor may determine the intersected voxel value of each of the intersected voxels, and generate a continuous_intersect from the voxel values of the intersected voxels Voxel value. 212. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 211, wherein each of the intersected voxel values is an arithmetic sum, arithmetic mean, geometric sum, geometric mean, weighted sum of voxels of intersected voxels At least one of the total and weighted averages. 213. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 211 is applied, wherein each of the intersected voxel values is the entire sum of the intersected voxel voxel values and the entire flat -43- This paper size applies Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 588158 均之中至少一者。 214· ^申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中該等產生的影像 疋對應該等發色團性質的二維分佈及三維分佈之中至 一者。 215· ^申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中該等產生的影像 是表示該等發色團性質的空間分佈與時間分佈之中至少 一者。 216·如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中該等性質是在目 標區域中發色團的空間分佈與時間分佈之中至少一者。 217·如申請專利範圍第I”項之系統,其中該等性質包含該 等發色團濃度性質、該等濃度加總、該等濃度差、該等 濃度比率、及其組合之中至少一者。 218·如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中一或多個發色團 包含紅血球素,而且該等性質包含該等紅血球素擴充性 值之中至少一者,包括體積、質量、體積流率、與質量 流率。 219·如申請專利範圍第21 8項之系統,其中該等一或多個發 色團包含紅血球素,而且該等性質包栝氧紅血球素濃 度、去氧紅血球素濃度之中至少一者,而且氧飽和是定 我成氧紅血球素的該等濃度與去氧紅血球素及氧紅血球 素的該等濃度加總的一比率。 220·如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中該電磁輻射是聲 波、近紅外線、紅外線、可見光、子外線、雷射、與光 子之中至少一者。 -44- ^紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 588158 φ正替換^丨AS __ 兰年 9afj26uii 專利範圍 ^ " 221. 如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中該掃插單元的縱 轴是通過該掃描單元的一或多個波源、及一或多個波形 偵測器。 222. 如申請專利範圍第I”項之系統,其中該等一或多個發 色團包括該媒體的至少一溶劑、在該媒體溶解的一溶 質、及在該媒體中包括的一物,其每個配置是與透過該 波源照射的電磁波相互作用,及藉由該媒體傳送。 223. 如申請專利範圍第199項之系統,其中等該一或多個發 色團包括一細胞色素、cytosome、Cytosol、酵素、賀爾 蒙、神精傳遞素、化學或chemotransmitter、蛋白質、膽 固醇、apoprotein、油脂、醣、血細胞、水、及包括氧紅 血球素與去氧紅血球素的氧紅血球素之中至少一者。 224· —種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生表示至少一紅血 球素性質分佈影像之系統,其包含: 一感測器組件,其包含至少一波源及至少一波形偵測 器’該至少一波源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到 該媒體,而且該至少一波形偵測器的配置可偵測在目標 區域的近紅外線電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出信號; 一激勵器’其是與該感測器組件輕合,而且其配置可 沿著至少一曲線路徑而將該感測器組件隨著該媒體的該 目標區域移動;及 一處理器,用以接收來自該感測器組件的輸出信號, 違處理器的配置是定義在目標區域中的複數個體素,以 便透過解決複數個波形方程式而決定該紅血球素性質, -45- — 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐)At least one of them. 214 · ^ The system for applying scope of patent No. 199, wherein the generated images 疋 correspond to one of a two-dimensional distribution and a three-dimensional distribution of the properties of the chromophores. 215 · ^ The system for applying scope of patent No. 199, wherein the generated images are at least one of a spatial distribution and a temporal distribution representing the properties of the chromophores. 216. The system according to item 199 of the patent application scope, wherein these properties are at least one of the spatial and temporal distribution of chromophores in the target area. 217. If the system of item I of the scope of patent application, the properties include at least one of the chromophore concentration properties, the concentration sum, the concentration difference, the concentration ratio, and combinations thereof 218. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 199, wherein one or more chromophores contain erythropoietin, and these properties include at least one of the erythropoietin expansion values, including volume, mass, volume flow 219. The system according to item 21 of the patent application scope, wherein the one or more chromophores contain erythropoietin, and these properties include the concentration of oxyhemoglobin and the concentration of deoxyhemoglobin At least one of them, and the oxygen saturation is a ratio of these concentrations of oxyhemoglobin and the concentrations of deoxyhemoglobin and oxyhemoglobin combined. 220. A system such as the 199th in the scope of patent application , Where the electromagnetic radiation is at least one of sound waves, near-infrared rays, infrared rays, visible light, external lines, lasers, and photons. -44- ^ The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 588158 φ is positively replaced ^ 丨 AS __ Lannian 9afj26uii Patent scope ^ & 221. If the system of the patent application scope item 199, wherein the vertical axis of the scanning unit is passed through one or more of the scanning unit Wave sources, and one or more waveform detectors. 222. The system of item “I” of the patent application scope, wherein the one or more chromophores include at least one solvent of the medium, one of the solvents dissolved in the medium, The solute, and an object included in the medium, each of which is configured to interact with an electromagnetic wave irradiated through the wave source and transmitted through the medium. 223. The system of claim 199, wherein the chromophore or chromophores include a cytochrome, cytosome, Cytosol, enzyme, hormone, neurotransmitter, chemical or chemotransmitter, protein, cholesterol, at least one of apoprotein, fat, sugar, blood cells, water, and oxyhemoglobin including oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. 224 · A system for generating an image representing the distribution of at least one erythropoietin property in a target area of a physiological medium, comprising: a sensor component including at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector 'the at least one The configuration of the wave source can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the medium, and the configuration of the at least one waveform detector can detect the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation in the target area and generate an output signal in response thereto; The sensor component is lightly closed, and its configuration can move the sensor component with the target area of the media along at least one curved path; and a processor for receiving the sensor component from the sensor component. The output signal is in violation of the configuration of the processor. It is defined as a plurality of individual voxels in the target area, in order to determine the properties of the red blood cell by solving a plurality of waveform equations. -45- — This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification 210 X 297 mm) A8 B8 C8 D8 588158 六、申請專利範園 而該等波形方程式是運用於來自該至少一波源的輸入輻 射、及透過該至少一偵測器所偵測的輻射;及在該目標 區域中產生該紅血球素性質的分佈影像。 225·如申請專利範圍第224項之系統,其中複數個體素之中 母一者具有一特性範圍、及一體素軸,而且其中複數個 月豆素疋沿著對應該感測器組件的至少一曲線移動路徑的 一或多個方向而連續配置。 226·如申請專利範圍第224項之系統,其中該處理器的配置 可決定複數個體素的體素值,及產生一連事該等體素 值,每個體素值是表示在體素上的該至少一紅血球素性 質平均。 227.如申請專利範圍第224項之系統,其中該處理器的配置 可槌供相父體素《中至少一者,一相交體素是定義成屬 於沿著兩或多個方向配置的體素組之中至少量體素的交 又。 228. -種用以在生理學媒體目標區財產生表示至少一紅血 球素的至少-性質分佈影像之系统,該系統包本: 至=一波源,其配置可將近紅外線電 生理學媒體; 至少一波形偵測器,其配置可 在及目^區域中的偵測 私磁’及響應其而產生輸出信號; 一可攜式探棒,其具有至少_ ^ & 哭北由、、 、 可動組件及至少一激勵 口口,其中琢至少一可動組件的 A f ^ , 女裝具有至少一波源及至 乂 一波形偵測器,而且該至少一 /敫勵咨的配置是與該至 -46-A8 B8 C8 D8 588158 VI. Patent application and these waveform equations are applied to the input radiation from the at least one wave source and the radiation detected through the at least one detector; and generating the target area in the target area An image of the distribution of red blood cells. 225. According to the system of claim 224 in the scope of patent application, in which one of the plurality of individual voxels has a characteristic range and an integral prime axis, and wherein the plurality of months of soya glutamate are along at least one of the corresponding sensor components The curved movement path is continuously arranged in one or more directions. 226. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 224, the configuration of the processor can determine the voxel value of a plurality of voxels, and generate a series of voxel values, each voxel value is the At least one hemoglobin has an average property. 227. The system according to item 224 of the patent application, wherein the configuration of the processor can be at least one of the parent voxels, and an intersecting voxel is defined as belonging to a voxel arranged in two or more directions. At least the voxels in the group are crossed. 228. A system for generating at least a property distribution image representing at least one erythroglobin in a target area of physiological media, the system includes: to = a wave source, which can be configured for near-infrared electrophysiology media; at least one The waveform detector is configured to detect the private magnetic field in the target area and generate an output signal in response thereto; a portable probe having at least _ ^ & waibei ,, ,, and movable components And at least one excitation port, in which at least one movable component of A f ^ is provided, the women's clothing has at least one wave source and the first waveform detector, and the configuration of the at least one / inspirant is the same as the to -46- 588158 .年, D8 六、申請專利祀園 少一可動組件耦合耦合,以便將它沿著一或多個曲線路 徑移動;及 一處理态,用以接收來自該至少一偵測器的輸出信 號,及在該目標區域提供複數個體素,該處理器可透過 解決複數個波形方程式而決定該至少一發色團的該至少 一性質,而該等波形方程式是運用於來自該至少一波源 的輻射、及透過該至少一偵測器所偵測的輻射;及在該 發色團性質的該分佈影像。 229· —種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生有關至少一發色 團的至少一性質分佈資訊之系統,其包含: 至少一波源’其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到該 生理學媒體; 至少一波开> 偵測器’其配置可在該目標區域中的偵測 電磁,及響應其而產生輸出信號; 一光學探棒,其包括至少一可動組件,其中配置該波 源與偵測器之中至少一者; 一監控台’其是與該光學探棒耦合,而且包括一處理 器,其配置可接收該輸出信號,該處理器可在一部分該 等目標區域中提供複數個體素,及透過解決複數個波形 方程式而決定發色團性質,而該等波形方程式是運用於 來自該至少一波源的輻射及透過該至少一偵測器所偵測 的輻射;及有關在該目標區域中的該發色團性質分佈的 資訊, 一激勵器,其配置能與該至少一可動組件耦合,以便 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 2 〇 ΗΓ4 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 申請專利範圍 _____ 將它沿著至少一曲線路徑移動;及 一連接器,用以提供電通訊、光學通訊、電功率傳 輸、機械力傳輸之中至少一者,及在該光學探棒、監控 台、與激勵器元件之中至少兩者之間的資料傳輸。 230. —種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生有關至少一發色 團的至少一性質分佈資訊之系統,其包含: 至少兩波源,其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射到該 媒體的該等目標區域; 至少兩波形偵測器,其配置可響應從該等目標區域偵 測的電磁輻射而產生輸出信號; 其中該等波源之中至少兩者及該等波形偵測器之中至 少兩者是實質沿著一條線配置;及 處理器’其配置可接收及輸出信號,以便在一部分 該等目標區域中提供複數個體素,以便透過解決一組波 形方程式而決定該至少一發色團性質,而該等波形方程 式疋運用於來自該等至少兩波源的輻射及透過該等至少 兩偵測器所偵測的輻射;及在生理學媒體目標區域中產 生有關該至少一發色團性質分佈的該資訊。 231. 種透過可攜式測量系統而產生表示在生理學媒體目標 區域中紅血球素分佈影像之方法,該系統具有一可動組 件,而且安裝至少一波源及至少一波形偵測器,以定義 具有一縱軸的掃描單元,一掃描區域是小於目標區域及 附近的掃描體積,該至少一波源可將近紅外線電磁輻射 照射到該目標區域,該至少一波形偵測器的配置可偵測 -48-588158, D8 VI. Patent application: One movable component is coupled and coupled to move it along one or more curved paths; and a processing state for receiving an output signal from the at least one detector, And providing a plurality of individual voxels in the target area, the processor can determine the at least one property of the at least one chromophore by solving a plurality of wave equations, and the wave equations are applied to radiation from the at least one wave source, And radiation detected by the at least one detector; and the distribution image in the nature of the chromophore. 229 · A system for generating at least one property distribution information about at least one chromophore in a target area of a physiological medium, comprising: at least one wave source 'configured to irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the physiological medium; At least one wave on > Detector's configuration can detect electromagnetic in the target area and generate an output signal in response to it; an optical probe, which includes at least one movable component, in which the wave source and detection are configured At least one of the sensors; a monitoring station 'which is coupled to the optical probe, and includes a processor configured to receive the output signal, the processor may provide a plurality of voxels in a portion of these target areas, And determining the chromophore properties by solving a plurality of waveform equations that are applied to radiation from the at least one wave source and radiation detected through the at least one detector; and related to the target region Information about the nature distribution of the chromophore, an exciter whose configuration can be coupled to the at least one movable component, so that Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 2 〇ΗΓ4 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 Patent application scope _____ Move it along at least one curved path; and a connector for providing electrical communication, optical communication, At least one of electric power transmission and mechanical force transmission, and data transmission between at least two of the optical probe, the monitoring station, and the exciter element. 230. A system for generating at least one property distribution information about at least one chromophore in a target area of a physiological media, comprising: at least two wave sources configured to irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the media Target area; at least two waveform detectors configured to generate output signals in response to electromagnetic radiation detected from the target areas; wherein at least two of the wave sources and at least two of the waveform detectors Is essentially configured along a line; and the processor's configuration can receive and output signals to provide a plurality of individual voxels in a portion of these target regions in order to determine the properties of the at least one chromophore by solving a set of waveform equations, The waveform equations are applied to radiation from the at least two wave sources and radiation detected through the at least two detectors; and generating a distribution of properties of the at least one chromophore in the target area of the physiological media. The information. 231. A method for generating an image representing the distribution of red blood cells in a target area of a physiological medium through a portable measurement system, the system has a movable component, and at least one wave source and at least one waveform detector are installed to define a device having a The scanning unit of the vertical axis has a scanning area smaller than the target area and a nearby scanning volume. The at least one wave source can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the target area. The configuration of the at least one waveform detector can detect -48- 588158 申請專利範圍 矣正替挺gVa 126¾ A8 B8 C8 D8 f,目標區域中的紅外電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出 ^唬,該系統進一步包含一激勵器元件,其是與該可動 、、禺a,以便將它沿著至少一曲線路徑移動而掃描該 目標區域,該方法包含下列步驟: 在為媒體的該目標區域上放置該可動組件; 卞二知私卓元放置在該目標區域的一第一區域· 透過照射近紅外線電磁輻射而掃描該目標區域的該第 一區域,及透過該波形偵測器而從其獲得該輸出信號; —掭縱該激勵器元件,以便將該可動組件與掃描單元沿 著一第一曲線路徑從該第一區域移到該目標區域的另二 區域; 在該目標區域的該等區域之中至少一者定義來自該輸 出k號的一第一組體素; 決定對應該第一組體素的體素值,每個體素值是在一 體素上的該性質平均;及 產生表示來自該第一組體素值的該等紅血球素分佈影 232·如申請專利範圍第231項之方法,其進一步包含下列 •驟: ° 在該媒體與該波源及偵測器之間形成光學搞合;及 在該可動組件與掃描單A之中至少一者的該移動&期間 維持該光學耦合。 233·如申請專利範圍第231項之方法,其進一步包含下列步 驟: ’#588158 The scope of the patent application is: gVa 126¾ A8 B8 C8 D8 f, infrared electromagnetic radiation in the target area, and the output generated in response to it. The system further includes an exciter element, which is related to the movable, a in order to scan the target area by moving it along at least one curved path, the method includes the following steps: placing the movable component on the target area for the media; and placing the first element in a first area of the target area. Area · Scanning the first area of the target area by radiating near-infrared electromagnetic radiation, and obtaining the output signal from the waveform detector;-inverting the exciter element in order to connect the movable component and the scanning unit Move from the first region to the other two regions of the target region along a first curved path; define at least one of the regions of the target region a first set of voxels from the output k number; decide Corresponding to the voxel value of the first group of voxels, each voxel value is an average of the properties on the one-one voxel; and generating a value representing the voxel value from the first group The erythropoietin distribution shadow 232 · As in the method of patent application No. 231, it further includes the following steps: ° Forming an optical coupling between the medium and the wave source and detector; and the movable component and scanning The optical coupling is maintained during the movement & of at least one of the A's. 233. If the method for applying for item 231 of the patent scope, further comprising the following steps: ’# 588158 f正替換 文年9a |2( A8 B8 C8 D8 六 、申請專利範圍 沿著一條線而實質配置該至少—波源及至少—波形偵 測器。 234·如申請專利範圍第231項之方法,其中該產生步驟包含 下列步驟: 透過改變該第一組體素而控制該等影像的解析度。 235·如巾請專利範IS第234項之方法,其中該改變步驟包含 下列步驟之中至少一者: " 調整在該等波源與偵測器之間的一距離; 調整在該等波源與偵測器之間的幾何配置; 調整該可動.组件與掃描單元纟中至少一者的該移動的 該曲線路徑的輪廓、長度、與扭曲之中至少一者; 調整在該目標區域上的該可動組件與該掃描單元之中 至少一者的許多該等移動;及 調整該輸出信號的一取樣率。 236·如申請專利範圍第231項之方法,其進一步包含下列步 騾: 足義在該目標區域的至少一不同區域中的一第二組體 素值; ' 決定與該第二組體素值有關的一體素值; 定義複數個相交體素,該等相交體素是定義成每個屬 於一不同組體素的至少兩體素交叉; 從該等相交體素的體素值獲得該等相交體素的相交體 素值;及 & 根據獲得的相交體素值而產生該等紅血球素分佈影 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公爱) 588158 奐2 替al 正9年 修更| 8 A BCD 六、申請專利範園 像。 237. 如申請專利範圍第236項之方法,其中獲得該第一序列 的該第一相交體素值的該步騾包含下列步騾之中至少一 者: 將該等相交體素值的該等體素值做算術平均; 將該等相交體素值的該等體素值做幾何平均; 將該等相交體素值的該等體素值做加權平均;及 將該等相交體素值的該等體素值做總平均。 238. 如申請專利範圍第236項之方法,其進一步包含下列步 騾: 在仍然該目標區域的另一區域中定義一第三組體素; 決定該第三組體素的體素值; 定義一第二複數個相交體素,該等相交體素是定義成 屬於不同組體素的至少兩體素交叉; 從該等相交體素的該等體素值獲得該第二組相交體素 的相叉體素值;及 根據第二相交體素值而產生紅血球素的該分佈影像。 239. 如申請專利範圍第238項之方法,其進一步包含下列步 驟: 透過配置複數個該等序列的該等相交體素值而產生該 等紅血球素的該分佈的該等影像,藉此改善該等影像的 解析度。 240. —種透過可攜式系統而在生理學媒體目標區域中產生表 示至少一發色團的至少一性質分佈影像之方法,其中該 -51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 修更588158 f is replacing 9a | 2 (A8 B8 C8 D8 in the year of application. 6. The scope of patent application is substantially along the line to configure the at least -wave source and at least -waveform detector. 234 · If the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 231, The generating step includes the following steps: Controlling the resolution of the images by changing the first group of voxels. 235. For example, the method of patent item IS 234 is used, wherein the changing step includes at least one of the following steps. By: " adjusting a distance between the wave source and the detector; adjusting the geometric configuration between the wave source and the detector; adjusting the movement of at least one of the movable component and the scanning unit; Adjust at least one of the contour, length, and distortion of the curved path; adjust many such movements of at least one of the movable component and the scanning unit on the target area; and adjust a sample of the output signal 236. The method of claim 231, further comprising the following steps: a second set of voxel values in at least one different region of the target region; 'Decide on the one-valued voxels related to the second set of voxel values; define a plurality of intersecting voxels, which are defined as the intersection of at least two voxels each belonging to a different set of voxels; from these intersections The voxel values of the voxels are obtained from the intersected voxels of the intersected voxels; and & The red blood cell distribution shadows are generated based on the obtained intersected voxels. -50- This paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297 public love) 588158 奂 2 Replaced al for 9 years | 8 A BCD VI. Apply for a patent fan garden image. 237. For the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 236, in which the first sequence of the first This step of intersecting voxel values includes at least one of the following steps: arithmetically averaging the voxel values of the intersecting voxel values; making the geometry of the voxels of the intersecting voxel values geometric Average; the weighted average of the voxel values of the intersecting voxel values; and the total average of the voxel values of the intersecting voxel values. The following steps are further included: A third group of voxels is defined in another region of the domain; a voxel value of the third group of voxels is determined; a second plurality of intersected voxels are defined, and the intersected voxels are defined as belonging to different groups of voxels At least two voxels intersect; obtain the interdigitated voxel values of the second group of intersecting voxels from the voxel values of the intersecting voxels; and generate the distribution image of red blood cells according to the second intersecting voxel values. 239. If the method according to item 238 of the patent application scope, it further comprises the following steps: by disposing the intersecting voxel values of a plurality of the sequences, generating the images of the distribution of the red blood cells, thereby improving the And other image resolutions. 240. A method for generating at least one property distribution image representing at least one chromophore in a target area of physiological media through a portable system, wherein the -51-this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm) Α8 Β8 C8 D8 請專利範圍 系統包括至少一波源’其配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照 射到該媒體;及至少一波形偵測器,其配置可偵測紅外 線電磁輻射,及響應其而產生輸出信號,該方法包含下 列步騾: 在該目標區域放置該波源與偵測器; 定義來自該等輸出信號的一第一組體素; 決定該第一組體素的一連串體素值,一體素值是表示 在一體素上的該性質平均; 定義來自該等輸出信號的一第二組體素; 決定該等第二體素的一連串體素值; 配置一第一組相交體素,該組相交體素是定義成分別 屬於該等第一及第二組體素之中一者的至少兩相交體素 的交叉部分; 從該等相交體素的體素值計算該第一組相交體素的相 交體素值;及 從該第一序列的該等第一相交體素產生該發色團性質 的該分佈的該等影像。 241·如申請專利範圍第24〇項之方法,其中該等定義步驟之 中至少一者包含在下列至少一者中定義該組的該等體素 的該步驟: 沿著該目標區域的每個預先選取距離; 該輸出信號的每個預先選取取樣間隔; 每對的該等源源之中的一者與該等波形偵測器之中的 一者;及 -52-本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 588158 f正替換頁 更 9a 2^26 年 六 申請專利範圍Α8 Β8 C8 D8 Patent scope system includes at least one wave source 'configured to irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the medium; and at least one waveform detector configured to detect infrared electromagnetic radiation and generate an output signal in response thereto, The method includes the following steps: placing the wave source and detector in the target area; defining a first set of voxels from the output signals; determining a series of voxel values for the first set of voxels, and the integral voxel value is The property average on the one-body voxel is defined; a second group of voxels from the output signals are defined; a series of voxel values of the second voxels are determined; a first group of intersected voxels is allocated, the group of intersected bodies A voxel is defined as the intersection of at least two intersecting voxels belonging to one of the first and second groups of voxels, respectively; the intersect of the first group of intersecting voxels is calculated from the voxel values of the intersecting voxels. Voxel values; and generating the images of the distribution of the chromophore properties from the first intersected voxels of the first sequence. 241. The method of claiming scope of claim 24, wherein at least one of the defining steps includes the step of defining the voxels of the group in at least one of the following: each along the target area Pre-selected distance; each pre-selected sampling interval of the output signal; one of the source and one of the waveform detectors of each pair; and -52- this paper size applies to Chinese national standards (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) 588158 f Positive replacement page more 9a 2 ^ 26 years patent application scope 每個掃描單元包含等源源之中至少兩者與該等波形偵 測器之中至少兩者。 242. 如申請專利範圍第240項之方法,其中該等定義步驟之 中至少一者包含下列步驟之中至少一者: 透過改變該等體素與相交體素之中至少一者的至少一 範圍而調整該性質的該分佈的該等影像解析度。 243. 如申請專利範圍第240項之方法,其中該等1定步驟之 中至少一者包含下列步驟之中至少一者·· 將在該體素的一區域上的該性質做平均;及 將在該體素的體積上的該性質做平均。 244. 如申請專利範圍第240項之方法,其中該計算步驟包含 下列步驟之中至少一者: 將該等交叉體素的該等體素值做算術平均; 將該等交叉體素的該等體素值做幾何平均; 將該等交叉體素的該等體素值做加權平均;及 將該等交叉體素的該等體素值做總平均。 245· —種透過一測量系統而在一生理學媒體目標區域中產生 表示至少一發色團的至少一性質的分佈影像之方法: 其中該系統包括至少一波源、至少一波形偵測器、一 可動組件、及一激勵器元件,該波源的配置可將近紅外 線電磁輻射照射到該媒體,該波形偵測器的配置可響應 藉此偵測的近紅外線電磁輻射而產生輸出信號,該可動 組件的配置包括該等波源與偵測器之中至少一者,而且 該激勵器元件是與該可動組件耦合操作,其中該等波源 -53- 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 々、申請專利範圍 與偵測器的配置可形成一可動掃描單元,其包括連接該 等波源與偵測器的一縱軸,及定義一掃描區域及其附近 掃描體積之中至少一者,而且其中該激勵器元件的配置 可沿著至少一曲線路徑而產生該可動組件與掃描單元之 中至少一者的至少一移動,該方法包含下列步騾: 在該媒體的該目標區域上放置該可動組件; 將該掃描單元放置在該目標區域的一第一區域; 操縱該激勵器元件,以便沿著一第一曲線路徑而從該 目標區域的該第一區域到一第二區域產生該等可動組件 與掃描單元之中至少一者的一第一移動; 在至少一部分的該目標區域中定義來自該等輸出信號 的第一體素的一第一組; 決定該等第一體素的一第一序列的第一體素值,每個 第一體素值表示在該第一體素上的該平均性質的一第一 平均值; 在至少一部分的該目標區域中定義來自該等輸出信號 的第二體素的一第二組; 決定該等第二體素的一第二序列的第二體素值,每個第 二體素表示在該第二體素上的該平均性質的一第二平均; 配置一組相交體素,其每個相交體素是定義成至少兩 相交體素的一交叉部分,其每個是分別屬於該等第一及 第二體素的該等第一及第二組之中的一者; 從該等相交體素的該等體素值直接計算該等相交體素 的一連_相交體素值;及 從該序列的該等相交體素值直接產生該性質的該分佈 的該等影像。 -54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)Each scan unit contains at least two of the iso-sources and at least two of the waveform detectors. 242. If the method for applying scope 240 of the patent is applied, at least one of the defining steps includes at least one of the following steps: By changing at least one range of at least one of the voxels and the intersecting voxels And the image resolution of the distribution of this property is adjusted. 243. If the method of applying for the scope of patent application No. 240, wherein at least one of the predetermined steps includes at least one of the following steps ... average the property over a region of the voxel; and This property is averaged over the volume of the voxel. 244. For the method of applying for the scope of patent application No. 240, wherein the calculating step includes at least one of the following steps: arithmetically averaging the voxel values of the cross voxels; The voxel values are geometrically averaged; the voxel values of the intersected voxels are weighted average; and the voxel values of the intersected voxels are total averaged. 245 · —A method for generating a distribution image representing at least one property of at least one chromophore in a physiological media target region through a measurement system: wherein the system includes at least one wave source, at least one waveform detector, and a movable Component, and an exciter element, the configuration of the wave source can irradiate near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to the medium, the configuration of the waveform detector can generate an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation detected thereby, the configuration of the movable component Including at least one of the wave source and the detector, and the exciter element is coupled with the movable component for operation, wherein the wave source -53- 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 专利, patent application scope and detector configuration A movable scanning unit may be formed, which includes a vertical axis connecting the wave source and the detector, and defines at least one of a scanning area and a scanning volume in the vicinity thereof, and the configuration of the exciter element may be along at least A curved path causes at least one movement of at least one of the movable component and the scanning unit. The method includes the following steps: Placing the movable component on the target area of the media; placing the scanning unit on a first area of the target area; manipulating the exciter element so as to follow a first curved path from the first area of the target area A region to a second region generates a first movement of at least one of the movable component and the scanning unit; a first group defining a first voxel from the output signals in at least a portion of the target region ; Determining a first voxel value of a first sequence of the first voxels, each first voxel value representing a first average value of the average property on the first voxel; in at least a part of A second group of second voxels from the output signals is defined in the target region; a second voxel value of a second sequence of the second voxels is determined, and each second voxel is represented in the first voxel. A second average of this average property on two voxels; a set of intersecting voxels, each of which is a cross section defined as at least two intersecting voxels, each of which belongs to the first And the second voxel Wait one of the first and second groups; directly calculate a continuous_intersecting voxel value of the intersecting voxels from the voxel values of the intersecting voxels; and from the intersecting voxels of the sequence The value directly produces the images of the distribution of that property. -54- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 24\種用以在—生理學媒體目標 與性質分料訊之系統,其包含:Μ供有關紅血球素 一光學探棒,其且者一: 波源的配置可將近ΓΪ—/ 波形偵測器,其中該 W — m — e ¥、、、工卜線電磁輻射照射到該生理學媒體 自㊉區域,而且該波形偵測器的配置可偵測來 自:媒組的近紅外線電磁輻射,並且響應其而產生一第 一輸出信號; ^ 、一 7刀析器,其可接收及取樣該第一輸出信號,以獲得 複數個振幅值,該等振幅值可被分析,以決定且有實質 類似振幅的該第一輸出信號的至少一組取樣;及、 二信號處理器,其配置可計算來自該第一輸出信號的 :第:基線,其中該第一基線是代表透過該分析器所決 疋的孩實質類似振幅,並且透過處理該第一輸出信號及 其第一基線而提供一自我校準的第一輸出信號。 247·如申請專利範圍第2仏項之系統,其中該光學探棒具有 一掃描單元,其包含兩或多個波形、及兩或多個波形偵 測器,該掃描單元是定義在其附近的一掃描區域,該掃 描區域是該第一目標區域的一實質部分。 248. 如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該光學探棒具有 一掃描單元’其包含兩或多個波形、及兩或多個波形偵 測器,該掃描單元是定義在其附近的一掃描區域,該掃 描區域是該第一目標區域的一部分。 249. 如申請專利範圍第248項之系統,其中該光學探棒具有 一激勵器及一包裝,該激勵器的配置可在該第一目標區 域的複數個區域上移動該掃描單元,而該光學探棒的該 包裝是放置在該第一目標區域。 -55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)24 \ systems for in-physical media object and property distribution information system, including: M for an optical probe of hemoglobin, and one: the configuration of the wave source can be close to ΓΪ— / waveform detector, Wherein, the W — m — e ¥,, and Gong line electromagnetic radiation is irradiated to the self-contained area of the physiological media, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation from the media group, and respond to it. A first output signal is generated. A 7-blade analyzer can receive and sample the first output signal to obtain a plurality of amplitude values. These amplitude values can be analyzed to determine and have substantially similar amplitudes. At least one set of samples of the first output signal; and, two signal processors configured to calculate: a: baseline from the first output signal, where the first baseline represents a child determined by the analyzer; It is substantially similar in amplitude and provides a self-calibrating first output signal by processing the first output signal and its first baseline. 247. The system according to item 2 (1) of the patent application scope, wherein the optical probe has a scanning unit including two or more waveforms and two or more waveform detectors, and the scanning unit is defined near it A scanning area, which is a substantial part of the first target area. 248. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 246, wherein the optical probe has a scanning unit 'which contains two or more waveforms, and two or more waveform detectors, the scanning unit is defined in the vicinity of a A scanning area, which is a part of the first target area. 249. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 248, wherein the optical probe has an exciter and a package, the configuration of the exciter can move the scanning unit on a plurality of areas of the first target area, and the optical The package of the probe is placed in the first target area. -55- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297mm) 250.如申,專利範目第249項之系、统,其中該等波形侦測器 <中至少一者的配置可在該第一目標區域的該等區域中 產生複數個該等第一輸出信號。 251·如申请專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號處理器的 配置可在一實質即時的基礎上提供該自我校準的第一輸 出信號。 252·如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其進一步包含:250. As claimed, the system and system of item 249 of the patent norm, wherein the configuration of at least one of the waveform detectors < can generate a plurality of the first in the areas of the first target area. output signal. 251. The system of claim 246, wherein the signal processor is configured to provide the self-calibrating first output signal on a substantially instant basis. 252. If the system of the scope of application for patent No. 246, further includes: 、一影像處理器,其配置可在該第一目標區域中從該自 我校準第一輸出信號構成紅血球素的該分佈影像。 253·如申明專利範圍第252項之系統,其中該影像處理器的 配置可在實質即時的基礎上構成該等影像。 254·如申請專利範圍第252項之系統,其中在該第一目標區 訂 域的紅血球素是氧紅血球素及去氧紅血球素之中至少一 者。An image processor configured to configure the first output signal from the self-calibration first output signal to form the distribution image of erythropoietin in the first target area. 253. If the system of claim 252 is declared, the configuration of the image processor can constitute the images on a substantially real-time basis. 254. The system of claim 252, wherein the erythropoietin in the first target area is at least one of oxyhemoglobin and deoxyhemoglobin. 255·如申咕專利範圍第252項之系統,其中該等影像是有關 在琢第一目標區域的氧飽和、氧紅血球素濃度、去氧紅 血球素濃度、血量、與血量變化之中至少一者的該分 佈,其中該氧飽和是定義成氧紅血球素的該濃度及氧與 去氧紅血球素的該等濃度總和的一比率。 256·如申明專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該分佈包括在該 第一目標區域的紅血球素空間分佈與在時間上的該第一 目標區域的該等紅血球素分佈時間分佈之中至少一者。 257·如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其進一步包含: 一記憶體單元,其配置可儲存該第一輸出信號、第一 -56-255. The system of item 252 in the scope of the patent of Rushengu, wherein the images are related to at least one of oxygen saturation, oxyhemoglobin concentration, oxyhemoglobin concentration, blood volume, and blood volume change in the first target area The distribution of one, where the oxygen saturation is defined as the concentration of oxyhemoglobin and a ratio of the sum of the concentrations of oxygen and deoxyhemoglobin. 256. The system according to claim 246, wherein the distribution includes at least one of a spatial distribution of red blood cells in the first target region and a temporal distribution of red blood cells in the first target region in time. . 257. The system for applying scope of claim 246, further comprising: a memory unit configured to store the first output signal, the first -56- 588158588158 基線、與自我校準的第一輸出信號之中直少一者。 258. 如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號分析器包 括: 一臨界單元,用以提供一臨界振幅; 一比較單元,用以將該第一輸出信號與一臨界振幅相 比較;及 一選擇單元,用以識別具有實質類似振幅的該第一輸 出信號的該等複數個取樣。 259. 如申請專利範圍第258項之系統,其中該臨界單元的配 置可從一操作員接收輸入。 260·如申請專利範圍第258項之系統,其中該臨界單元的配 置可從該第一輸出信號計算一參考振幅,並且根據該參 考振幅而計算振幅。 261.如申请專利範圍第260項之系統,其中該參考振幅是從 下列之中至少一者計算: 來自孩第一目標區域的該第一輸出信號的一區域最大 值; 來自該第一目標區域的該第一輸出信號的一區域最小 值; 至少一邵分的該第一輸出信號的一平均; 來自該媒體的複數個該等目標區域的複數個該等輸出 信號的一全域最大值;及 上述的一組合。 262·如申請專利範圍第260項之系統,其中該臨界振幅是該 -57- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公愛) 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 參考振幅與一預定因素的一乘積。 263·如申請專利範圍第258項之系統,其中該等複數個該等 點的該類似振幅是大於該臨界振幅的點及小該臨界振幅 的點之中的一者。 264. 如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號分析器包 括: 一臨界單元,用以提供該振幅的一臨界值範圍; 一比較單元,用以將該第一輸出信號的該等振幅與該 臨界值範圍相比較;及 一選擇單元,用以識別該第一輸出信號的該等複數個 點。 265. 如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該等複數個點的 該類似振幅是在臨界值範圍與在該臨界值範圍外之中的 一者。 266. 如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號處理器包 括一平均單元,用以計算當作該等類似振幅的—平均的 該第一基線,其中該平均是下列之中的一者: 該等類似振幅的一算術平均; 該等類似振幅的一幾何平均; 該等類似振幅的一加權平均;及 該等類似振幅的一整個平均。 267. 如中請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號處 勺 括了校準單元,其可透過該第―基綠將該第—輪出= 正常化而提供該自我校準的第一輸出信號。 -58-One of the baseline and the self-calibrated first output signal. 258. The system of claim 246, wherein the signal analyzer includes: a critical unit for providing a critical amplitude; a comparison unit for comparing the first output signal with a critical amplitude; and A selection unit is used to identify the plurality of samples of the first output signal having substantially similar amplitudes. 259. The system of claim 258, wherein the configuration of the critical unit can receive input from an operator. 260. The system of claim 258, wherein the configuration of the critical unit can calculate a reference amplitude from the first output signal, and calculate the amplitude based on the reference amplitude. 261. The system of claim 260, wherein the reference amplitude is calculated from at least one of the following: a region maximum value of the first output signal from the first target region of the child; from the first target region A region minimum of the first output signal; an average of the first output signal of at least one fraction; a global maximum of the plurality of output signals from the plurality of the target regions of the media; and A combination of the above. 262 · If the system of the scope of patent application is No. 260, where the critical amplitude is the -57- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X 297 public love) 588158 A8 B8 C8 D8 A product of amplitude and a predetermined factor. 263. The system of claim 258, wherein the similar amplitude of the plurality of points is one of a point larger than the critical amplitude and a point smaller than the critical amplitude. 264. The system of claim 246, wherein the signal analyzer includes: a critical unit for providing a critical range of the amplitude; a comparison unit for the amplitudes of the first output signal Compared with the threshold value range; and a selection unit for identifying the plurality of points of the first output signal. 265. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 246 is applied, the similar amplitude of the plurality of points is one of the threshold value range and outside the threshold value range. 266. The system of claim 246, wherein the signal processor includes an averaging unit for calculating the first baseline, which is an average of the similar amplitudes, wherein the average is one of the following : An arithmetic average of the similar amplitudes; a geometric mean of the similar amplitudes; a weighted average of the similar amplitudes; and an overall average of the similar amplitudes. 267. For example, please refer to the system of the scope of patent No. 246, wherein the signal includes a calibration unit, which can provide the first output signal of the self-calibration through the first base green and the first round out = normalization . -58- 588158588158 默如申請士利範圍第267項之系統,其中該自我校準的第 一輸出#戒是下列之中的一者: 該第一輸出信號與其第一基線的一比率;及 在該第一輸出信號與其第—基線到該第一基線之 一差比率。 2级如中請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號分析考包 括至少m單元,其配置可改善該第—輸號 信號-雜訊比。 此 抓如中請專利範圍第項之系統,其中該滤波器單元包 括下列之中至少一者: 平Φ單元,其配置可&供來自該第一目標區域的該 等第二輸出信號的一算術平均、幾何平均、整個平均、 與加權平均之中至少一者;及 一低通滤波器,其配置可從該第一輸出信號移除高頻 雜訊。 ⑺·如申請專利範圍第246項之系統,其中該信號分析器進 步包括一控制單兀,其配置可儲存在該媒體的複數個 目標區域中測量的複數個該等基線,並且將該等基線之 中至少一者與其他相比較。 272·如申請專利範圍第271項之系統,其中該控制單元的配 置可提供該等複數個基線的一平均。 273·如申請專利範圍第271項之系統,其中當該等基線之中 至少一者是至少實質不同於其他之中至少一者時,該控 制單元的配置便可產生一信號。 -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐) 274. 274. 將電磁輻射照射到該媒體;及至少一波形偵測器,其配 置可偵測來自μ媒體的電則纟射,並且響應其而產生輸 出k 5虎’該系統包含: -種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生表示發色圏或性 貝刀佈av像m n统包括至少—波源,其配置可 ^唬分析态,其可從該至少一波形偵測器接收及取 樣第-輸出仏號’而且其配置可分析該第一輸出信號 的振幅’並且選取具有實質類似振幅的該第一輸出信號 的複數個取樣點’其中該第_輸出信號是表示在該媒體 的第一目標區域中發色團或性質的該分佈; 仏唬處理器,其配置可根據該第一輸出信號而計算 一第一基線,並且透過處理該輸出信號及其第一基線而 提供:自我校準的第一輸出信號,其中該第一基線是對 應該等類似振幅的一代表振幅;及 一影像處理器,其配置可從該自我校準的第一輸出信 號而構成在該等發色團或性質之中至少一者的該分佈影 像0 275·種可產生生理學媒體目標區域影像之光學影像系統, 該等影像是代表在在該等目標區域的發色團或性質分 佈,該系統包括至少一波源,其配置可將電磁輻射照射 到該媒體;及至少一波形偵測器,其配置可偵測來自該 媒體的電磁輻射,並且響應其而產生輸出信號,該系統 .包含: 、 可動組件,其包括該波源與偵測器之中至少一者, -60- 588158 iiiThe system of item 267 is applied silently, wherein the self-calibrated first output # or one of the following: a ratio of the first output signal to its first baseline; and at the first output signal The difference from its first baseline to the first baseline. The system of item 2 in the patent scope No. 246, where the signal analysis test includes at least m units, the configuration of which can improve the No.-signal-noise ratio. This captures the system of the patent scope item, wherein the filter unit includes at least one of the following: a flat Φ unit configured to provide & one of the second output signals from the first target area At least one of an arithmetic average, a geometric average, an overall average, and a weighted average; and a low-pass filter configured to remove high-frequency noise from the first output signal.如 If the system of the scope of patent application No. 246, wherein the signal analyzer advancement includes a control unit, the configuration of which can store a plurality of the baselines measured in a plurality of target areas of the media, and the baselines At least one of them is compared with the other. 272. The system of claim 271, wherein the control unit is configured to provide an average of the plurality of baselines. 273. If the system of the scope of patent application No. 271 is applied, when at least one of the baselines is at least substantially different from at least one of the others, the configuration of the control unit can generate a signal. -59- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 274. 274. Irradiate electromagnetic radiation to the medium; and at least one waveform detector, which is configured to detect electricity from μ media. The system then emits and generates an output k5 tiger in response to the system. The system includes:-a type for generating a hair color or a sexual sword in a target region of a physiological medium; Analytical state can be received and sampled from the at least one waveform detector-the output-number "and its configuration can analyze the amplitude of the first output signal 'and select the first output signal having a substantially similar amplitude A plurality of sampling points of 'where the _th output signal represents the distribution of chromophores or properties in the first target region of the media; a bluff processor whose configuration can calculate a first number based on the first output signal A baseline, and provided by processing the output signal and its first baseline: a self-calibrated first output signal, where the first baseline is a representative amplitude corresponding to the similar amplitudes; and an image processing location A processor configured to form the distributed image of at least one of the chromophores or properties from the self-calibrated first output signal. 275. An optical image system capable of generating an image of a target area of physiological media The images represent the chromophore or property distribution in the target areas. The system includes at least one wave source configured to radiate electromagnetic radiation to the medium; and at least one waveform detector configured to detect The system measures electromagnetic radiation from the medium and generates an output signal in response to the medium. The system includes:, a movable component including at least one of the wave source and the detector, -60- 588158 iii 申請專利範圍 該波形偵測器的配置可從該媒體的一第一區域產生一第 一輸出信號,其中該第一輸出信號是代表在該媒體的一 第一目標區域的該分佈; 一激勵器元件,其配置可產生該可動組件的至少一移 動; 一信號分析器,其配置可接收該第一輸出信號,以分 析孩第一輸出信號的振幅,並且選取具有實質類似振幅 的違第一輸出信號的複數個點; 一 ^唬處理器,其配置可從該第一輸出信號計算一第 一基線,並且透過處理該第一輸出信號及其第一基線而 提供一自我校準的第一輸出信號,其中該第一基線是對 應該等類似振幅的一代表振幅;及 一影像處理器,其配置可從該自我校準的第一輸出信 號構成該等等發色團與該等性質之中至少一者的該分佈 影像。 μ 276· —種用以在生理學媒體目標區域中產生代表一或多個發 色團及其性質分佈影像之系統,其包含: 一光學探棒,其具有至少一波源及至少一波形偵測 器,其中該波源的配置可將電磁輻射照射到該生理學媒 體的一第一目標區域,而且其中該波形偵測器的配置可 偵測來自該媒體的該第一目標區域的該電磁輻射,並且 響應其而產生一第一輸出信號; 一信號分析器,其配置可接收及取樣該第—輪出俨 號、可分析違弟一輸出信號的振幅、及選取具有實質嘴 -61 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公羞) 六、申請專利範圍 似振幅的該第—輸出信號的複數個取樣點;及 -:ί號:其配置可從該第—輸出信號計算-第 提供一自我卜過處理孩第—輸出信號及其第-基線而 徒供自我权準的第一輸出信號,其中哕第一龙始σ 等類似振幅的-代表振幅。 “ I,泉疋Μ 277.:種從光學影像系統獲得一校準輸 光 =統具有-光學探棒;及至少-波源,其配= 將廷磁料照㈣-生理學媒體的目標區域;及至少一 波形偵測器’其可響應藉此偵測的近紅外線電磁輻射而 產生輸出信號,該方法包含: ^射而 在該媒體的-第-目標區域上放置該光學探棒; 該產光輸出信號’而無需從該第-目標區域移動 識別該第-輸出信號的至少一第一部分,其中在該第 一邵分的信號具有實質類似第一振幅;及 獲得該第-輸出信號的一第一基線,當作等該實 似第一振幅的一代表值。 278·如申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其進一步包含: 透過4第一基線使該第一輸出信號正常化,以提供一 自我校準的第一輸出信號。 279.如申請專利範圍第278項之方法,其中該正常化步 含: 提供代表該第一輸出信號與其第一基線比率的一比率 信號。 588158 稟正替 年 93. 六、申請專利範圍 280·如申請專利範圍第278項之方法,其中該正常化步騾包 含: 才疋供參考^號,其是代表該第一輸出信號與第一基 線之間的一差;及 提供一比率信號,其是代表該第一輪出信號的該差信 號與该第一基線的比率。 281. ^申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其中該產生步騾包 在該第一目標區域上提供該波源與偵測器之少一 者的移動;及 在該移動期間產生該第一輸出信號。 282. 如申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其進_步包含·· 在執行該等識別與獲得步驟之中至少一^ 來自該第一輸出信號的雜訊。 芝則'· ’ 瓜如中請專利範圍第282項之方法,其中 勺 下列之中至少一者: y步驟包含 將複數個該等第一輸出信號做算術平均; 將複數個該等第一輸出信號做幾何平均; 將複數個該等第一輸出信號做加權平均· ,複數個該等第一輸出信號做整個平均;’及 藉由一低通濾波器而處理該第一 部分。 ^就<中至少〜 284·如申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其 下列之中的一者·· 以硪別步驟包柘 本紙張尺度適用中國國家襟準(CNS) A4規格 -63 - 588158 I:正替換 2,26 年匄The scope of the patent application is that the configuration of the waveform detector can generate a first output signal from a first area of the media, wherein the first output signal is representative of the distribution in a first target area of the media; an exciter A component configured to generate at least one movement of the movable component; a signal analyzer configured to receive the first output signal to analyze the amplitude of the first output signal, and select a violation of the first output having a substantially similar amplitude A plurality of points of the signal; a processor configured to calculate a first baseline from the first output signal, and provide a self-calibrated first output signal by processing the first output signal and its first baseline Wherein the first baseline is a representative amplitude corresponding to the similar amplitudes; and an image processor configured to form at least one of the chromophores and the properties from the self-calibrated first output signal Image of this distribution. μ 276 · —A system for generating an image representing one or more chromophores and their property distribution in a target area of physiological media, including: an optical probe having at least one wave source and at least one waveform detection The configuration of the wave source can irradiate electromagnetic radiation to a first target area of the physiological medium, and the configuration of the waveform detector can detect the electromagnetic radiation from the first target area of the media, And a first output signal is generated in response to it; a signal analyzer configured to receive and sample the first-round output signal, analyze the amplitude of the output signal of the offender, and select a paper with a substantial mouth -61- The scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297). 6. The patent application scope is similar to the plurality of sampling points of the output signal; and-: the number can be calculated from the output signal. -The first provides a self-explanation processing output signal and its first baseline and is the first output signal for self-leveling, where 哕 first dragon beginning σ and other similar amplitude-represents the amplitude"I, Quan 疋 277 .: a method of obtaining a calibrated light transmission from an optical imaging system = with an optical probe; and at least-a wave source with a matching = photographing the magnetic material-the target area of the physiological media; and At least one waveform detector 'is capable of generating an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation thus detected, the method comprising: placing the optical probe on a -th-target area of the medium; and generating light Output signal 'without identifying at least a first portion of the first output signal from the first target region, wherein the signal at the first sub-point has a substantially similar first amplitude; and obtaining a first output signal of the first output signal A baseline is regarded as a representative value equivalent to the actual first amplitude. 278. The method according to item 277 of the patent application, further comprising: normalizing the first output signal through 4 first baselines to provide a Self-calibrating first output signal. 279. The method of claim 278, wherein the normalizing step includes: providing a ratio signal representing a ratio of the first output signal to a first baseline thereof. 588158 Positive year 93. VI. Application scope of patent 280 · For the method of applying scope of patent No. 278, the normalization step includes: 疋 疋 for reference ^, which represents the first output signal and the first baseline And a ratio signal is provided, which is the ratio of the difference signal to the first baseline representing the first round-out signal. 281. ^ A method for applying for a scope of patent No. 277, wherein the generating step package Providing movement of at least one of the wave source and the detector on the first target area; and generating the first output signal during the movement. 282. If the method of claim 277 applies, the steps further include ·· At least one of the identification and obtaining steps is performed ^ Noise from the first output signal. The method "..." please apply for the method of patent scope 282, in which at least one of the following is used : The y step includes arithmetic average of a plurality of the first output signals; geometric average of the plurality of the first output signals; weighted average of the plurality of the first output signals; The output signal is averaged as a whole; and the first part is processed by a low-pass filter. ^ As for at least ~ 284 · If the method of the scope of patent application No. 277, one of the following ...硪 Other steps include: This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications -63-588158 I: 2,26 years are being replaced. Η Α8 Β8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範園 選取一臨界振幅,及識別具有大於該臨界振幅的該等 振幅之該第一部分; 選取一臨界振幅,及識別具有小於該臨界振幅的該等 振幅之該第一部分; 選取至少一臨界值範圍,及識別具有在該臨界值範圍 内的該等振幅之該第一部分;及 選取至少一臨界值範圍,及識別具有在該臨界值範圍 外的該等振幅之該第一部分。 285·如申請專利範圍第284項之方法,其中該選選擇步騾含 下列之中的一者: 手動選取該臨界振幅與範圍之中至少一者;及 提供一參考振幅,及根據該參考振幅而提供該臨界振 幅與範圍之中至少一者。 286·如申請專利範圍第285項之方法,其中該參考振幅是下 列之中的一者: 來自孩第一目標區域的該第一輸出信號的一區域最大 值; 來自孩第一目標區域的該第一輸出信號的一區域最小 值; 至少一部分的該第一輸出信號的—平均; 來自該媒體的複數個該等目標區域的複數個該等輸出 信號的一全域最大值;及 上述的一組合。 287.如申請專利範圍第285項之方法’其中該提供步驟包 64 588158 六 申請專利範圍 1J A8 B8 C8 D8Η Α8 Β8 C8 D8 6. The patent application park selects a critical amplitude and identifies the first part having the amplitudes greater than the critical amplitude; selects a critical amplitude, and identifies the amplitude having the amplitudes smaller than the critical amplitude. The first part; selecting at least a threshold value range, and identifying the first part having the amplitudes within the threshold value range; and selecting at least a threshold value range, and identifying the amplitudes having the amplitudes outside the threshold value range The first part. 285. According to the method of claiming range 284 of the patent application, wherein the selection step includes one of the following: manually selecting at least one of the critical amplitude and range; and providing a reference amplitude, and according to the reference amplitude At least one of the critical amplitude and range is provided. 286. The method of claim 285, wherein the reference amplitude is one of the following: a region maximum value of the first output signal from the first target area of the child; A region minimum of the first output signal; at least a portion of the average of the first output signal; a global maximum of the plurality of the output signals from the plurality of the target regions of the media; and a combination of the foregoing . 287. The method of applying for the scope of patent No. 285, wherein the providing step package 64 588158 VI. The scope of applying for patent 1J A8 B8 C8 D8 含: 將該參考振幅乘以一預先選取因素,以提供該臨界 幅與範圍之中至少一者。 288·如申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其中該獲得步騾 下列之中的一者: 將該等類似振幅做算術平均; 將該等類似振幅做幾何平均;及 將4等類似振幅做加權平均。 289·如申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其進一步包含: 將該光學探棒放置在該媒體的一第二目標區域· 從該第二目標區域產生一第二輸出信號;5 , 透過該第-目標區域的該第-基線將該第 正常化,以提供一自我校準的第二輸出信號。則“唬 290·如申請專利範圍第289項之方法,其進一步包人 在該媒體的複數個該等目標區域中。· 圍第43項之該等放置與產生步驟。 復"申請專利範 291·如申請專利範圍第277項之方法,其進— 、’ ^ 一步包4 · 將該光子探棒放置到該媒體的_第_ ^ 一㈢區姑· 從该弟一目標區域產生一第二輸出作號· 識別該第二輸出信號的至少一第-立 部分具有實質類似第二振幅;及 ,、中該第二 獲得該第二輸出信號的一第二基線,备、、 似第二振幅的一代表值。 乍忒等貫質類 292·如申請專利範圍第291項之方法,_止 、一步包含: -65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)~---- 588158 申請專利範圍 A8 B8 C8 D8Including: multiplying the reference amplitude by a preselected factor to provide at least one of the critical amplitude and range. 288. If the method according to item 277 of the patent application scope, wherein the obtaining step is one of the following: arithmetically average the similar amplitudes; geometrically average the similar amplitudes; and weighting 4 similar amplitudes average. 289. The method of claim 277, further comprising: placing the optical probe in a second target area of the media; generating a second output signal from the second target area; 5, passing through the first The first baseline of the target area normalizes the first baseline to provide a self-calibrated second output signal. Then "bluff 290. If the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 289, it further includes people in the media in the plurality of these target areas. · The steps of placing and generating around No. 43. Repetition" 291 · As the method of applying for the scope of patent No. 277, it further advances, "^ one step package 4 · Place the photon probe into the _ 第 _ ^ of the media Two output numbers are used to identify that at least one first-stander portion of the second output signal has a substantially similar second amplitude; and, the second obtains a second baseline of the second output signal, which is similar to the second A representative value of the amplitude. Zha et al. 292. If the method of applying for the scope of the patent No. 291, only one step includes: -65- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ~ ---- 588158 Patent application scope A8 B8 C8 D8 透過將來自該第一目標區域的該第一基線與來自該第 一目松區域的該第二基線計算一混合基線;及 透過孩混合基線而將該等第一及第二輸出信號丘常 化° 293. 如中4專利範圍第292項之方法,其中該計算步驟包含 下列之中的一者·· 將該等基線做算術平均; 將該等基線做加權平均;及 選取該等基線之中一者當作該混合基線。 294. :種可從包括一光學探棒的光學影像系統中獲得一校率 輸出信號之方法,該光學探棒具有至少一波源及至少/ 波形偵測器,該波源的配置可將近紅外線電磁輻射照射 到生理學媒體的目標區域,該等目標區域包括一诋常 區域及不正常區域,該波形偵測器的配置可響應藉此 偵測的近紅外線電磁輻射而產生輸出信號,該方法包 含: 將該光學探棒放置在該媒體的一第一目標區域上; 產生一第一輸出信號,而無需將該光學探棒從該第一 目標區域移動; 識別屬於孩目標區域的該正常區域的該第一輸出信號 的至少一第一部分;及 從該第一輸出信號的該第一區域的一代表值獲得該第 一輸出信號的一第一基線,其中屬於該正常區域的該第 一部分的特徵是實質平坦輪廓及實質類似第一振幅。 -66 -Calculating a mixed baseline by comparing the first baseline from the first target area and the second baseline from the first mesh area; and normalizing the first and second output signal mounds through the mixed baseline ° 293. The method in item 292 of the 4th patent scope, wherein the calculation step includes one of the following: · average the baselines; average the baselines; and select the baselines One is taken as the mixed baseline. 294 .: A method for obtaining a calibration output signal from an optical imaging system including an optical probe, the optical probe having at least one wave source and at least a / waveform detector, the configuration of the wave source can be near-infrared electromagnetic radiation Target areas irradiated with physiological media. The target areas include a normal area and an abnormal area. The configuration of the waveform detector can generate an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic radiation detected by the waveform detector. The method includes: Placing the optical probe on a first target area of the media; generating a first output signal without moving the optical probe from the first target area; identifying the normal area belonging to the normal area of the child target area At least a first portion of a first output signal; and obtaining a first baseline of the first output signal from a representative value of the first region of the first output signal, where the first portion belonging to the normal region is characterized by The substantially flat contour is substantially similar to the first amplitude. -66- 588158 1¾¾¾ 、申請專利範園 295· —種用以校準具有光學探棒的光學影像系統之方法,該 光學探棒具有具有至少一波源,用以將近紅外線電磁輻 射照射到一生理學媒體的目標區域;及至少一波形偵測 器’其可響應藉此偵測的近紅外線電磁輕射而產生輸出 信號,該方法包含: 將该光學探棒放置在該媒體的一第一目標區域上; 產生一第一輸出信號,而無需將該光學探棒從該第一 目標區域移動; 在將該光學探棒從該第一目標區域移動前,識別該第 —輸出信號的至少一第一部分,該至少一第一部分且有 實質類似第一振幅;及 在將該光學探棒從該第一目標區域移動前,從該等實 $類似振幅的一代表值獲得該第一輸出信號的一第/一基 296. 如申請專利範圍第295項之方法其進一步包含. 透過該第一基線而將該第一輸出信號正常化 -實質即時基礎上提供一自我校準的第 便在 297. 如申請專利範圍第296項之方法,其進一步包厶。 產生涊第一輸出信號的影像、該自我校準# 一 號的影像、根據該第一輸出信號的卑一輪出信 校準第一輸出信號的影像之中至少與根據讀自我 -67-本紙張尺度適用巾S S家標準(CNS) A4規格(21GX 297公爱)588158 1¾¾¾, patent application park 295 ·-A method for calibrating an optical imaging system with an optical probe having at least one wave source for irradiating near-infrared electromagnetic radiation to a target area of a physiological medium; And at least one waveform detector, which can generate an output signal in response to the near-infrared electromagnetic light emission detected by the method, the method includes: placing the optical probe on a first target area of the medium; generating a first An output signal without moving the optical probe from the first target area; before moving the optical probe from the first target area, identifying at least a first portion of the first output signal, the at least one first A part and substantially similar to the first amplitude; and before moving the optical probe from the first target area, obtain a first / first basis of the first output signal from the representative value of the real similar amplitude. If the method of applying for patent scope item 295 further includes: normalizing the first output signal through the first baseline-provided on a substantially instant basis The first self-calibration will be in the application 297. Method 296 patentable scope of the further packets Si. The image of the first output signal, the image of the self-calibration # 1, and the image of the first output signal calibrated based on the first output signal of the first output signal are at least applicable to the reading self-67-this paper scale Towel SS Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (21GX 297 Public Love)
TW90119152A 2000-08-04 2001-08-06 Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media TW588158B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US22281600P 2000-08-04 2000-08-04
US22307400P 2000-08-04 2000-08-04
US09/664,972 US6597931B1 (en) 2000-09-18 2000-09-18 System and method for absolute oxygen saturation
US09/778,613 US20020035317A1 (en) 2000-08-04 2001-02-06 Optical imaging system with movable scanning unit
US09/778,614 US6801648B2 (en) 2000-08-04 2001-02-06 Optical imaging system with symmetric optical probe

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW588158B true TW588158B (en) 2004-05-21

Family

ID=34069428

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW90119152A TW588158B (en) 2000-08-04 2001-08-06 Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW588158B (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105592780A (en) * 2013-09-02 2016-05-18 莱夫毕恩技术有限公司 Bodily worn multiple optical sensors heart rate measuring device and method
CN107550498A (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-01-09 北京超思电子技术有限责任公司 A kind of blood oxygen measuring device and its measuring method
TWI733618B (en) * 2020-11-12 2021-07-11 佳必琪國際股份有限公司 Coupling method of optical transceiver

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105592780A (en) * 2013-09-02 2016-05-18 莱夫毕恩技术有限公司 Bodily worn multiple optical sensors heart rate measuring device and method
CN107550498A (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-01-09 北京超思电子技术有限责任公司 A kind of blood oxygen measuring device and its measuring method
CN107550498B (en) * 2016-06-30 2024-02-09 北京超思电子技术有限责任公司 Blood oxygen measuring device and measuring method thereof
TWI733618B (en) * 2020-11-12 2021-07-11 佳必琪國際股份有限公司 Coupling method of optical transceiver

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11471057B2 (en) Single-impulse panoramic photoacoustic computed tomography (SIP-PACT)
US9861319B2 (en) Noncontact three-dimensional diffuse optical imaging of deep tissue blood flow distribution
JP6669521B2 (en) Devices and methods for multispectral photoacoustic imaging
KR102105728B1 (en) Statistical mapping in an optoacoustic imaging system
US7996066B2 (en) Topographic optical infrared tomography system for biophysical imaging with infrared diagnostic exploratory algorithm sequencing (IDEAS) scripting language
US9240045B2 (en) Image diagnosis device and control method thereof
RU2603613C1 (en) Wearable/portable unit for electromagnetic tomography
EP3048547A1 (en) Medical device diagnostic apparatus and control method thereof
US20020019587A1 (en) Self-calibrating optical imaging system
US20130169759A1 (en) Second Generation Hand Held Optical Imager
JP2018047291A (en) Mobile radiographic apparatus/methods with tomosynthesis capability
US8886284B2 (en) Devices and methods for combined optical and magnetic resonance imaging
US9361726B2 (en) Medical image diagnostic apparatus, medical image processing apparatus, and methods therefor
US20070064867A1 (en) Apparatus and method to acquire data for reconstruction of images pertaining to functional and anatomical structure of the breast
CN105496433A (en) System and method for three-dimensional breast X-ray and three-dimensional color Doppler ultrasound fusion imaging
CN100553554C (en) System for identifying and classifying dynamic thermodynamic processes of mammals and differentiating such processes
JP4071475B2 (en) Biological light measurement device
TW588158B (en) Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media
JP4846181B2 (en) System and method for providing information about chromophores in physiological media
JP4652643B2 (en) Method and apparatus for high resolution dynamic digital infrared imaging
CA2417917A1 (en) Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media
JP2013244343A (en) Biological information presentation device and biological information presentation method
KR20120103189A (en) Medical photographing apparatus for blood vessel image
CA2852980C (en) Systems and methods for providing information concerning chromophores in physiological media
FI123944B (en) Micrometric wavelength radiation-emitting-optical tomography technique for three-dimensional detection for tumor verification and treatment response monitoring

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees